Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 25, 2016

Registration No. 333-206772


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 6
TO

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



AT HOME GROUP INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  5719
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  45-3229563
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

1600 East Plano Parkway
Plano, Texas 75074
(972) 265-6227
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Judd T. Nystrom
Chief Financial Officer
At Home Group Inc.
1600 East Plano Parkway
Plano, Texas 75074
(972) 265-6227
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number including area code, of agent for service)



Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

Andrew B. Barkan, Esq.
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
One New York Plaza
New York, New York 10004
(212) 859-8000

 

Mary Jane Broussard
General Counsel
At Home Group Inc.
1600 East Plano Parkway
Plano, Texas 75074
(972) 265-6227

 

Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 906-1200

                    Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

                    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

                    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

                    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

                    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

                    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý   Smaller reporting company  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share(1)(2)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

 

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  9,967,050   $16.00   $159,472,800   $17,609

 

(1)
Includes shares and the offering price of shares that may be sold upon any exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

(2)
This amount represents the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder. These figures are estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)
The registrant previously paid $11,620 in connection with a prior filing of this Registration Statement on September 4, 2015.



                     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED JULY 25, 2016.

8,667,000 Shares

LOGO

At Home Group Inc.

Common Stock

                  This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of At Home Group Inc. We are selling all of the shares to be sold in the offering.

                  Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. We have received approval to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "HOME".

                  The underwriters have an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to a maximum of 1,300,050 additional shares of our common stock from us.

                  After the completion of this offering, we expect to be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

                  We are an "emerging growth company", as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be subject to reduced reporting requirements. This prospectus complies with the requirements that apply to an issuer that is an emerging growth company.

                   Investing in our common stock involves risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 24 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 
  Price to Public   Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)
  Proceeds to
At Home Group
Inc.

Per Share

          $                   $                   $        

Total

          $                   $                   $        
(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

                  Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                        , 2016.

                  Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

BofA Merrill Lynch   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Jefferies

 

Morgan Stanley

 

Evercore ISI   Guggenheim Securities   William Blair

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2016.

GRAPHIC


GRAPHIC


GRAPHIC


GRAPHIC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

  ii

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

  ii

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

  iii

CERTAIN TRADEMARKS

  iv

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  24

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  48

USE OF PROCEEDS

  50

DIVIDEND POLICY

  51

CAPITALIZATION

  52

DILUTION

  54

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  56

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  60

BUSINESS

  92

MANAGEMENT

  109

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  116

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

  135

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  138

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  141

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

  146

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  151

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

  153

UNDERWRITING

  158

LEGAL MATTERS

  165

EXPERTS

  165

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  165

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1




ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

                You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us that we have referred to you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us that we have referred to you. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. Offers to sell, and solicitations of offers to buy, shares of our common stock are being made only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.

                No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to

i


inform themselves about and to observe any restriction as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.




MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

                This prospectus includes estimates regarding market and industry data that we prepared based on our management's knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, together with information obtained from various sources, including publicly available information, industry reports and publications, surveys, our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. In addition, certain market and industry data has been derived from (1) research and modeling initially prepared for us in May 2013, and subsequently updated from time to time, by Buxton Company, a leading real estate analytics firm, which we refer to herein as "Buxton" and (2) market research prepared for us in April 2015 by Russell Research, Inc., a consumer research firm, which we refer to herein as "Russell Research".

                In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets for the products we distribute. Market share data is subject to change and may be limited by the availability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations inherent in any statistical survey of market shares. In addition, customer preferences are subject to change. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such market share data. References herein to the markets in which we conduct our business refer to the geographic metropolitan areas in which our stores are located.




BASIS OF PRESENTATION

                We report on the basis of a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the last Saturday in January. References to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends. References herein to "fiscal year 2013" or "FY2013" relate to the 52 weeks ended January 26, 2013, references herein to "fiscal year 2014" or "FY2014" relate to the 52 weeks ended January 25, 2014, references herein to "fiscal year 2015" or "FY2015" relate to the 53 weeks ended January 31, 2015, references herein to "fiscal year 2016" or "FY2016" relate to the 52 weeks ended January 30, 2016, references herein to "fiscal year 2017" relate to the 52 weeks ending January 28, 2017 and references herein to "fiscal year 2018" relate to the 52 weeks ending January 27, 2018. References herein to "the first quarter of fiscal year 2016" and "the first quarter of fiscal year 2017" relate to the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively. References herein to "LTM" relate to the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016.

                As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to:

ii





NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

                Certain financial measures presented in this prospectus, such as comparable store sales, Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which we refer to as "GAAP". We define these terms as follows:

iii


                We present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin, which are not recognized financial measures under GAAP, because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance, such as interest, depreciation, amortization, loss on extinguishment of debt and taxes, as well as costs related to new store openings, which are incurred on a limited basis with respect to any particular store when opened and are not indicative of ongoing core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. In particular, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect corporate overhead expenses that are necessary to allow us to effectively operate our stores and generate Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. There can be no assurance that we will not modify the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA following this offering, and any such modification may be material. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies in our industry or across different industries.

                Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends in our core operating performance, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. We also use Adjusted EBITDA in connection with performance evaluations for our executives; to supplement GAAP measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies; to make budgeting decisions; and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. In addition, we utilize Adjusted EBITDA in certain calculations under our ABL Facility (defined therein as "Consolidated EBITDA") and our Term Loan Facilities (defined therein as "Consolidated Cash EBITDA"). Management believes Store-level Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends because it facilitates comparisons of store operating performance from period to period by excluding the impact of certain corporate overhead expenses, such as certain costs associated with management, finance, accounting, legal and other central corporate functions.




CERTAIN TRADEMARKS

                This prospectus includes trademarks and service marks owned by us, including "at home". This prospectus also contains trademarks, trade names and service marks of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, ™ or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. We do not intend our use or display of other parties' trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

iv


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

                 This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially "Risk Factors" beginning on page 24 of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Our Company

                At Home is the leading home décor superstore based on the number of our locations and our large format stores that we believe dedicate more space per store to home décor than any other player in the industry. We are focused on providing the broadest assortment of products for any room, in any style, for any budget. We utilize our space advantage to out-assort our competition, offering over 50,000 SKUs throughout our stores. Our differentiated merchandising strategy allows us to identify on-trend products and then value engineer those products to provide desirable aesthetics at attractive price points for our customers. Over 70% of our products are unbranded, private label or specifically designed for us. We believe that our broad and comprehensive offering and compelling value proposition combine to create a leading destination for home décor with the opportunity to continue taking market share in a large, fragmented and growing market.

                We have loyal, enthusiastic and diverse customers who are deeply passionate about, and love to decorate, their homes. According to a report prepared for us by Russell Research, a consumer research firm, our average customer typically visits an At Home store four times per year, while our core customer shops our stores more than seven times per year. Our stores are a regular destination where our core customer typically spends more than one hour per visit, providing a means to express her vision in her home often and affordably. To our customer, her home is a representation and an extension of who she is. Decorating her home is a continuous, ever evolving process that can be as simple as replacing patio cushions with a new seasonal pattern or as involved as updating the look of a whole room or the entire house. Making her feel at home while shopping At Home is our primary focus, and we strive to do so by creating an environment that is easy for her to shop, enjoy the experience and express herself through our merchandise.

                Our current store base is comprised of 115 stores across 29 states and 65 markets, averaging approximately 120,000 square feet per store. We utilize a flexible and disciplined real estate strategy that allows us to successfully open and operate stores from 80,000 to 200,000 square feet across a wide range of formats and markets. All of our stores that were open as of the beginning of the year are profitable, and stores that have been open for more than a year average over $6 million in net sales and realize average Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margins of 28%. Due in part to our past investments, our distribution center should be able to support up to approximately 220 stores with limited incremental investment, while we believe our existing systems, processes and controls should be able to support growth beyond this. In addition, based on our internal analysis and research conducted for us by Buxton, a leading real estate analytics firm, we believe that we have the potential to expand to at least 600 stores in the United States over the long term, or more than five times our current store base, although we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach this potential.

GRAPHIC

 

1


Table of Contents

                We have developed a highly efficient operating model that seeks to drive growth and profitability while minimizing operating risk. Our merchandising, sourcing and pricing strategies generate strong and consistent performance across our product offering and throughout the entire year. Through specialized in-store merchandising and visual navigation elements, we enable a self-service model that minimizes in-store staffing needs and allows us to deliver exceptional value to our customers.

                We believe that our differentiated home décor concept, flexible real estate strategy and highly efficient operating model create competitive advantages that have driven our financial success. In fiscal year 2016, we produced net sales of $622 million, Adjusted EBITDA of $115 million and net income of $3.6 million. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, please see "—Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data".

                Recent financial highlights include:

      Positive comparable stores sales in the last nine consecutive fiscal quarters, averaging 5.6% growth over the period;

      Eight consecutive fiscal quarters of over 20% year-over-year net sales growth;

      Opened 59 new stores in the last five fiscal years, including 20 in fiscal year 2016;

      Total net sales growth from $364 million in fiscal year 2013 to $653 million for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of approximately 20%;

      Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margins of 27.0% for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016, and growth of Store-level Adjusted EBITDA from $96 million in fiscal year 2013 to $176 million for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016, representing a CAGR of 21%, slightly outpacing total net sales growth; and

      Adjusted EBITDA margins of 18.4% for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016, and growth of Adjusted EBITDA from $82 million in fiscal year 2013 to $120 million for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016, representing a CAGR of 13%, which includes significant non-linear investments in people, systems and processes to support our future growth.

GRAPHIC

Our History and Evolution

                Our Company (formerly known as Garden Ridge) was founded in 1979 in Garden Ridge, Texas, a suburb of San Antonio. We quickly gained a loyal following in our Texas home market and expanded thereafter. Throughout our history, we have cultivated a passionate customer base that shops our stores for the unique, wide assortment of products offered at value price points. After our

 

2


Table of Contents

Company was acquired in 2011 by an investment group led by AEA, which included affiliates of Starr Investments, we began a series of strategic investments in the business. We believe that the core strengths of our business combined with the significant investments made in the first four years following our acquisition by our Sponsors position us to grow sales and expand our store base.

                Key changes that have been implemented since 2011 include:

      Hired seven out of the eight top executives at the Company including our current Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, while doubling our home office headcount from 110 to over 220 across all functions;

      Launched the At Home brand in 2014 and converted our entire store base in the same calendar year while investing in advertising and marketing initiatives to support the brand launch;

      Expanded our assortment and broadened our appeal to include more on-trend merchandise and increased our mix of "better" and "best" products;

      Re-established a marketing function and reinstituted marketing spending to 2% of net sales in each of fiscal years 2015 and 2016, up from nearly zero;

      Invested in our stores to create a better customer experience by refreshing all stores, improving our in-store signage and enhancing our merchandising layout for easier navigation and improved shopability;

      Invested in systems, processes and controls including new point-of-sale, or POS, and inventory allocation systems, and the automation of our distribution center that should be able to support up to approximately 220 stores with limited incremental investment; and

      Developed our real estate capabilities by implementing a proprietary site selection model and employing multiple financing approaches, enabling a doubling of the store base while increasing the first year net sales and Adjusted EBITDA performance of stores opened during fiscal year 2016 by approximately 45% and 64%, respectively, as compared to stores opened during fiscal year 2014.

Our Competitive Strengths

            Highly Differentiated Home Décor Concept

                We believe our concept is highly differentiated from other home décor retailers given our broad product offering, warehouse format and customer friendly in-store experience. For most products, our superstores dedicate up to 15 times more square footage and SKUs than other home décor retailers. The size of our stores also provides us the ability to sell larger size products such as oversized area rugs, and fully-assembled products, such as decorative accent furniture and bar stools. Our stores are designed as shoppable warehouses that combine the scale of a big box format with shopper friendly features such as an interior racetrack, clear signage that enables easy navigation throughout the store and product vignettes that offer design inspiration and coordinated product ideas. We believe our customer values shopping At Home as an in-person experience through which she can see and feel the quality of our products and physically assemble her desired aesthetic. We believe we have no direct competitor, effectively competing with mass merchants and large format multi-chain retailers that dedicate only a small portion of their selling space to home décor and do not deliver a shopping experience specifically focused on the home décor customer. Additionally, we also compete with smaller format, independent or national specialty retailers that cannot match our total square footage, selection of products and diverse array of home décor styles. We believe our differentiated concept is positioning us as a leading destination for the home décor consumer and will allow us to continue taking share in a large, highly fragmented and growing market.

 

3


Table of Contents

            Compelling Customer Value Proposition

                We believe we provide a compelling value proposition to our customers through our broad merchandise assortment, unique product offering and attractive value price points. By offering something for any room, in any style, for any budget, we appeal to a diverse customer base across a variety of markets.

      Any Room.     We offer over 50,000 SKUs across virtually all home décor products, enabling our customer to decorate any space inside or outside her home. From her bedroom to her living and dining rooms to her outside patio and garden areas, we carry thousands of products that allow her to express her unique sense of style in any area of the home she desires. All of our products are in-stock and ready to take home, enabling a one-stop shopping experience.

      Any Style.     We deliver a unique and innovative product offering that spans all styles of home décor ranging from traditional to country and from vintage to modern. We introduce approximately 20,000 new SKUs per year, or an average of 400 new SKUs per week, which keeps our offering fresh and exciting.

      Any Budget.     We value engineer products in collaboration with our suppliers to recreate the "look" that we believe our customer wants while eliminating the costly construction elements that she does not value. This design approach allows us to deliver an attractive value to our customers, as our products are typically less expensive than other branded products that have a similar look. We employ a simple everyday low pricing strategy that consistently delivers savings to our customers without the need for extensive promotions, as evidenced by 80% of our net sales occurring at full price.

            Efficient Operating Model Driving Industry-Leading Profitability

                We believe we have the most efficient operating model in the home décor industry, which drives our industry-leading profitability. We generate strong product margins through our extensive product offering with an everyday low pricing strategy. We have designed a store model that enables a largely self-service shopping experience and streamlines our store operations, thereby minimizing in-store staffing levels. Our disciplined yet flexible real estate strategy allows us to negotiate favorable lease terms, which average $5 per square foot in annual rental costs. Despite the significant investments we have made in our business, we continue to operate with a highly efficient home office team. All major decisions regarding merchandising, pricing, product assortment and allocation are standardized and made centrally, which supports a lean cost structure. As a result of these factors, we are able to deliver industry-leading profitability and succeed in locations where we believe other retailers cannot.

            Flexible and Disciplined Real Estate Strategy Supporting Attractive Store Economics

                We have developed a store model that has been successful across a number of geographic markets, population densities and real estate locations, including anchor, stand-alone or mall-enclosed locations that range between 80,000 and 200,000 square feet, averaging approximately 120,000 square feet per store. Our success operating stores across multiple market types and store formats allows us to be opportunistic and select locations with the most favorable investment characteristics. We are flexible in our approach and realize compelling store economics whether we lease a second generation property, purchase a second generation location or build a new store from the ground up. We believe we are one of the few growing retail concepts that actively targets larger box sizes, enabling us to obtain highly attractive real estate terms. We have also become a direct beneficiary of large, national big box retailers pruning their store portfolios and have become a preferred partner for a number of these retailers looking to quickly shed stores. All of our stores that were open as of the beginning of the year are profitable and those that have been open for more than a year average over $6 million in net sales and realize average Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margins of 28%. Over the past four fiscal

 

4


Table of Contents

years, we have successfully opened 53 new stores of which 32 were in new markets. On average we expect our new stores to generate at least $1 million of Store-level Adjusted EBITDA in the first year of operations and pay back the net investment within two years. We believe our ability to achieve such attractive returns across a broad set of markets is a testament to the universal appeal of our concept and strongly positions us to continue to profitably open new stores.

            Systematic Approach to Minimizing Operating Risk

                We have designed and implemented a systematic approach to our business that is focused on driving growth and profitability while minimizing operating risk. Through this approach, we are able to deliver consistent sales and profitability growth and reduce the volatility that other big box retailers may face. Key areas of our business that are built on this approach include:

      Merchandising:     We have a broad assortment that delivers consistent financial results across our product offering and reduces our reliance on any individual product, style or trend. Additionally, our store size allows merchandise to stay on the floor longer than a typical retailer, thereby reducing the need for unplanned markdowns.

      Inventory Management:     We maintain strict inventory controls at the overall company level as well as at individual stores in order to minimize markdowns. Additionally, we have a regular markdown cadence through which we clear slower moving inventory. Finally, we do not carry over or store any of our holiday products, ensuring that our inventory remains as relevant and fresh to our customers as possible.

      Product Development and Sourcing:     Our largely private label and unbranded offering allows us to better control input costs and maintain a profitable product margin, even in the event of a markdown. We implement rigorous controls to maintain our product costs, often changing materials and features based on fluctuations in input costs. We work with over 500 vendors and are not reliant on any single vendor, with our largest vendor representing less than 5% of our purchases.

      Store Operations:     We optimize our staffing levels based on hourly sales and traffic volumes and are able to utilize downtime to stock shelves and displays with new inventory. Additionally, we work with our vendors and internal operations teams to deploy customized merchandising solutions such as specialized racks and displays to reduce labor needs, while creating a more pleasant shopping experience for our customers.

      Real Estate:     We employ a highly analytical approach to real estate site selection with a stringent process to approve new stores and, as a result, have not closed a single store due to poor financial performance in the past decade. Our ability to negotiate favorable lease terms typically results in low square footage rents, unilateral two to three year "opt-out" clauses or short initial terms with multiple renewal options, and other features that provide us with optimal flexibility to manage our store portfolio.

            Scalable Operations To Support Future Growth

                We have made significant capital and non-linear operating expense investments in our business that we believe have laid the foundation for continued profitable growth. During fiscal years 2014 and 2015, we invested $47.8 million in capital to update our stores, expand our distribution center capacity and rebrand our Company. We also invested $22.3 million in non-linear operating expenses, which include people, processes and systems, as well as $14.5 million in one-time expenses to build key capabilities to support our future growth. We believe that we are just beginning to see the benefits of these investments in our business. Our strengthened management team, new brand identity, upgraded and automated distribution center and enhanced information systems, including our inventory allocation, warehouse management and POS systems, should enable us to profitably replicate our store

 

5


Table of Contents

format and differentiated shopping experience. We believe our standardized systems and processes, which rely on refined tools for store operations, inventory management, procurement, employee hiring, training and scheduling, are scalable to meet our expansion goals. We expect these infrastructure investments to support our successful operating model over a significantly expanded store base.

            Exceptional Management Team and Strong Corporate Culture

                We have assembled a highly experienced management team that has an average of 19 years of retail experience, has a demonstrated track record of delivering superior results and is well-positioned to scale our business. Since 2011, we have made meaningful investments in our team, hiring top executives with experience leading their respective functions at large industry-leading public retail companies including Nike, Gap, Best Buy, Advance Auto Parts, Nordstrom, TJX, Brinker International and Yum! Brands, among others. Additionally, we have built out and enhanced functional teams across finance, real estate, marketing, merchandising, information technology and store operations. We believe that our experienced management team has been able to institute rigorous, systematic processes across each of our functional areas that have resulted in strong financial performance while opening new stores. Under the leadership of our Chief Executive Officer, Lee Bird, we have developed a strong corporate culture that is focused on motivating and empowering our employees and creating a great place to work. Toward that goal, we were recently named one of the "Best Places to Work" in North Texas by the Dallas Business Journal. Our entire organization is aligned with our mission to enable our customer to affordably make her house a home and realize our vision of becoming the leading home décor retailer.

Our Growth Strategies

                We expect to continue our strong sales growth and leading profitability by pursuing the following strategies:

            Expand Our Store Base

                We believe there is a tremendous whitespace opportunity to expand in both existing and new markets in the United States. Over the long term, we believe we have the potential to expand to at least 600 stores in the United States, or more than five times our current footprint of 115 stores, based on our internal analysis and research conducted for us by Buxton. During fiscal year 2016, we opened 20 new stores. During fiscal year 2017, we plan to open 22 new stores, net of one relocated store, of which 15 are already open and the remainder are under construction or have signed letters of intent. We plan to open at least 22 new stores in each subsequent year for the foreseeable future. The rate of future growth in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach our long-term potential. In addition, due in part to our investments, our systems, processes and controls should be able to support up to approximately 220 stores with limited incremental investment.

                We have used our site selection model to score over 20,000 big box retail locations throughout the United States, which positions us to be able to act quickly as locations become available, and we have developed detailed market maps for each U.S. market that guide our deliberate expansion strategy. Over the last four fiscal years, we have opened stores in a mix of new and existing markets. New stores in existing markets have increased our total market share due to higher brand awareness. We believe there is still a considerable opportunity to continue adding locations in even our most established markets. In addition, we anticipate a limited number of relocations periodically as we evaluate our position in the market upon the impending expiration of lease terms. We have demonstrated our ability to open stores successfully in a diverse range of new markets across the country, having entered 39 new markets since 2011. Our portable concept has delivered consistent store economics across all markets, from smaller, less dense locations to larger, more heavily populated metropolitan areas. We have delivered over 20% year-over-year net sales growth in each of the past eight consecutive quarters.

 

6


Table of Contents

                Our new store model combines high average unit volumes and high Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margins with low net capital investment and occupancy costs, resulting in cash flow generation early in the life of a store. Our stores typically mature within six months of opening. We target first year annualized sales of $5 million, with Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 20%. Our new stores require on average $2 to $3 million of net investment, varying based on our lease, purchase or build decisions, but all with a target payback period of less than two years.

            Drive Comparable Store Sales

                We have achieved positive comparable store sales in the last nine consecutive fiscal quarters, averaging 5.6% growth over the period. We will seek to continue to drive demand and customer spend by providing a targeted, exciting product selection and a differentiated shopping experience, including the following specific strategic initiatives:

      Continuously introduce new and on-trend products to appeal to a wide range of customers and improve the mix of our assortment ("good / better / best" product offering);

      Enhance inventory planning and allocation capabilities to get the right products in the right store at the right time;

      Continue to strengthen our visual merchandising such as vignettes, end caps and feature tables to inspire our customers and generate in-store demand; and

      Grow the At Home brand through marketing and advertising as well as community engagements that target the home décor enthusiast to drive increased traffic to our stores.

            Build the At Home Brand and Create Awareness

                During fiscal year 2015, we launched the At Home brand, which we believe better communicates our positioning as the leading home décor superstore. Additionally, we re-established a marketing function and reinstated marketing spend to highlight our new brand, broad product offering and compelling value proposition. Given the newness and relatively limited awareness of the At Home brand, we believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our brand and build awareness for existing and new markets.

                While we have a net promoter score that is among the highest of our home décor peers, according to Russell Research, At Home has an aided brand awareness in our existing and newly entered markets that is approximately half of many of our specialty and mass merchant competitors. Our low awareness level, coupled with the high loyalty and customer satisfaction we have among existing customers, underscores what we believe is a significant growth opportunity to convert potential new customers into loyal brand enthusiasts.

                To address this opportunity, we intend to allocate our marketing spend across a range of strategic initiatives in order to highlight our differentiated value proposition. We will involve both traditional media platforms and unique, targeted strategies aimed at reaching the home décor enthusiast. Our marketing and brand building efforts will be enhanced by engaging in an ongoing dialogue with our customers through growing social and mobile channels. We believe we have an opportunity to leverage our growing social media and online presence to drive brand excitement and increase store visits within existing and new markets.

                Through our extensive customer research, we have learned that many home décor enthusiasts browse online for ideas, inspiration and general product information before visiting specific stores. We recently upgraded our website to enable our customers to view our product assortment online with robust search functionality and a mobile-friendly website. This enhancement focuses on an inspirational shopping experience that showcases decorating ideas to drive traffic into our stores. We are exploring

 

7


Table of Contents

opportunities to provide various levels of e-commerce capabilities but intend to focus on initiatives that maintain our industry-leading profitability.

                We believe increased brand awareness will not only drive traffic to existing stores, but also strengthen our business as we expand into new markets.

Our Industry

                We compete in the large, growing and highly fragmented home furnishings and décor market. The industry had total sales of approximately $180 billion in 2014 according to Home Furnishings News, and has enjoyed stable growth at an annual rate of approximately 3% per year over the last five years according to Euromonitor. We attribute this growth to the industry's broad consumer appeal, coupled with strong positive tailwinds from a growing housing market, rising property values and home sales and growing disposable incomes. This growth trend is expected to continue, with a forecasted growth rate of approximately 3% over the next four years according to Euromonitor.

                Unlike other big box retail categories (e.g., office supplies, home improvement and electronics) where the top retailers hold a significant share of the overall market, the top three retailers in the home décor and furnishings category make up less than 25% of the market share. We believe we are uniquely positioned in the market, focused on providing the broadest assortment of home décor products at value price points. In addition, the size of our stores enables us to carry a broad offering of fully assembled, larger merchandise, unlike many of our competitors, who are space constrained from providing a similar offering. We believe our focus on a broad assortment at value price points also uniquely positions us for those times when the industry is growing below trend, as it allows us to gain share in a fragmented market while also supporting our customer's passion about, and love for, decorating her home.

                The home furnishings and décor market includes a diverse set of categories and retail formats. However, we believe that we do not have a direct competitor, as no retailer matches our size, scale or scope of the product assortment that we offer at everyday low prices. While we have no direct competitor, certain products that we offer do compete with offerings by companies in the following segments:

    Specialty Home Décor / Organization and Furniture retailers (e.g., Bed Bath & Beyond, The Container Store, Ethan Allen, Havertys, Home Goods, Pier 1 Imports and Williams-Sonoma) have stores that are typically smaller (approximately 10,000 to 30,000 square feet) and we believe their home décor product offering is much narrower than ours and often is priced at a substantial premium.

    Mass / Club retailers (e.g., Costco, Target and Wal-Mart Stores) only dedicate a small portion of their selling spaces to home décor products and focus on the most popular SKUs.

    Arts / Craft / Hobby retailers (e.g., Hobby Lobby, Jo-Ann Stores and Michaels Stores) target customers who prefer to create the product themselves, whereas our customer prefers finished products.

    Discount retailers (e.g., Big Lots, Burlington and Tuesday Morning) have a home décor product offering that is typically limited, offered at deep discounts and often dependent on their ability to purchase close-out or liquidated merchandise from manufacturers.

    Home Improvement retailers (e.g., Home Depot and Lowe's) have a product offering that is primarily focused on home improvement and repair items, although we do compete with them in seasonal and outdoor products.

    Online home décor retailers (e.g., Wayfair) offer a broad selection of products in home furnishings and décor that is typically weighted toward more expensive items (typically $200 to $300 per transaction) that can justify the high shipping, returns and damage costs and overall

 

8


Table of Contents

      economics of their model. Conversely, we focus primarily on the attractive decorative accents and accessories portion of the market, generating an average basket of approximately $65, where we can employ our efficient operating model to generate attractive economics. For similar products, we believe we are able to offer comparable breadth of assortment to online retailers. In addition, according to Russell Research, while consumers may browse options online, they strongly value the opportunity to experience the look-and-feel of products in stores before they purchase them.

Recent Developments

            Preliminary Estimated Financial Results for the Thirteen Weeks Ending July 30, 2016

                As of July 25, 2016, we estimate that for the thirteen weeks ending July 30, 2016, our net sales will be in the range of $183 million to $187 million, representing an increase of 17% to 20% over $156.0 million of net sales for the thirteen weeks ended August 1, 2015. We estimate that comparable store sales for the thirteen weeks ending July 30, 2016 will range from flat to an increase of up to 0.5%. Our comparable store sales were adversely impacted by weather conditions in certain of our markets where we have higher store density during the thirteen weeks ending July 30, 2016.

                For the thirteen weeks ending July 30, 2016, we expect to report the incurrence of incremental investment in several expense items that are not comparable to the thirteen weeks ended August 1, 2015, in the range of $5 million to $6 million. These items include additional pre-opening expenses associated with an increased number of new store openings; an increase in brand advertising to support overall consumer awareness of the At Home brand; increased consulting expenses; and increased public company readiness costs. In addition, our results for the thirteen weeks ended August 1, 2015 included a $1.8 million one-time gain on the sale of a property. As a result of these factors, we anticipate that our operating income for the thirteen weeks ending July 30, 2016 will be less than our operating income for the thirteen weeks ended August 1, 2015; however, we will not be able to estimate our operating income for the thirteen weeks ending July 30, 2016 until we have substantially completed our closing procedures for the quarter.

                The thirteen weeks ending July 30, 2016 has not yet concluded and, accordingly, our results of operations for such period are not yet available. Our expected results above reflect our current estimates for such period based on information available as of the date of this prospectus. We believe that the estimated net sales and comparable store sales data are important to an investor's understanding of our performance, notwithstanding that we are not yet able to provide estimated operating income or net income data. Our estimates of results are based solely on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus and are inherently uncertain and subject to change due to a variety of business, economic and competitive risks and uncertainties, many of which are not within our control, and we undertake no obligation to update this information. Our estimates contained in this prospectus are forward looking statements. Actual results remain subject to the completion of the fiscal quarter on July 30, 2016, the completion of management's and the audit committee's final reviews and our other quarterly financial closing procedures and the completion of the preparation of our interim consolidated financial statements. Our actual consolidated financial statements and related notes as of and for the thirteen weeks ending July 30, 2016 are not expected to be filed with the SEC until after this offering is completed. During the course of the preparation of these actual consolidated financial statements and related notes, additional items that may require material adjustments to the preliminary estimated financial results presented above could be identified. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business" and "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements".

                The preliminary financial data included in this prospectus have been prepared by and are the responsibility of our management. Our independent accountant, Ernst & Young LLP, has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to the preliminary financial data. Accordingly, Ernst & Young LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

 

9


Table of Contents

            Pending Sale Leaseback Transaction

                We are currently in negotiations to enter into a sale-leaseback transaction covering several of our properties. If this transaction is completed, we estimate that net proceeds to us will be approximately $28 million, net of closing costs and $3.7 million in mortgage debt extinguishment. We currently expect to complete this transaction within the next 30 days; however, we have not entered into any binding agreement with respect to this transaction and there can be no assurance that we will complete this transaction with respect to any or all of the subject properties on the terms currently contemplated or at all.

            ABL Facility Amendment

                In June 2016, we amended our ABL Facility to exercise the $75.0 million accordion feature of the ABL Facility, which increased the aggregate revolving commitments from $140.0 million to $215.0 million and increased the sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit from $10.0 million to $25.0 million. The other terms of the ABL Facility remain unchanged.

Our Sponsors

                We were acquired by our Sponsors in 2011 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement with our former equity holders. Upon completion of this offering, our Sponsors will collectively own approximately 85% of our shares of common stock. See "—Organizational Structure" and "Principal Stockholders".

            AEA

                AEA is one of the most experienced global private investment firms. Founded in 1968, AEA currently manages over $10 billion of capital for an investor group that includes former and current chief executive officers of major multinational corporations, family groups, and institutional investors from around the world. With a staff of approximately 70 investment professionals and offices in New York, Stamford, London, Munich and Shanghai, AEA focuses on investing in companies in the consumer products/retail, industrial products, specialty chemicals and related services sectors.

                In addition to At Home, representative current and former consumer/retail portfolio companies include 1-800 Contacts, 24 Hour Fitness, ThreeSixty Group, Brand Networks, Shoes for Crews, Acosta Sales & Marketing, Burt's Bees, Tampico Beverages and Graco Children's Products.

            Starr Investments

                Starr Investments is a multi-billion dollar New York-based investment adviser that leverages the Starr Companies' unique duration-agnostic capital together with that of select institutions and family offices. Starr Investments invests in privately-held technology-enabled services businesses with strong market positions in industries such as healthcare, financial services and consumer. Starr Investments partners with world class management teams, supporting them with flexible capital and strategic resources that enable their companies to achieve their full potential.

Summary Risk Factors

                We are subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. You should carefully consider the risks discussed in the section entitled "Risk Factors", including the following risks, before investing in our common stock:

    general economic factors may materially adversely affect our business, revenue and profitability;

    consumer spending on home décor products could decrease or be displaced by spending on other activities as driven by a number of factors;

    failure to successfully implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all, which could harm our growth and results of operations;

 

10


Table of Contents

    failure to manage our inventory effectively and inability to satisfy changing consumer demands and preferences, which could materially adversely impact our operations; and

    the loss of, or disruption in, or our inability to efficiently operate our distribution network could have a materially adverse impact on our business.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

                As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

    we are not required to engage an auditor to report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act");

    we are not required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the "PCAOB") regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

    we are not required to submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as "say-on-pay", "say-on-frequency" and "say-on-golden parachutes"; and

    we are not required to disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer's compensation to median employee compensation.

                We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. As a result of any such election, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might get from other public companies.

                The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to irrevocably "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted.

Our Corporate Information

                At Home Group Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 30, 2011 under the name GRD Holding I Corporation. Our principal executive office is located at 1600 East Plano Parkway, Plano, Texas 75074 and our telephone number at that address is (972) 265-6227. We maintain a website on the Internet at www.athome.com . The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and should not be considered as being incorporated by reference into, this prospectus. For a chart illustrating our organizational structure, see "—Organizational Structure".

 

11


Table of Contents

 


Organizational Structure

                The chart below summarizes our ownership and corporate structure after giving effect to this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

GRAPHIC

 

12


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common stock offered by us

  8,667,000 shares.

Common stock to be outstanding
after this offering

  59,503,727 shares.

Option to purchase additional shares

  The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,300,050 additional shares of common stock from us, to cover any over-allotments. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Use of proceeds

  We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $115.8 million, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness under the Second Lien Facility. To the extent that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use borrowings under the ABL Facility to repay the remaining principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. We expect to use cash to pay any accrued and unpaid interest and premium on the outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. To the extent any proceeds from this offering remain after the repayment in full of our Second Lien Facility, including any accrued and unpaid interest and premium thereon, we intend to use such remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds".

Dividend policy

  We do not expect to pay any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy".

New York Stock Exchange symbol

  "HOME".

LOYAL3 platform

  At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of common stock offered hereby to our directors, officers, employees, customers, certain business and other associates of ours and individual investors through the LOYAL3 platform. See "Underwriting".

Controlled company

  Following this offering, we will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Risk factors

  Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 24 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our common stock.

 

13


Table of Contents

                The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

      5,620,199 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 2012 Option Plan as of April 30, 2016 at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $10.18 per share;

      2,478,702 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to be granted in connection with this offering under our 2016 Equity Plan, our new omnibus incentive plan, and 28,311 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to be granted in connection with this offering under our 2012 Option Plan, each at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; and

      3,718,053 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Plan.

                Pro forma diluted weighted average shares outstanding for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 as calculated under the treasury stock method include the dilutive effect of 1,770,767 options outstanding under our 2012 Option Plan. Options to be granted in connection with this offering under our 2012 Option Plan and our 2016 Equity Plan would be anti-dilutive on the date of grant. See note 7 to the pro forma statement of operations data included under "—Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data".

                Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus:

      assumes an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

      assumes the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares will not be exercised;

      gives effect to the 128.157393-for-one stock split effected on July 22, 2016; and

      gives effect to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws.

 

14


Table of Contents

 


Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

                Our summary consolidated statements of operations, cash flow and balance sheet data presented below as of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 30, 2016 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our summary consolidated balance sheet data as of January 25, 2014 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our summary condensed consolidated statements of operations, cash flow and balance sheet data presented below as of and for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016 has been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with that used in preparing our audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring items, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for the unaudited periods.

                Our summary consolidated financial information presented below for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016 has been derived by adding our financial information for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 to the financial information for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, and then subtracting the financial information for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015. We believe that the presentation of financial information for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016 is useful to investors because it presents information about how our business has performed in the twelve month period immediately preceding the date of our most recent interim financial statements, which allows investors to review our performance trends over a period consisting of our four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters, reflecting, to the extent possible, the impact of our recent expansion, while compensating for any seasonal factors that might impact results in any particular quarter.

                The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The summary consolidated financial and operating data presented below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended   Thirteen Weeks Ended   Twelve Months
Ended
 
 
  January 25,
2014
  January 31,
2015
  January 30,
2016
  May 2,
2015
  April 30,
2016
  April 30,
2016
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                     

Net sales

  $ 403,966   $ 497,733   $ 622,161   $ 141,217   $ 172,079   $ 653,023  

Cost of sales

    272,021     335,617     421,750     93,912     113,773     441,611  

Gross profit

    131,945     162,116     200,411     47,305     58,306     211,412  

Operating expenses

                                     

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    74,255     110,503     135,716     29,941     37,444     143,219  

Impairment of trade name

    37,500                      

Depreciation and amortization

    1,262     5,310     2,476     466     892     2,902  

Total operating expenses

    113,017     115,813     138,192     30,407     38,336     146,121  

Operating income

    18,928     46,303     62,219     16,898     19,970     65,291  

Interest expense, net

    41,152     42,382     36,759     10,806     8,193     34,146  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            36,046             36,046  

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (22,224 )   3,921     (10,586 )   6,092     11,777     (4,901 )

Income tax provision (benefit)

    59     4,357     (14,160 )   4,324     4,451     (14,033 )

Net (loss) income

  $ (22,283 ) $ (436 ) $ 3,574   $ 1,768   $ 7,326   $ 9,132  

 

15


Table of Contents

 
  Fiscal Year Ended   Thirteen Weeks Ended   Twelve Months Ended  
 
  January 25, 2014   January 31, 2015   January 30, 2016   May 2,
2015
  April 30,
2016
  April 30,
2016
 
 
  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 

Per Share Data:

                                     

Net (loss) income per common share:

                                     

Basic

  $ (0.44 ) $ (0.01 ) $ 0.07   $ 0.03   $ 0.14   $ 0.18  

Diluted

  $ (0.44 ) $ (0.01 ) $ 0.07   $ 0.03   $ 0.14   $ 0.17  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                                     

Basic

    50,836,727     50,836,727     50,836,727     50,836,727     50,836,727     50,836,727  

Diluted

    50,836,727     50,836,727     51,732,752     52,705,000     52,607,494     52,607,494  

Cash Flow Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 35,695   $ 15,321   $ 14,913   $ (971 ) $ 25,840   $ 41,724  

Net cash used in investing activities          

    (30,310 )   (100,098 )   (39,727 )   (264 )   (30,418 )   (69,881 )

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (4,032 )   84,512     25,536     3,936     8,059     29,659  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    1,353     (265 )   722     2,701     3,481     1,502  

Balance Sheet Data (as of end of period):

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4,971   $ 4,706   $ 5,428   $ 7,407   $ 8,909   $ 8,909  

Inventories, net

    109,125     142,256     176,388     146,073     175,472     175,472  

Property and equipment, net

    111,786     220,084     272,776     231,775     296,649     296,649  

Net working capital(1)(2)

    43,844     59,280     95,839     69,351     87,638     87,638  

Total assets(2)

    824,742     968,315     1,054,810     972,649     1,081,399     1,081,399  

Total debt(2)(3)

    372,351     445,661     515,136     449,972     523,667     523,667  

Total shareholders' equity

    357,101     360,916     369,153     363,794     377,640     377,640  

Other Financial and Operating Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Total stores at end of period

    68     81     100     86     106     106  

New stores opened(4)

    10     16     20     5     6     21  

Comparable store sales

    (0.4 )%   8.3 %   3.9 %   3.8 %   1.9 %   3.4 %

Store-level Adjusted EBITDA(5)

  $ 112,945   $ 133,122   $ 168,573   $ 41,466   $ 49,256   $ 176,363  

Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin(5)

    28.0 %   26.7 %   27.1 %   29.4 %   28.6 %   27.0 %

Adjusted EBITDA(5)

  $ 86,968   $ 95,552   $ 115,270   $ 29,399   $ 33,962   $ 119,833  

Adjusted EBITDA margin(5)

    21.5 %   19.2 %   18.5 %   20.8 %   19.7 %   18.4 %

 

16


Table of Contents

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
January 30, 2016
  Thirteen Weeks
Ended
April 30, 2016
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Pro Forma Statement of Operations Data :

             

Pro forma net income(6)

  $ 15,976   $ 9,937  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(7)

             

Basic

    59,503,727     59,503,727  

Diluted

    60,399,752     61,274,494  

Pro forma net income per share(6)(7)

             

Basic

  $ 0.27   $ 0.17  

Diluted

  $ 0.26   $ 0.16  

(1)
Net working capital is defined as current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities (excluding the current portion of long-term debt and revolving line of credit).

(2)
On January 30, 2016, we elected to early adopt Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2015-03, " Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs " ("ASU 2015-03"), which changes the presentation of unamortized debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires an entity to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the debt, similar to the presentation of debt discounts. We applied the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented to conform to our fiscal year 2016 and first quarter of fiscal year 2017 presentation. As a result, $8.4 million, $7.5 million and $7.5 million of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs related to our long-term debt as of January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and May 2, 2015, respectively, were reclassified from debt issuance costs to the associated long-term debt in our consolidated balance sheet data. For more information, see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The impact of the adoption of ASU 2015-03 has been excluded from this presentation of total debt; accordingly, amounts shown for total debt exclude unamortized debt issuance costs of $8.4 million, $7.5 million, $12.7 million, $7.5 million and $12.3 million as of January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015, January 30, 2016, May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively, which were included as a direct reduction of long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets included elsewhere in this prospectus.


In addition, on January 30, 2016, we elected to early adopt ASU No. 2015-17, " Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes " ("ASU 2015-17"). ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet rather than being separated into current and noncurrent. We applied the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented to conform to our fiscal year 2016 and first quarter of fiscal year 2017 presentation. Accordingly, current deferred tax assets and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities in the net amount of $0.4 million, $2.4 million and $2.6 million as of January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and May 2, 2015, respectively, have been classified as noncurrent deferred tax assets in our consolidated balance sheet data. For more information, see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)
Total debt consists of the current and long-term portions of the Senior Secured Notes, the First Lien Facility, the Second Lien Facility and mortgage loans, as well as outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility, as applicable, in each case before giving effect to any deduction of unamortized debt issuance costs, as described in note 2 above. The current portion of long-term debt, per our consolidated balance sheets as of January 30, 2016 and April 30, 2016 included elsewhere in this prospectus, includes $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, for the current portion of financing obligations that has been excluded from this presentation of total debt. Amounts shown for total

 

17


Table of Contents

    debt also exclude an accrued exit fee relating to the Second Lien Facility in the amount of $0.8 million and $1.1 million as of January 30, 2016 and April 30, 2016, respectively.

(4)
Represents new stores opened during each period presented, including relocations of existing stores as follows: zero during the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014; two during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015; zero during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016; zero during each of the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016; and zero for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016.

(5)
We present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin, which are not recognized financial measures under GAAP, because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance, such as interest, depreciation, amortization, loss on extinguishment of debt and taxes, as well as costs related to new store openings, which are incurred on a limited basis with respect to any particular store when opened and are not indicative of ongoing core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. In particular, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect corporate overhead expenses that are necessary to allow us to effectively operate our stores and generate Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. There can be no assurance that we will not modify the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA following this offering, and any such modification may be material. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies in our industry or across different industries.


Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends in our core operating performance, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. We also use Adjusted EBITDA in connection with performance evaluations for our executives; to supplement GAAP measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies; to make budgeting decisions; and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. In addition, we utilize Adjusted EBITDA in certain calculations under our ABL Facility (defined therein as "Consolidated EBITDA") and our Term Loan Facilities (defined therein as "Consolidated Cash EBITDA"). Management believes Store-level Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends because it facilitates comparisons of store operating performance from period to period by excluding the impact of certain corporate overhead expenses, such as certain costs associated with management, finance, accounting, legal and other central corporate functions.


We also include information concerning Adjusted EBITDA margin, which is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. We present Adjusted EBITDA margin because it is used by management as a performance measure to judge the level of Adjusted EBITDA that is generated from net sales. In addition, we include information concerning Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin, which is calculated as Store-level Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. We present Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin because it is used by management as a performance measure to judge the level of Store-level Adjusted EBITDA that is generated from net sales.

 

18


Table of Contents


Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin have their limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations include:

    Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect every expenditure, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

    Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in our working capital needs;

    Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the amounts necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our outstanding debt;

    Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect income tax expense, and because the payment of taxes is part of our operations, tax expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to operate;

    Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect expenditures associated with new store openings;

    Store-level Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect corporate overhead expenses that are necessary to allow us to effectively operate our stores;

    although depreciation and amortization are eliminated in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any costs of such replacements;

    non-cash compensation is and will remain a key element of our overall long-term incentive compensation package, although we exclude it as an expense when evaluating our ongoing operating performance for a particular period; and

    Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations.


We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin only as supplemental information.

 

19


Table of Contents


The following is a reconciliation of our net (loss) income to EBITDA (excluding loss on extinguishment of debt), Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended   Thirteen Weeks Ended   Twelve Months
Ended
 
 
  January 26,
2013
  January 25,
2014
  January 31,
2015
  January 30,
2016
  May 2,
2015
  April 30,
2016
  April 30,
2016
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net (loss) income

  $ (9,749 ) $ (22,283 ) $ (436 ) $ 3,574   $ 1,768   $ 7,326   $ 9,132  

Interest expense, net

    39,837     41,152     42,382     36,759     10,806     8,193     34,146  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    20,744             36,046             36,046  

Income tax (benefit) provision

    (1,558 )   59     4,357     (14,160 )   4,324     4,451     (14,033 )

Depreciation and amortization(a)

    12,912     13,132     23,317     28,694     6,175     8,006     30,525  

EBITDA

  $ 62,186   $ 32,060   $ 69,620   $ 90,913   $ 23,073   $ 27,976   $ 95,816  

Legal settlements and consulting and other professional services(b)

    3,609     2,874     4,633     3,506     978     567     3,095  

Costs associated with new store openings(c)

    1,070     2,023     6,848     9,801     2,028     2,522     10,295  

Relocation and employee recruiting costs(d)

    321     4,442     2,928     724     167     87     644  

Management fees and expenses(e)

    3,805     3,690     3,596     3,612     887     901     3,626  

Stock-based compensation expense(f)

    292     4,373     4,251     4,663     1,109     1,162     4,716  

Impairment of trade name(g)

        37,500                      

Non-cash rent(h)

    1,730     1,367     1,795     2,398     214     747     2,931  

Other(i)

    8,567     (1,361 )   1,881     (347 )   943         (1,290 )

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 81,580   $ 86,968   $ 95,552   $ 115,270   $ 29,399   $ 33,962   $ 119,833  

Corporate overhead expenses(j)

    14,146     25,977     37,570     53,303     12,067     15,294     56,530  

Store-level Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 95,726   $ 112,945   $ 133,122   $ 168,573   $ 41,466   $ 49,256   $ 176,363  

(a)
Includes the portion of depreciation and amortization expenses that are classified as cost of sales in the statements of operations included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(b)
Primarily consists of (i) consulting and other professional fees with respect to completed projects to enhance our accounting and finance capabilities, as well as other public company readiness initiatives, of $3.1 million, $2.2 million, $2.8 million and $3.5 million for fiscal years 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively; $1.0 million and $0.6 million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively; and $3.1 million for the twelve months ended April 30, 2016 and (ii) litigation settlement charges and related legal fees for certain pre-Acquisition claims and legal costs for other matters that have concluded in the

 

20


Table of Contents

    amounts of $0.5 million, $0.7 million and $1.8 million for fiscal years 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and adjustments related to such items for the other periods presented were not material.

(c)
Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores, including marketing and advertising, labor and cash occupancy expenses. We anticipate that we will continue to incur cash costs as we open new stores in the future. We opened seven, ten, 16 and 20 new stores in fiscal years 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively; five and six new stores during the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively; and 21 new stores during the twelve months ended April 30, 2016.

(d)
Primarily reflects (i) relocation expenses associated with moving our corporate headquarters from Houston, Texas, to Plano, Texas, late in fiscal year 2014 and related relocation bonuses and (ii) employee recruiting and relocation costs incurred in connection with the build-out of our management team. Corporate relocation expenses were $3.2 million for fiscal year 2014 and $2.1 million for fiscal year 2015. There were no adjustments related to corporate relocation costs for the other periods presented. Employee recruiting and relocation costs were $0.3 million, $1.2 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million for fiscal years 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively; $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively; and $0.6 million for the twelve months ended April 30, 2016.

(e)
Reflects management fees paid to our Sponsors in accordance with our management agreement. In connection with this offering, the management agreement will be terminated and our Sponsors will no longer receive management fees from us.

(f)
Consists of non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to stock option awards.

(g)
Reflects the impairment of the Garden Ridge trade name as a result of our rebranding initiative.

(h)
Consists of the non-cash portion of rent, which reflects (i) the extent to which our GAAP straight-line rent expense recognized exceeds or is less than our cash rent payments, partially offset by (ii) the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions that are recognized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the applicable lease term. The offsetting amounts relating to the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions were $(0.3) million, $(1.8) million and $(3.2) million for fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively; $(0.7) million and $(1.0) million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively; and $(3.4) million for the twelve months ended April 30, 2016. There were no adjustments related to the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions for the other periods presented. The GAAP straight-line rent expense adjustment can vary depending on the average age of our lease portfolio, which has been impacted by our significant growth over the last four fiscal years. For newer leases, our rent expense recognized typically exceeds our cash rent payments while for more mature leases, rent expense recognized is typically less than our cash rent payments.

(i)
Other adjustments include amounts our management believes are not representative of our ongoing operations, including:

for fiscal year 2013, a $5.6 million exit payment to former management;

for fiscal year 2014, an insurance reimbursement of $(1.6) million and a prior year audit refund of $(0.5) million;

 

21


Table of Contents

    for fiscal year 2015, asset retirements related to our rebranding of $0.6 million and $0.4 million for a store relocation; and

    for fiscal year 2016, gain on the sale of our property in Houston, Texas of $(1.8) million and $(0.3) million related to various refunds for prior period taxes and audits, slightly offset by $0.5 million in expenses incurred for a store closure.

(j)
Reflects corporate overhead expenses, which are not directly related to the profitability of our stores, to facilitate comparisons of store operating performance as we do not consider these corporate overhead expenses when evaluating the ongoing performance of our stores from period to period. Corporate overhead expenses, which are a component of selling, general and administrative expenses, are comprised of various home office general and administrative expenses such as payroll expenses, occupancy costs, marketing and advertising, and consulting and professional fees. Store-level Adjusted EBITDA should not be used as a substitute for consolidated measures of profitability or performance because it does not reflect corporate overhead expenses that are necessary to allow us to effectively operate our stores and generate Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. We anticipate that we will continue to incur corporate overhead expenses in future periods.
(6)
For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, amounts are shown pro forma to give effect to the following transactions as if they had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented: (i) this offering, (ii) the repayment of indebtedness from the proceeds of this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds" and (iii) each of the related adjustments mentioned below. Amounts for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 are also shown pro forma to give effect to the June 2015 Refinancing as if it had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented.


Adjustments to net income for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 reflect (i) a $17.0 million and $3.3 million decrease in interest expense, respectively (see the reconciliation of historical interest expense to pro forma interest expense below), (ii) an $8.2 million and $1.6 million increase in income tax expense, respectively, due to higher income before taxes relating to our pro forma net income and (iii) the removal of $3.6 million and $0.9 million of the Sponsors' management fees, respectively.

    The following is a reconciliation of historical net income to pro forma net income for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
January 30, 2016
  Thirteen Weeks
Ended
April 30, 2016
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income

  $ 3,574   $ 7,326  

Decrease in interest expense, net(a)

    16,989     3,297  

Increase in income tax expense(b)

    (8,199 )   (1,587 )

Removal of management fee(c)

    3,612     901  

Pro forma net income(d)

  $ 15,976   $ 9,937  

(a)
See the reconciliation of historical interest expense to pro forma interest expense below.

(b)
Reflects an increase in income tax expense for the related tax effects of the pro forma adjustments. For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, the tax impact is based upon an increase of pro forma income before taxes of $20.6 million and $4.2 million, respectively, and an effective tax rate of 39.8% and 37.8%, respectively.

 

22


Table of Contents

(c)
Reflects the removal of management fees payable to the Sponsors. In connection with this offering, the management agreement will be terminated. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions".

(d)
For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, we recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of approximately $36.0 million in connection with the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes in June 2015. Pro forma net income excludes any adjustments related to loss on extinguishment of debt that may result from this offering.

    The following is a reconciliation of historical interest expense to pro forma interest expense for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
January 30,
2016
  Thirteen Weeks
Ended
April 30, 2016
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest expense, net

  $ 36,759   $ 8,193  

Decrease resulting from the June 2015 Refinancing(a)

    (3,868 )    

Decrease resulting from use of proceeds of this offering(b)

    (13,404 )   (3,368 )

Increase resulting from the use of ABL borrowings(c)

    283     71  

Pro forma interest expense, net

  $ 19,770   $ 4,896  

(a)
For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, reflects redemption in full of the Senior Secured Notes with the proceeds of the Term Loan Facilities.

(b)
Assumes repayment of indebtedness under the Second Lien Facility, which bears interest at a rate of 9.0% per annum, using the proceeds of this offering, as if it had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented.

(c)
Assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares and, as a result, net proceeds to us from this offering are insufficient to repay the borrowings outstanding under the Second Lien Facility in full, in which case we intend to use borrowings under the ABL Facility to repay the remaining $14.2 million in outstanding principal. We expect to use cash to pay any accrued and unpaid interest and premium on the outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. The effective interest rate on the ABL Facility was approximately 2.00% for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016.
(7)
Gives effect to (i) the 128.157393-for-one stock split effected on July 22, 2016 and (ii) the 8,667,000 shares of our common stock to be issued by us in this offering. Pro forma basic net income per share consists of pro forma net income divided by the pro forma basic weighted average common shares outstanding. Pro forma diluted net income per share consists of pro forma net income divided by the pro forma diluted weighted average shares outstanding. Pro forma diluted weighted average shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of 896,025 and 1,770,767 options outstanding under our 2012 Option Plan for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, respectively. Options to be granted in connection with this offering under our 2012 Option Plan and our 2016 Equity Plan would be anti-dilutive on the date of grant.

 

23


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

                 You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks or uncertainties. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business

                 General economic factors may materially adversely affect our business, revenue and profitability.

                General conditions in the United States and global economy that are beyond our control may materially adversely affect our business and financial performance. As a retailer that is dependent upon consumer discretionary spending for home décor products, our customers may allocate less money for discretionary purchases as a result of increased levels of unemployment, reduced consumer disposable income, higher interest rates, higher fuel and other energy costs, higher tax rates and other changes in tax laws, foreclosures, bankruptcies, falling home prices, reduced availability of consumer credit, higher consumer debt levels, a decline in consumer confidence, inflation, deflation, recession, an overall economic slowdown and other factors that influence consumer spending. Any reduced demand for the merchandise that we sell could result in a significant decline in customer traffic and sales and decreased inventory turnover. Therefore, if economic conditions worsen, there may be a material adverse impact on our business, revenue and profitability.

                In addition, our costs and expenses could be materially adversely impacted by general economic factors such as higher interest rates, higher fuel and other energy costs, higher transportation costs, higher commodity costs, higher costs of labor, insurance and healthcare, increased rental expense, inflation in other costs, higher tax rates and other changes in the tax law and changes in other laws and regulations. The economic factors that affect our operations also affect the operations and economic viability of our suppliers from whom we purchase goods, a factor that can result in an increase in the cost to us of merchandise we sell to our customers.

                 Volatility or disruption in the financial markets could materially adversely affect our business and the trading price of our common stock.

                We rely on stable and efficient financial markets. Any disruption in the credit and capital markets could adversely impact our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms. Volatility in the financial markets could also result in difficulties for financial institutions and other parties that we do business with, which could potentially affect our ability to access financing under our existing arrangements. We are exposed to the impact of any global or domestic economic disruption, including any potential impact of the recent vote by the United Kingdom to exit the European Union, commonly referred to as "Brexit". Although we generally generate funds from our operations and our existing credit facilities to pay our operating expenses and fund our capital expenditures, our ability to continue to meet these cash requirements over the long term may require access to additional sources of funds, including equity and debt capital markets, and market volatility and general economic conditions may adversely affect our ability to access capital markets. In addition, the inability of our vendors to access capital and liquidity with which to maintain their inventory, production levels and product quality and to operate their businesses, or the insolvency of our vendors, could lead to their failure to deliver merchandise. If we are unable to purchase products when needed, our sales could be materially adversely impacted. Accordingly, volatility or disruption in the financial markets could impair our ability to execute our growth strategy and could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

                 Consumer spending on home décor products could decrease or be displaced by spending on other activities as driven by a number of factors.

                Consumer spending on home décor products could decrease or be displaced by spending on other activities as driven by a number of factors including:

      shifts in behavior away from home decorating in favor of other products or activities, such as fashion, media or electronics;

24


Table of Contents

      general economic conditions and other factors that affect consumer discretionary spending;

      natural disasters, including hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, droughts, heavy snow, ice or rain storms, which disrupt the ability of consumers to continue spending on home décor products;

      man-made disasters, such as terrorism or war, as well as other national and international security concerns; and

      other matters that influence consumer confidence and spending.

                Total consumer spending may not continue to increase at historical rates due to slowed population growth and shifts in population demographics, and it may not increase in certain product markets given changes in consumer interests. Further, as we expand into new markets, we may not accurately predict consumer preferences in that market, which could result in lower than expected sales. If consumer spending on home décor products decline, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

                 We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all, which could harm our growth and results of operations.

                Our growth is dependent on our ability to open profitable new stores. Our ability to increase the number of our stores will depend in part on the availability of existing big box retail stores or store sites that meet our specifications. We may face competition from other retailers for suitable locations and we may also face difficulties in negotiating leases on acceptable terms. In addition, a lack of available financing on terms acceptable to real estate developers or a tightening credit market may adversely affect the retail sites available to us. Rising real estate costs and acquisition, construction and development costs and available lease financing could also inhibit our ability to open or acquire new stores.

                Opening or acquiring stores involves certain risks, including constructing, furnishing, supplying and staffing a store in a timely and cost-effective manner and accurately assessing the demographic or retail environment for a particular location, as well as addressing any environmental issues related to such locations. We cannot predict whether new stores will be successful. Our future sales at new stores may not meet our expectations, which could adversely impact our return on investment. For example, the costs of opening and operating new stores may offset the increased sales generated by the additional stores. Therefore, there can be no assurance that our new stores will generate sales levels necessary to achieve store-level profitability or profitability comparable to that of existing stores. New stores also may face greater competition and have lower anticipated sales volumes relative to previously opened stores during their comparable years of operation. In addition, a significant portion of our management's time and energy may be consumed with issues related to store expansion and we may be unable to hire a sufficient number of qualified store personnel or successfully integrate the new stores into our business. Furthermore, our vendors may be unable to meet the increased demand of additional stores in a timely manner. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain and distribute adequate merchandise to new stores or maintain adequate warehousing and distribution capability at acceptable costs.

                In addition, our expansion in new and existing markets may present competitive, distribution, merchandising and regulatory challenges that differ from our current challenges, including competition among our stores, diminished novelty of our store design and concept, added strain on our distribution center, additional information to be processed by our information technology systems and diversion of management attention from operations. New stores in new markets, where we are less familiar with the population and are less well-known, may face different or additional risks and increased costs compared to stores operating in existing markets or new stores in existing markets. For example, we may need to increase marketing and advertising expenditures in new or smaller markets in which we have less store density. Additionally, we may not accurately predict consumer preferences in new markets, which could result in lower than expected sales. Expansion into new markets could also bring us into direct

25


Table of Contents

competition with retailers with whom we have no past experience as direct competitors. To the extent that we are not able to meet these new challenges, our sales could decrease and our operating costs could increase. Furthermore, our margins may be impacted in periods in which incremental expenses are incurred as a result of new store openings. Additionally, although our distribution center currently should be able to support a store base of up to approximately 220 stores with limited incremental investment, which is over two times our current store base, any unanticipated failure of or inability to support our growing store base could have a material adverse effect on our business. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in opening, acquiring or operating any new stores on a profitable basis.

                Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will achieve our planned growth or, even if we are able to grow our store base as planned, that any new stores will perform as planned. If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, we will not be able to sustain the growth in sales and profits that we expect, which would likely have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

                 Failure to manage our inventory effectively and inability to satisfy changing consumer demands and preferences could materially adversely impact our operations.

                Due to the nature of our business, we make decisions regarding merchandise several months in advance of each of the seasons in which such merchandise will be sold, particularly with respect to our merchandise that is manufactured, purchased and imported from countries around the world. We must maintain sufficient inventory levels to operate our business successfully. However, if we misjudge consumer preferences or demands, we could have excess inventory that may need to be held for a long period of time, written down or discarded in order to clear excess inventory, especially seasonal and holiday merchandise. Conversely, if we underestimate consumer demand, we may not be able to provide certain products in a timely manner to our customers in order to meet their demand, which can result in lost sales. Either event could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we recently upgraded to a new inventory planning and allocation system. If the new inventory planning and allocation system is unsuccessful, our ability to properly allocate inventory to stores could be adversely affected.

                There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to offer assortments of products that appeal to our customers or that we will satisfy changing consumer demands and preferences in the future. Accordingly, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if:

      we miscalculate either the market for the merchandise in our stores or our customers' purchasing habits;

      consumer demand unexpectedly shifts away from the merchandise we offer or if there are unanticipated shifts in consumer preferences in some seasons; or

      we are unable to anticipate, identify and respond to changing consumer demands or emerging trends, including shifts in the popularity of certain products or increased consumer demand for more enhanced customer service and assistance, home delivery or online sales and services.

                In addition, inventory shrinkage (inventory theft, loss or damage) rates could negatively impact our financial results. Furthermore, failure to control merchandise returns could also adversely affect our business. We have established a provision for estimated merchandise returns based upon historical experience and other known factors. However, if actual returns are greater than those projected by management, additional reductions of revenue could be recorded in the future. In addition, to the extent that returned merchandise is damaged or otherwise not appealing to our customers, we may not receive full retail value from the resale or liquidation of the returned merchandise.

                Our business model currently relies on purchasing all inventory centrally through our home office in Plano, Texas. At this office, all product samples are developed and/or received and reviewed; in addition, all purchase orders are placed, fulfilled and allocated from the same location. Major

26


Table of Contents

catastrophic events such as natural disasters, localized labor issues or wages increases, fire or flooding, malfunction or disruption of the information systems, a disruption in communication services, power outages or shipping interruptions could delay or otherwise adversely affect inventory purchasing or allocation, as well as the ultimate distribution of inventory to our stores and customers. Such disruptions could have a negative impact on our sales and results of operations. Our business model of central purchasing could also fail to account for differences in consumer preferences by market. In such cases, and where our focus of providing the broadest assortment of products for any room similarly did not account for differences in consumer preferences by market, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected.

                 The loss of, or disruption in, or our inability to efficiently operate our distribution network could have a materially adverse impact on our business.

                We operate a single cross-dock distribution center in Plano, Texas, which services all of our stores, as well as warehouse premises in Garland, Texas. The majority of our inventory is shipped directly from suppliers to our distribution center where the inventory is processed and then shipped to our stores. Only mattresses and some food items are shipped directly to stores. We rely in large part on the orderly operation of this receiving and distribution process, which depends on our automated distribution system, adherence to shipping schedules and effective management of our distribution network. If complications arise with our distribution facility or if the facility or warehouse premises (or a significant portion of inventory located there) is severely damaged or destroyed, our ability to receive and deliver inventory on a timely basis will be significantly impaired. There can be no assurance that disruptions in operations due to natural or man-made disasters, fire, flooding, terrorism or other catastrophic events, system failure, labor disagreements or shipping problems will not result in delays in the delivery of merchandise to our stores. Such delays could materially adversely impact our business. In addition, we could incur significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with distributing merchandise to our stores during the time it takes for us to reopen or replace our distribution center. Moreover, our business interruption insurance may not be adequate to cover or compensate us for any losses that may occur. In addition, our distribution center should, with limited incremental investment, have the capacity to support up to approximately 220 stores. To the extent that we grow to larger than 220 stores, we will need to expand our current distribution center and/or add new distribution capabilities.

                We rely upon various means of transportation primarily through third parties, including shipments by air, sea, rail and truck, to deliver products to our distribution center from vendors and from our distribution center to our stores, as well as for direct shipments from vendors to stores. Labor shortages or capacity constraints in the transportation industry, disruptions to the national and international transportation infrastructure, fuel shortages or transportation cost increases (such as increases in fuel costs or port fees) could materially adversely affect our business and operating results, particularly as we receive and deliver our seasonal and holiday merchandise.

                 Adverse events could have a greater impact on us than if our operations were in more dispersed geographical regions.

                We currently operate 115 stores in 29 states, primarily in the South Central, Southeastern and Midwestern regions of the United States, including 26 stores in Texas. In addition, we operate a single distribution center and warehouse premises in Texas, which service all of our stores. Accordingly, the effect on us of adverse events in these regions, especially in Texas, such as weather (including hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, droughts, heavy snow, ice or rain storms), natural or man-made disasters, catastrophic events, terrorism, blackouts, widespread illness or unfavorable regional economic conditions, may be greater than if our operations or inventory were more geographically dispersed throughout the country or abroad. Such events could result in physical damage to or destruction or disruption of one or more of our properties, physical damage to or destruction of our inventory, the closure of one or more stores, the lack of an adequate workforce in parts or all of our operations, supply chain disruptions, data and communications disruptions and the inability of our customers to shop in our stores.

27


Table of Contents

                In addition, increases in our selling, general and administrative expenses due to overhead costs could affect our profitability more negatively than if we had a larger store base. One or more unsuccessful new stores, or a decline in sales or profitability at an existing store, will have a more significant effect on our results of operations than if we had a larger store base.

                 We are subject to a number of risks because we import a significant portion of our merchandise.

                Approximately 60% of our merchandise was directly imported from foreign countries such as China, Hong Kong, Belgium and Taiwan during fiscal year 2016. In addition, many of our domestic vendors purchase a portion of their products from foreign sources. For example, we purchase merchandise from domestic vendors that is imported from China or that is manufactured in China and assembled in the United States. Currently, we do not employ any resources on the ground in Asia to manage our procurement process and various vendor relationships. Instead, we often rely on trading companies to handle sourcing and logistics with Asian factories.

                Foreign sourcing subjects us to a number of risks generally associated with doing business abroad such as the following:

      long lead times;

      work stoppages and strikes;

      delays in shipment, shipping port and ocean carrier constraints;

      freight cost increases;

      product quality issues;

      raw material shortages and factory consolidations;

      employee rights issues and other social concerns;

      epidemics and natural disasters;

      political instability, international conflicts, war, threats of war, terrorist acts or threats, especially threats to foreign and U.S. ports and piracy;

      economic conditions, including inflation;

      the imposition of tariffs, duties, quotas, taxes, import and export controls and other trade restrictions;

      governmental policies and regulations; and

      the status of trade relations with foreign countries, including the loss of "most favored nation" status with the United States for a particular foreign country.

                If any of these or other factors were to cause disruptions or delays in supply from the countries in which our vendors or the suppliers of our vendors are located, our inventory levels may be reduced or the cost of our products may increase unless and until alternative supply arrangements could be made. Merchandise purchased from alternative sources may be of lesser quality or more expensive than the merchandise we currently purchase abroad. Any shortages of merchandise (especially seasonal and holiday merchandise), even if temporary, could result in missed opportunities, reducing our sales and profitability.

                In addition, reductions in the value of the U.S. dollar or fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies could ultimately increase the prices that we pay for our products. We have not hedged our currency risk in the past and do not currently anticipate doing so in the future. All of our products manufactured overseas and imported into the United States are subject to duties collected by the U.S. Customs Service. We may be subjected to additional tariffs, duties, quotas, taxes, significant monetary penalties and other trade sanctions, the seizure and forfeiture of the products we are attempting to import or the loss of import privileges, if we or our suppliers are found to be in violation of U.S. laws and regulations applicable to the importation of our products. To the extent that any foreign manufacturers from whom we purchase products directly or indirectly employ labor, environmental or other business practices that vary from those commonly accepted in the United States, we could be hurt by any resulting negative publicity or, in some cases, potential claims of liability.

28


Table of Contents

                Additionally, the cost of labor and wage taxes have increased in China, which means we are at risk of higher costs associated with goods manufactured in China. Significant increases in these and other costs may increase the cost of goods manufactured in China, which could have a material adverse effect on our margins and profitability.

                 Because of our international operations, we could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws.

                We source over half of our products abroad. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. While our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in preventing our employees or other agents from taking actions in violation of these laws or regulations. Such violations, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

                 Our rebranding may not be successful.

                During fiscal year 2015, we launched a significant rebranding initiative through which we spent over $20 million in capital and expenses to change our brand and corporate name and convert and refresh all of our stores. There is no assurance that our rebranding initiative will be successful or result in a positive return on investment. In addition, we have a limited operating history under the At Home brand.

                We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand is integral to our business and to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. According to Russell Research, At Home has 21% unaided brand awareness in existing markets, 15% unaided brand awareness in newly entered markets and less than 0.5% unaided brand awareness in potential new markets. Therefore, we could be required to devote significant additional resources to advertising and marketing, which could have an adverse impact on our operations.

                 We are subject to risks associated with leasing substantial amounts of space.

                We lease certain of our retail properties, our distribution center and our corporate office. The profitability of our business is dependent on operating our current store base with favorable margins, opening and operating new stores at a reasonable profit, renewing leases for stores in desirable locations and, if necessary, identifying and closing underperforming stores. We lease a significant number of our store locations, ranging from short-term to long-term leases. Typically, a large portion of a store's operating expense is the cost associated with leasing the location.

                The operating leases for our retail properties, distribution center and corporate office expire at various dates through 2035. A number of the leases have renewal options for various periods of time at our discretion. We are typically responsible for taxes, utilities, insurance, repairs and maintenance for these retail properties. Rent expense for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 totaled approximately $37.9 million, $42.9 million and $52.3 million, respectively. Our future minimum rental commitments for all operating leases in existence as of January 30, 2016 for fiscal year 2017 is approximately $58.4 million and total approximately $595.6 million for fiscal years 2018 through 2035. We expect that many of the new stores we open will also be leased to us under operating leases, which will further increase our operating lease expenditures and require significant capital expenditures. We depend on cash flows from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under our ABL Facility or other sources, we may not be able to service our lease expenses or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would materially affect our business.

29


Table of Contents

                Over time current store locations may not continue to be desirable because of changes in demographics within the surrounding area or a decline in shopping traffic, including traffic generated by other nearby stores. Although we have the right to terminate some of our leases under specified conditions by making certain payments (typically within two to three years after opening a store), we may not be able to terminate a particular lease if or when we would like to do so. If we decide to close stores, we are generally required to either continue to pay rent and operating expenses for the balance of the lease term or, for certain locations, pay exercise rights to terminate, which in either case could be expensive. Even if we are able to assign or sublease vacated locations where our lease cannot be terminated, we may remain liable on the lease obligations if the assignee or sublessee does not perform.

                In addition, when leases for the stores in our ongoing operations expire, we may be unable to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms, or at all, which could cause us to close stores in locations that may be desirable. We may be unable to relocate these stores cost-effectively or at all and there can be no assurance that any relocated stores will be successful.

                 We are subject to risks associated with our sale-leaseback strategy.

                From time to time, we engage in sale-leaseback transactions. The net proceeds from such transactions have been used to reduce outstanding debt and fund future capital expenditures for new store development. However, the sale-leaseback market may cease to be a reliable source of additional cash flows for us in the future if capitalization rates become less attractive, other unfavorable market conditions develop or the perceived value of our owned property declines. For example, should the sale-leaseback market require significantly higher yields (which may occur as interest rates rise), we may not enter into sale-leaseback transactions, which could adversely affect our ability to reduce outstanding debt and fund capital expenditures for future store development.

                 We operate in a highly competitive retail environment.

                The retail business is highly competitive. The marketplace for home décor products is highly fragmented as many different retailers compete for market share by using a variety of store formats and merchandising strategies, dedicating a portion of their selling space to a limited selection of home décor, seasonal and holiday merchandise. Although we are the only big box concept solely dedicated to the home décor space, for all of our major products we compete with a diverse group of retailers, including mass merchants (such as Target and Wal-Mart), home improvement stores (such as Home Depot and Lowe's), craft retailers (such as Hobby Lobby, Jo-Ann Stores and Michaels Stores), home specialty/décor retailers (such as Bed Bath & Beyond, The Container Store, Home Goods and Pier 1 Imports), as well as various other small, independent retailers. In addition, to a lesser extent, we compete with Internet-based retailers (such as Wayfair), which competition could intensify in the future.

                We compete with these and other retailers for customers, retail locations, management and other personnel. Some of our competitors are larger and have greater resources, more customers and greater store brand recognition. They may secure better terms from vendors, adopt more aggressive pricing and devote more resources to technology, distribution and marketing. Competitive pressures or other factors could cause us to lose customers, sales and market share, which may require us to lower prices, increase marketing and advertising expenditures or increase the use of discounting or promotional campaigns, each of which could materially adversely affect our margins and could result in a decrease in our operating results and profitability. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to be able to compete successfully against existing or future competitors. Further, although we do not currently engage in e-commerce, there is no assurance that we will not in the future, and the use of e-commerce by our competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business. Expansion into markets served by our competitors, entry of new competitors, expansion of existing competitors into our markets or the adoption by competitors of innovative store formats and retail sale methods,

30


Table of Contents

including e-commerce, could cause us to lose market share and could be detrimental to our business, financial condition and results of operations.

                 We face risks related to our substantial indebtedness.

                As of April 30, 2016, after giving effect to the application of proceeds from this offering as set forth under "Use of Proceeds", including repayment of indebtedness under the Second Lien Facility, we would have had total outstanding debt of $406.7 million. Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk associated with our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our ABL Facility and Term Loan Facilities. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to us, including:

      making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt, and any failure to comply with the obligations under our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing our indebtedness increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

      requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, selling and marketing efforts, product development, future business opportunities and other purposes;

      exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as substantially all of our borrowings are at variable rates;

      restricting us from making strategic acquisitions;

      limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; and

      limiting our ability to plan for, or adjust to, changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may be less highly leveraged.

                The occurrence of any one of these events could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness.

                We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in the credit agreements governing our ABL Facility and Term Loan Facilities.

                 The ABL Facility and Term Loan Facilities impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries that may prevent us from pursuing certain business opportunities and restrict our ability to operate our business.

                The credit agreements governing our ABL Facility and Term Loan Facilities contain covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries' ability to take various actions, such as:

      incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue certain disqualified or preferred stock;

      pay dividends or make other distributions on, or redeem or purchase, any equity interests or make other restricted payments;

      make certain acquisitions or investments;

      create or incur liens;

      transfer or sell assets;

31


Table of Contents

      incur restrictions on the payments of dividends or other distributions from our restricted subsidiaries;

      alter the business that we conduct;

      enter into transactions with affiliates; and

      consummate a merger or consolidation or sell, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

                The restrictions in the credit agreements governing our ABL Facility and Term Loan Facilities also limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans and adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, enter into acquisitions or to engage in other business activities that could be in our interest.

                In addition, our ability to borrow under the ABL Facility is limited by the amount of our borrowing base. Any negative impact on the elements of our borrowing base, such as accounts receivable and inventory could reduce our borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility.

                 We are dependent upon the services of our senior management and our buyers.

                We are dependent on the services, abilities and experiences of our senior management team. Any loss or interruption of the services of our senior management, or any general instability in the composition of our senior management team, could significantly reduce our ability to effectively manage our operations. Lee Bird, our Chief Executive Officer, joined us in December 2012 and, together with our senior management team, has played an instrumental role in developing and executing our business and operating strategies, which we believe are critical to our ability to maintain strong margins. Therefore, the loss of Mr. Bird's services, or any members of our senior management, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and profitability and there can be no assurance that we will be able to find appropriate replacements for our senior management as needed. In addition, certain members of our management team are relatively new to our business and have not worked as a team with other members of management for a significant period of time. Therefore, there can be no assurance that any new members of our management team will be able to successfully execute our business and operating strategies or continue to follow the same strategies.

                In addition, a number of our buyers have been with us for many years and have developed a deep understanding of our business and our customers. The market for buyers is highly competitive and it may be difficult to find suitable replacements if we lose any of our buyers. If we are unable to find suitable replacements, we may experience difficulties in selecting and sourcing merchandise, which could materially adversely impact our business, revenue and profitability.

                 Failure to attract and retain quality employees could materially adversely affect our performance.

                Our performance depends on attracting and retaining quality people at all levels, including corporate, stores, the distribution center and other areas. Many of our store employees are in entry level or part-time positions with historically high rates of turnover. Our ability to meet our labor needs while controlling labor costs is subject to external factors such as unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage legislation, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs and governmental labor and employment requirements. In the event of changes in the federal or state minimum wage, living wage requirements or changes in other wage or workplace regulations, including, for example, health care or employee leave regulations, if our overall compensation and benefits fail to remain competitive, then the quality of our workforce could decline, while increasing our costs could impair our profitability. If we do not continue to attract and retain quality employees, our performance could be materially adversely affected.

32


Table of Contents

                Although none of our employees are currently covered under collective bargaining agreements, there can be no assurance that our employees will not elect to be represented by labor unions in the future. If some or all of our workforce were to become unionized and collective bargaining agreement terms were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements or work practices, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

                 Difficulties with our vendors may adversely impact our business.

                Our performance depends on our ability to purchase merchandise at sufficient levels and at competitive prices from vendors who can deliver products in a timely and efficient manner and in compliance with our vendor standards and all applicable laws and regulations. We currently have over 500 vendor relationships. Generally, we do not have any long-term purchase agreements or other contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to new products, and any vendor could discontinue selling to us at any time. Historically, we have not relied on any single vendor for our products and have not had difficulties replacing vendors for various products we sell. However, in the future there is no assurance that we will continue to be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient quantities or on terms acceptable to us, or be able to develop relationships with new vendors to replace any discontinued vendors. Our inability to acquire suitable merchandise in the future or our failure to replace any one or more vendors may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any significant change in the payment terms that we have with our suppliers could adversely affect our liquidity.

                Many of our suppliers are small firms that produce a limited number of items. These smaller vendors generally have limited resources, production capacities and operating histories, and some of our vendors have limited the distribution of their merchandise in the past. Accordingly, these vendors may be susceptible to cash flow issues, downturns in economic conditions, production difficulties, quality control issues and difficulty delivering agreed-upon quantities on schedule and in compliance with regulatory requirements. If a vendor fails to deliver on its commitments, whether due to financial difficulties or other reasons, we could experience merchandise out-of-stocks that could lead to lost sales, especially with respect to seasonal and holiday merchandise. In addition, there is no assurance that we would be able, if necessary, to return product to these vendors, obtain refunds of our purchase price or obtain reimbursement or indemnification from any of our vendors should we so desire, and from time to time, we may be in litigation with one or more vendors. Many of these suppliers require extensive advance notice of our requirements in order to supply products in the quantities we need. This long lead time requires us to place orders far in advance of the time when certain products will be offered for sale, exposing us to shifts in consumer demand and discretionary spending.

                 Our business is moderately seasonal and weak performance during one of our historically strong seasonal periods could have a material adverse effect on our operating results for the entire fiscal year.

                Our business is moderately seasonal, with a meaningful portion of our sales dedicated to seasonal and holiday merchandise, resulting in the realization of higher portions of net sales and operating income in the second and fourth fiscal quarters. Due to the importance of our peak sales periods, which include the spring and year-end holiday decorating seasons, the second and fourth fiscal quarters have historically contributed, and are expected to continue to contribute, significantly to our operating results for the entire fiscal year. In anticipation of seasonal increases in sales activity during these periods, we incur significant additional expense prior to and during our peak seasonal periods, which we may finance with additional short-term borrowings. These expenses may include the acquisition of additional inventory, seasonal staffing needs and other similar items. As a result, any factors negatively affecting us during these periods, including adverse weather and unfavorable economic conditions, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

33


Table of Contents

                 Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate substantially and historical quarterly operating results may not be a meaningful indicator of future performance.

                Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many outside of our control, including:

      general economic and political conditions;

      the mix of merchandise sold;

      shifts in consumer tastes and changes in demand for the products that we offer in our stores;

      calendar shifts of holiday or seasonal periods;

      the timing of new store openings and the level of pre-opening expenses associated with new stores;

      the amount and timing of sales contributed by new stores;

      store closings or relocations and costs related thereto;

      expansion of existing or entry of new competitors into our markets;

      pricing and other actions taken by our competitors;

      changes in promotions, advertising or other actions taken by us or our existing or possible new competitors;

      the timing and level of markdowns;

      delays in the flow of merchandise to our stores;

      changes in our operating expenses;

      changes in commodity prices and the cost of fuel;

      foreign exchange rates;

      litigation;

      adverse weather conditions in our markets, particularly on weekends;

      natural or man-made disasters;

      the timing of income tax refunds to our customers;

      the timing or elimination of certain state and local tax holidays; and

      changes in other tenants or landlords or surrounding geographic circumstances in the areas in which we are located.

                Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results for the fiscal quarter in which such event occurs as well as for the entire fiscal year. Therefore, period-to-period comparisons of historical quarterly operating results may not be a meaningful indicator of future performance.

                 We may not be able to protect our important intellectual property and we could incur substantial costs if we are subject to claims that our operations infringe on the proprietary rights of others.

                We rely on our proprietary intellectual property, including trademarks, to market, promote and sell our products in our stores, particularly our At Home private label products. We monitor and protect against activities that might infringe, dilute or otherwise violate our trademarks and other

34


Table of Contents

intellectual property and rely on the trademark and other laws of the United States. However, we may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization. To the extent we cannot protect our intellectual property, unauthorized use and misuse of our intellectual property could harm our competitive position and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

                Additionally, we cannot be certain that we do not or will not in the future infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties. From time to time, we have been subject to claims from third parties that we have infringed upon their intellectual property rights and we face the risk of such claims in the future. Any intellectual property infringement claims against us could be costly, time-consuming, harmful to our reputation or result in injunctive or other equitable relief that may require us to make changes to our business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

                 Increases in commodity prices and supply chain costs could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

                Various commodities are used in our merchandise, such as petroleum, resin, copper, steel, cotton and lumber. These commodities are subject to inflation, price fluctuations and other market disturbances, including supply shortages. Increases in commodity prices or the costs related to our supply chain and distribution network, including currency exchange rates, tariffs, labor, fuel and other transportation costs, could have a material adverse effect on our gross margin, expenses and results of operations. Due to the uncertainty of these price fluctuations and our strategy to maintain everyday low prices, we may not be able to pass some or all of these increased costs on to our customers. Even if we are able to pass these increased costs on to our customers, we may not be able to do so on a timely basis, our gross margins could decline and we may not be able to implement other price increases for our merchandise.

                 If we are required to make significant investments in advertising, marketing or promotions, our margins and profitability could materially decline.

                In general, we employ an everyday low pricing strategy that avoids high-low pricing and promotions and allows us to minimize advertising and marketing expenses incurred by other retailers. However, there is no assurance that we can continue to be successful without significant advertising, marketing and promotions, particularly as we open stores in new markets. We spent over $20 million in capital and expenses in connection with our rebranding initiative during fiscal year 2015 and may need to incur additional expenses to promote our new brand. In addition, if we choose to invest in advertising, marketing and promotions in the future, there is no assurance that such efforts will be successful or result in a positive return on investment. Therefore, if we are required to make significant investments in advertising, marketing or promotions and related expenditures, our margins and profitability could materially decline even if sales increase.

                 Any online services or e-commerce activities that we may launch in the future may require substantial investment and may not be successful.

                We do not currently engage in e-commerce and have a limited online presence through our website and other forms of social media. However, as part of our growth strategy, we are exploring expansion of our online services and could engage in e-commerce activities in the future, which would require substantial investment. The success of any online services or e-commerce business would depend, in part, on factors over which we may not control. We would need to successfully respond to changing consumer preferences and buying trends relating to online or e-commerce usage. We would also be vulnerable to increased risks and uncertainties including: changes in required technology interfaces; website downtime and other technical failures; costs and technical issues related to upgrading website software; computer viruses; changes in applicable federal and state regulations; security breaches; consumer privacy concerns; and keeping up to date with competitive technology

35


Table of Contents

trends, including the use of new or improved technology, creative user interfaces and other online or e-commerce marketing tools. In addition, any e-commerce platform may be unprofitable, cannibalize sales from our existing stores or not be able to compete successfully against other Internet-based retailers who sell similar merchandise. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties might adversely affect sales in any e-commerce business that we establish in the future and could damage our reputation and brand. Further, in the event that we engage in e-commerce in the future, we will need to establish a shipping and delivery system for items purchased online, for which we do not currently have adequate capability. Our business could be adversely affected if we are not able to successfully develop and integrate such a shipping and delivery system in connection with any e-commerce business in which we may engage in the future.

                 Disruptions to our information systems, or our failure to adequately support, maintain and upgrade these systems, could negatively impact our operations and financial results.

                We depend on our information technology systems for many aspects of our business. We have made significant investments in information technology, including investments in systems and applications for finance and accounting functions, supply chain management software for retail operations and data warehouse management systems and an automated distribution system for our distribution center operations. We purchase our inventory through a centralized inventory management system that operates for the entire chain. Merchandise is bar-coded, enabling management to control inventory and pricing by SKU. Sales are updated daily in the merchandise reporting systems by polling all sales information from each store's point-of sale terminals. Stores are then staffed based on a statistically developed labor model which incorporates the daily and hourly store sales volume. We attempt to mitigate the risk of possible business interruptions caused by disruptions to our information systems by maintaining a disaster recovery plan, which includes maintaining backup systems off-site. However, despite safeguards and careful contingency planning, our systems are still subject to power outages, computer viruses, computer and telecommunication failures, employee usage errors, security breaches, terrorism, natural or man-made disasters and other catastrophic events. A major disruption of our information systems and backup mechanisms may cause us to incur significant costs to repair our systems and experience a critical loss of data. System failures could also disrupt our ability to track, record and analyze sales and inventory and could cause disruptions of our operations, including, among other things, our ability to process and ship inventory, process financial information including credit card transactions, process payrolls or vendor payments or engage in other similar normal business activities.

                In addition, we may be unable to improve, upgrade, integrate or expand upon our existing systems and any costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.

                 Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer information could harm our business and standing with our customers.

                The protection of our customer, employee and other company data is critical to us. We rely on commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide security for processing, transmission and storage of confidential customer information, such as payment card and personal information. Despite the security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism, payment card terminal tampering, computer viruses, misplaced, lost or stolen data, programming or human errors or other similar events. The risks associated with our processing of sensitive customer data may be heightened if the amount of such data collected is increased, including via any co-branded or private label credit card or customer loyalty or other similar programs that we may launch in the future. Any security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, whether by us or our third-party service providers, could damage our reputation, expose us to risk of litigation and liability, disrupt our operations and harm our business. In addition, as a result

36


Table of Contents

of recent security breaches at a number of prominent retailers, the media and public scrutiny of information security and privacy has become more intense. As a result, we may incur significant costs to change our business practices or modify our service offerings in connection with the protection of personally identifiable information.

                 Regulatory or litigation developments could materially adversely affect our business operations and financial performance.

                We are subject to numerous statutory, regulatory and legal requirements at a local, state, national and international level because of our business operations, store locations, workforce, sales to consumers and importation of merchandise. In addition, following this offering we will be a publicly traded company and may be exposed to the risk of stockholder litigation if our stock price declines. Laws and regulations affecting our business may change, sometimes frequently and significantly, as a result of political, economic, social or other events. Changes in the regulatory environment in the areas of product safety, environmental protection, privacy and information security, health care, labor and employment, U.S. customs, advertising and taxes, among others, could potentially impact our operations and financial results. For example, more stringent and varied requirements of local and state governmental bodies with respect to zoning, land use and environmental factors could delay or prevent development of new stores in particular locations. Environmental laws and regulations also govern, among other things, discharges of pollutants into the air and water as well as the presence, handling, release and disposal of and exposure to hazardous substances. These laws provide for significant fines and penalties for noncompliance. Third parties may also make personal injury, property damage or other claims against us associated with actual or alleged release of, or exposure to, hazardous substances at our properties. We could also be strictly liable, without regard to fault, for certain environmental conditions at properties we formerly owned or operated as well as at our current properties. We could be negatively impacted by developments in these areas due to the costs of compliance, and if we fail to comply with a law or regulation, we may be subject to claims, lawsuits, fines, penalties, loss of a license or permit and adverse publicity or other consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

                 Product recalls and/or product liability, as well as changes in product safety and other consumer protection laws, may adversely impact our operations, merchandise offerings, reputation, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

                We are subject to regulations by a variety of federal, state and international regulatory authorities, including The Consumer Product Safety Commission. A large portion of our merchandise is manufactured in foreign countries. As such, one or more of our vendors might not adhere to product safety requirements or our quality control standards, and we might not identify the deficiency before merchandise ships to our stores. If our merchandise offerings do not meet applicable safety standards or our customers' expectations regarding safety, we could experience lost sales and increased costs and be exposed to legal and reputational risk. We could be required to recall some of those products or could expose ourselves to government enforcement action or private litigation, such as product liability claims, which could result in significant fines, penalties, monetary damages and other remedies as well as harm to our reputation. We could also be subject to litigation related to injuries or other accidents at our stores or distribution center.

                Moreover, changes in product safety or other consumer protection laws could lead to increased costs to us for certain merchandise, or additional labor costs associated with readying merchandise for sale. Long lead times on merchandise ordering cycles increase the difficulty for us to plan and prepare for potential changes to applicable laws. In particular, The Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 imposes significant requirements on manufacturing, importing, testing and labeling requirements for some of our products. In the event that we are unable to timely comply with regulatory changes, significant fines or penalties could result, and could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

37


Table of Contents

                 Inadequacy of our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business.

                We maintain third party insurance coverage against various liability risks and risks of property loss and business interruption, as well directors and officers liability insurance coverage. While we believe these arrangements are an effective way to insure against liability and property damage risks, the potential liabilities associated with those risks or other events could exceed the coverage provided by such arrangements. Significant uninsured liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our Company.

                 Our continued success is substantially dependent on positive perceptions of At Home.

                We are highly dependent on our reputation amongst home décor enthusiasts. To remain successful in the future, we must continue to preserve, grow and utilize the value of our reputation as the destination retailer for our customers' home décor needs. Reputational value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities, and even isolated incidents may erode trust and confidence. Events that can damage our reputation include, but are not limited to, legal violations, litigation, actual or perceived ethical problems, product safety issues, actual or perceived poor employee relations, actual or perceived poor customer service, store appearance or operational issues, unauthorized use or other misappropriation of our trade name, data security or events outside of our control that could generate negative publicity with respect to At Home, whether in traditional media or social media outlets. Any event that has the potential to negatively impact our trade name or our reputation with customers, employees, suppliers, communities, governmental officials and others could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

                 Our operating results and financial position could be negatively impacted by accounting policies, rules and regulations.

                Our operating results and financial position could be negatively impacted by implementation of our various accounting policies as well as changes to accounting rules and regulations or new interpretations of existing accounting standards. These changes may include, without limitation, changes to lease accounting standards. For example, while we are still evaluating the impact of our pending adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, "Leases" on our consolidated financial statements, we expect that upon adoption we will recognize right of use, or ROU, assets and liabilities that could be material to our financial statements. In addition, from time to time we could incur impairment charges that adversely affect our operating results. For example, changes in economic or operating conditions impacting our estimates and assumptions could result in the impairment of intangible assets (such as our goodwill or trade name) or long-lived assets in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. In the event that we determine our intangible or long-lived assets are impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

                 We incurred net losses in fiscal years 2014 and 2015 and we may experience net losses in the future.

                We experienced net losses of $22.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014 and January 31, 2015. There is no guarantee that we will be successful in realizing net income or otherwise achieving profitability or sustaining positive cash flow in future periods. Any failure to achieve net income could, among other things, impair our ability to complete future financings or the cost of obtaining financing or force us to seek additional capital through sales of our equity securities, which could dilute the value of any shares of common stock you purchase in this offering. In addition, a lack of profitability could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

38


Table of Contents

                 Changes in our effective income tax rate could affect our results of operations.

                Our effective income tax rate is influenced by a number of factors. Changes in the tax laws, the interpretation of existing laws or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on examination could adversely affect our effective tax rate. Further, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by changes in the mix and level of earnings or by changes to existing accounting rules or regulations.

                 We are a holding company with no operations of our own, and we depend on our subsidiaries for cash.

                We are a holding company and do not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of equity interests of our subsidiaries. Our operations are conducted almost entirely through our subsidiaries, and our ability to generate cash to meet our obligations or to pay dividends, if any, is highly dependent on the earnings of, and receipt of funds from, our subsidiaries through dividends or intercompany loans. The ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us and them to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations will depend on their future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside of our control. We cannot assure you that the cash flow and earnings of our operating subsidiaries will be adequate for our subsidiaries to service their debt obligations. If our subsidiaries do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy corporate obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans (such as refinancing), restructure debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any such alternative refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds realized from those sales, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

                Furthermore, we and our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future that may severely restrict or prohibit our subsidiaries from making distributions, paying dividends, if any, or making loans to us.

Risks Related to our Common Stock and this Offering

                 There is no existing market for our common stock and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If our stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

                Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of a trading market on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, or otherwise or how active and liquid that market may come to be. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of the common stock that you buy. Negotiations between us and the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price for our common stock, which may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering. The market price of our common stock may be influenced by many factors including:

      quarterly variations in our operating results compared to market expectations;

      changes in the preferences of our customers;

      low comparable store sales growth compared to market expectations;

39


Table of Contents

      delays in the planned openings of new stores;

      the failure of securities analysts to cover the Company after this offering or changes in analysts' financial estimates;

      economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance;

      changes in consumer spending or the housing market;

      increased competition or stock price performance of our competitors;

      future sales of our common stock or the perception that such sales may occur;

      changes in senior management or key personnel;

      investor perceptions of us and the retail industry;

      new regulatory pronouncements and changes in regulatory guidelines;

      lawsuits, enforcement actions and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities;

      action by institutional stockholders or other large stockholders;

      failure to meet any guidance given by us or any change in any guidance given by us, or changes by us in our guidance practices;

      speculation in the press or investment community;

      events beyond our control, such as war, terrorist attacks, transportation and fuel prices, natural disasters, severe weather and widespread illness; and

      the other factors listed in this "Risk Factors" section.

                As a result of these factors, investors in our common stock may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial offering price. In addition, our stock price may be volatile. The stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies like us. Accordingly, these broad market and industry factors may significantly reduce the market price of the our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

                 Because the Sponsors control a significant percentage of our common stock, they may control all major corporate decisions and their interests may conflict with your interests as an owner of our common stock and those of the Company.

                We are controlled by the Sponsors, which currently indirectly own 100% of our common stock and will own approximately 85% after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, the Sponsors currently control the election of the majority of our directors and could exercise a controlling interest over our business, affairs and policies, including the appointment of our management and the entering into of business combinations or dispositions and other corporate transactions. The directors so elected have the authority to incur additional debt, issue or repurchase stock, declare dividends and make other decisions that could be detrimental to stockholders. In addition, pursuant to the stockholders' agreement, for a period of two years following this offering, Starr Investments will agree to vote 9,611,804 of their shares of our common stock on all matters presented to the stockholders in the same manner that AEA votes on such matters. In addition, following the consummation of this offering, and for so long as certain affiliates of AEA and Starr Investments hold an aggregate of at least 10% of our outstanding common stock, such Sponsors shall be entitled to nominate at least one individual for election to our board, and our board and nominating committee thereof shall nominate and recommend to our stockholders that such individual be elected to our board, and each party to the stockholders' agreement agrees to vote all of their shares to elect such individual to our board.

40


Table of Contents

                The Sponsors may have interests that are different from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. Further, AEA and Starr Investments may have differing views from each other, neither of which may align with your interests. In addition, the Sponsors' concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline or prevent our stockholders from realizing a premium over the market price for their common stock.

                Additionally, the Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us or supply us with goods and services. The Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. Stockholders should consider that the interests of the Sponsors may differ from their interests in material respects.

                 You will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering.

                Prior investors have paid substantially less per share for our common stock than the price in this offering. The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock prior to completion of the offering. Accordingly, based on an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by our existing stockholders for their shares and you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $16.36 per share in net tangible book value of our common stock. See "Dilution."

                 Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.

                Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Substantially all of our existing stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering that restrict the stockholders' ability to transfer shares of our common stock for 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. The lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of common stock that may be sold immediately following the public offering. After this offering, we will have 59,503,727 outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of April 30, 2016. Subject to limitations, approximately 50,836,727 shares will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up period, as calculated and described in more detail in the section entitled "Shares Eligible for Future Sale." In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

                Moreover, after this offering, holders of approximately 85% of our outstanding common stock will have rights, subject to certain conditions such as the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

41


Table of Contents

                 If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about At Home, or if they issue unfavorable commentary about us or our industry or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

                The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that third-party securities analysts publish about At Home and the retail industry. One or more analysts could downgrade our common stock or issue other negative commentary about At Home or our industry. In addition, we may be unable or slow to attract research coverage. Alternatively, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of At Home, we could lose visibility in the market. As a result of one or more of these factors, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

                 Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

                Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:

      establishing a classified board of directors such that not all members of the board are elected at one time;

      allowing the total number of directors to be determined exclusively (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors) by resolution of our board of directors and granting to our board the sole power (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock or rights granted pursuant to the stockholders' agreement) to fill any vacancy on the board;

      limiting the ability of stockholders to remove directors without cause if AEA ceases to own, or have the right to direct the vote of, 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock;

      authorizing the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock by our board of directors, without further stockholder approval, to thwart a takeover attempt;

      prohibiting stockholder action by written consent (and, thus, requiring that all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders), if AEA ceases to own, or have the right to direct the vote of, 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock;

      eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders, except for AEA, so long as AEA owns, or has the right to direct the vote of, 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock;

      establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at annual stockholder meetings; and

      requiring the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, to amend or repeal our certificate of incorporation or bylaws if AEA ceases to own, or have the right to direct the vote of, 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock.

                In addition, while we have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain

42


Table of Contents

"business combinations" with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

      prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

      upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

      at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

                Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction provided for or through our Company resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and the affiliates and associates of such person. For purposes of this provision, "voting stock" means any class or series of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that AEA, Starr Investments, their respective affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect designated transferees (other than in certain market transfers and gifts) and any group of which such persons are a party do not constitute "interested stockholders" for purposes of this provision.

                Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who qualifies as an "interested stockholder" to effect certain business combinations with our Company for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors in order to avoid the stockholder approval requirement if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that our stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests. See "Description of Capital Stock".

                These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our Company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those you desire.

                 We will be exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

                We are in the process of evaluating our internal controls systems to allow management to report on, and our independent auditors to audit, our internal controls over financial reporting. We will be performing the system and process evaluation and testing (and any necessary remediation) required to comply with the management certification and, if required, the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the management certification requirements of Section 404 in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year following our first annual report that is filed with the SEC (subject to any change in applicable SEC rules). We will be required to comply with Section 404 in full (including an auditor attestation on management's internal controls report) in our annual report on Form 10-K at the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date on which we are no longer an emerging growth company (subject to any change in applicable SEC rules). Furthermore, upon completion of this process, we may identify control deficiencies of varying degrees of severity under applicable SEC and PCAOB rules and regulations that remain unremediated. As a public company, we will be required to

43


Table of Contents

report, among other things, control deficiencies that constitute a "material weakness" or changes in internal controls that, or that are reasonably likely to, materially affect internal controls over financial reporting. A "material weakness" is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A "significant deficiency" is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of our financial reporting.

                To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we have undertaken various actions, and may need to take additional actions, such as implementing and enhancing our internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management's attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. Additionally, when evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. For example, in the past, certain matters involving our internal controls over financial reporting that constituted "material weaknesses" were identified and have since been remediated, which related to our limited accounting personnel and other resources at the time, as well as our adoption of public company standards. More recently, we identified an internal control deficiency that required us to restate our financial statements for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended October 31, 2015 to correct an error in the recorded tax provision for those periods, as set forth in Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 included elsewhere in this prospectus. We concluded that this deficiency represented a material weakness, which was remediated in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 through improved internal controls with respect to income tax accounting. If we identify any additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, if we are required to make further restatements of our financial statements, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy, completeness or reliability of our financial reports and the trading price of our common stock may be adversely affected, and we could become subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. In addition, if we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements could be inaccurate and we could face restricted access to the capital markets.

                 We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends.

                The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are carried out by our operating subsidiaries. Under our ABL Facility and Term Loan Facilities, our operating subsidiaries are significantly restricted in their ability to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us, and we expect these limitations to continue in the future. Our ability to pay dividends may also be limited by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred equity securities of ours or of our subsidiaries. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

44


Table of Contents

                 The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE, may strain our resources, increase our costs and divert management's attention, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

                As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the corporate governance standards of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE. These requirements will place a strain on our management, systems and resources and we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company. The Exchange Act will require us to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition within specified time periods and to prepare a proxy statement with respect to our annual meeting of stockholders. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. The NYSE will require that we comply with various corporate governance requirements. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting and comply with the Exchange Act and the NYSE's requirements, significant resources and management oversight will be required. This may divert management's attention from other business concerns and lead to significant costs associated with compliance, which could have a material adverse effect on us and the price of our common stock.

                The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt even more changes in governance and reporting requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of these costs. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

                 We are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and may rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

                Following the consummation of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we expect to be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. A company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group or another company is a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE rules and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, including:

    the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors;

    the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

45


Table of Contents

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

                Following this offering, we intend to rely on all of the exemptions listed above. If we do utilize the exemptions, we will not have a majority of independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors. As a result, our board of directors and those committees may have more directors who do not meet the NYSE's independence standards than they would if those standards were to apply. The independence standards are intended to ensure that directors who meet those standards are free of any conflicting interest that could influence their actions as directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

                 Taking advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to "emerging growth companies" may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

                As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

    we are not required to engage an auditor to report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

    we are not required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

    we are not required to submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as "say-on-pay", "say-on-frequency" and "say-on-golden parachutes"; and

    we are not required to disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer's compensation to median employee compensation.

                We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. We have elected to adopt the reduced disclosure in this prospectus.

                The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to irrevocably "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted.

                We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our common stock.

46


Table of Contents

                 Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

                Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a stockholder in our Company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

47


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

                This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. You can generally identify forward-looking statements by our use of forward-looking terminology such as "anticipate," "believe," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "might," "plan," "potential," "predict," "seek," "vision" or "should," or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. In particular, statements about the markets in which we operate, expected new store openings, potential growth opportunities and future capital expenditures and our expectations, beliefs, plans, strategies, objectives, prospects, assumptions or future events or performance contained in this prospectus under the headings "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" are forward-looking statements. In addition, our preliminary estimated financial results for the thirteen weeks ending July 30, 2016 contained in this prospectus are forward-looking statements.

                We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections. While we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, such forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These and other important factors, including those discussed in this prospectus under the headings "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business," may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include:

      general economic factors that may materially adversely affect our business, revenue and profitability;

      volatility or disruption in the financial markets;

      consumer spending on home décor products which could decrease or be displaced by spending on other activities;

      our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all;

      our failure to manage inventory effectively and our inability to satisfy changing consumer demands and preferences;

      losses of, or disruptions in, or our inability to efficiently operate our distribution network;

      adverse events in the geographical regions in which we operate;

      risks related to our imported merchandise;

      the success of our rebranding;

      risks associated with leasing substantial amounts of space;

      risks associated with our sale-leaseback strategy;

      the highly competitive retail environment in which we operate;

      risks related to our substantial indebtedness and the significant operating and financial restrictions imposed on us and our subsidiaries by the ABL Facility and Term Loan Facilities;

      our dependence upon the services of our management team and our buyers;

      the failure to attract and retain quality employees;

      difficulties with our vendors;

48


Table of Contents

      the seasonality of our business;

      fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

      the failure or inability to protect our intellectual property rights;

      risks associated with third party claims that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights;

      increases in commodity prices and supply chain costs;

      the need to make significant investments in advertising, marketing or promotions;

      the success of any online services or e-commerce activities that we may launch in the future and the substantial investment related thereto;

      disruptions to our information systems or our failure to adequately support, maintain and upgrade those systems;

      unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer information;

      regulatory or litigation developments;

      risks associated with product recalls and/or product liability, as well as changes in product safety and other consumer protection laws;

      inadequacy of our insurance coverage;

      our substantial dependence upon our reputation and positive perceptions of At Home;

      the potential negative impact of changes to our accounting policies, rules and regulations;

      changes in our effective income tax rate;

      net losses incurred in fiscal years 2014 and 2015 and the potential to experience net losses in the future;

      the Sponsors' control of us; and

      other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under "Risk Factors."

                Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are not guarantees of future performance and our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and events in the industry in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, they may not be predictive of results or developments in future periods.

                Any forward-looking statement that we make in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of such statement. Except as required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise, or to publicly announce any update or revision to, any of the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus.

49


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

                We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our sale of 8,667,000 shares in this offering will be approximately $115.8 million (or $134.0 million if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay approximately $115.8 million of principal amount of indebtedness under the Second Lien Facility. To the extent that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use borrowings under the ABL Facility to repay the remaining principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. We expect to use cash to pay any accrued and unpaid interest and premium on the outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Facility.

                The total amount required to repay the Second Lien Facility in full is approximately $130.1 million, including premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. Interest accrues on the Second Lien Facility at an annual rate of 9.0%, or approximately $250 per day for each $1.0 million of principal amount. Interest is payable on the last business day of January, April, July and October in each year, and was last paid on April 29, 2016. We expect to make the next payment of interest on the Second Lien Facility on July 29, 2016, which will be before the closing date of this offering. Borrowings under the Second Lien Facility mature on June 5, 2023.

                Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $8.1 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares sold in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $14.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. To the extent any proceeds from this offering remain after the repayment in full of our Second Lien Facility, including any accrued and unpaid interest and premium thereon, we intend to use such remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes.

50


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

                We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain future earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of debt. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable laws and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Our business is conducted through our subsidiaries. Dividends, distributions and other payments from, and cash generated by, our subsidiaries will be our principal sources of cash to repay indebtedness, fund operations and pay dividends. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is dependent on the earnings and distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. In addition, the covenants in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness, including the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities, significantly restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness", "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Business—We are a holding company with no operations of our own, and we depend on our subsidiaries for cash" and "Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Common Stock and this Offering—We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends."

51


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

                The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our consolidated capitalization as of April 30, 2016:

      on an actual basis; and

      on an as adjusted basis to give effect to our issuance and sale of 8,667,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, together with cash and borrowings under the ABL Facility, to repay in full all obligations under the Second Lien Facility, in each case as described in "Use of Proceeds".

                You should read the data set forth below in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of April 30, 2016  
 
  Actual   As Adjusted(1)(2)  
 
  (in thousands, except share
and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 8,909   $ 8,767 (3)

Debt:

             

ABL Facility(4)

  $ 85,600   $ 99,761 (3)

Notes payable

    9,918     9,918  

First Lien Facility(5)

    297,000     297,000  

Second Lien Facility(5)

    130,000     (3)

Total debt

    522,518     406,679  

Stockholders' equity:

             

Common stock, Class A; $0.01 par value; 32,535,505 shares issued and outstanding actual(6)               

    325      

Common stock, Class B; $0.01 par value; 18,301,222 shares issued and outstanding actual(6)               

    183      

Common stock; $0.01 par value; 59,503,727 shares issued and outstanding as adjusted(6)               

        595  

Additional paid-in capital

    410,907     526,659  

Accumulated deficit

    (33,775 )   (37,110 )(7)

Total equity

    377,640     490,144  

Total capitalization

  $ 900,158   $ 896,823  

(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in-capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $8.1 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares sold in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in-capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately

52


Table of Contents

    $14.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(2)
Our estimate of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering reflects the deduction of an estimated $5.1 million of expenses relating to the offering; however, as of the date hereof, we have already paid approximately $4.1 million of such expenses.

(3)
The net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay approximately $115.8 million of principal amount of indebtedness under the Second Lien Facility. To the extent that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use borrowings under the ABL Facility to repay the remaining principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. We expect to use cash to pay any accrued and unpaid interest and premium on the outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. The table above reflects the use of (i) approximately $14.2 million of additional borrowings under the ABL Facility to repay in full the remaining principal amount of the Second Lien Facility and (ii) approximately $0.1 million of cash to pay premium on the Second Lien Facility, which represents a 1% prepayment premium applicable to voluntary prepayments of principal other than with the proceeds of this offering. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness—Term Loan Facilities—Optional and Mandatory Prepayments". There was an immaterial amount of accrued and unpaid interest as of April 30, 2016, as interest on the Second Lien Facility was last paid on April 29, 2016; accordingly, such interest payment is already reflected in the "Actual" column in the table above. Interest is payable on the last business day of January, April, July and October in each year, and we expect to make the next payment of interest on the Second Lien Facility on July 29, 2016, which will be before the closing date of this offering. Interest accrues on the Second Lien Facility at an annual rate of 9.0%, or approximately $250 per day for each $1.0 million of principal amount. We expect to use cash to fund any payments of interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Facility.

(4)
As of April 30, 2016, we had $53.6 million of borrowing availability under the ABL Facility. In June 2016, we amended our ABL Facility to increase the aggregate revolving commitments thereunder to $215 million. As of July 2, 2016, we had $108.8 million of borrowings outstanding under the ABL Facility and $57.8 million available for future borrowings under the ABL Facility.

(5)
Amounts shown exclude unamortized debt issuance costs of $12.3 million as of April 30, 2016 associated with the First Lien Facility and Second Lien Facility, which were included as a direct reduction of long-term debt in the condensed consolidated balance sheet included elsewhere in this prospectus. Amounts shown also exclude an accrued exit fee relating to the Second Lien Facility in the amount of $1.1 million.

(6)
In connection with this offering, the Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be subject to the 128.157393-to-one stock split and converted into shares of a single class of common stock, which is the same class as the shares being sold in this offering.

(7)
The change in accumulated deficit relates to an approximately $3.3 million loss on early extinguishment of debt for the repayment of the Second Lien Facility with proceeds from this offering and additional borrowings under the ABL Facility.

53


Table of Contents


DILUTION

                If you purchase any of the shares offered by this prospectus, you will experience dilution to the extent of the difference between the offering price per share that you pay in this offering and the net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

                Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of April 30, 2016 was $(193.5) million, or $(3.81) per share of common stock. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value (deficit), which is total tangible assets less total liabilities, by the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to our 128.157393-for-one stock split on July 22, 2016. Tangible assets represent total assets excluding goodwill and other intangible assets. Dilution in net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our common stock immediately afterwards.

                After giving effect to (i) our 128.157393-for-one stock split and (ii) our sale of 8,667,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of April 30, 2016 would have been approximately $(80.9) million, or $(1.36) per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value (deficit) of $2.45 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $16.36 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

                The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 15.00  

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share

  $ (3.81 )      

Increase per share attributable to this offering

    2.45        

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

        $ (1.36 )

Dilution per share to new investors

        $ 16.36  

                Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would affect our net tangible book value (deficit) after this offering by approximately $8.1 million, the net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering by $0.14 per share, and the dilution per common share to new investors by $0.86 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting commissions and discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares sold in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would affect our net tangible book value (deficit) after this offering by approximately $14.0 million, the net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering by $0.25 per share, and the dilution per common share to new investors by $(0.25) per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting commissions and discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

                The following table summarizes, as of April 30, 2016, on an as adjusted basis, the number of shares of common stock purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and by new

54


Table of Contents

investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering, before deducting the underwriting commissions and discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total
Consideration
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent    
 

Existing stockholders

    50,836,727     85 % $ 396,674     75 % $ 7.80  

New investors

    8,667,000     15 % $ 130,005     25 % $ 15.00  

Total

    59,503,727     100 % $ 526,679     100 % $ 8.85  

                Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $8.7 million, $8.7 million and $0.15 per share, respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares sold in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $15.0 million, $15.0 million and $0.10 per share, respectively, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

                If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase 1,300,050 additional shares of our common stock in this offering, the as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share would be $(1.03) per share and the dilution to new investors in this offering would be $16.03 per share. If the underwriters exercise such option in full, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 9,967,050 shares of our common stock, or approximately 16% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering set forth above excludes:

    5,620,199 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 2012 Option Plan as of April 30, 2016 at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $10.18 per share;

    2,478,702 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to be granted in connection with this offering under our 2016 Equity Plan and 28,311 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to be granted in connection with this offering under our 2012 Option Plan, each at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; and

    3,718,053 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Plan.

                To the extent any options are granted and exercised in the future, there may be additional economic dilution to new investors. Pro forma diluted weighted average shares outstanding for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 as calculated under the treasury stock method include the dilutive effect of 1,770,767 options outstanding under our 2012 Option Plan. Options to be granted in connection with this offering under our 2012 Option Plan and our 2016 Equity Plan would be anti-dilutive on the date of grant. See note 5 to the pro forma statement of operations data included under "Selected Consolidated Financial Data".

                In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

55


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

                Our selected consolidated statements of operations, cash flow and balance sheet data presented below as of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 30, 2016 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of January 25, 2014 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our selected condensed consolidated statements of operations, cash flow and balance sheet data presented below as of and for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016 has been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with that used in preparing our audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring items, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for the unaudited periods.

                The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The selected consolidated financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended   Thirteen Weeks Ended  
 
  January 25,
2014
  January 31,
2015
  January 30,
2016
 
May 2,
2015
  April 30,
2016
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Net sales

  $ 403,966   $ 497,733   $ 622,161   $ 141,217   $ 172,079  

Cost of sales

    272,021     335,617     421,750     93,912     113,773  

Gross profit

    131,945     162,116     200,411     47,305     58,306  

Operating expenses

                               

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    74,255     110,503     135,716     29,941     37,444  

Impairment of trade name

    37,500                  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,262     5,310     2,476     466     892  

Total operating expenses

    113,017     115,813     138,192     30,407     38,336  

Operating income

    18,928     46,303     62,219     16,898     19,970  

Interest expense, net

    41,152     42,382     36,759     10,806     8,193  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            36,046          

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (22,224 )   3,921     (10,586 )   6,092     11,777  

Income tax provision (benefit)

    59     4,357     (14,160 )   4,324     4,451  

Net (loss) income

  $ (22,283 ) $ (436 ) $ 3,574   $ 1,768   $ 7,326  

Per Share Data:

                               

Net (loss) income per common share:

                               

Basic

  $ (0.44 ) $ (0.01 ) $ 0.07   $ 0.03   $ 0.14  

Diluted

  $ (0.44 ) $ (0.01 ) $ 0.07   $ 0.03   $ 0.14  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                               

Basic

    50,836,727     50,836,727     50,836,727     50,836,727     50,836,727  

Diluted

    50,836,727     50,836,727     51,732,752     52,705,000     52,607,494  

Cash Flow Data:

                               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 35,695   $ 15,321   $ 14,913   $ (971 ) $ 25,840  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (30,310 )   (100,098 )   (39,727 )   (264 )   (30,418 )

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (4,032 )   84,512     25,536     3,936     8,059  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    1,353     (265 )   722     2,701     3,481  

56


Table of Contents

 
  January 25,
2014
  January 31,
2015
  January 30,
2016
 
May 2,
2015
  April 30,
2016
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4,971   $ 4,706   $ 5,428   $ 7,407   $ 8,909  

Inventories, net

    109,125     142,256     176,388     146,073     175,472  

Property and equipment, net

    111,786     220,084     272,776     231,775     296,649  

Net working capital(1)(2)

    43,844     59,280     95,839     69,351     87,638  

Total assets(2)

    824,742     968,315     1,054,810     972,649     1,081,399  

Total debt(2)(3)

    372,351     445,661     515,136     449,972     523,667  

Total shareholders' equity

    357,101     360,916     369,153     363,794     377,640  

 

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
January 30, 2016
  Thirteen Weeks Ended
April 30, 2016
 
 
  (dollars in thousands, except share
and per share data)

 

Pro Forma Statement of Operations Data:

             

Pro forma net income(4)

  $ 15,976   $ 9,937  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding(5)

             

Basic

    59,503,727     59,503,727  

Diluted

    60,399,752     61,274,494  

Pro forma net income per share(4)(5)

             

Basic

  $ 0.27   $ 0.17  

Diluted

  $ 0.26   $ 0.16  

(1)
Net working capital is defined as current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities (excluding the current portion of long-term debt and revolving line of credit).

(2)
On January 30, 2016, we elected to early adopt Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2015-03, " Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs " ("ASU 2015-03"), which changes the presentation of unamortized debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires an entity to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the debt, similar to the presentation of debt discounts. We applied the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented to conform to our fiscal year 2016 and first quarter of fiscal year 2017 presentation. As a result, $8.4 million, $7.5 million and $7.5 million of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs related to our long-term debt as of January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and May 2, 2015, respectively, were reclassified from debt issuance costs to the associated long-term debt in our consolidated balance sheet data. For more information, see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The impact of the adoption of ASU 2015-03 has been excluded from this presentation of total debt; accordingly, amounts shown for total debt exclude unamortized debt issuance costs of $8.4 million, $7.5 million, $12.7 million, $7.5 million and $12.3 million as of January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015, January 30, 2016, May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively, which were included as a direct reduction of long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets included elsewhere in this prospectus.


In addition, on January 30, 2016, we elected to early adopt ASU No. 2015-17, " Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes " ("ASU 2015-17"). ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet rather than being separated into current and noncurrent. We applied the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented to conform to our fiscal year 2016 and first quarter of fiscal year 2017 presentation. Accordingly, current deferred tax assets and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities in the net amount of $0.4 million, $2.4 million and $2.6 million as of January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015

57


Table of Contents

    and May 2, 2015, respectively, have been classified as noncurrent deferred tax assets in our consolidated balance sheet data. For more information, see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)
Total debt consists of the current and long-term portions of the Senior Secured Notes, the First Lien Facility, the Second Lien Facility and mortgage loans, as well as outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility, as applicable, in each case before giving effect to any deduction of unamortized debt issuance costs, as described in note 2 above. The current portion of long-term debt, per our consolidated balance sheets as of January 30, 2016 and April 30, 2016 included elsewhere in this prospectus, includes $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, for the current portion of financing obligations that has been excluded from this presentation of total debt. Amounts shown for total debt also exclude an accrued exit fee relating to the Second Lien Facility in the amount of $0.8 million and $1.1 million as of January 30, 2016 and April 30, 2016, respectively.

(4)
For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, amounts are shown pro forma to give effect to the following transactions as if they had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented: (i) this offering, (ii) the repayment of indebtedness from the proceeds of this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds" and (iii) each of the related adjustments mentioned below. Amounts for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 are also shown pro forma to give effect to the June 2015 Refinancing as if it had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented.

Adjustments to net income for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 reflect (i) a $17.0 million and $3.3 million decrease in interest expense, respectively (see the reconciliation of historical interest expense to pro forma interest expense below), (ii) an $8.2 million and $1.6 million increase in income tax expense, respectively, due to higher income before taxes relating to our pro forma net income and (iii) the removal of $3.6 million and $0.9 million of the Sponsors' management fees, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of historical net income to pro forma net income for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
January 30, 2016
  Thirteen Weeks
Ended
April 30, 2016
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income

  $ 3,574   $ 7,326  

Decrease in interest expense, net(a)

    16,989     3,297  

Increase in income tax expense(b)

    (8,199 )   (1,587 )

Removal of management fee(c)

    3,612     901  

Pro forma net income(d)

  $ 15,976   $ 9,937  

(a)
See the reconciliation of historical interest expense to pro forma interest expense below.

(b)
Reflects an increase in income tax expense for the related tax effects of the pro forma adjustments. For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, the tax impact is based upon an increase of pro forma income before taxes of $20.6 million and $4.2 million, respectively, and an effective tax rate of 39.8% and 37.8%, respectively.

(c)
Reflects the removal of management fees payable to the Sponsors. In connection with this offering, the management agreement will be terminated. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions".

58


Table of Contents

(d)
For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, we recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of approximately $36.0 million in connection with the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes in June 2015. Pro forma net income excludes any adjustments related to loss on extinguishment of debt that may result from this offering.

    The following is a reconciliation of historical interest expense to pro forma interest expense for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
January 30,
2016
  Thirteen Weeks
Ended
April 30, 2016
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest expense, net

  $ 36,759   $ 8,193  

Decrease resulting from the June 2015 Refinancing(a)

    (3,868 )    

Decrease resulting from use of proceeds of this offering(b)

    (13,404 )   (3,368 )

Increase resulting from the use of ABL borrowings(c)

    283     71  

Pro forma interest expense, net

  $ 19,770   $ 4,896  

(a)
For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, reflects redemption in full of the Senior Secured Notes with the proceeds of the Term Loan Facilities.

(b)
Assumes repayment of indebtedness under the Second Lien Facility, which bears interest at a rate of 9.0% per annum, using the proceeds of this offering, as if it had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented.

(c)
Assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares and, as a result, net proceeds to us from this offering are insufficient to repay the borrowings outstanding under the Second Lien Facility in full, in which case we intend to use borrowings under the ABL Facility to repay the remaining $14.2 million in outstanding principal. We expect to use cash to pay any accrued and unpaid interest and premium on the outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. The effective interest rate on the ABL Facility was approximately 2.00% for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016.
(5)
Gives effect to (i) the 128.157393-for-one stock split effected on July 22, 2016 and (ii) the 8,667,000 shares of our common stock to be issued by us in this offering. Pro forma basic net income per share consists of pro forma net income divided by the pro forma basic weighted average common shares outstanding. Pro forma diluted net income per share consists of pro forma net income divided by the pro forma diluted weighted average shares outstanding. Pro forma diluted weighted average shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of 896,025 and 1,770,767 options outstanding under our 2012 Option Plan for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, respectively. Options to be granted in connection with this offering under our 2012 Option Plan and our 2016 Equity Plan would be anti-dilutive on the date of grant.

59


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                 You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" sections of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

                 We operate on a fiscal calendar widely used by the retail industry that results in a given fiscal year consisting of a 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Saturday in January. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter contains 13 weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, each of the first, second and third quarters includes 13 weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes 14 weeks of operations. References to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends. References herein to "fiscal year 2013" relate to the 52 weeks ended January 26, 2013, references herein to "fiscal year 2014" relate to the 52 weeks ended January 25, 2014, references herein to "fiscal year 2015" relate to the 53 weeks ended January 31, 2015, references herein to "fiscal year 2016" relate to the 52 weeks ended January 30, 2016 and references herein to "fiscal year 2017" relate to the 52 weeks ending January 28, 2017. References herein to "the first quarter of fiscal year 2016" and "the first quarter of fiscal year 2017" relate to the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively.

Overview

                At Home is the leading home décor superstore based on the number of our locations and our large format stores that we believe dedicate more space per store to home décor than any other player in the industry. We are focused on providing the broadest assortment of products for any room, in any style, for any budget. We utilize our space advantage to out-assort our competition, offering over 50,000 SKUs throughout our stores. Our differentiated merchandising strategy allows us to identify on-trend products and then value engineer those products to provide desirable aesthetics at attractive price points for our customers. Over 70% of our products are unbranded, private label or specifically designed for us. We believe that our broad and comprehensive offering and compelling value proposition combine to create a leading destination for home décor with the opportunity to continue taking market share in a large, fragmented and growing market.

                We were founded in 1979 in Garden Ridge, Texas, a suburb of San Antonio. After we were acquired in 2011 by a group of investors led by AEA, including affiliates of Starr Investments, we began a series of strategic investments in our business that we believe have laid the foundation for continued profitable growth. During fiscal years 2014 and 2015, we invested approximately $85 million in capital in connection with the following strategic initiatives:

      To take advantage of the concentration of retail talent in the Dallas / Fort Worth area, we moved our Company headquarters from Houston to Plano.

      In addition to building out our executive team, we significantly increased the number of people within all functional areas, resulting in a well-rounded team with a deep bench of experience.

      We have implemented rigorous, systematic processes which have allowed us to accelerate new store openings while delivering strong financial results.

60


Table of Contents

      We upgraded and automated our distribution center and expanded its capacity to service our growing store base.

      In fiscal year 2015, we completed the rebranding of our Company from Garden Ridge to At Home, an important milestone which has strengthened our brand message and better communicates our position as the leading home décor superstore.

                Our strengthened management team, new brand identity, improved real estate capabilities, upgraded and automated distribution center and enhanced information systems should enable us to expand our store base while maintaining our industry-leading profitability.

                Our current store base is comprised of 115 large format stores across 29 states and 65 markets, averaging approximately 120,000 square feet per store. Over the past five fiscal years we have opened 59 new stores and we believe there is significant whitespace opportunity to increase our store count in both existing and new markets.

Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

                Various trends and other factors affect or have affected our operating results, including:

                Overall economic trends.     The overall economic environment and related changes in consumer behavior have a significant impact on our business. In general, positive conditions in the broader economy promote customer spending in our stores, while economic weakness results in a reduction of customer spending. Macroeconomic factors that can affect customer spending patterns, and thereby our results of operations, include employment rates, business conditions, changes in the housing market, the availability of credit, interest rates, tax rates and fuel and energy costs.

                Consumer preferences and demand.     Our ability to maintain our appeal to existing customers and attract new customers depends on our ability to originate, develop and offer a compelling product assortment responsive to customer preferences and design trends. If we misjudge the market for our products, we may be faced with excess inventories for some products and may be required to become more promotional in our selling activities, which would impact our net sales and gross profit.

                New store openings.     We expect new stores will be the key driver of the growth in our sales and operating profit in the future. Our results of operations have been and will continue to be materially affected by the timing and number of new store openings. The performance of new stores may vary depending on various factors such as the store opening date, the time of year of a particular opening, the amount of store opening costs, the amount of store occupancy costs and the location of the new store, including whether it is located in a new or existing market. For example, we typically incur higher than normal employee costs at the time of a new store opening associated with set-up and other opening costs. In addition, in response to the interest and excitement generated when we open a new store, the new stores generally experience higher net sales during the initial period of one to three months after which the new store's net sales will begin to normalize as it reaches maturity within six months of opening, as further discussed below.

                Our planned store expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial, administrative and other resources. Managing our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance our store management systems, financial and management controls and information systems. We will also be required to hire, train and retain store management and store personnel, which together with increased marketing costs, affects our operating margins.

                A new store typically reaches maturity, meaning the store's annualized targeted sales volume has been reached, within six months of opening. New stores are included in the comparable store base during the sixteenth full fiscal month following the store's opening, which we believe represents the most appropriate comparison. We also periodically explore opportunities to relocate a limited number

61


Table of Contents

of existing stores to improve location, lease terms, store layout or customer experience. Relocated stores typically achieve a level of operating profitability comparable to our company-wide average for existing stores more quickly than new stores.

                Rebranding initiative.     During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, we launched a significant rebranding initiative through which we spent over $20 million in capital and expenses to change our brand and corporate name and convert and refresh all of our stores. We changed our name from "Garden Ridge" to "At Home", a name that we believe better communicates our positioning as the leading home décor superstore. We completed the rebranding initiative during the first nine months of fiscal year 2015 and now all of our stores operate under the At Home brand.

                Infrastructure investment.     Our historical operating results reflect the impact of our ongoing investments to support our growth. We have made significant investments in our business that we believe have laid the foundation for continued profitable growth. We believe that our strengthened management team, new brand identity, upgraded and automated distribution center and enhanced information systems, including our warehouse management and POS systems, enable us to replicate our profitable store format and differentiated shopping experience. In addition, during fiscal year 2016, we upgraded our inventory allocation system to better manage inventory for each store and corresponding customer base. We expect these infrastructure investments to support our successful operating model over a significantly expanded store base.

                Pricing strategy.     We are committed to providing our products at everyday low prices. We value engineer products in collaboration with our suppliers to recreate the "look" that we believe our customer wants while eliminating the costly construction elements that she does not value. We believe our customer views shopping At Home as an in-person experience through which she can see and feel the quality of our products and physically assemble her desired aesthetic. This design approach allows us to deliver an attractive value to our customers, as our products are typically less expensive than other branded products with a similar look. We employ a simple everyday low pricing strategy that consistently delivers savings to our customers without the need for extensive promotions, as evidenced by 80% of our net sales occurring at full price.

                Our ability to source and distribute products effectively.     Our net sales and gross profit are affected by our ability to purchase our products in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. While we believe our vendors have adequate capacity to meet our current and anticipated demand, our level of net sales could be adversely affected in the event of constraints in our supply chain, including the inability of our vendors to produce sufficient quantities of some merchandise in a manner that is able to match market demand from our customers, leading to lost sales.

                Fluctuation in quarterly results.     Our quarterly results have historically varied depending upon a variety of factors, including our product offerings, promotional events, store openings and shifts in the timing of holidays, among other things. As a result of these factors, our working capital requirements and demands on our product distribution and delivery network may fluctuate during the year.

                Adverse weather conditions in fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014.     During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014, we experienced negative comparable stores sales due to significant weather events that affected Texas and a number of the markets in which we do business. Two ice storms hit the region during December 2013, resulting in lower than expected sales and requiring us to take early markdowns on some of our merchandise during an important compressed holiday shopping period.

                Inflation and deflation trends.     Our financial results can be expected to be directly impacted by substantial increases in product costs due to commodity cost increases or general inflation which could lead to a reduction in our sales as well as greater margin pressure as costs may not be able to be

62


Table of Contents

passed on to consumers. To date, changes in commodity prices and general inflation have not materially impacted our business. In response to increasing commodity prices or general inflation, we seek to minimize the impact of such events by sourcing our merchandise from different vendors, changing our product mix or increasing our pricing when necessary.

                Refinancings.     In June 2015, we entered into a $300 million senior secured first lien term loan facility and a $130 million senior secured second lien term loan facility. The proceeds of these term loans were used to refinance and redeem in full our 10.75% senior secured notes due 2019, which reduced our overall cost of capital. In addition, we expect to use the proceeds of this offering to repay the senior secured second lien term loan facility, which will further reduce our cost of capital and debt service obligations. For more information, please see "—Liquidity and Capital Resources".

                53rd week.     Our fiscal year 2015 consisted of 53 weeks. Fiscal years 2014 and 2016 each consisted of 52 weeks. The 53rd week of fiscal year 2015 contributed $7.8 million to net sales. Please see "—Results of Operations" below for further discussion of the impact of the 53rd week on net sales.

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

                In assessing our performance, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key measures include net sales, gross profit and gross margin, and selling, general and administrative expenses. In addition, we also review other important metrics such as Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA.

Net Sales

                Net sales are derived from direct retail sales to customers in our stores, net of merchandise returns and discounts. Growth in net sales is impacted by opening new stores and increases in comparable store sales.

    New store openings

                The number of new store openings reflects the new stores opened during a particular reporting period, including any relocations of existing stores during such period. Before we open new stores, we incur pre-opening costs, as described below. The total number of new stores per year and the timing of store openings has, and will continue to have, an impact on our results as described above in "—Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business".

    Comparable store sales

                A store is included in the comparable store sales calculation on the first day of the sixteenth full fiscal month following the store's opening, which is when we believe comparability is achieved. When a store is being relocated or remodeled, we exclude sales from that store in the calculation of comparable store sales until the first day of the sixteenth full fiscal month after it reopens. In addition, when applicable, we adjust for the effect of the 53 rd  week. There may be variations in the way in which some of our competitors and other retailers calculate comparable or "same store" sales. As a result, data in this prospectus regarding our comparable store sales may not be comparable to similar data made available by other retailers.

                Comparable store sales allow us to evaluate how our store base is performing by measuring the change in period-over-period net sales in stores that have been open for the applicable period. Various factors affect comparable store sales, including:

    consumer preferences, buying trends and overall economic trends;

    our ability to identify and respond effectively to customer preferences and trends;

    our ability to provide an assortment of high quality and trend-right product offerings that generate new and repeat visits to our stores;

63


Table of Contents

    the customer experience we provide in our stores;

    our ability to source and receive products accurately and timely;

    changes in product pricing, including promotional activities;

    the number of items purchased per store visit;

    weather; and

    timing and length of holiday shopping periods.

                Opening new stores is an important part of our growth strategy. As we continue to pursue our growth strategy, we anticipate that an increasing percentage of our net sales will come from stores not included in our comparable store sales calculation. Accordingly, comparable store sales are only one measure we use to assess the success of our growth strategy.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

                Gross profit is determined by subtracting cost of sales from our net sales. Gross margin measures gross profit as a percentage of net sales.

                Cost of sales consists of various expenses related to the cost of selling our merchandise. Cost of sales consists of the following: (1) cost of merchandise, net of inventory shrinkage, damages and vendor allowances; (2) inbound freight and internal transportation costs such as distribution center-to-store freight costs; (3) costs of operating our distribution center, including labor, occupancy costs, supplies, and depreciation and (4) store occupancy costs including rent, insurance, taxes, common area maintenance, utilities, repairs and maintenance and depreciation. The components of our cost of sales expenses may not be comparable to other retailers.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

                Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") consist of various expenses related to supporting and facilitating the sale of merchandise in our stores. These costs include payroll, benefits and other personnel expenses for corporate and store employees, including stock-based compensation expense, consulting, legal and other professional services expenses, marketing and advertising expenses, occupancy costs for our corporate headquarters and various other expenses.

                SG&A includes both fixed and variable components and, therefore, is not directly correlated with net sales. In addition, the components of our SG&A expenses may not be comparable to those of other retailers. We expect that our SG&A expenses will increase in future periods due to our continuing store growth and in part due to additional legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we expect to incur as a result of being a public company, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, any increase in future stock option or other stock-based grants or modifications will increase our stock-based compensation expense included in SG&A. In particular, the one-time bonus grant of stock options to be made to certain members of our senior management team in connection with the consummation of this offering will result in increased non-cash stock-based compensation expense, which will be incremental to our ongoing stock-based compensation expense. This stock-based compensation expense will be finalized upon the pricing of this offering and is expected to be expensed beginning in the fiscal quarter in which this offering closes and continuing over the following eight fiscal quarters. For more information, please see "Executive Compensation—2016 Equity Plan Awards—Special IPO Transaction Bonus Grant".

Adjusted EBITDA

                Adjusted EBITDA is a key metric used by management and our board of directors to assess our financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA is also the basis for performance evaluation under our current executive compensation programs. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by

64


Table of Contents

analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. In addition to covenant compliance and executive performance evaluations, we use Adjusted EBITDA to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures.

                Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net (loss) income before interest expense, net, loss from early extinguishment of debt, income tax (benefit) provision and depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the impact of certain other items as defined in our debt agreements, including certain legal settlements and consulting and other professional fees, costs associated with new store openings, relocation and employee recruiting incentives, management fees and expenses, stock-based compensation expense, impairment of our trade name and non-cash rent. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net (loss) income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures".

Store-level Adjusted EBITDA

                We use Store-level Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance, which represents our Adjusted EBITDA excluding the impact of certain corporate overhead expenses that we do not consider in our evaluation of the ongoing operating performance of our stores from period to period. Store-level Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of operating performance of our stores and our calculations thereof may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other companies. We believe that Store-level Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure to evaluate the performance and profitability of each of our stores, individually and in the aggregate, especially given the level of investments we have made in our home office and infrastructure over the past four years to support future growth. We also believe that Store-level Adjusted EBITDA is a useful measure in evaluating our operating performance because it removes the impact of general and administrative expenses, which are not incurred at the store level, and the costs of opening new stores, which are non-recurring at the store-level, and thereby enables the comparability of the operating performance of our stores during the period. We use Store-level Adjusted EBITDA information to benchmark our performance versus competitors. Store-level Adjusted EBITDA should not be used as a substitute for consolidated measures of profitability of performance because it does not reflect corporate overhead expenses that are necessary to allow us to effectively operate our stores and generate Store-level Adjusted EBITDA.

                For a reconciliation of Store-level Adjusted EBITDA to net (loss) income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures".

65


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

                The following tables summarize key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated, both in dollars and as a percentage of our net sales:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended   Thirteen Weeks Ended  
 
  January 25,
2014
  January 31,
2015
  January 30,
2016
  May 2,
2015
  April 30,
2016
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages and operational data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Net sales

  $ 403,966   $ 497,733   $ 622,161   $ 141,217   $ 172,079  

Cost of sales

    272,021     335,617     421,750     93,912     113,773  

Gross profit

    131,945     162,116     200,411     47,305     58,306  

Operating expenses

                               

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    74,255     110,503     135,716     29,941     37,444  

Impairment of trade name

    37,500                  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,262     5,310     2,476     466     892  

Total operating expenses

    113,017     115,813     138,192     30,407     38,336  

Operating income

    18,928     46,303     62,219     16,898     19,970  

Interest expense, net

    41,152     42,382     36,759     10,806     8,193  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            36,046          

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (22,224 )   3,921     (10,586 )   6,092     11,777  

Income tax provision (benefit)

    59     4,357     (14,160 )   4,324     4,451  

Net (loss) income

  $ (22,283 ) $ (436 ) $ 3,574   $ 1,768   $ 7,326  

Percentage of Net Sales:

                               

Net sales

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of sales

    67.3 %   67.4 %   67.8 %   66.5 %   66.1 %

Gross profit

    32.7 %   32.6 %   32.2 %   33.5 %   33.9 %

Operating Expenses

                               

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    18.4 %   22.2 %   21.8 %   21.2 %   21.8 %

Impairment of trade name

    9.3 %                

Depreciation and amortization

    0.3 %   1.1 %   0.4 %   0.3 %   0.5 %

Total operating expenses

    28.0 %   23.3 %   22.2 %   21.5 %   22.3 %

Operating income

    4.7 %   9.3 %   10.0 %   12.0 %   11.6 %

Interest expense, net

    10.2 %   8.5 %   5.9 %   7.7 %   4.8 %

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            5.8 %        

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (5.5 )%   0.8 %   (1.7 )%   4.3 %   6.8 %

Income tax provision (benefit)

        0.9 %   (2.3 )%   3.1 %   2.6 %

Net (loss) income

    (5.5 )%   (0.1 )%   0.6 %   1.2 %   4.2 %

Operational Data:

                               

Total stores at end of period

    68     81     100     86     106  

New stores opened

    10     16     20     5     6  

Comparable store sales

    (0.4 )%   8.3 %   3.9 %   3.8 %   1.9 %

Store-level Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 112,945   $ 133,122   $ 168,573   $ 41,466   $ 49,256  

Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin

    28.0 %   26.7 %   27.1 %   29.4 %   28.6 %

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 86,968   $ 95,552   $ 115,270   $ 29,399   $ 33,962  

Adjusted EBITDA margin

    21.5 %   19.2 %   18.5 %   20.8 %   19.7 %

66


Table of Contents

Thirteen Weeks Ended April 30, 2016 Compared to Thirteen Weeks Ended May 2, 2015

Net Sales

                Net sales increased $30.9 million, or 21.9%, to $172.1 million for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 from $141.2 million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015. The increase was primarily driven by approximately $28.4 million of incremental revenue from the net addition of 20 new stores opened since May 2, 2015, as well as an approximately $2.5 million increase from comparable store sales, which increased 1.9% during the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, driven primarily by our merchandising initiatives.

Cost of Sales

                Cost of sales increased $19.9 million, or 21.1%, to $113.8 million for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 from $93.9 million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015. This increase was primarily driven by the 21.9% increase in net sales for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared to the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015, which resulted in a $14.3 million increase in merchandise costs. In addition, during the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, we recognized a $1.4 million increase in depreciation and amortization and a $3.8 million increase in store occupancy costs, in each case as a result of new store openings since May 2, 2015.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

                Gross profit was $58.3 million, or 33.9% of net sales, for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, an increase from $47.3 million, or 33.5% of net sales, for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015. The increase in gross profit was primarily driven by increased sales volume from the net addition of 20 new stores opened since May 2, 2015 as well as a 1.9% increase in comparable stores sales. Gross margin increased 40 basis points during the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 when compared to the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015. The 40 basis point increase is primarily due to favorable freight costs as well as leveraging of occupancy costs. Gross margins for new stores did not materially differ from those of comparable stores during the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 or the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015, primarily as a result of the short six month period to maturity of new stores, as discussed under "—Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business—New store openings", following which the performance of new stores was consistent with comparable stores in each such period.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

                Selling, general and administrative expenses were $37.4 million for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared to $29.9 million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015, an increase of $7.5 million or 25.1%. As a percentage of sales, SG&A for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 was 21.8% compared to 21.2% for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015. SG&A expenses include corporate overhead expenses, which represented $2.1 million of the increase, resulting from additional home office support capabilities as well as increased payroll and marketing and advertising expenses incurred to support our growth strategies. The remaining $5.4 million in increased selling, general and administrative expenses was contributed by store operations and was primarily driven by a $2.5 million increase in payroll expenses due to new store headcount and a $1.7 million increase in advertising expenses resulting from our efforts to continue to build brand awareness. Additionally, there was a $0.6 million increase in store pre-opening costs due to the timing of new store openings during fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 as well as increases in various other administrative costs to support the continued growth in our store base.

Interest Expense, Net

                Interest expense, net decreased to $8.2 million in the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 from $10.8 million in the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015, a decrease of $2.6 million. The decrease in interest expense resulted from the June 2015 Refinancing. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources".

67


Table of Contents

Income Tax Provision

                Income tax expense was $4.5 million for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared to $4.3 million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015. The effective tax rate for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 was 37.8% compared to 71.0% for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015. The effective tax rate for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 differs slightly from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the impact of state and local income taxes and, to a lesser extent, the increase of our reserve for uncertain tax positions. The effective tax rate for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 differs significantly from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the impact of state income taxes and changes in the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets.

                We concluded that deferred tax assets of $0.6 million related to state income tax net operating loss carryforwards would likely not be realizable in the future and that a valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets was still appropriate as of April 30, 2016.

Fiscal Year Ended January 30, 2016 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2015

Net Sales

                Net sales increased $124.5 million, or 25.0%, to $622.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 from $497.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015. The increase was primarily driven by approximately $114.8 million of incremental revenue from the net addition of 19 new stores since January 31, 2015, as well as an approximately $17.5 million increase from comparable store sales, which increased 3.9% during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, driven primarily by our merchandising initiatives. The fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 had 53 weeks and this additional week contributed approximately $7.8 million in additional net sales during the period. Excluding the impact of the 53 rd  week, net sales increased 27.0% during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015. In addition, comparable store sales for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 reflected the impact of our rebranding initiative during fiscal year 2015, which resulted in an 8.3% increase in comparable store sales as compared to the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014.

Cost of Sales

                Cost of sales increased $86.2 million, or 25.7%, to $421.8 million for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 from $335.6 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015. This increase was primarily driven by the 25.0% increase in net sales for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, which resulted in a $55.5 million increase in merchandise costs. In addition, during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, we recognized an $8.2 million increase in depreciation and amortization and a $14.2 million increase in store occupancy costs, in each case as a result of new store openings during the period.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

                Gross profit was $200.4 million, or 32.2% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, an increase from $162.1 million, or 32.6% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015. The increase in gross profit was primarily driven by increased sales volume from the net addition of 19 new stores opened since January 31, 2015 as well as a 3.9% increase in comparable stores sales. Gross margin declined 40 basis points during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 primarily due to increased depreciation expense during the period as a result of purchased stores and ground up builds that were opened throughout fiscal year 2015 and fiscal year 2016. Gross margins for new stores did not materially differ from those of comparable stores during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 or the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, primarily as a result of the short six month period to maturity of new stores, as discussed under "—Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business—New store

68


Table of Contents

openings", following which the performance of new stores was consistent with comparable stores in each such period.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

                Selling, general and administrative expenses were $135.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 compared to $110.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, an increase of $25.2 million or 22.8%. As a percentage of sales, SG&A for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 was 21.8% compared to 22.2% for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015. SG&A expenses include corporate overhead expenses, which represented $14.3 million of the increase, resulting from additional home office support capabilities as well as increased marketing and advertising expenses, occupancy and consulting and professional fees incurred to support our growth strategies. In addition, corporate overhead expenses for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 reflected the impact of a $2.1 million reduction due to proceeds received on an insurance matter. The remaining $10.9 million in increased selling, general and administrative expenses that was contributed by store operations was primarily driven by a $7.5 million increase in payroll expenses resulting from new store headcount. Additionally, there was a $3.3 million increase in store pre-opening costs for new stores opening during fiscal years 2016 and 2017 and various other administrative costs to support the continued growth in our store base. These increases were partially offset by a $1.8 million gain recognized on the sale of a property in Houston, Texas in the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016.

Interest Expense, Net

                Interest expense, net decreased to $36.8 million in the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 from $42.4 million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, a decrease of $5.6 million. The decrease in interest expense resulted from the June 2015 Refinancing. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources".

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

                During the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, we recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $36.0 million resulting from the June 2015 Refinancing. The loss on extinguishment of debt also includes the write-off of $7.0 million of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs.

Income Tax Provision

                Income tax benefit was $14.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 compared to income tax expense of $4.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 was 133.8% compared to 111.1% for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 differs significantly from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the impact of the reversal of the valuation allowance we had historically maintained on our deferred tax assets and, to a lesser extent, the reduction of our reserve for uncertain tax positions. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 differs from the federal statutory rate because of the impact of state income taxes as well as changes in reserves for uncertain tax positions and changes in our federal valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

                When evaluating our valuation allowance, we are required to assess the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future income will be generated to utilize deferred tax assets. In making our assessment as of January 30, 2016, we considered the four sources of taxable income described in Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 740-10-30-18 and determined that three sources of future income were available: (1) future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; (2) reversing taxable temporary differences; and (3) the carryback of losses resulting from the reversals of deductible temporary differences in excess of reversing taxable temporary differences. We did not, however, identify any tax planning strategies which would serve as a source of future income.

69


Table of Contents

                We believe the cumulative pre-tax income is a significant piece of positive evidence that allows us to consider other subjective evidence such as future forecasted pre-tax income. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, we determined we had three years of cumulative pre-tax income after excluding the $37.5 million tradename impairment recognized during the fiscal year 2014, which we consider to be unusual in nature because it was a result of our rebranding initiative. However, we did not believe that our three year cumulative pre-tax income position was positive evidence that we could consider because our rebranding efforts were still in the early stages and we had not yet demonstrated our ability to forecast our results of operations. For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, after excluding the tradename impairment, we determined that we continued to have three years of cumulative pre-tax income. In addition, taxable income (loss) exceeded pretax income (loss) for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and for each of the two preceding fiscal years. As of January 30, 2016, we have completed approximately 18 months of operations following our rebranding initiative as well as demonstrated our ability to more accurately forecast the results of our operations. We concluded that because of this positive evidence, along with taxable income in the prior two fiscal years to absorb loss carrybacks that would be generated by reversing deductible differences in excess of reversing taxable differences, as well as cumulative pre-tax income (exclusive of the tradename impairment) in recent fiscal years, it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized in future years. Accordingly, during fiscal year 2016 we reversed $6.0 million of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, with an offsetting credit to the provision for income taxes.

                We concluded that deferred tax assets of $0.6 million related to state income tax net operating loss carryforwards would likely not be realizable in the future and that a valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets was appropriate as of January 30, 2016.

Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2015 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended January 25, 2014

Net Sales

                Net sales increased $93.7 million, or 23.2%, to $497.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 from $404.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. This increase was primarily driven by $54.6 million of incremental revenue primarily from the net addition of 13 new stores opened during fiscal year 2015 as well as growth from stores opened during fiscal year 2014, a $31.3 million increase in comparable store sales, as well as $7.8 million in net sales earned during the 53 rd  week of fiscal year 2015. Comparable store sales increased 8.3% during fiscal year 2015 driven primarily by our rebranding initiatives. In addition, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014, we experienced negative comparable stores sales due to significant weather events that affected Texas and a number of the markets in which we do business. Two ice storms hit the region during December 2013, resulting in lower than expected sales and requiring us to take early markdowns on some of our merchandise.

Cost of Sales

                Cost of sales increased $63.6 million, or 23.4%, to $335.6 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 from $272.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. The primary driver of the year over year increase was the 23.2% increase in net sales which resulted in a $41.3 million increase in merchandise costs, as well as a $6.1 million increase in depreciation and amortization and a $7.8 million increase in store occupancy costs as a result of new store openings over the last twelve months.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

                Gross profit was $162.1 million, or 32.6% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, an increase from $131.9 million, or 32.7% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. The growth in gross profit was primarily driven by increased sales volume from the net addition of 13 new stores opened during fiscal year 2015 as well as growth from stores opened during fiscal year 2014,

70


Table of Contents

growth in comparable store sales, and an additional $7.8 million in net sales earned during the 53 rd  week of fiscal year 2015. Gross margins for new stores did not materially differ from those of comparable stores during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 or the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014, primarily as a result of the short six month period to maturity of new stores, as discussed under "—Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business—New store openings", following which the performance of new stores was consistent with comparable stores in each such period.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

                Selling, general and administrative expenses were $110.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 compared to $74.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. As a percentage of sales, SG&A for fiscal year 2015 was 22.2% compared to 18.4% for fiscal year 2014. SG&A increased $36.2 million, or 48.8%, during fiscal year 2015 compared to fiscal year 2014. Selling, general and administrative expenses include corporate overhead expenses which represented $13.9 million of the increase resulting from additional home office support capabilities as well as increased marketing and advertising expenses and consulting and professional fees incurred to support our growth. The remaining $22.3 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses that was contributed by store operations was due primarily to a $7.2 million increase in payroll expenses resulting from new store headcount, a $6.0 million increase in store pre-opening costs and various other administrative costs as well as a $3.8 million increase in marketing and advertising, all of which were incurred to support the continued growth in our store base.

Impairment of Trade Name

                During the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014, we recognized a $37.5 million impairment charge related to our former Garden Ridge trade name intangible asset as a result of our rebranding initiative. The remaining value of the Garden Ridge trade name of $4.0 million was reclassified as a definite-lived intangible asset and amortized over the first nine months of fiscal year 2015 during which we completed our rebranding initiative. As of January 31, 2015, the Garden Ridge trade name definite-lived intangible asset was fully amortized and the carrying value of the At Home trade name was approximately $0.9 million. No impairment charges were recognized during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.

Interest Expense, Net

                Interest expense, net increased to $42.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 from $41.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014, an increase of $1.2 million, or 3.0%. The increase in interest expense resulted from interest expense incurred from the use of the ABL Facility as well as the financing obligations that were recorded for various leases during fiscal year 2015.

Income Tax Provision

                Income tax expense was $4.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 compared to $0.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2015 differs from the federal statutory rate because of the impact of state income taxes of $1.3 million as well as changes in reserves for uncertain tax positions of $0.7 million and changes in our federal valuation allowance on deferred tax assets of $1.0 million on pre-tax earnings of $3.9 million. The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2014 differs from the federal statutory rate because of the impact of state income taxes of $2.5 million as well as the impact of changes in reserves for uncertain tax positions of $0.7 million and changes in our federal valuation allowance on deferred tax assets of $4.7 million on a pre-tax loss of $22.2 million. State taxes in fiscal year 2015 and 2014 were significant when compared to consolidated pre-tax (loss) earnings because state tax deductions were not available for certain corporate expenses for purposes of calculating state income taxes owed by the Company. A valuation allowance has been recorded in fiscal year 2014 and fiscal year 2015 because we concluded that it is more likely than not that certain net deferred tax assets will not be realized.

71


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

                We present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin, which are not recognized financial measures under GAAP, because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance, such as interest, depreciation, amortization, loss on extinguishment of debt and taxes, as well as costs related to new store openings, which are incurred on a limited basis with respect to any particular store when opened and are not indicative of ongoing core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. In particular, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect corporate overhead expenses that are necessary to allow us to effectively operate our stores and generate Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. There can be no assurance that we will not modify the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA following this offering, and any such modification may be material. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies in our industry or across different industries.

                Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends in our core operating performance, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. We also use Adjusted EBITDA in connection with performance evaluations for our executives; to supplement GAAP measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies; to make budgeting decisions; and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. In addition, we utilize Adjusted EBITDA in certain calculations under our ABL Facility (defined therein as "Consolidated EBITDA") and our Term Loan Facilities (defined therein as "Consolidated Cash EBITDA"). Management believes Store-level Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends because it facilitates comparisons of store operating performance from period to period by excluding the impact of certain corporate overhead expenses, such as certain costs associated with management, finance, accounting, legal and other central corporate functions.

72


Table of Contents

                The following table reconciles our net (loss) income to EBITDA (excluding loss on extinguishment of debt), Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (in thousands):

 
  Fiscal Year Ended   Thirteen Weeks Ended  
 
  January 25,
2014
  January 31,
2015
  January 30,
2016
  May 2,
2015
  April 30,
2016
 

Net (loss) income

  $ (22,283 ) $ (436 ) $ 3,574   $ 1,768   $ 7,326  

Interest expense, net

    41,152     42,382     36,759     10,806     8,193  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            36,046          

Income tax provision (benefit)

    59     4,357     (14,160 )   4,324     4,451  

Depreciation and amortization(a)

    13,132     23,317     28,694     6,175     8,006  

EBITDA

  $ 32,060   $ 69,620   $ 90,913   $ 23,073   $ 27,976  

Legal settlements and consulting and other professional services(b)

    2,874     4,633     3,506     978     567  

Costs associated with new store openings(c)

    2,023     6,848     9,801     2,028     2,522  

Relocation and employee recruiting costs(d)

    4,442     2,928     724     167     87  

Management fees and expenses(e)

    3,690     3,596     3,612     887     901  

Stock-based compensation expense(f)

    4,373     4,251     4,663     1,109     1,162  

Impairment of trade name(g)

    37,500                  

Non-cash rent(h)

    1,367     1,795     2,398     214     747  

Other(i)

    (1,361 )   1,881     (347 )   943      

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 86,968   $ 95,552   $ 115,270   $ 29,399   $ 33,962  

Corporate overhead expenses(j)

    25,977     37,570     53,303     12,067     15,294  

Store-level Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 112,945   $ 133,122   $ 168,573   $ 41,466   $ 49,256  

(a)
Includes the portion of depreciation and amortization expenses that are classified as cost of sales in the statements of operations included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(b)
Primarily consists of (i) consulting and other professional fees with respect to completed projects to enhance our accounting and finance capabilities as well as other public company readiness initiatives, of $2.2 million, $2.8 million and $3.5 million for fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively; and $1.0 million and $0.6 million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively and (ii) litigation settlement charges and related legal fees for certain pre-Acquisition claims and legal costs for other matters that have concluded in the amounts of $0.7 million and $1.8 million for fiscal years 2014 and 2015, respectively. Adjustments related to such items for the other periods presented were not material.

(c)
Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores, including marketing and advertising, labor and cash occupancy expenses. We anticipate that we will continue to incur cash costs as we open new stores in the future. We opened ten, 16 and 20 new stores in fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and five and six new stores during the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively.

(d)
Primarily reflects (i) relocation expenses associated with moving our corporate headquarters from Houston, Texas, to Plano, Texas, late in fiscal year 2014 and related relocation bonuses and (ii) employee recruiting and relocation costs in connection with the build-out of our management team. Corporate relocation expenses were $3.2 million for fiscal year 2014 and $2.1 million for fiscal year 2015. There were no adjustments related to corporate relocation costs for the other periods presented. Employee recruiting and relocation costs were $1.2 million, $0.8 million and

73


Table of Contents

    $0.7 million for fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively.

(e)
Reflects management fees paid to our Sponsors in accordance with our management agreement. In connection with this offering, the management agreement will be terminated and our Sponsors will no longer receive management fees from us.

(f)
Consists of non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to stock option awards.

(g)
Reflects the impairment of the Garden Ridge trade name as a result of our rebranding initiative.

(h)
Consists of the non-cash portion of rent, which reflects (i) the extent to which our GAAP straight-line rent expense recognized exceeds or is less than our cash rent payments, partially offset by (ii) the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions that are recognized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the applicable lease term. The offsetting amounts relating to the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions were $(0.3) million, $(1.8) million and $(3.2) million for fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and $(0.7) million and $(1.0) million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively. There were no adjustments related to the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions for the other periods presented. The GAAP straight-line rent expense adjustment can vary depending on the average age of our lease portfolio, which has been impacted by our significant growth over the last four fiscal years. For newer leases, our rent expense recognized typically exceeds our cash rent payments while for more mature leases, rent expense recognized is typically less than our cash rent payments.

(i)
Other adjustments include amounts our management believes are not representative of our ongoing operations, including:

    for fiscal year 2014, an insurance reimbursement of $(1.6) million and a prior year audit refund of $(0.5) million;

    for fiscal year 2015, asset retirements related to our rebranding of $0.6 million and $0.4 million for a store relocation; and

    for fiscal year 2016, gain on the sale of our property in Houston, Texas of $(1.8) million and $(0.3) million related to various refunds for prior period taxes and audits, slightly offset by $0.5 million in expenses incurred for a store closure.

(j)
Reflects corporate overhead expenses, which are not directly related to the profitability of our stores, to facilitate comparisons of store operating performance as we do not consider these corporate overhead expenses when evaluating the ongoing performance of our stores from period to period. Corporate overhead expenses, which are a component of selling, general and administrative expenses, are comprised of various home office general and administrative expenses such as payroll expenses, occupancy costs, marketing and advertising, and consulting and professional fees. See our discussion of the changes in selling, general and administrative expenses presented in "—Results of Operations". Store-level Adjusted EBITDA should not be used as a substitute for consolidated measures of profitability or performance because it does not reflect corporate overhead expenses that are necessary to allow us to effectively operate our stores and generate Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. We anticipate that we will continue to incur corporate overhead expenses in future periods.

Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality

                Our business is moderately seasonal in nature. Historically, our business has realized a slightly higher portion of net sales and operating income in the second and fourth fiscal quarters, attributable primarily to the impact of the summer and year-end holiday decorating season, respectively. However,

74


Table of Contents

our broad and comprehensive product offering makes us less susceptible to holiday shopping seasonal patterns than many other retailers. In addition, our marketing plan is designed to minimize volatility and seasonal fluctuations of sales across periods. Our quarterly results have been and will continue to be affected by the timing of new store openings and their associated pre-opening costs. As a result of these factors, our financial and operating results for any single quarter or for periods of less than a year are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year.

                The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial and operating information for each fiscal quarter during fiscal years 2015 and 2016 and the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. The quarterly information includes all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the information presented. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Fiscal Year 2015   Fiscal Year 2016   Fiscal
Year 2017
 
 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter(1)
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter(2)
  Third
Quarter(3)
  Fourth
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages and other operating data)
 

Net sales

  $ 107,471   $ 122,443   $ 112,884   $ 154,935   $ 141,217   $ 156,007   $ 139,431   $ 185,506   $ 172,079  

Gross profit

    36,152     43,146     33,379     49,439     47,305     52,772     41,438     58,896     58,306  

Income (loss) from operations

    13,903     17,361     (169 )   15,208     16,898     20,951     4,638     19,732     11,777  

Net (loss) income

    (1,357 )   (2,715 )   4,906     (1,270 )   1,768     (46,110 )   (10,857 )   58,773     7,326  

Percentage of Net Sales:

                                                       

Net sales

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Gross profit

    33.6 %   35.2 %   29.6 %   31.9 %   33.5 %   33.8 %   29.7 %   31.7 %   33.9 %

Income (loss) from operations

    12.9 %   14.2 %   (0.1 )%   9.8 %   12.0 %   13.4 %   3.3 %   10.6 %   6.8 %

Net income (loss)

    (1.3 )%   (2.2 )%   4.3 %   (0.8 )%   1.2 %   (29.6 )%   (7.8 )%   31.7 %   4.2 %

Other operating data:

                                                       

Total stores at end of period

    68     72     81     81     86     93     100     100     106  

Comparable store sales

    6.5 %   9.8 %   11.4 %   6.1 %   3.8 %   3.5 %   1.2 %   6.4 %   1.9 %

Store-Level Adjusted EBITDA(4)

  $ 30,251   $ 35,980   $ 24,735   $ 42,156   $ 41,466   $ 45,267   $ 33,024   $ 48,818   $ 49,256  

Store-Level Adjusted EBITDA margin

    28.1 %   29.4 %   21.9 %   27.2 %   29.4 %   29.0 %   23.7 %   26.3 %   28.6 %

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

  $ 23,590   $ 27,257   $ 13,941   $ 30,763   $ 29,399   $ 33,250   $ 18,811   $ 33,812   $ 33,962  

Adjusted EBITDA margin

    22.0 %   22.3 %   12.3 %   19.9 %   20.8 %   21.3 %   13.5 %   18.2 %   19.7 %

(1)
The fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015 contained 14 weeks, as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, which contained 13 weeks.

(2)
The second quarter of fiscal year 2016 includes a $36.0 million loss on extinguishment of debt that was recognized as a result of the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes.

(3)
The third quarter of fiscal year 2016 has been restated to correct an error related to the income tax treatment of the sale-leaseback transaction completed in September 2015. For more information, see Note 17 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

75


Table of Contents

(4)
A reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA (excluding loss on extinguishment of debt), Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below:

 
  Fiscal Year 2015   Fiscal Year 2016   Fiscal
Year 2017
 
 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net (loss) income

  $ (1,357 ) $ (2,715 ) $ 4,906   $ (1,270 ) $ 1,768   $ (46,110 ) $ (10,857 ) $ 58,773   $ 7,326  

Interest expense, net

    10,360     10,193     10,830     10,999     10,806     8,961     8,409     8,582     8,193  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                        36,046              

Income tax provision (benefit)

    4,900     9,882     (15,904 )   5,479     4,324     22,054     7,086     (47,623 )   4,451  

Depreciation and amortization(a)

    5,386     5,032     6,218     6,681     6,175     7,019     7,648     7,852     8,006  

EBITDA

    19,289     22,392     6,050     21,889     23,073     27,970     12,286     27,584     27,976  

Legal settlements and consulting and other professional services(b)

    487     444     1,589     2,113     978     970     123     1,436     567  

Costs associated with new store openings(c)

    807     941     2,215     2,884     2,028     2,304     3,448     2,021     2,522  

Relocation and employee recruiting costs(d)

    564     348     1,475     541     167     69     67     420     87  

Management fees and expenses(e)

    875     900     875     946     887     948     902     875     901  

Stock-based compensation expense(f)

    1,047     1,061     1,065     1,078     1,109     1,183     1,185     1,186     1,162  

Impairment of trade name(g)

                                     

Non-cash rent(h)

    256     791     424     323     214     797     869     488     747  

Other(i)

    265     380     248     989     943     (991 )   (69 )   (198 )    

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 23,590   $ 27,257   $ 13,941   $ 30,763   $ 29,399   $ 33,250   $ 18,811   $ 33,812   $ 33,962  

Corporate overhead expenses(j)

    6,661     8,723     10,794     11,393     12,067     12,017     14,213     15,006     15,294  

Store-level Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 30,251   $ 35,980   $ 24,735   $ 42,156   $ 41,466   $ 45,267   $ 33,024   $ 48,818   $ 49,256  

(a)
Includes the portion of depreciation and amortization expenses that are classified as cost of sales in the statements of operations included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(b)
Primarily consists of (i) consulting and other professional fees with respect to completed projects to enhance our accounting and finance capabilities as well as other public company readiness initiatives, and (ii) litigation settlement charges and related legal fees for certain pre-Acquisition claims and legal costs for other matters that have concluded, as follows:

   
  Fiscal Year Ended 2015   Fiscal Year Ended 2016   Fiscal
Year 2017
 
   
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Consulting and other professional services

  $ 440   $ 324   $ 932   $ 1,063   $ 941   $ 582   $ 488   $ 1,428   $ 559  
 

Legal settlements and fees

    47     120     657     1,050     37     388     (365 )   8     8  
(c)
Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores, including marketing and advertising, labor and cash occupancy expenses. We anticipate that we will continue to incur cash costs as we open new stores in the future. New store opening expenses increased in the third quarter of fiscal year 2016 due to an increase in pre-opening expenses related to new stores expected to open in early first quarter of fiscal year 2017.

76


Table of Contents

(d)
Primarily reflects (i) relocation expenses associated with moving our corporate headquarters from Houston, Texas, to Plano, Texas, late in fiscal year 2014 and related relocation bonuses and (ii) employee recruiting and relocation costs in connection with the build-out of our management team, as follows:

   
  Fiscal Year Ended 2015   Fiscal Year Ended 2016   Fiscal
Year 2017
 
   
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Employee recruiting and relocating costs

  $ 219   $ 61   $ 283   $ 236   $ 162   $ 69   $ 67   $ 420   $ 87  
 

Corporate relocation costs

    345     287     1,192     305     5                  
(e)
Reflects management fees paid to our Sponsors in accordance with our management agreement. In connection with this offering, the management agreement will be terminated and our Sponsors will no longer receive management fees from us.

(f)
Consists of non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to stock option awards.

(g)
Reflects the impairment of the Garden Ridge trade name as a result of our rebranding initiative.

(h)
Consists of the non-cash portion of rent, which reflects (i) the extent to which our GAAP straight-line rent expense recognized exceeds or is less than our cash rent payments, partially offset by (ii) the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions that are recognized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the applicable lease term. The GAAP straight-line rent expense adjustment can vary depending on the average age of our lease portfolio, which has been impacted by our significant growth over the last four fiscal years. For newer leases, our rent expense recognized typically exceeds our cash rent payments while for more mature leases, rent expense recognized is typically less than our cash rent payments. The offsetting amounts relating to the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions for the periods presented were as follows:

   
  Fiscal Year Ended 2015   Fiscal Year Ended 2016   Fiscal
Year 2017
 
   
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Deferred gain on sale-leasebacks

  $ (345 ) $ (345 ) $ (439 ) $ (630 ) $ (675 ) $ (702 ) $ (824 ) $ (951 ) $ (952 )
(i)
Other adjustments include amounts our management believes are not representative of our ongoing operations, including:

for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, asset retirements related to our rebranding of $0.6 million and $0.4 million for a store relocation;

for the first quarter and second quarter of fiscal year 2016, expenses incurred for a store closure in the aggregate amount of $0.5 million;

for the second quarter of fiscal year 2016, gain of $(1.8) million recognized on the sale of our property in Houston, Texas; and

for the third and fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, various refunds of $(0.3) million for prior period taxes and audits.

(j)
Reflects corporate overhead expenses, which are not directly related to the profitability of our stores, to facilitate comparisons of store operating performance from period to period, as we do not consider these corporate overhead expenses when evaluating the ongoing performance of our stores from period to period. Corporate overhead expenses, which are a component of selling, general and administrative expenses, are comprised of various home office general and administrative expenses such as payroll expenses, occupancy costs, marketing and advertising, and consulting and professional fees. See our discussion of the changes in selling, general and administrative expenses presented in "—Results of Operations". Store-level Adjusted EBITDA should not be used as a substitute for consolidated measures of profitability or performance because it does not reflect corporate overhead expenses that are necessary to allow us to effectively operate our stores and generate Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. We anticipate that we will continue to incur corporate overhead expenses in future periods.

77


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

                Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash generated by operating activities, proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions and borrowings under our ABL Facility. Historically, we have financed our operations primarily from cash generated from operations and periodic borrowings under our ABL Facility. Our primary cash needs are for day-to-day operations, to provide for infrastructure investments in our stores, to finance new store openings, to pay interest and principal on our indebtedness and to fund working capital requirements for seasonal inventory builds and new store inventory purchases.

                As of April 30, 2016, we had $8.9 million of cash and cash equivalents and $53.6 million in borrowing availability under our ABL Facility. There were $0.8 million in letters of credit outstanding under the ABL Facility at that date. In June 2016, we amended our ABL Facility to exercise the $75.0 million accordion feature of the ABL Facility which increased the aggregate revolving commitments from $140.0 million to $215.0 million. As of July 2, 2016, we had $108.8 million of borrowings outstanding under the ABL Facility and $57.8 million available for future borrowings under the ABL Facility. The availability under our ABL Facility is determined in accordance with a borrowing base which can decline due to various factors. Therefore, amounts under our ABL Facility may not be available when we need them.

                In June 2015, we entered into a $300.0 million senior secured first lien term loan facility and $130.0 million senior secured second lien term loan facility. A portion of the proceeds from these term loans was used to refinance and redeem our Senior Secured Notes, which will reduce our interest expense in the future. The interest rates on the term loans are variable; based on LIBOR rates in effect at June 5, 2015, we would be subject to interest payments on the term loans at a blended effective rate of 6.2%. For additional details on such debt agreements entered into in June 2015, see "—Term Loan Facilities." In addition, we expect to use proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness under the second lien term loan facility, which will further reduce our interest expense in the future. Historically, we were not subject to principal amortization payments under the Indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes. The first lien term loan is repayable in equal quarterly installments of $0.75 million and the second lien term loan does not require periodic principal payments. For additional information on principal and interest obligations in connection with such debt agreements, see "—Contractual Obligations".

                Our capital expenditures can vary depending on the timing of new store openings and infrastructure-related investments. Capital expenditures for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 were approximately $62.3 million, net of sale-leaseback proceeds of $40.2 million. We estimate that our capital expenditures for the fiscal year ending January 28, 2017 will be in the range of $75 million to $85 million, net of proceeds from anticipated sale-leaseback transactions of $65 million to $75 million. We plan to invest in the infrastructure necessary to support the further development of our business and continued growth. During fiscal year 2017, we plan to open 22 new stores, net of one relocated store, of which 15 are already open and the remainder are under construction or have signed letters of intent. Net capital expenditures incurred to date have been substantially financed with cash from operating activities, proceeds from our ABL Facility and sale-leaseback transactions. We expect remaining fiscal year 2017 net capital expenditures to be financed in the same manner.

                Based on our growth plans, we believe that our cash position, net cash provided by operating activities and availability under our ABL Facility will be adequate to finance our planned capital expenditures, working capital requirements and debt service obligations over the next twelve months and the foreseeable future thereafter. If cash flows from operations and borrowings under our ABL Facility are not sufficient or available to meet our capital requirements, then we will be required to obtain additional equity or debt financing in the future. There can be no assurance that equity or debt financing will be available to us when we need it or, if available, that the terms will be satisfactory to us and not dilutive to our then-current shareholders.

78


Table of Contents

                Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk and prevent us from meeting our obligations. Management reacts strategically to changes in economic conditions and monitors compliance with debt covenants to seek to mitigate any potential material impacts to our financial condition and flexibility.

Sale-Leaseback Transactions

                As part of our flexible real estate strategy, we utilize sale-leaseback transactions to finance investments previously made for the purchase of second generation properties and the recent construction of new store locations. This enhances our ability to access a range of locations and facilities efficiently. We factor sale-leaseback transactions into our capital allocation decisions. In order to support the execution of sale-leaseback transactions, we have relationships with a number of major publicly traded REITs, who have demonstrated interest in our portfolio of assets.

                In certain cases, the sale is treated as a like-kind exchange transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Section 1031 of the Code allows companies to defer the taxable gain realized from the sale of certain "relinquished" real property if the proceeds are reinvested, in a timely manner, in qualifying like kind "replacement" property. In addition, Section 1031 of the Code requires the sale proceeds of the relinquished property to be held in a restricted cash account by a third-party qualified intermediary, pending utilization thereof for the acquisition of a qualifying replacement property.

                In October 2013, we sold our distribution center and corporate headquarters property located at 1600 East Plano Parkway, Plano, Texas, 75074 for $35.8 million. The property continues to serve as our distribution center and corporate headquarters through the leaseback of the property entered into contemporaneously with the closing of the sale. Cumulative annual rent under the lease is $2.5 million, subject to annual escalations. The sale of this property is being treated as a like-kind exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with Section 1031 of the Code.

                In September 2014, we sold four of our properties in Raleigh, North Carolina, Mesa, Arizona, Lubbock, Texas and Louisville, Kentucky for a total of $40.9 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, certain of our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries entered into four leases, pursuant to which they leased back the properties for cumulative annual rent of $2.8 million, subject to annual escalations. The sale of the properties located in Lubbock, Texas and Louisville, Kentucky are being treated as like-kind exchanges for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with Section 1031 of the Code.

                In January 2015, we sold our property located in Omaha, Nebraska for approximately $8.0 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of ours entered into a lease, pursuant to which we leased back the property for cumulative annual rent of $0.5 million, subject to annual escalations.

                In September 2015, we sold five of our properties in Grand Prairie, Texas, Toledo, Ohio, Pharr, Texas, New Braunfels, Texas and Gulfport, Mississippi for a total of $40.2 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative annual rent of $2.7 million, subject to annual escalations. Approximately $5.5 million of the proceeds from the sale were used to pay off notes payable related the Grand Prairie and New Braunfels properties.

                See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We are subject to risks associated with our sale-leaseback strategy."

79


Table of Contents

Summary of Cash Flows

                A summary of our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities is presented in the following table (in thousands):

 
  Fiscal Year Ended   Thirteen Weeks Ended  
 
  January 25,
2014
  January 31,
2015
  January 30,
2016
  May 2,
2015
  April 30,
2016
 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

  $ 35,695   $ 15,321   $ 14,913   $ (971 ) $ 25,840  

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

    (30,310 )   (100,098 )   (39,727 )   (264 )   (30,418 )

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

    (4,032 )   84,512     25,536     3,936     8,059  

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

    1,353     (265 )   722     2,701     3,481  

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

                Net cash provided by operating activities was $25.8 million for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $1.0 million during the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015. The $26.8 million increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to an increase in accounts payable of $11.7 million as well as a decrease in purchases of inventories of $4.7 million based on the timing of our merchandise purchases which were accelerated to late fiscal year 2016 in preparation for new store openings in early fiscal year 2017 as well as a shift in timing of the Chinese New Year. Additionally, net income increased $5.6 million during the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared to the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and prepaid rent decreased $3.8 million primarily due to the timing of rent payments. These increases in net cash provided by operating activities were partially offset by a $6.7 million increase in cash paid for interest due to the timing of interest payments due under the Term Loan Facilities.

                Net cash provided by operating activities was $14.9 million for fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 compared to $15.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015. The $0.4 million decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to a $9.2 million and $17.8 million decrease in inventory in transit and accounts payable, respectively, which was primarily driven by the build of inventory in preparation for new store openings in early fiscal year 2017 as well as a shift in the timing of the Chinese New Year, resulting in the acceleration of inventory purchases in late fiscal year 2016. Additionally, accrued interest decreased $6.4 million due to the timing of interest payments due under our Senior Secured Notes compared to the Term Loan Facilities at the end of fiscal year 2016. These decreases in cash provided by operating activities were offset by a $15.9 million increase in operating income as well as a $12.0 million decrease in cash paid for income taxes.

                Net cash provided by operating activities was $15.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, compared to $35.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. The $20.4 million decrease was primarily due to a $19.4 million increase in purchases of merchandise inventories, an $11.1 million increase in cash paid for income taxes and a $6.0 million increase in accrued liabilities. These changes were partially offset by a $17.3 million decrease in accounts payable due to the timing of vendor payments. Inventory levels at the end of fiscal year 2015 were $142.3 million, an increase of $33.1 million, or 30.4%, from the end of fiscal year 2014. The increase in inventories was due to new store growth during fiscal year 2015, the build of inventory in preparation for new store openings in fiscal year 2016 as well as the acceleration of purchases due to the shift in the timing of the Chinese New Year.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

                Net cash used in investing activities was $30.4 million for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared to $0.3 million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015. The $30.1 million increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily driven by a decrease of $16.5 million in net restricted cash proceeds attributable to sale-leaseback transactions for which the sale was treated as a like-kind

80


Table of Contents

exchange in accordance with Section 1031 of the Code. Net cash used in investing activities during the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 was principally used to support our growth strategies as well as funding an additional $10.8 million in capital expenditures as a result of constructing more purchased stores and ground up builds during that period as compared to more leased stores during the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015. Capital expenditures of $29.7 million for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 consisted of $26.7 million invested in new store growth with the remaining $3.0 million primarily related to investments in information technology, our distribution center and existing stores. Capital expenditures of $16.5 million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 consisted of $15.9 million invested in new store growth with the remaining $0.6 million being related to investments in information technology, our home office and existing stores.

                Net cash used in investing activities was $39.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 compared to $100.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015. The $60.4 million decrease in cash used was primarily driven by an additional $18.2 million in capital expenditures during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 as a result of more purchased stores and ground up builds during that period as compared to more leased stores during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, as well as $17.1 million in capital expenditures incurred during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 to support our rebranding initiative. Capital expenditures of $102.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 consisted of $86.4 million invested in new store growth with the remaining $16.1 million primarily related to maintenance expenditures and investments in information technology. Capital expenditures during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 were offset by $17.2 million in net restricted cash proceeds, which were primarily related to sale-leaseback transactions that were consummated where the sale was treated as a like-kind exchange transaction in accordance with Section 1031 of the Code. In addition, during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, we received $6.3 million in proceeds from the sale of a property in Houston, Texas as well as $39.2 million in net proceeds resulting from a sale-leaseback transaction where we sold five of our properties in Grand Prairie, Texas, Toledo, Ohio, Pharr, Texas, New Braunfels, Texas and Gulfport, Mississippi. During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, we received $36.8 million in net proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions where we sold our property in Omaha, Nebraska as well as four properties in Raleigh, North Carolina, Mesa, Arizona, Lubbock, Texas and Louisville, Kentucky.

                Net cash used in investing activities was $100.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 compared to $30.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. The $69.8 million increase was primarily driven by an $89.8 million increase in capital expenditures. The capital expenditures of $137.0 million during fiscal year 2015 consisted of $104.6 million invested in new store growth, $17.1 million related to our rebranding initiative and $9.5 million for automation within our distribution center with the remaining expenditures being related to maintenance expenditures for investments in information technology, our home office and store maintenance. In addition, change in restricted cash decreased $18.5 million as compared to fiscal year 2014.

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

                Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.1 million for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared to $3.9 million for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015, an increase of $4.2 million primarily due to a $4.5 million increase in net proceeds from borrowings under our ABL Facility. This increase was partially offset by $0.6 million of additional payments on long-term debt during the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared to the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 resulting primarily from the June 2015 Refinancing.

                Net cash provided by financing activities was $25.5 million for fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 compared to $84.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, a decrease of $59.0 million primarily due to a $58.2 million decrease in net proceeds from borrowings under our ABL Facility.

                Net cash provided by financing activities was $84.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 compared to $4.0 million in cash used for financing activities for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. The $88.5 million increase is due to a $70.3 million increase in net proceeds from

81


Table of Contents

borrowings under our ABL Facility, $12.2 million in proceeds from financing obligations and $6.5 million in proceeds from the issuance of notes payable related to the purchase of property.

Financing Obligations

                In some cases, the asset we will lease requires construction in order to ready the space for its intended use and, in certain cases, we are involved in the construction of leased assets. The construction period typically begins when we execute our lease agreement with the landlord and continues until the space is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. In accordance with ASC 840-40-55 (Topic 840, " Leases "), we must consider the nature and extent of our involvement during the construction period and, in some cases, our involvement results in our being considered the accounting owner of the construction project. By completing the construction of key structural components of a leased building, we are deemed to have participated in the construction of the landlord's asset. In such cases, we capitalize the landlord's construction costs, including the value of costs incurred up to the date we execute our lease and costs incurred during the remainder of construction period, as such costs are incurred. Additionally, ASC 840-40-55 requires us to recognize a financing obligation for construction costs incurred by the landlord. Once construction is complete, we are required to perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to ASC 840-40 to determine if we can remove the landlord's assets and associated financing obligations from our consolidated balance sheet. In certain leases, we maintain various forms of "prohibited continuing involvement" in the property, thereby precluding us from derecognizing the asset and associated financing obligations following the construction completion. In those cases, we will continue to account for the landlord's asset as if we are the legal owner, and the financing obligation, similar to other debt, until the lease expires or is modified to remove the continuing involvement that prohibits derecognition. Once derecognition is permitted, we would be required to account for the lease as either operating or capital in accordance with ASC 840. As of April 30, 2016, we have not derecognized any landlord assets or associated financing obligations.

                In September 2014, we sold our property in Mesa, Arizona and contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the property. At the time of the sale-leaseback transaction, a prohibited form of continuing involvement existed due to an existing sublease with an occupant of a portion of the property. In accordance with ASC 840, the lease was accounted for as a financing transaction with the property remaining on our books at its then current carrying amount of $4.2 million, the proceeds received for the sale of the property were reflected as a financing obligation of $12.2 million, and future rental payments to the landlord will be treated as debt service and applied to interest and principal.

Term Loan Facilities

                On June 5, 2015, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, At Home Holding III Inc. ("At Home III") entered into a first lien credit agreement (the "First Lien Agreement"), by and among At Home III, At Home Holding II Inc. ("At Home II"), a direct wholly owned subsidiary of ours, certain indirect subsidiaries of At Home II, various lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. The First Lien Agreement provides for a $300.0 million term loan ("First Lien Facility"), which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The First Lien Facility will mature on June 3, 2022, and is repayable in equal quarterly installments of $0.75 million for an annual aggregate amount equal to 1% of the original principal amount of $300.0 million. At Home III has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the First Lien Facility at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 4.00%, subject to, after a qualifying IPO, a 0.50% reduction if a certain secured net leverage ratio level is met.

                On June 5, 2015, At Home III entered into a second lien credit agreement (the "Second Lien Agreement"), by and among At Home III, At Home II, certain indirect subsidiaries of At Home II, and Dynasty Financial II, LLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and lender. The Second Lien Agreement provides for a $130.0 million term loan (the "Second Lien Facility" and, together with the First Lien Facility, the "Term Loan Facilities"), which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The

82


Table of Contents

Second Lien Facility will mature on June 5, 2023 and does not require periodic principal payments, with the total amount outstanding, plus accrued interest, due at maturity. At Home III has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Second Lien Facility at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 8.00%.

                The Term Loan Facilities permit us to add one or more incremental term loans up to $50.0 million (shared between the First Lien Facility and the Second Lien Facility) plus additional amounts subject to our compliance with, with respect to the First Lien Facility, a first lien net leverage ratio test, and, with respect to the Second Lien Facility, a secured net leverage ratio test. The first lien net leverage ratio test and the secured net leverage ratio test are calculated using Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as "Consolidated EBITDA" under our credit agreements.

                The Term Loan Facilities have various non-financial covenants, customary representations and warranties, events of defaults and remedies, substantially similar to those described in respect of the ABL Facility below. There are no financial maintenance covenants in the Term Loan Facilities. As of January 30, 2016 and April 30, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants prescribed under the Term Loan Facilities.

                At our option, the First Lien Facility may be prepaid on or prior to June 5, 2016 subject to, in the case of a repricing transaction, a prepayment premium equal to the principal amount of First Lien Facility subject to such prepayment multiplied by 1%. Any prepayment of all or any portion of the outstanding First Lien on or after June 5, 2016 is not subject to a premium. At our option, the Second Lien Facility may also be prepaid (but subject to the restrictions contained in the First Lien Facility/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement) on or prior to June 5, 2017; provided, however, that any voluntary prepayment shall be subject to a prepayment premium equal to the principal amount of Second Lien Facility subject to such prepayment multiplied by 1%. In addition, on and after June 5, 2017, any prepayment or repayment of the Second Lien Facility (whether optional, mandatory, at maturity or otherwise) is subject to the payment of an exit fee equal to 4.50% of the amount of the Second Lien Loan being so prepaid or repaid in the case of any prepayment or repayment occurring on or after June 5, 2017 but prior to June 5, 2018, which exit fee increases over time to an amount equal to 12.00% of the amount of the Second Lien Loan being so prepaid or repaid in the case of any prepayment or repayment occurring on or after June 5, 2022. In addition, the Second Lien Facility is subject to mandatory prepayment under certain circumstances, including upon the consummation of any qualifying IPO, in an amount equal to the aggregate net proceeds resulting from such qualifying IPO. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness".

                At Home III used the net proceeds from the Term Loan Facilities (i) to effect the refinancing of all outstanding indebtedness under the Senior Secured Notes, (ii) to pay fees and expenses in connection with the Term Loan Facilities of approximately $13.6 million, (iii) to repay $29.2 million in amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility, and (iv) for general corporate purposes.

                We intend to use the proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness under the Second Lien Facility. To the extent that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use borrowings under the ABL Facility to repay the remaining principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. We expect to use cash to pay any accrued and unpaid interest and premium on the outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Facility.

10.75% Senior Secured Notes Due 2019

                In May 2012, At Home III issued $360.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior secured notes that were scheduled to mature on June 1, 2019 (the "Senior Secured Notes"). The terms of the Senior Secured Notes were governed by the Indenture (the "Indenture"), dated May 16, 2012, among At Home III, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo, National Association (the "Trustee"). Interest was payable semi-annually in arrears on each June 1st and December 1st, commencing on December 1, 2012.

83


Table of Contents

                The Senior Secured Notes were fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by our domestic restricted subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Notes and the related guarantees were secured, subject to certain exceptions, by (i) a first priority lien on substantially all of our and the guarantors' assets (other than inventory and accounts receivable and related assets, which assets secure our ABL Facility on a first priority basis (the "ABL Priority Collateral")), including first priority liens on any capital stock held by us or a guarantor, and (ii) a second priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral.

                The Indenture contained customary covenants limiting At Home III's and its restricted subsidiaries' operations. It also provided for events of default that, in certain circumstances, permitted acceleration of the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the then outstanding Senior Secured Notes.

                On June 5, 2015, At Home III completed the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes at a price equal to 108.063% for total cash consideration of $389.4 million, which includes a $29.0 million early redemption premium and $0.4 million of accrued interest. The redemption resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of approximately $36.0 million.

Asset-Based Lending Credit Facility

                In October 2011, we entered into the ABL Facility which provided for cash borrowings or issuances of letters of credit based on defined percentages of eligible inventory and credit card receivable balances up to a maximum facility limit of $80.0 million. In May 2012, we entered into the First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, which amended the ABL Credit Agreement to, among other things, permit the Senior Secured Notes. In May 2013, we entered into the Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, which amended the ABL Credit Agreement to increase the facility limit to $90.0 million, extend the maturity from October 2016 to May 2018, reduce the interest rate and fees and amended various other covenants and related definitions. In July 2014, we entered into the Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement which further amended the ABL Credit Agreement to modify certain financial terms and other covenants. Such modifications included increasing the facility from $90.0 million to $140.0 million; extending the scheduled maturity date from May 2018 to July 2019; reducing the margin on borrowings by 0.25%; providing for the release of certain real property collateral in specified circumstances; adding Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as a new lender under the facility and amending various other covenants, terms and related definitions to provide additional flexibility with the facility. In September 2014, we entered into the Assumption and Ratification Agreement, which updated the names of the loan parties to reflect our corporate restructuring and rebranding. On June 5, 2015, At Home III also entered into the Fourth Amendment to the Credit Agreement which further amended the ABL Credit Agreement to modify certain provisions of the agreement to, among other things, permit the Term Loan Facilities to be issued and amend certain terms in the ABL Credit Agreement to be consistent with the terms set forth in the Term Loan Facilities. In June 2016, we amended our ABL Facility to exercise the $75.0 million accordion feature of the ABL Facility, which increased the aggregate revolving commitments from $140.0 million to $215.0 million and increased the sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit from $10.0 million to $25.0 million. The other terms of the ABL Facility remain unchanged.

                The ABL Facility is secured by substantially all of our assets with a first priority lien on ABL Priority Collateral and a second priority lien (as between the ABL Facility Lenders and the Term Loan Facility Lenders) on all non-ABL Priority Collateral.

                Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option: (x) the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1 / 2 of 1.00%, (ii) the bank's prime rate, and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%, plus in each case, an applicable margin of 0.25% to 0.75% based on our availability or (y) the bank's LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 1.25% to 1.75% based on our availability. The effective interest rate was approximately 4.00% during the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014 and approximately 2.00% during each of the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 and during each of the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016.

84


Table of Contents

                As of April 30, 2016, approximately $85.6 million was outstanding under the ABL Facility, approximately $0.8 million was outstanding under letters of credit and we had availability of approximately $53.6 million. As of July 2, 2016, we had $108.8 million of borrowings outstanding under the ABL Facility and $57.8 million available for future borrowings under the ABL Facility.

                The ABL Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to, subject to specified exceptions, incur additional debt; incur additional liens and contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets; merge with or acquire other companies; liquidate or dissolve ourselves; engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business; make loans, advances or guarantees; pay dividends; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments. In addition, the ABL Facility contains certain cross-default provisions. There are no financial maintenance covenants in the ABL Facility. However, during the existence of an event of default or when we fail to maintain availability of at least the greater of $10.0 million or 10% of the line cap, the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of the most recently completed period of four consecutive quarters must be 1.00 to 1.00 or higher. As of January 30, 2016 and April 30, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants under the ABL Facility.

Contractual Obligations

                We enter into long-term obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily debt obligations and non-cancelable operating leases. As of January 30, 2016, without giving effect to the application of proceeds from this offering, our contractual cash obligations over the next several periods were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 to
3 years
  3 to
5 years
  More than
5 years
 

Operating lease commitments(1)

  $ 633,107   $ 56,457   $ 111,175   $ 102,891   $ 362,584  

Long-term debt obligations(2)

    438,536     3,248     6,537     6,591     422,160  

Interest payments on long-term debt obligations(3)

    186,663     27,614     54,290     53,700     51,059  

Financing obligations(4)

    20,829     1,901     3,847     3,923     11,158  

Purchase commitments(5)

    1,000     1,000              

Total

  $ 1,280,135   $ 90,220   $ 175,849   $ 167,105   $ 846,961  

(1)
Our operating lease commitments include leases for property used in our operations. Amounts shown do not reflect operating leases that are classified as financing obligations.

(2)
Long-term debt obligations include principal payments due under our Term Loan Facilities and notes payable. We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to repay approximately $115.8 million of principal amount of indebtedness under the Second Lien Facility. To the extent that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use borrowings under the ABL Facility to repay the remaining principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. We expect to use cash to pay any accrued and unpaid interest and premium on the outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. The Second Lien Facility does not require amortized principal repayments prior to maturity.

(3)
Interest expense on long-term debt includes future interest payments on outstanding obligations under our Term Loan Facilities and notes payable. Certain notes payable bear interest at variable rates and this table is based on rates in effect as of January 30, 2016.

(4)
Includes base lease terms for properties where we have been deemed to be the accounting owner of the landlord's property in accordance with accounting guidance related to leases.

(5)
Includes commitments for future inventory purchases.

85


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

                We have not entered into off-balance sheet arrangements. We do enter into operating lease commitments, letters of credit and purchase obligations in the normal course of our operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

                The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Management evaluates its accounting policies, estimates, and judgments on an on-going basis. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

                Management evaluated the development and selection of its critical accounting policies and estimates and believes that the following involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity and are most significant to reporting our results of operations and financial position, and are therefore discussed as critical. The following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. More information on all of our significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1—Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Inventories

                Inventories are comprised of finished merchandise and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost determined using the weighted-average method. The cost of inventories include the actual landed cost of an item at the time it is received in our distribution center, or at the point of shipment for certain international shipments, as well as transportation costs to our distribution center and to our retail stores, if applicable. Net inventory cost is recognized through cost of sales when the inventory is sold.

                Vendor allowances, which primarily represent volume rebates and cooperative advertising funds, are recorded as a reduction of the cost of the merchandise inventories and a subsequent reduction in cost of sales when the inventory is sold. We generally earn vendor allowances as a percentage of certain merchandise purchases with no minimum purchase requirements. Typically, our vendor allowance programs extend for a period of twelve months.

                Physical inventory counts are performed for our stores at least once per year by a third-party inventory counting service for stores that have been in operation for at least one year. Inventory records are adjusted to reflect actual inventory counts and any resulting shortage ("shrinkage") is recognized. Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the period as a percentage of net sales based on the most recent physical inventory, in combination with current events and historical experience. We have loss prevention programs and policies in place intended to mitigate shrinkage. A 10% increase in our estimated shrinkage reserve rate would have affected net income by approximately $0.9 million for fiscal year 2016. We also evaluate our merchandise to ensure that the expected net realizable value of the merchandise held at the end of a fiscal period exceeds cost. In the event that the expected net realizable value is less than cost, we reduce the value of that inventory accordingly.

86


Table of Contents

Goodwill

                Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the operating segment level; we have only one operating segment and we do not have a reporting unit that exists below our operating segment. If the implied fair value of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, goodwill impairment is indicated and goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. We assess the business enterprise value using a combination of the income approach and market approach to determine the fair value of the Company to be compared against the carrying value of net assets. The income approach, using the discounted cash flow method, includes key factors used in the valuation of the Company (a Level 3 valuation) which include, but are not limited to, management's plans for future operations, recent operating results, income tax rates, and discounted projected future cash flows. Material assumptions used in our impairment analysis include: (1) cash flow projections for ten years assuming positive sales growth in the high teens (18%+) for the next 1 to 5 years with years 6 through 10 linearly trended to a normalized annual level of 3%; (2) terminal year sales growth rates of 3%; and (3) discount rates of 12.5% based on our weighted average cost of capital. The projected high sales growth is based on our plans to open at least 22 new stores in fiscal year 2017 and at least 20 new stores in fiscal year 2018 along with similar new store growth trends expected for the foreseeable future. Sales growth from comparable stores was assumed to be in the low single digits.

                As of January 30, 2016, the fair value of our operating segment would have to decline by approximately 27% to be considered for potential impairment. No impairment of goodwill was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016. However, the use of different assumptions, estimates or judgments with respect to the estimation of the projected future cash flows and the determination of the discount rate and sales growth rate used to calculate the net present value of projected future cash flows could materially increase or decrease our estimates of fair value. We believe our estimates are appropriate based upon current market conditions and the best information available at the assessment date. However, future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current net sales, which would occur if we are not able to meet our new store growth targets, and profitability projections or the weighted average cost of capital increases. The assumptions described above regarding cash flow projections, future net sales and growth of our business have been utilized solely for the goodwill impairment analysis for accounting purposes. There can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions described above will prove to be accurate predictions of future results in any respect and should not be relied upon as such.

Impairment of Long-Lived and Indefinite-Lived Assets

                We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Additionally, for store assets, we evaluate the performance of individual stores for indicators of impairment, and underperforming stores are selected for further evaluation of the recoverability of the carrying amounts. The evaluation of long-lived assets is performed at the lowest level of identifiable cash flows, which is at the individual store level.

                Our initial indicator that store assets may be impaired is that the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets over the remaining useful life do not exceed the carrying value of the assets. This evaluation is performed on stores open longer than six months. To estimate store-specific future cash flows, management must make assumptions about key store variables, including sales, growth rate, gross margin, payroll and other controllable expenses. Further, management considers other factors when evaluating stores for impairment, including the individual store's execution of its operating plan and other local market conditions.

                An impairment is recognized once all the factors noted above are taken into consideration and it is determined the carrying amount of the store's assets are not recoverable. The impairment loss

87


Table of Contents

would be recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value, excluding assets that can be redeployed. No impairment of long-term assets was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016.

                We test indefinite-lived trade name intangible assets annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is lower than its carrying amount, the asset is written down to its fair value. During fiscal year 2014, we committed to a rebranding initiative that resulted in the conversion of the then existing "Garden Ridge" trade name to the new trade name "At Home". We performed an impairment analysis of the indefinite-lived trade name immediately before the conversion and, as a result, recognized a $37.5 million trade name impairment during the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. The fair value of our former trade name (a Level 3 valuation) was calculated using a relief-from-royalty approach, which assumes the value of the trade name is the discounted cash flows of the amount that would be paid by a hypothetical market participant had they not owned the trade name and instead licensed the trade name from another company. The remaining value of the Garden Ridge trade name of $4.0 million was reclassified as a definite-lived intangible asset and amortized over the period of the conversion to "At Home", which we estimated to be nine months. As of January 31, 2015, the Garden Ridge trade name definite-lived intangible asset was fully amortized and the carrying value of the At Home trade name was approximately $0.9 million. No impairment of our indefinite-lived trade name intangible asset was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 or January 30, 2016.

Revenue Recognition

                Revenue from sales of our merchandise is recognized when the customer takes possession of the merchandise. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes collected. We allow for merchandise to be returned within 60 days of purchase date and provide a reserve for estimated returns. We use historical customer return behavior to estimate our reserve requirements, which are accounted for as a reduction in revenue; we also reduce cost of sales to reflect our estimates of the inventory cost of products that will be returned. As of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, our sales returns reserve was approximately $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

                We record a gift card liability on the date we issue the gift card to the customer. We record revenue and reduce the gift card liability as the customer redeems the gift card. As of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, our gift card liability was approximately $1.2 million and $2.4 million, respectively. In addition, we recognize gift card breakage as revenue after 60 months of non-use. We recognized revenue related to breakage of such gift card balances of approximately $0.1 million for each of the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014 and January 31, 2015 and an immaterial amount of such revenue for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016.

Stock-Based Compensation

                We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 (Topic 718, " Compensation—Stock Compensation "), which requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period. Compensation expense based upon the fair value of awards is recognized on a straight line basis, over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

                We estimate fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model requires various significant judgmental assumptions in order to derive a final fair value determination for each type of award including the following:

    Expected term —The expected term of the options represents the period of time between the grant date of the options and the date the options are either exercised or canceled.

88


Table of Contents

    Expected volatility —The expected volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of the common stock for comparable companies.

    Expected dividend yield —The expected dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future.

    Risk-free interest rate —The risk-free interest rate is the average of the 3-year and 5-year U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant and with a maturity that approximates the expected term.

                All grants of our stock options have an exercise price equal to or greater than the estimated fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Because we are privately held and there is no public market for our common stock, the fair value of our equity is approved by our board of directors at the time option grants are awarded. In estimating the fair value of our common stock, we consider factors we believe are material to the valuation process including, but not limited to, our actual and projected financial results, performance of our peer group, risks and prospects and economic and market conditions. In each of fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016, our valuations utilized projections of our future performance, estimates of our weighted average cost of capital and metrics based on the performance of a peer group of similar companies, including valuation multiples and stock price volatility.

                We believe the combination of these methods provides an appropriate estimate of our expected fair value ranges. We have considered the valuation analyses to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each stock option grant date.

                The estimates used in determining the fair value of our common stock were highly complex and subject to significant judgment. Those assumptions are similar to those we make with respect to goodwill as described above and include the selection of revenue growth rates, discount rates and comparable public companies used in the guideline public company analysis, and the non-marketability discount used. There was also inherent uncertainty in our forecasts and projections. If we had made different assumptions and estimates than those described previously, the amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share amounts could have been materially different. Following this offering, such estimates will no longer be needed to determine fair value for new awards due to a publicly-available trading price for our common stock.

Income Taxes

                We account for the provision for income taxes under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 (Topic 740, " Income Taxes "). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the tax rate changes are enacted. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amounts to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.

                We are required to assess the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future income will be generated to utilize deferred tax assets. A significant piece of positive or negative evidence that we consider is cumulative income or losses (generally defined as losses before income taxes) incurred over the most recent three-year period. Such evidence is supplemented by the four sources of taxable income described in ASC 740-10-30-18. We considered all available positive and negative evidence as of January 31, 2015 and concluded that a valuation allowance was appropriate to the extent our deferred tax assets would not be realized through the future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and the carry back of the resultant loss from the excess of reversing deferred tax

89


Table of Contents

assets over reversing deferred liabilities. During our assessment of available positive and negative evidence as of January 30, 2016, we concluded that the valuation allowance was no longer appropriate except as it related to certain state net operating loss carryforwards. As of January 30, 2016, after excluding items that we consider to be unusual in nature, we determined that we have three years of cumulative pre-tax income which we believe is a significant piece of positive evidence that allows us to consider other subjective evidence such as future forecasted pre-tax income. We concluded that because of this positive evidence, along with taxable income in the prior two fiscal years to absorb loss carrybacks that would be generated by reversing deductible differences in excess of reversing taxable differences, as well as cumulative pre-tax income (exclusive of unusual items) in recent fiscal years, it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized in future years.

                Our valuation allowances totaled $6.0 million, $6.6 million and $0.6 million, as of January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, respectively. Because our deferred tax assets solely relate to temporary differences, periodic changes in the amount of net deferred tax assets during the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014 and January 31, 2015 directly impacted our income tax provision in those fiscal years and made our effective tax rate difficult to predict. For example, the change in the required federal valuation allowance for fiscal year 2014 and fiscal year 2015 impacted our income tax provision by $4.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

                In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers " ("ASU 2014-09"). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in "Topic 605, Revenue Recognition ," and requires entities to recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09.

                In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 " Leases ", which supersedes ASC 840 "Leases" and creates a new topic, ASC 842 "Leases". Under ASU 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. At adoption, this update will be applied using a modified retrospective approach. While we are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-02, we expect that upon adoption we will recognize right of use, or ROU, assets and liabilities that could be material to our financial statements.

                In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, " Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting " ("ASU 2016-09"). ASU 2016-09 is intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment award transactions and is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-09.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

Interest Rate Risk

                We have market risk exposure arising from changes in interest rates on our ABL Facility and Term Loan Facilities, which bear interest at rates that are benchmarked against London Interbank

90


Table of Contents

Offered Rates ("LIBOR"). In addition, one of our notes payable related to a mortgage loan secured by a property used in the operation of our business bears interest at a variable rate. Based on our overall interest rate exposure to variable rate debt outstanding as of April 30, 2016, a 1% increase or decrease in interest rates would increase or decrease income before income taxes by approximately $5.2 million. A 1% increase or decrease in interest rates would impact the fair value of our long-term fixed rate debt by an immaterial amount. A change in interest rates would not materially affect the fair value of our variable rate debt as the debt reprices periodically. In addition, we expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay approximately $115.8 million of principal amount of indebtedness under the Second Lien Facility. To the extent that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use borrowings under the ABL Facility to repay the remaining principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. Repayment in full of our Second Lien Facility would further reduce our interest expense in the future.

Impact of Inflation

                Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial. We cannot assure you, however, that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.

Foreign Currency Risk

                We purchase approximately 60% of our merchandise from suppliers in foreign countries, however, those purchases are made exclusively in U.S. dollars. Therefore, we do not believe that foreign currency fluctuation has had a material impact on our financial performance for the periods presented in this prospectus.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012

                The JOBS Act permits us, as an "emerging growth company," to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to irrevocably "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

                The process of improving our internal controls has required and will continue to require us to expend significant resources to design, implement and maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. There can be no assurance that any actions we take will be completely successful. We will continue to evaluate the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting on an on-going basis. As part of this process, we may identify specific internal controls as being deficient.

                In fiscal year 2015, we began evaluating and implementing our internal control procedures in order to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and this initiative continued throughout fiscal year 2016 and the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. Section 404 requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments; however, for so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, we will not be required to engage an auditor to report on our internal controls over financial reporting. We will be required to comply with the management certification requirements of Section 404 in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year following our first annual report that is filed with the SEC (subject to any change in applicable SEC rules). We will be required to comply with Section 404 in full (including an auditor attestation on management's internal controls report) in our annual report on Form 10-K at the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date on which we are no longer an emerging growth company (subject to any change in applicable SEC rules).

91


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Company

                At Home is the leading home décor superstore based on the number of our locations and large format stores that we believe dedicate more space per store to home décor than any other player in the industry. We are focused on providing the broadest assortment of products for any room, in any style, for any budget. We utilize our space advantage to out-assort our competition, offering over 50,000 SKUs throughout our stores. Our differentiated merchandising strategy allows us to identify on-trend products and then value engineer those products to provide desirable aesthetics at attractive price points for our customers. Over 70% of our products are unbranded, private label or specifically designed for us. We believe that our broad and comprehensive offering and compelling value proposition combine to create a leading destination for home décor with the opportunity to continue taking market share in a large, fragmented and growing market.

                We have loyal, enthusiastic and diverse customers who are deeply passionate about, and love to decorate, their homes. According to a report prepared for us by Russell Research, a consumer research firm, our average customer typically visits an At Home store four times per year, while our core customer shops our stores more than seven times per year. Our stores are a regular destination where our core customer typically spends more than one hour per visit, providing a means to express her vision in her home often and affordably. To our customer, her home is a representation and an extension of who she is. Decorating her home is a continuous, ever evolving process that can be as simple as replacing patio cushions with a new seasonal pattern or as involved as updating the look of a whole room or the entire house. Making her feel at home while shopping At Home is our primary focus, and we strive to do so by creating an environment that is easy for her to shop, enjoy the experience and express herself through our merchandise.

                Our current store base is comprised of 115 stores across 29 states, and 65 markets, averaging approximately 120,000 square feet per store. We utilize a flexible and disciplined real estate strategy that allows us to successfully open and operate stores from 80,000 to 200,000 square feet across a wide range of formats and markets. All of our stores that were open as of the beginning of the year are profitable, and stores that have been open for more than a year average over $6 million in net sales and realize average Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margins of 28%. Due in part to our past investments, our distribution center should be able to support up to approximately 220 stores with limited incremental investment, while we believe our existing systems, processes and controls should be able to support growth beyond this. In addition, based on our internal analysis and research conducted for us by Buxton, a leading real estate analytics firm, we believe that we have the potential to expand to at least 600 stores in the United States over the long term, or more than five times our current store base, although we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach this potential.

GRAPHIC

                We have developed a highly efficient operating model that seeks to drive growth and profitability while minimizing operating risk. Our merchandising, sourcing and pricing strategies

92


Table of Contents

generate strong and consistent performance across our product offering and throughout the entire year. Through specialized in-store merchandising and visual navigation elements, we enable a self-service model that minimizes in-store staffing needs and allows us to deliver exceptional value to our customers.

                We believe that our differentiated home décor concept, flexible real estate strategy and highly efficient operating model create competitive advantages that have driven our financial success. In fiscal year 2016, we produced net sales of $622 million, Adjusted EBITDA of $115 million and net income of $3.6 million. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, please see "—Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data".

                Recent financial highlights include:

      Positive comparable stores sales in the last nine consecutive fiscal quarters, ranging from 1.2% to 11.4%, and averaging 5.6% growth over the period. Comparable store sales can be impacted by various factors from period to period, including our rebranding initiatives, as discussed in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business";

      Eight consecutive fiscal quarters of over 20% year-over-year net sales growth;

      Opened 59 new stores in the last five fiscal years, including 20 in fiscal year 2016;

      Total net sales growth from $364 million in fiscal year 2013 to $653 million for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016, representing a CAGR of approximately 20%;

      Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margins of 27.0% for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016, and growth of Store-level Adjusted EBITDA from $96 million in fiscal year 2013 to $176 million for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016, representing a CAGR of 21%, slightly outpacing total net sales growth; and

      Adjusted EBITDA margins of 18.4% for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016, and growth of Adjusted EBITDA from $82 million in fiscal year 2013 to $120 million for the last twelve months ended April 30, 2016, representing a CAGR of 13%, which includes significant non-linear investments in people, systems and processes to support our future growth.

GRAPHIC

Our History and Evolution

                Our Company (formerly known as Garden Ridge) was founded in 1979 in Garden Ridge, Texas, a suburb of San Antonio. We quickly gained a loyal following in our Texas home market and expanded thereafter. Throughout our history, we have cultivated a passionate customer base that shops our stores for the unique, wide assortment of products offered at value price points. After our Company was acquired in 2011 by an investment group led by AEA, which included affiliates of Starr

93


Table of Contents

Investments, we began a series of strategic investments in the business. We believe that the core strengths of our business combined with the significant investments made over the last in the first four years following our acquisition by our Sponsors position us to grow sales and expand our store base.

                Key changes that have been implemented since 2011 include:

      Hired seven out of the eight top executives at the Company including our current Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, while more than doubling our home office headcount from 110 to over 230 across all functions;

      Launched the At Home brand in 2014 and converted our entire store base in the same calendar year while investing in advertising and marketing initiatives to support the brand launch;

      Expanded our assortment and broadened our appeal to include more on-trend merchandise and increased our mix of "better" and "best" products;

      Re-established a marketing function and reinstituted marketing spending to 2% of net sales in each of fiscal years 2015 and 2016, up from nearly zero;

      Invested in our stores to create a better customer experience by refreshing all stores, improving our in-store signage and enhancing our merchandising layout for easier navigation and improved shopability;

      Invested in systems, processes and controls including new point-of-sale, or POS, and inventory allocation systems, and the automation of our distribution center that should be able to support up to approximately 220 stores with limited incremental investment; and

      Developed our real estate capabilities by implementing a proprietary site selection model and employing multiple financing approaches, enabling a doubling of the store base while increasing the first year net sales and Adjusted EBITDA performance of stores opened during fiscal year 2016 by approximately 45% and 64%, respectively, as compared to stores opened during fiscal year 2014.

Our Competitive Strengths

            Highly Differentiated Home Décor Concept

                We believe our concept is highly differentiated from other home décor retailers given our broad product offering, warehouse format and customer-friendly in-store experience. For most products, our superstores dedicate up to 15 times more square footage and SKUs than other home décor retailers. The size of our stores also provides us the ability to sell larger size products such as oversized area rugs, and fully-assembled products, such as decorative accent furniture and bar stools. Our stores are designed as shoppable warehouses that combine the scale of a big box format with shopper friendly features such as an interior racetrack, clear signage that enables easy navigation throughout the store and product vignettes that offer design inspiration and coordinated product ideas. We believe our customer values shopping At Home as an in-person experience through which she can see and feel the quality of our products and physically assemble her desired aesthetic. We believe we have no direct competitor, effectively competing with mass merchants and large format multi-chain retailers that dedicate only a small portion of their selling space to home décor and do not deliver a shopping experience specifically focused on the home décor customer. Additionally, we also compete with smaller format, independent or national specialty retailers that cannot match our total square footage, selection of products and diverse array of home décor styles. We believe our differentiated concept is positioning us as a leading destination for the home décor consumer and will allow us to continue taking share in a large, highly fragmented and growing market.

94


Table of Contents

            Compelling Customer Value Proposition

                We believe we provide a compelling value proposition to our customers through our broad merchandise assortment, unique product offering and attractive value price points. By offering something for any room, in any style, for any budget, we appeal to a diverse customer base across a variety of markets.

      Any Room.     We offer over 50,000 SKUs across virtually all home décor products, enabling our customer to decorate any space inside or outside her home. From her bedroom to her living and dining rooms to her outside patio and garden areas, we carry thousands of products that allow her to express her unique sense of style in any area of the home she desires. All of our products are in-stock and ready to take home, enabling a one-stop shopping experience.

      Any Style.     We deliver a unique and innovative product offering that spans all styles of home décor ranging from traditional to country and from vintage to modern. We introduce approximately 20,000 new SKUs per year, or an average of 400 new SKUs per week, which keeps our offering fresh and exciting.

      Any Budget.     We value engineer products in collaboration with our suppliers to recreate the "look" that we believe our customer wants while eliminating the costly construction elements that she does not value. This design approach allows us to deliver an attractive value to our customers, as our products are typically less expensive than other branded products that have a similar look. We employ a simple everyday low pricing strategy that consistently delivers savings to our customers without the need for extensive promotions, as evidenced by 80% of our net sales occurring at full price.

            Efficient Operating Model Driving Industry-Leading Profitability

                We believe we have the most efficient operating model in the home décor industry, which drives our industry-leading profitability. We generate strong product margins through our extensive product offering with an everyday low pricing strategy. We have designed a store model that enables a largely self-service shopping experience and streamlines our store operations, thereby minimizing in-store staffing levels. Our disciplined yet flexible real estate strategy allows us to negotiate favorable lease terms, which average $5 per square foot in annual rental costs. Despite the significant investments we have made in our business, we continue to operate with a highly efficient home office team. All major decisions regarding merchandising, pricing, product assortment and allocation are standardized and made centrally, which supports a lean cost structure. As a result of these factors, we are able to deliver industry-leading profitability and succeed in locations where we believe other retailers cannot.

            Flexible and Disciplined Real Estate Strategy Supporting Attractive Store Economics

                We have developed a store model that has been successful across a number of geographic markets, population densities and real estate locations, including anchor, stand-alone or mall-enclosed locations that range between 80,000 and 200,000 square feet, averaging approximately 120,000 square feet per store. Our success operating stores across multiple market types and store formats allows us to be opportunistic and select locations with the most favorable investment characteristics. We are flexible in our approach and realize compelling store economics whether we lease a second generation property, purchase a second generation location or build a new store from the ground up. We believe we are one of the few growing retail concepts that actively targets larger box sizes, enabling us to obtain highly attractive real estate terms. We have also become a direct beneficiary of large, national big box retailers pruning their store portfolios and have become a preferred partner for a number of these retailers looking to quickly shed stores. All of our stores that were open as of the beginning of the year are profitable and those that have been open for more than a year average over $6 million in net sales and realize average Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margins of 28%. Over the past four fiscal years, we have successfully opened 53 new stores, of which 32 are in new markets. On average we

95


Table of Contents

expect our new stores to generate at least $1 million of Store-level Adjusted EBITDA in the first year of operations and pay back the net investment within two years. We believe our ability to achieve such attractive returns across a broad set of markets is a testament to the universal appeal of our concept and strongly positions us to continue to profitably open new stores.

            Systematic Approach to Minimizing Operating Risk

                We have designed and implemented a systematic approach to our business that is focused on driving growth and profitability while minimizing operating risk. Through this approach, we are able to deliver consistent sales and profitability growth and reduce the volatility that other big box retailers may face. Key areas of our business that are built on this approach include:

      Merchandising:     We have a broad assortment that delivers consistent financial results across our product offering and reduces our reliance on any individual product, style or trend. Additionally, our store size allows merchandise to stay on the floor longer than a typical retailer, thereby reducing the need for unplanned markdowns.

      Inventory Management:     We maintain strict inventory controls at the overall company level as well as at individual stores in order to minimize markdowns. Additionally, we have a regular markdown cadence through which we clear slower moving inventory. Finally, we do not carry over or store any of our holiday products, ensuring that our inventory remains as relevant and fresh to our customers as possible.

      Product Development and Sourcing:     Our largely private label and unbranded offering allows us to better control input costs and maintain a profitable product margin, even in the event of a markdown. We implement rigorous controls to maintain our product costs, often changing materials and features based on fluctuations in input costs. We work with over 500 vendors and are not reliant on any single vendor, with our largest vendor representing less than 5% of our purchases.

      Store Operations:     We optimize our staffing levels based on hourly sales and traffic volumes and are able to utilize downtime to stock shelves and displays with new inventory. Additionally, we work with our vendors and internal operations teams to deploy customized merchandising solutions such as specialized racks and displays to reduce labor needs, while creating a more pleasant shopping experience for our customers.

      Real Estate:     We employ a highly analytical approach to real estate site selection with a stringent process to approve new stores and, as a result, have not closed a single store due to poor financial performance in the past decade. Our ability to negotiate favorable lease terms typically results in low square footage rents, unilateral two to three year "opt-out" clauses or short initial terms with multiple renewal options, and other features that provide us with optimal flexibility to manage our store portfolio.

            Scalable Operations To Support Future Growth

                We have made significant capital and non-linear operating expense investments in our business that we believe have laid the foundation for continued profitable growth. During fiscal years 2014 and 2015, we invested $47.8 million in capital to update our stores, expand our distribution center capacity and rebrand our Company. We also invested $22.3 million in non-linear operating expenses, which include people, processes and systems, as well as $14.5 million in one-time expenses to build key capabilities to support our future growth. We believe that we are just beginning to see the benefits of these investments in our business. Our strengthened management team, new brand identity, upgraded and automated distribution center and enhanced information systems, including our inventory allocation, warehouse management and POS systems, should enable us to profitably replicate our store format and differentiated shopping experience. We believe our standardized systems and processes, which rely on refined tools for store operations, inventory management, procurement, employee hiring,

96


Table of Contents

training and scheduling, are scalable to meet our expansion goals. We expect these infrastructure investments to support our successful operating model over a significantly expanded store base.

            Exceptional Management Team and Strong Corporate Culture

                We have assembled a highly experienced management team that has an average of 19 years of retail experience, has a demonstrated track record of delivering superior results and is well-positioned to scale our business. Since 2011, we have made meaningful investments in our team, hiring top executives with experience leading their respective functions at large industry-leading public retail companies including Nike, Gap, Best Buy, Advance Auto Parts, FedEx Corporation, Brinker International and Yum! Brands, among others. Additionally, we have built out and enhanced functional teams across finance, real estate, marketing, merchandising, information technology and store operations. We believe that our experienced management team has been able to institute rigorous, systematic processes across each of our functional areas that have resulted in strong financial performance while opening new stores.

                Under the leadership of our Chief Executive Officer, Lee Bird, we have developed a strong corporate culture that is focused on motivating and empowering our employees. Our entire organization is aligned with our mission to enable our customer to affordably make her house a home and realize our vision of becoming the leading home décor retailer. We are focused on making At Home a great place to work and over the past few years, we have established a number of practices to empower and incentivize our employees, including an uncapped bonus program for store directors, comprehensive health benefits, a generous 401(k) matching program with immediate vesting, fitness center access and fitness and wellness classes, sabbatical leaves, paid time off, volunteer time pay and what we believe is above industry average compensation for both our full and part-time employees. In addition, we offer a Company performance bonus program for all home office team members. We also invest in the continual development of our employees and have adopted a training program for our store employees. Our goal is to be a great place to work, and we were recently named one of the "Best Places to Work" in North Texas by the Dallas Business Journal. In addition, we have already seen tremendous progress as evidenced by more than 40% reduction in employee turnover over the past two years.

Our Growth Strategies

                We expect to continue our strong sales growth and leading profitability by pursuing the following strategies:

            Expand Our Store Base

                We believe there is a tremendous whitespace opportunity to expand in both existing and new markets in the United States. Over the long term, we believe we have the potential to expand to at least 600 stores in the United States, or more than five times our current footprint of 115 stores, based on our internal analysis and research conducted by Buxton. During fiscal year 2016, we opened 20 new stores. During fiscal year 2017, we plan to open 22 new stores, net of one relocated store, of which 15 are already open and the remainder are under construction or have signed letters of intent. We plan to open at least 22 new stores in each subsequent year for the foreseeable future. The rate of future growth in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach our long-term potential. In addition, due in part to our investments, our systems, processes and controls should be able to support up to approximately 220 stores with limited incremental investment.

                We have used our site selection model to score over 20,000 big box retail locations throughout the United States, which positions us to be able to act quickly as locations become available, and we have developed detailed market maps for each U.S. market that guide our deliberate expansion strategy. Over the last four fiscal years, we have opened stores in a mix of new and existing markets. New stores in existing markets have increased our total market share due to higher brand awareness.

97


Table of Contents

We believe there is still a considerable opportunity to continue adding locations in even our most established markets. In addition, we anticipate a limited number of relocations periodically as we evaluate our position in the market upon the impending expiration of lease terms. We have demonstrated our ability to open stores successfully in a diverse range of new markets across the country, having entered 39 new markets since 2011. Our portable concept has delivered consistent store economics across all markets, from smaller, less dense locations to larger, more heavily populated metropolitan areas. We have delivered over 20% year-over-year net sales growth in each of the past eight consecutive quarters.

                Our new store model combines high average unit volumes and high Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margins with low net capital investment and occupancy costs, resulting in cash flow generation early in the life of a store. Our stores typically mature within six months of opening. We target first year annualized sales of $5 million, with Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 20%. Our new stores require on average $2 to $3 million of net investment, varying based on our lease, purchase or build decisions, but all with a target payback period of less than two years. Approximately 39 stores had been opened since 2011 that had been operating for more than a year as of January 30, 2016. The average first year Store-level Adjusted EBITDA was approximately $1.5 million. Approximately 46% of these stores exceeded our sales target and approximately 49% exceeded our targeted Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and payback period of less than two years.

            Drive Comparable Store Sales

                We have achieved positive comparable store sales in the last nine consecutive fiscal quarters, ranging from 1.2% to 11.4%, and averaging 5.6% growth over the period. Comparable store sales can be impacted by various factors from period to period, including our recent rebranding, as discussed in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business". We will seek to continue to drive demand and customer spend by providing a targeted, exciting product selection and a differentiated shopping experience, including the following specific strategic initiatives:

      Continuously introduce new and on-trend products to appeal to a wide range of customers and improve the mix of our assortment ("good / better / best" product offering);

      Enhance inventory planning and allocation capabilities to get the right products in the right store at the right time;

      Continue to strengthen our visual merchandising such as vignettes, end caps and feature tables to inspire our customers and generate in-store demand; and

      Grow the At Home brand through marketing and advertising as well as community engagements that target the home décor enthusiast to drive increased traffic to our stores.

            Build the At Home Brand and Create Awareness

                During fiscal year 2015, we launched the At Home brand, which we believe better communicates our positioning as the leading home décor superstore. Additionally, we re-established a marketing function and reinstated marketing spend to highlight our new brand, broad product offering and compelling value proposition. Given the newness and relatively limited awareness of the At Home brand, we believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our brand and build awareness for existing and new markets.

                While we have a net promoter score that is among the highest of our home décor peers, according to Russell Research, At Home has an aided brand awareness in our existing and newly entered markets that is approximately half of many of our specialty and mass merchant competitors. Our low awareness level, coupled with the high loyalty and customer satisfaction we have among existing customers, underscores what we believe is a significant growth opportunity to convert potential new customers into loyal brand enthusiasts.

98


Table of Contents

                To address this opportunity, we intend to allocate our marketing spend across a range of strategic initiatives in order to highlight our differentiated value proposition. We will involve both traditional media platforms and unique, targeted strategies aimed at reaching the home décor enthusiast. Our marketing and brand building efforts will be enhanced by engaging in an ongoing dialogue with our customers through growing social and mobile channels. We believe we have an opportunity to leverage our growing social media and online presence to drive brand excitement and increase store visits within existing and new markets.

                Through our extensive customer research, we have learned that many home décor enthusiasts browse online for ideas, inspiration and general product information before visiting specific stores. We recently upgraded our website to enable our customers to view our product assortment online with robust search functionality and a mobile-friendly website. This enhancement focuses on an inspirational shopping experience that showcases decorating ideas to drive traffic into our stores. We are exploring opportunities to provide various levels of e-commerce capabilities but intend to focus on initiatives that maintain our industry-leading profitability.

                We believe increased brand awareness will not only drive traffic to existing stores, but also strengthen our business as we expand into new markets.

Our Industry

                We compete in the large, growing and highly fragmented home furnishings and décor market. The industry had total sales of approximately $180 billion in 2014 according to Home Furnishings News, and has enjoyed stable growth at an annual rate of approximately 3% per year over the last five years according to Euromonitor. We attribute this growth to the industry's broad consumer appeal, coupled with strong positive tailwinds from a growing housing market, rising property values and home sales and growing disposable incomes. This growth trend is expected to continue, with a forecasted growth rate of approximately 3% over the next four years according to Euromonitor.

                Unlike other big box retail categories (e.g., office supplies, home improvement and electronics) where the top retailers hold a significant share of the overall market, the top three retailers in the home décor and furnishings category make up less than 25% of the market share. We believe we are uniquely positioned in the market, focused on providing the broadest assortment of home décor products at value price points. In addition, the size of our stores enables us to carry a broad offering of fully assembled, larger merchandise, unlike many of our competitors, who are space constrained from providing a similar offering. We believe our focus on a broad assortment at value price points also uniquely positions us for those times when the industry is growing below trend, as it allows us to gain share in a fragmented market while also supporting our customer's passion about, and love for, decorating her home.

                The home furnishings and décor market includes a diverse set of categories and retail formats. However, we believe that we do not have a direct competitor, as no retailer matches our size, scale or scope of the product assortment that we offer at everyday low prices. While we have no direct competitor, certain products that we offer do compete with offerings by companies in the following segments:

    Specialty Home Décor / Organization and Furniture retailers (e.g., Bed Bath & Beyond, The Container Store, Ethan Allen, Havertys, Home Goods, Pier 1 Imports and Williams-Sonoma) have stores that are typically smaller (approximately 10,000 to 30,000 square feet) and we believe their home décor product offering is much narrower than ours and often is priced at a substantial premium.

    Mass / Club retailers (e.g., Costco, Target and Wal-Mart Stores) only dedicate a small portion of their selling spaces to home décor products and focus on the most popular SKUs.

99


Table of Contents

    Arts / Craft / Hobby retailers (e.g., Hobby Lobby, Jo-Ann Stores and Michaels Stores) target customers who prefer to create the product themselves, whereas our customer prefers finished products.

    Discount retailers (e.g., Big Lots, Burlington and Tuesday Morning) have a home décor product offering that is typically limited, offered at deep discounts and often dependent on their ability to purchase close-out or liquidated merchandise from manufacturers.

    Home Improvement retailers (e.g., Home Depot and Lowe's) have a product offering that is primarily focused on home improvement and repair items, although we do compete with them in seasonal and outdoor products.

    Online home décor retailers (e.g., Wayfair) offer a broad selection of products in home furnishings and décor that is typically weighted toward more expensive items (typically $200 to $300 per transaction) that can justify the high shipping, returns and damage costs and overall economics of their model. Conversely, we focus primarily on the attractive decorative accents and accessories portion of the market, generating an average basket of approximately $65, where we can employ our efficient operating model to generate attractive economics. For similar products, we believe we are able to offer comparable breadth of assortment to online retailers. In addition, according to Russell Research, while consumers may browse options online, they strongly value the opportunity to experience the look-and-feel of products in stores before they purchase them.

Our Customer

                We have loyal, enthusiastic and diverse customers who are deeply passionate about, and love to decorate, their homes. In April 2015, we commissioned a third party study from Russell Research to gain additional information about our customers, the results of which are reflected in the below data. Our current demographic consists primarily of women, over 60% of whom are married. They average 46 years of age, while customers under 34 years of age comprise almost 30% of our demographic, representing the fastest growing segment and indicating our cross-generational appeal. Additionally, we appeal to a broad income demographic with approximately 15% of our core customers earning an average annual household income below $50,000, 21% earning $50,000 to $75,000 and 59% earning above $75,000 (with 5% not responding). Regardless of age or income, we focus on customers who are highly engaged in, and spend substantial time and money on, home décor.

                To our customer, her home is a representation of who she is. She has an emotional connection to her home, and decorating is a continuous, ever-evolving process that can be as simple as replacing patio cushions with a new seasonal pattern or as involved as updating the look of a whole room or the entire house. She makes small modifications, such as changing throw pillows or wall decorations, on average six times a year, while our core customer does so on average nine times a year. She views updating her home as a hobby, and we give her the means to do so often and affordably. We are advantageously situated as a value player in the home décor market, with an average price point of less than $15 and where customers typically spend approximately $65 per visit. At these attractive price points, our customer does not feel guilty about frequently buying and replacing home décor items. Additionally, she can update the look of a room or home with just a few items and does not need a new home to justify her purchases.

                Our customer values shopping in an At Home store as an experience through which she can see and feel the quality of the products and physically assemble her desired aesthetic. Approximately 80% of survey respondents had a strong preference for shopping in-store or indicated that they preferred to purchase in-store after browsing online. Our core customer spends an average of more than one hour per visit, often with a friend or family member, and visits an average of seven times per year to check on our continuously updated merchandise. In general, she spends five times more than

100


Table of Contents

the average person on home décor and has a highly favorable opinion of At Home due to its broad product offering at value price points.

                We have an extremely loyal following from our core customers, with two-thirds stating that they had increased their spending in the previous year and 85% indicating that they would be extremely or very likely to shop at our stores again. For shoppers aware of our stores, we received the highest "intent to shop" score among 20 other home décor retailers, driven in large part, by our compelling value proposition. We also have a net promoter score that is among the highest of our home décor peers, further demonstrating our customer loyalty.

Our Merchandise

                We have the largest assortment of home décor products among all big box retailers. With eight main design archetypes, from traditional to country and from vintage to modern, we cover the full spectrum of home décor styles and we believe we have something for everyone. Over the past three years, we have evolved our merchandising strategy to increase our product offering of "better" and "best" level products, resulting in an increase in average basket size.

                Our merchant organization is focused on finding or creating products that meet our customers' aesthetic requirements at attractive price points. A core goal of our buyers is to ensure we deliver our targeted selling margins across our entire product portfolio and, as a result, we enjoy strong gross margins that are consistent across our product offering.

                Our product design process begins with inspiration. We seek to capitalize on existing trends and home décor fashions across various price points and make them accessible rather than drive new trends. We monitor emerging trends through a wide range of home décor industry sources including competitors, media sources, vendors, trade shows, various online outlets and user generated content (e.g., Pinterest and Houzz) to stay current with consumer preferences. We then identify new product opportunities or any gaps in our offering and work closely with our vendors to design products to meet her needs at accessible price points. Our merchandising team also closely monitors our sales trends and new product launches to ensure our store offering remains fresh and relevant.

                We employ an everyday low pricing strategy that offers our customers the best possible pricing without the need for periodic discounts or promotions. When a customer views our prices, she can be confident in the value she receives and does not need to wait for sales or coupons to make purchasing decisions. We believe this results in consistent traffic to our stores. Over 80% of our net sales occur at full price, with the balance attributable to selective markdowns used to clear slow moving inventory or post-dated seasonal product. For the limited set of products that are directly comparable to products offered by other retailers, we seek to offer prices significantly below our specialty competitors and at or below our mass retail competitors. We allow for merchandise to be returned within 60 days from the purchase date.

                Our merchant team consists of approximately 50 people and includes a Chief Merchandising Officer, divisional merchandising managers, buyers, assistant buyers and an inventory planning and allocation team. Our inventory planners work with our buyers to ensure that the appropriate level of inventory for each product is stocked across our store base. We purchase our inventory through a central system that buys for the entire chain versus individual stores. We believe this strategy allows us to take advantage of volume discounts and improves controls over inventory and product mix to ensure that we are disciplined about the level of inventory we carry.

101


Table of Contents

    Product Mix

                Our broad and deep offering includes the following products:

 

Accent furniture

 

Frames

 

Pottery

 

Bar stools

 

Garden decor

 

Rugs and mats

 

Bedding & bath products

 

Halloween decorations

 

Sculptures

 

Beds and mattresses

 

Harvest decorations

 

Silk flowers

 

Candles

 

Home organization

 

Sofas

 

Chairs

 

Kitchenware

 

Stands

 

Christmas decorations

 

Lamps

 

Storage

 

Consumables

 

Mirrors

 

Tables

 

Easter decorations

 

Patio

 

Vases

 

Floor plants and trees

 

Pet items

 

Wall art

 

Food preparation items

 

Pillows and cushions

 

Window treatments

                Home furnishings, which generally consists of accent furniture, furniture, mirrors, patio cushions, rugs and wall art, comprised approximately 41%, 44%, 47% and 48% of total net sales for fiscal years 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. In addition, accent décor, which generally consists of artificial flowers and trees, bedding, candles, garden and outdoor décor, holiday accessories, home organization, pillows, pottery, vases and window treatments, comprised approximately 50%, 49%, 49% and 49% of total net sales for fiscal years 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Our superstore format and unique approach to merchandising result in our ability to offer multiple styles, colors and design elements most other retailers are unable to carry. As an example, in patio cushions, we offer 20 different shapes, in over 60 distinct patterns and maintain a stock of approximately 20 units per SKU, so our customer can benefit from the widest selection and complete her shopping at a single store. According to Russell Research, we out-assort our competitors for most products by up to 15 times, and in certain cases up to 30 times. For example, we carry more SKUs relative to our competition by 4 to 16 times across patio cushions, rugs, pillows, mirrors and bar stools, on average. Further, the size of our stores allow us to dedicate more space than our next largest competitor studied by approximately 27 times in patio cushions, 8 times in rugs, 4 times in pillows and 2 times in bar stools. In addition to offering the widest assortment of products, we offer everyday low pricing that can be up to 60% lower for similar products.

Sourcing

                We believe our sourcing model provides us with significant flexibility to control our product costs. We work very closely with over 500 vendors to value engineer products at price points that deliver excellent value to our customers. In fiscal year 2016, approximately 40% of our merchandise was purchased from domestic vendors and 60% was imported from foreign countries such as China, Hong Kong, Belgium and Taiwan. Lead times vary depending on the product, ranging from one week to nine months. We plan to establish an overseas sourcing office in the future. However, to date we have not yet taken any significant steps in connection with such plan. An overseas office would allow us to continue to increase our direct purchases from overseas factories in Asia, rather than purchasing through domestic agents or trading companies. We believe this represents an opportunity to increase our access to unique and quality products.

                We seek to build long-term relationships with our vendor partners, who can provide support for our various marketing and in-store merchandising initiatives. However, we believe we are not dependent on any one vendor and have no long-term purchase commitments or arrangements. For many of our vendors, we are their fastest growing and, sometimes, largest account, which promotes collaboration between our companies. In fiscal year 2016, our top ten vendors accounted for approximately 25% of total purchases, with our largest vendor representing less than 5%. We believe our vendor partner relationships will continue to support our business growth.

102


Table of Contents

Our Stores

                We currently operate 115 stores across the United States, of which 97 are leased and 18 are owned locations. Our stores are generally anchor, stand-alone or mall-enclosed locations. A summary of our store locations by market is below:

Market
  Store Count  
Market
  Store Count  

Dallas/Fort Worth, TX

    8  

Erie, PA

    1  

Houston, TX

    6  

Grand Rapids, MI

    1  

Atlanta, GA

    6  

Greeley, CO

    1  

Phoenix, AZ

    4  

Greensboro, NC

    1  

Salt Lake City, UT

    4  

Greenville/Spartanburg, SC

    1  

San Antonio, TX

    4  

Hattiesburg, MS

    1  

St. Louis, MO/O'Fallon, IL

    4  

Huntsville, AL

    1  

Austin, TX

    3  

Jacksonville, FL

    1  

Detroit, MI

    3  

Jackson, MS

    1  

Indianapolis, IN

    3  

Kalamazoo, MI

    1  

Kansas City, KS/Kansas City, MO

    3  

Knoxville, TN

    1  

Birmingham, AL

    2  

Lexington-Fayette, KY

    1  

Charlotte, NC

    2  

Little Rock, AR

    1  

Chicago, IL

    2  

Louisville, KY

    1  

Cincinnati, OH

    2  

Lubbock, TX

    1  

Columbus, OH

    2  

Macon, GA

    1  

Memphis, TN

    2  

Manassas, VA

    1  

Minneapolis/St. Paul, MN

    2  

McAllen, TX

    1  

Nashville, TN

    2  

Norfolk, VA

    1  

New Orleans, LA

    2  

Omaha, NE

    1  

Oklahoma City, OK

    2  

Pittsburgh, PA

    1  

Orlando, FL

    2  

Prescott, AZ

    1  

Raleigh/Durham, NC

    2  

Rapid City, SD

    1  

Richmond, VA

    2  

Springfield, MO

    1  

Albuquerque, NM

    1  

Toledo, OH

    1  

Biloxi-Gulfport, MS

    1  

Tulsa, OK

    1  

Charleston, SC

    1  

Tyler, TX

    1  

Chattanooga, TN

    1  

Waterloo, IA

    1  

Cleveland, OH

    1  

Wauwatosa, WI

    1  

Colorado Springs, CO

    1  

Wichita, KS

    1  

Corpus Christi, TX

    1  

Wichita Falls, TX

    1  

Denver, CO

    1  

York, PA

    1  

Des Moines, IA

    1  


   
 
 

       

Total

    115  

    Store Layout

                Our stores vary in size between 80,000 and 200,000 square feet with an average of approximately 120,000 square feet. Our locations have a similar store layout that is specifically designed to engage our customers. We design our stores as shoppable warehouses with wide aisles, an interior race track and clear signage that enable customers to easily navigate the store. We also have store maps available at the entrances for our customer to use while she shops. Throughout our stores, we merchandise products logically by color, design and size in order to appeal to our core shopper's buying preferences and use feature tables and end caps to create continuous visual interest and to highlight value. Additionally, we utilize product vignettes that offer design inspiration and coordinated product ideas to our customers. Our large store format allows us to maintain high in-stock positions and sell

103


Table of Contents

larger-sized and fully assembled products. To make her shopping experience easier and support our efficient operating model, we install fixture shelves lower to the ground so that products are easily reachable and require minimal staff assistance. We also utilize special fixtures for our products such as wall art, mirrors and rugs to allow easy viewing, improved shopability and minimized product damage. We have a centralized checkout lane with multiple registers that makes the checkout process simple and efficient.

                To enhance our customer's self-help shopping experience in connection with our larger-sized products, we offer her the opportunity to engage Select Express, a third party delivery service, to provide home delivery. Through this service, she is able to interface directly with the provider to schedule a convenient delivery time. Deliveries typically occur within 48 hours, but next-day service is also available. Select Express has experience nationwide with many major retailers. Nonetheless, deliveries from our stores follow completion of the sales transaction with our customer, thus minimizing any exposure we might have in connection with the delivery.

    Store Operations

                We centralize major decisions relating to merchandising, inventory and pricing in order to allow our in-store team to focus on creating a clean and organized shopping environment. Our stores are typically led by a store director, two assistant managers and have a general staff averaging 25 employees. Store employees are broadly split into two functional groups, customer service and operations, thereby allowing us to maximize efficiencies while aligning employees to the function that best suits their skills. Our proprietary labor model optimizes staffing levels based on hourly sales and traffic volumes. Additionally, employees utilize downtime to stock shelves and displays with new inventory. This model provides us with the flexibility to meet various seasonal demands while enabling consistent labor margins throughout the year. Overall store supervision is managed by our Director of Store Operations and ten district managers.

                Our employees are a critical component of our success and we are focused on attracting, retaining and promoting the best talent in our stores. We recognize and reward team members who meet our high performance standards. Store directors are able to participate in an unlimited bonus incentive program based primarily on exceeding store level sales targets. We also recognize individual performance through internal promotions and provide opportunities for advancement throughout our organization. We provide training for all new hires and ongoing training for existing employees.

                Our stores are typically open seven days a week across the chain with regular hours of 9 a.m. to 10 p.m. Monday through Saturday and 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. on Sunday.

Real Estate Strategy

    Expansion Opportunities

                Our retail concept has been successful across a number of geographic markets spanning populations of 150,000 to over five million people. Our stores that have been open for more than twelve months as of April 30, 2016 perform consistently across small, mid-level and large markets and generated average annual Store-level Adjusted EBITDA of approximately $1.7 million to $2.0 million and average net sales of approximately $6.0 million to $7.0 million across these markets. Over the past four fiscal years, we have successfully opened 53 new stores, of which 32 are in new markets. Our recent store growth is summarized in the following table:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended   Thirteen
Weeks Ended
 
 
  January 26, 2013   January 25, 2014   January 31, 2015   January 30, 2016   April 30, 2016  

Beginning of period

    51     58     68     81     100  

Openings

    7     10     16     20     6  

Relocations

            (2 )        

Closures

            (1 )   (1 )    

Total stores at end of period

    58     68     81     100     106  

104


Table of Contents

                We believe we have the whitespace to open at least 22 new stores per year for the foreseeable future. During fiscal year 2016, we opened 20 new stores. During fiscal year 2017, we plan to open 22 new stores, net of one relocated store, of which 15 are already open and the remaining are under construction or have signed letters of intent. Based on our internal analysis and research conducted for us by Buxton, we believe that we have the potential to expand to at least 600 stores in the United States over the long term, or more than five times our current footprint of 115 stores. The rate of future growth in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach this potential. In addition, due in part to our investments, our systems, processes and controls should be able to support up to approximately 220 stores with limited incremental investment. We expect to continue to be disciplined in our approach to opening new stores, focusing primarily on expanding our presence in existing markets while selectively entering adjacent geographies. We also plan to act on compelling opportunities we identify in new markets.

                Our store growth is supported by new store economics that we believe are compelling. Our new stores generate an average of $5 million of net sales and over $1 million of Store-level Adjusted EBITDA within the first full year of operations and reach maturity within the first six months. The average investment varies by the type of site and whether the store is leased, purchased or built from the ground up. Each store requires net investment on average of $2 to $3 million. Based on our model and historical results, we expect our new stores to pay back the initial investment within two years.

    Site Selection and Availability

                We have developed a highly analytical approach to real estate site selection with a stringent new store approval process. Our dedicated real estate team spends considerable time evaluating prospective sites before submitting a comprehensive approval package to our real estate committee, comprised of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Development Officer. We target markets that meet our specific demographic and site evaluation criteria and complete substantial research before opening a new site. We use a proprietary model which takes into account several demand factors including population density of our target customer, median household income, home ownership rates, retail adjacencies, competitor presence and local economic growth metrics. Primary site evaluation criteria include availability of attractive lease terms, sufficient box size, co-tenancy, convenient parking, traffic patterns, visibility and access from major roadways. We typically favor locations near other big box retailers that drive strong customer traffic to the area.

                We believe there will continue to be an ample supply of large format real estate in the United States that is attractive to us, driven by multi-chain, national retailers relocating or closing stores, a number of retailers shifting to smaller locations and the relative lack of new retail concepts using larger store formats. We believe we are one of the only growing, large format retailers in the country. As a result, we have become a direct beneficiary of this available real estate and of various retailers looking to quickly shed stores. We typically offer a convenient solution to any selling or leasing party as we are able to take a wide variety of boxes, move quickly and require little investment in time, resources or capital on their part. We take a disciplined approach to how we enter and build out our presence in markets and seek to optimize sales in a deliberate, carefully planned manner. In order to act quickly on new opportunities, we have scored over 20,000 big box retail locations in the United States with a proprietary site selection model. As a result of our proven track record, we have developed strong relationships with brokers, landlords and big box retailers and are often the first to receive a call when locations become available.

105


Table of Contents

    Site Development and Financing

                We have a flexible and balanced approach to site development that allows us to optimize the investment characteristics of each new store and maintain our robust new store pipeline. We can lease a second generation property, purchase a second generation building or build a new location from the ground up.

    2 nd  Generation Lease   2 nd  Generation Purchase   New Development Build
Description :   Lease with a third party landlord   Purchase of property (including building) from a big box retailer or a landlord   Purchase or ground lease of land and a ground up build
Total new stores opened
(FY14, FY15 and FY16):
  26   14   6
Estimated gross capital expenditure required :  

$1 - $3 million

 

$4 - $6 million

Sale-leaseback transactions used to recoup real property investment

 

$9 - $11 million

Sale-leaseback transactions used to recoup real property investment

Timing :   5 - 9 months   5 - 9 months   10 - 18 months
Benefit to At Home:   Lowest upfront costs   Provides better access to real estate and ability to offer complete solution to retailer   Best used in markets where At Home is well known, or for relocations

 

 


 


 

Provides optimal store location and layout
     

                For purchased or new development builds, we can extract capital using sale-leasebacks through a proven and disciplined approach. We have relationships with a number of the major publicly traded REITs, many of which have demonstrated interest in our portfolio of assets. We have completed four sale-leaseback transactions generating approximately $125 million in proceeds in the past three years at a capitalization rate between 6.46% and 6.99%.

                We have developed an efficient process from site selection through new store opening. Second generation locations can be identified in less than 14 days, and we can close on the property within 30 days and open the store in as little as five months. Our three pronged approach to site development allows us to negotiate very favorable real estate terms that typically include low occupancy costs, the ability to unilaterally "opt out" of leased locations, and other features that provide us with flexibility to manage our store portfolio.

Marketing

                Our marketing and advertising strategies seek to effectively and efficiently communicate our compelling value proposition to an increasing base of home décor enthusiasts. Our goal is to develop a continuous dialogue with our core customers, while attracting new customers by building a distinctive connection to the At Home brand. We reinvigorated our marketing efforts, increasing spend from nearly zero in fiscal year 2013 to 2.0% of net sales in each of fiscal years 2015 and 2016, and we intend to increase our marketing spend to approximately 3.0% of net sales for fiscal 2017. We also hired a new Chief Marketing Officer in January 2015 to establish and implement our marketing strategy.

                The home décor enthusiast views her home as a place that is constantly evolving with each season as well as everyday events in her life. We connect with her on an ongoing basis by inspiring her with all of the ways she can refresh her home with our wide range of décor styles for any room, in any style, for any budget. We engage with her across various marketing channels before, during and after

106


Table of Contents

her store visit. We have increased our focus in social media building relationships with home décor influencers as well as facilitating the sharing of home décor ideas through user generated content strategies leveraging Pinterest, Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and various blogs. We use weekly email marketing to inspire her with seasonally relevant décor, and will be growing the reach of these efforts as we focus on significantly building our customer database (currently over 1.6 million households) by rolling out in-store email capture. We are also evaluating other marketing opportunities such as the possibility of launching a loyalty program for our shoppers, or making available a co-branded or private label consumer credit card offering through a third-party financial services provider.

                We also use traditional media platforms (outdoor, radio and online advertising) to build broader brand awareness in markets where we can achieve the highest impact. To launch our brand during new store openings, we have evolved our strategy through tactical testing to get to an effective and cost efficient mix of radio, outdoor, social, digital, public relations and events. Additionally, we leverage this same media mix in select markets to drive traffic during the key summer season with our outdoor product offering and during the important holiday season with our broad holiday décor assortments.

                Through our customer research, we have learned that many home décor enthusiasts browse online for ideas, inspiration and general product information before visiting specific stores. We recently upgraded our website to enable our customers to view our product assortment online with a robust search functionality and mobile friendly website focused on an inspirational shopping experience that showcases decorating ideas with our broad product assortment to drive traffic into our stores. We are exploring opportunities to provide various levels of e-commerce capabilities but will focus on strategies that maintain our industry-leading profitability.

                We believe that effective marketing will continue to grow our awareness which will drive brand excitement, increase our customer engagement leading to increased store visits and sales.

Distribution

                We operate a 541,000 square foot distribution center in Plano, Texas, which also serves as our corporate headquarters. We also have an additional 356,000 square feet of warehouse premises in Garland, Texas, for initial inventory build-up for new store openings. We upgraded the distribution center over the past three years and it should be able to support up to approximately 220 stores with limited incremental investment. We have also invested over $9 million in automating our facility, implementing warehouse management software and robotics to efficiently handle daily product deliveries. This automation will continue to support our needs as we expand our store base.

                The majority of our products are shipped directly to our distribution center, which serves as a cross-dock facility, storing very limited inventory on site. In order to streamline store operations and reduce labor requirements, all of the merchandise in our distribution center is prepared for the sales floor prior to transport. Vendors pre-ticket items with the appropriate price tags. Products are sorted onto pallets by zone such that they can be easily loaded onto trucks and then unloaded and placed directly in the sales zone with minimal back room storage. Our automated systems arrange shipments in trucks in the most logical manner to expedite unloading and delivery. This approach to distribution supports our efficient store operating model.

                Real-time product replenishment in stores ensures that our customers have the broadest selection available and that we do not carry extra inventory. We generally ship merchandise to our stores between one and five times a week, depending on the season and the volume of a specific store, utilizing contract carriers for all shipments.

107


Table of Contents

Information Systems

                We believe that our management information systems will support our growth and enhance our competitive position. Our efficient operating model is supported by using industry standard applications in the areas of merchandising, store systems, replenishment, distribution and financial systems. We use a combination of these industry standard systems along with automated and easy to use proprietary systems to support all areas of our business. Over the past three years, we have invested more than $16 million in IT systems and infrastructure, including investments in merchandising (JDA), POS systems (IBM/Toshiba), distribution center (PKMS) and finance and accounting (SAP) to ensure our systems are robust and scalable. Additionally, over the past three years we have quadrupled the number of IT team members to provide appropriate support and project delivery capabilities needed for the growth of the Company.

Employees

                As of April 30, 2016, we employed approximately 2,941 employees, including 2,708 store employees and 233 other employees across the corporate and distribution center functions. Of the 2,708 store employees, 330 were full-time salaried level staff and the remaining employees consisted of a mix of full-time and part-time hourly workers. All of our full-time employees earn a minimum wage of $10.00 per hour and all of our part-time employees earn a minimum wage of $9.00 per hour. Based on the level of transactions experienced at different times of the day, week and year, store labor is planned to serve customers effectively during peak periods while minimizing overall labor costs. None of our employees are currently covered under any collective bargaining agreements.

Intellectual Property

                We own a U.S. trademark registration for the trademark "at home" and design, which was registered by the United States Patent & Trademark Office on July 7, 2015 for a ten-year term and is renewable every ten years thereafter. We also own the domain name athome.com and a number of other registered trademarks, pending trademark applications and domain names that we use in our business. Collectively, we consider our trademarks and domain names to be important assets of our operations and seek to actively monitor and protect our interest in this property.

Government Regulation

                We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing truth-in-advertising, privacy laws, environmental laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers and govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.

Legal Proceedings

                We are subject to various litigations, claims and other proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. We believe these actions are routine and incidental to the business. While the outcome of these actions cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe that any will have a material adverse impact on our business.

108


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

                The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of June 30, 2016. With respect to our directors, each biography contains information regarding the person's service as a director, business experience, director positions held currently or at any time during the past five years, information regarding involvement in certain legal or administrative proceedings, and the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused our board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director of our Company.

Name
  Age   Position

Executive Officers

       

Lewis L. Bird III

  52   Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Judd T. Nystrom

  43   Chief Financial Officer

Alissa M. Ahlman

  45   Chief Merchandising Officer

Mary Jane Broussard

  56   General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Peter S.G. Corsa

  47   Chief Stores Officer

Valerie L. Davisson

  54   Chief People Officer

Norman E. McLeod

  53   Chief Development Officer

Jennifer S. Warren

  42   Chief Marketing Officer

Non-Employee Directors

       

Martin C. Eltrich, III

  44   Chairman of the Board

Brian R. Hoesterey

  48   Director

Geoffrey G. Clark

  43   Director

Allen I. Questrom

  76   Director

Wendy A. Beck

  51   Director

Larry D. Stone

  64   Director

Philip L. Francis

  69   Director

                 Lewis L. Bird III has served as our Chief Executive Officer since December 2012 and as President since September 2015. Before joining the Company, Mr. Bird held a variety of leadership positions, most recently serving as Managing Director of The Gores Group from March 2011 to November 2012, a global private equity firm that specializes in acquiring and partnering with mature and growing businesses. Prior to this, Mr. Bird served as President of Nike Affiliates for Nike Inc. from 2006 to 2009, Chief Operating Officer of Gap from 2003 to 2006, Chief Financial Officer of Old Navy from 2001 to 2003. In addition, he was Vice President of Finance & Operations for Gateway, Inc. from 1999 to 2001; Senior Director of Corporate Finance for AlliedSignal, Inc. from 1998 to 1999, and Director of Finance & Business Management at AlliedSignal Engines from 1996 to 1998. He has also held various senior financial and strategic positions for Ford Motor Company, and served as Assistant Vice President & Commercial Loan Officer for BayBanks, Inc. Mr. Bird received his Master of Business Administration from Olin Graduate School of Business at Babson College and his bachelor's degree from Ithaca College. Mr. Bird was selected to our board of directors because of the perspective, experience and operational expertise in our business that he has developed as our Chief Executive Officer.

                 Judd T. Nystrom has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2013. Prior to joining us, he held several leadership roles in finance from February 2008 to February 2013, most recently as Senior Vice President, Finance for Advance Auto Parts, where he was responsible for planning and performance management, identifying opportunities to grow the business and improve profitability, corporate procurement and investor relations. Prior to Advance Auto Parts, Mr. Nystrom was with Best Buy from July 2002 to February 2008, where he served in escalating responsibilities, most recently as the Senior Director, Finance for U.S. Retail Channels and Retail Support, which included Best Buy

109


Table of Contents

stores, BestBuy.com, Operations and Real Estate. Mr. Nystrom also held various financial positions at Carlson Companies from December 1995 to June 2002, most recently serving as Director of Accounting & Reporting. Mr. Nystrom received his bachelor's degree in Accounting from the University of Minnesota Carlson School of Management, has attended Executive Leadership Programs at the Carlson School of Management and University of Chicago, and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive), Certified Management Accountant, and Certified in Financial Management.

                 Alissa M. Ahlman has served as our Chief Merchandising Officer since April 2015. Ms. Ahlman joined the Company in March 2008 as Director of Merchandise Planning; she was promoted to Divisional Merchandising Manager in April 2009; then to Vice President and Divisional Merchandising Manager in April 2010; and then to Vice President and Co-General Merchandising Manager in June 2013 before assuming her current role. Before joining us, Ms. Ahlman was with 99¢ Only Stores from January 2005 to March 2008, most recently serving as Vice President of Planning & Allocation, but held the positions of Divisional Merchandise Manager, Director of Re-orderables, Consumer Insights & Category Management, as well as Director of Financial Planning & Analysis. Prior to this, Ms. Ahlman served as Director of Financial Planning & Analysis for Factory 2-U Stores from June 2000 to December 2004. Ms. Ahlman attended San Diego State University, majoring in Finance.

                 Mary Jane Broussard has served as our General Counsel since March 2014 and our Corporate Secretary since September 2015. Prior to that role, she served as our Vice President, Legal Counsel since June 2013. Prior to joining us, Ms. Broussard was a partner with Brown McCarroll, L.L.P. from 1993 to 2013, a regional law firm based in Dallas. Prior to her legal career, Ms. Broussard was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm from 1982 to 1984. Ms. Broussard received both her Juris Doctorate and Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of Texas at Austin.

                 Peter S. G. Corsa has served as our Chief Stores Officer since March 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Corsa served as Vice President of KSL Resorts from January 2011 to April 2013, which operates luxury resorts throughout the United States. Before this, he served as Executive Vice President of Retail for Stuart Weitzman from January 2006 to February 2011. In addition, he served as Senior Director of Store Operations for Gap from 2004 to 2006, Senior Director of Loss Prevention for Old Navy from 2002 to 2003, and Director of Store Operations for Old Navy from 1999 to 2002. Mr. Corsa received his Master of Business Administration from St. Mary's College of California and his Bachelor's degree in Political Science from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

                 Valerie L. Davisson has served as our Chief People Officer since April 2013. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Davisson served as Executive Vice President of Brinker International from June 2005, adding the title of Chief PeopleWorks Officer in June 2007 and serving in that role until January 2013, where she led human resources and IT for more than 800 company owned restaurants. Prior positions with Brinker included Senior Vice President. Prior to joining Brinker in June 2004, Ms. Davisson held various positions from December 1998 to June 2004 with Yum! Brands, Inc., including Vice President of Human Resources, Vice President of Field Operations for Kentucky Fried Chicken, Senior Director of Global Staffing for Yum! Brands, Inc. and Director of Field Human Resources for Pizza Hut. She received her Bachelor's degree in Government from Southern Illinois University and earned a Master in Human Resource Management from Washington University in St. Louis.

                 Norman E. McLeod has served as our Chief Development Officer since October 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. McLeod most recently served as Vice President of Development and Real Estate for FedEx Office, a subsidiary of FedEx Corporation, from March 2004 to October 2013. In this role he was responsible for 1,900 U.S. and international stores, including lease administration, renewals, remodels, relocations and repair/maintenance. Prior to this, Mr. McLeod was with YUM! Brands, Inc.

110


Table of Contents

from May 1992 to March 2004, most recently serving as Director of Development. In addition to this role, he also served as National Director of Construction, Franchise Development Director, Market Planning, Director of Special Projects and Equipment, and Development Manager. Prior to these roles, Mr. McLeod served as Director of Construction for Turnkey Construction Company from May 1991 to May 1992, and as a Staff Engineer and Project Manager for Mobil Oil Corporation from August 1986 to May 1991. Mr. McLeod received his Bachelor's degree in Civil Engineering from Texas Tech University.

                 Jennifer S. Warren has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since January 2015. Prior to joining us, Ms. Warren served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer at Radio Shack from May 2013 to January 2015. Prior to RadioShack, Jennifer held roles building Fortune 500 brands at Razorfish from March 2012 to April 2013 and GSD&M from January 2000 to March 2012. Ms. Warren has a Bachelor's degree in marketing from Lamar University.

                 Martin C. Eltrich, III has served as Chairman of our board of directors since October 2011. Mr. Eltrich is a Partner with AEA, which he joined in June 2001, and leads the consumer/retail investment practice. He currently serves on the board of directors of 1-800 Contacts, 24 Hour Fitness, ThreeSixty Group and Brand Networks LLC. Prior to AEA's exit from the investment, Mr. Eltrich also sat on the boards of Acosta, Inc., Burt's Bees, Inc., Cogent HMG, Henry Company, Intermedia Advertising Group, Shoes for Crews and Tampico Beverages. Before joining AEA, Mr. Eltrich was an investment banker covering the consumer products industry at Greenhill & Co. in New York, joining that firm at its inception in 1996. Prior to Greenhill & Co., Mr. Eltrich was an investment banker in the Consumer Group at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Eltrich received his Bachelor of Science in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Eltrich was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in corporate finance, strategic planning and investments.

                 Brian R. Hoesterey has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2011. Mr. Hoesterey is a Partner with AEA, which he joined in 1999, where he focuses on investments in the specialty chemicals and value-added industrial products sectors. Prior to joining AEA, Mr. Hoesterey was with BT Capital Partners, the private equity investment vehicle of Bankers Trust. Mr. Hoesterey has also previously worked for McKinsey & Co. and the investment banking division of Morgan Stanley. Mr. Hoesterey is currently a director of GMS, Evoqua and Swanson Industries. Mr. Hoesterey was previously on the board of CPG International, Houghton, SRS, Henry Company, Unifrax, Pregis and Noveon. Mr. Hoesterey currently serves on the Oversight Committee for Patagonia Sur, a for-profit venture that invests in, protects and enhances scenically remarkable and ecologically valuable properties in Chilean Patagonia. Mr. Hoesterey received a Bachelor of Business Administration in accounting, summa cum laude, from Texas Christian University and received a Master of Business Administration with honors from the Harvard Business School. Mr. Hoesterey was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in corporate finance, strategic planning and investments.

                 Geoffrey G. Clark has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2012. Mr. Clark is Senior Managing Director of Starr Investment Holdings and a Director of C.V. Starr & Co., which he joined in 2007. Prior to joining Starr, Mr. Clark was a Partner and Managing Director of Goldman, Sachs & Co. where he joined in 1994, and served as the co-head of the Private Equity Group. Mr. Clark graduated as a Leslie Wong Fellow with a Bachelor of Commerce in Finance from the University of British Columbia, and is a Chartered Financial Analyst. Mr. Clark was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in corporate finance, strategic planning and investments.

                 Allen I. Questrom has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2012. Mr. Questrom was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Neiman Marcus, Inc. from 1988 to 1990. He was Chairman and CEO of Federated Department Stores, Inc. (now Macy's) from February 1990 to

111


Table of Contents

May 1997. He served on the board of Barneys New York, Inc. beginning in January 1999 and as President and Chief Executive Officer from May 1999 until September 2000 and as Chairman of the Board from May 1999 until January 2001. From 2000 through December 2004, he was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of J.C. Penney Company, Inc. Mr. Questrom is a Trustee of Boston University. He has been a Senior Advisor for Lee Equity Partners since 2006 and is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Glazer's Family of Companies, The Men's Wearhouse, Inc., InterlLuxe and on the Board of Advisors of the Robin Report, providing insight into consumer product industries. Until June 2014, Mr. Questrom was a member of the board of directors of Sotheby's; until 2013, a member of the board of directors of Foot Locker, Inc.; and until 2010, a member of the board of directors of Walmart Stores, Inc. and was non-executive chairman of Deb Shops, Inc. Mr. Questrom graduated from Boston University with a Bachelor of Science degree in Finance and Marketing. Mr. Questrom was selected to our board of directors because he brings particular knowledge and experience in operating and leading retail companies.

                 Wendy A. Beck has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2014. She currently serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Norwegian Cruise Line Holdings, Inc. Prior to this role, Ms. Beck served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Domino's Pizza, Inc. from May 2008 to September 2010. Prior to that, she served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Whataburger Restaurants, LP from May 2004 through April 2008 and served as their Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer from August 2001 through April 2004. Ms. Beck was also employed at Checkers Drive-In Restaurants, Inc. from 1993 through July 2001, serving as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from 2000 through July 2001. Ms. Beck previously sat on the board of directors and audit committee for Spartan Stores, Inc. She holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from the University of South Florida and is a Florida Certified Public Accountant. Ms. Beck was selected to our board of directors because she possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance, strategic planning and leadership of other major corporations.

                 Larry D. Stone has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2014. Mr. Stone served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Lowe's Companies Inc. from December 2006 until his retirement in June 2011, and before that as Senior Executive Vice President, Merchandising/Marketing of Lowe's Companies, Inc. since 2005. Mr. Stone served as Senior Executive Vice President, Store Operations for Lowe's Companies from 2003 to 2005, and as Executive Vice President, Store Operations from 2001 to 2003. Mr. Stone has served on the Board for Novant Health System, Inc., a not-for-profit integrated system of healthcare, since 2011 and currently serves as Vice Chairman of the Board. Mr. Stone has also served on the Board of Directors for Dick's Sporting Goods, Inc. since 2007 and he is the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Stone is a graduate of the Harvard Business School's Program for Management Development. Mr. Stone was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in strategic planning and leadership of other major corporations.

                 Philip L. Francis has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2015. He most recently served as Chairman of PetSmart, Inc. from 2009 to 2012 and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from 2001 to 2009. Mr. Francis currently serves on the boards of Supervalu, Inc. and Pharmaca Integrative Pharmacy. He also served on the boards of PetSmart, Inc. from 1989 to 2013, Cardinal Health, Inc. from 2006 to 2009 and CareFusion Inc. from 2009 to March 2015. Mr. Francis received his Master of Business Administration from Indiana University in Marketing and Management and his Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Science from University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Mr. Francis was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in strategic planning and leadership of other major corporations.

112


Table of Contents

Board Composition

                Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors. Currently, each director is elected for a one-year term and serves until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation or removal. There are no family relationships between any of our directors or executive officers. Our executive officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

                Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

                In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

      the Class I directors will be Mr. Bird and Mr. Questrom, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017;

      the Class II directors will be Ms. Beck, Mr. Francis and Mr. Stone, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018; and

      the Class III directors will be Mr. Clark, Mr. Eltrich and Mr. Hoesterey, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019.

                The classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our Company. We expect that additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors, if any, will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

                Under the stockholders' agreement that we have entered into with certain funds affiliated with the Sponsors in connection with this offering, the Sponsors will have certain rights to nominate individuals for election to our board, subject to the maintenance of specified ownership requirements. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders' Agreement".

Leadership Structure of the Board of Directors

                Our board of directors currently separates the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. These positions are currently held by Lewis L. Bird III, as our Chief Executive Officer, and Martin C. Eltrich, III, as the Chairman. We believe this leadership structure is appropriate for our Company due to the differences between the two roles. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for setting our strategic direction, providing day-to-day leadership and managing our business, while the Chairman of the Board provides guidance to the Chief Executive Officer, chairs board meetings, sets the agendas for meetings of our board of directors as well as provides information to the members of our board of directors in advance of such meetings. In addition, separating the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board allows the Chairman to provide oversight of our management.

Director Independence and Controlled Company Exception

                Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Messrs. Questrom, Stone and Francis and Ms. Beck are independent directors under the rules of the NYSE and independent directors as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. Mr. Bird, our Chief Executive Officer, is not independent because of his position as an executive officer. Our remaining directors are not independent because of their affiliations with the Sponsors, which indirectly hold more than 50% of

113


Table of Contents

our common stock: Messrs. Eltrich (compensation committee) and Hoesterey (compensation committee) are representatives of AEA and Mr. Clark (compensation committee) is a representative of Starr Investments.

                After completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we expect to be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under these rules, a "controlled company" may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including:

      the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors;

      the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;

      the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

      the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee.

                Following this offering, we intend to utilize certain of these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering—We are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, will qualify for, and may rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements."

Committees of the Board of Directors

                Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the following three committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. From time to time, our board of directors has established and may contemplate establishing other committees.

                Audit Committee.     The members of the audit committee are Ms. Beck, as Chair, and Messrs. Francis and Stone. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act requires us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our common stock, a majority of independent directors on our audit committee within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors within one year of the date of this prospectus. Ms. Beck qualifies as our "audit committee financial expert" within the meaning of regulations adopted by the SEC. The audit committee recommends the annual appointment and reviews independence of auditors and reviews the scope of audit and non-audit assignments and related fees, the results of the annual audit, accounting principles used in financial reporting, internal auditing procedures, the adequacy of our internal control procedures, related party transactions, and investigations into matters related to audit functions. The audit committee is also responsible for overseeing risk management on behalf of our board of directors. See "—Risk Oversight."

                Compensation Committee.     The members of the compensation committee are Mr. Eltrich, as Chairman, and Messrs. Clark, Hoesterey and Stone. The principal responsibilities of the compensation committee are to review and approve matters involving executive and director compensation, recommend changes in employee benefit programs, authorize equity and other incentive arrangements, and authorize our Company to enter into employment and other employee related agreements.

114


Table of Contents

                 Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Upon the consummation of this offering, the members of the nominating and corporate governance committee will be Mr. Eltrich, as Chairman, and Messrs. Clark and Stone. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists our board of directors in identifying individuals qualified to become board members, makes recommendations for nominees for committees and develops, recommends to the board of directors and reviews our corporate governance principles.

Risk Oversight

                Our board of directors administers its risk oversight function primarily through the audit committee. To that end, our audit committee meets at least quarterly with our Chief Financial Officer and our independent auditors where it receives regular updates regarding our management's assessment of risk exposures including liquidity, credit and operational risks and the process in place to monitor such risks and review results of operations, financial reporting and assessments of internal controls over financial reporting. Our board of directors believes that its administration of risk management has not affected the board's leadership structure, as described above.

Code of Ethics

                We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to all of our directors, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) and employees, known as the Code of Business Conduct & Ethics. The Code of Business Conduct & Ethics will be available on our website at www.athome.com under Investor Relations. In the event that we amend or waive certain provisions of the Code of Business Conduct & Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer that requires disclosure under applicable SEC rules, we intend to disclose the same on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

                None of our executive officers serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. No interlocking relationship exists between any member of our compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) and any executive, member of the board of directors or member of the compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) and of any other company.

115


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

                The following table sets forth the portion of compensation paid to the named executive officers that is attributable to services performed during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, with a focus on our executive compensation program relating to the following individuals: Lewis L. Bird III, Judd T. Nystrom, Peter S.G. Corsa and, for fiscal year 2016, Jennifer S. Warren (our "named executive officers").

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal
Position
  Year   Salary
($)(1)
  Bonus
($)(2)
  Option
Awards
($)(3)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total ($)  

Lewis L. Bird III

    2016   $ 607,692           $ 762,065   $ 12,534   $ 1,382,291  

Chief Executive Officer

    2015     560,577             778,700     1,196,409     2,535,686  

Judd T. Nystrom

   
2016
   
353,846
   
   
   
240,479
   
16,692
   
611,017
 

Chief Financial Officer

    2015     331,250         266,048     233,610     60,544     891,452  

Peter S.G. Corsa

   
2016
   
334,615
   
   
   
228,620
   
17,295
   
580,530
 

Chief Stores Officer

    2015     331,250     100,000     266,048     233,610     5,190     936,098  

Jennifer S. Warren

   
2016
   
315,000
   
100,000
   
653,531
   
215,838
   
51,804
   
1,336,173
 

Chief Marketing Officer

                                           

(1)
The amounts included in the "Salary" column are based on a 53 week fiscal year for fiscal year 2015.

(2)
For fiscal year 2015, the amount included in the "Bonus" column for Mr. Corsa consists of a bonus of $100,000 paid to Mr. Corsa pursuant to the CSO Agreement (described below in "Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Employment Agreements—Chief Stores Officer (P. Corsa)") on February 1, 2014 for his continued employment through such date. For fiscal year 2016, the amount included in the "Bonus" column for Ms. Warren consists of a bonus of $100,000 paid to Ms. Warren pursuant to the CMO Offer Letter (as defined below in "Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Employment Agreements—Chief Marketing Officer (J. Warren)") on May 1, 2015.

(3)
The amounts included in the "Option Awards" column represent the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 11—Stock-Based Compensation of our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(4)
The amounts included in the "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" column reflect the named executive officers' annual performance bonuses earned in respect of fiscal years 2015 and 2016, which were based on performance targets for such fiscal years as described below in "Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Performance Based Cash Incentives" and were paid following the end of fiscal year 2015 on April 17, 2015 and fiscal year 2016 on April 15, 2016.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Elements of Compensation

                In fiscal years 2015 and 2016 we compensated our named executive officers through a combination of base salary, cash incentives, long-term equity incentives in the form of stock options and other benefits as described below.

Base Salary

                The salaries for fiscal years 2015 and 2016 for our named executive officers were determined pursuant to the terms of each officer's employment agreement or offer letter, which are described below, which have been increased as described below, except for Ms. Warren, whose salary remains the same as the initial base salary set forth in the CMO Offer Letter.

116


Table of Contents

Performance Based Cash Incentives

                In fiscal year 2015, each of Messrs. Nystrom and Corsa were eligible to receive annual cash bonuses with the target of 60% of base salary under our Management Bonus Plan. For fiscal year 2015, our Chief Executive Officer, Lewis L. Bird III, was eligible for a cash bonus based on a dollar target of $650,000 pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement. Effective September 11, 2015, Mr. Bird became eligible to receive an annual cash bonus with a target of 100% of base salary under the Management Bonus Plan. For fiscal year 2016, Mr. Bird's annual bonus was calculated based on a dollar target of $650,000 for the portion of the fiscal year through September 11, 2015 and based on a target of 100% of base salary under our Management Bonus Plan for the portion of the fiscal year after September 11, 2015. The Management Bonus Plan consists of two measures of Company performance which determine the Company's achievement multiple for the target bonus through the use of an achievement table: (i) Adjusted EBITDA versus the financial plan for the year, which comprises 75% of the achievement calculation, and (ii) comparable store sales growth, which comprises 25% of the achievement calculation. Achievement of less than the Company's prior year Adjusted EBITDA target results in a 0% achievement multiple, and the maximum Company achievement multiple is 170%. Finally, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has final discretion with regard to senior executive bonuses based upon the delivery of key strategic initiatives. In fiscal year 2015, the Adjusted EBITDA target was $93.5 million (unadjusted for the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions) and the comparable store sales growth target was 2.5%. In fiscal year 2015, Adjusted EBITDA was $97.3 million (unadjusted for the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions) and comparable store sales growth was 8.3% resulting in a blended Company achievement multiple of 119.8% based upon the achievement table, together with minor adjustments deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee. In fiscal year 2016, the Adjusted EBITDA target was $115.0 million (unadjusted for the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions) and the comparable store sales growth target was 3.0%. In fiscal year 2016, Adjusted EBITDA was $118.4 million (unadjusted for the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions) and comparable store sales growth was 3.9% resulting in a blended Company achievement multiple of 114.2% based upon the achievement table, together with minor adjustments deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee. The Board of Directors approved the bonus payments in respect of fiscal years 2015 and 2016 consistent with these results.

                On April 8, 2015, the Company entered into a bonus agreement with Ms. Warren, pursuant to which she is entitled to an aggregate cash payment of $660,000, which vests and is payable in equal 25% installments on each of April 7, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, subject to Ms. Warren's continued employment on the applicable vesting date, and subject further to the value of a share of common stock of the Company on the applicable vesting date exceeding approximately $11.70 (subject to equitable adjustments from time to time to account for certain changes in the Company's capitalization).

Option Awards

                On June 3, 2014, Messrs. Nystrom and Corsa were each granted a nonqualified stock option to purchase 84,712 shares of Class C common stock of the Company pursuant to the Company's 2012 Option Plan (defined below under "2012 Option Plan"), the terms and conditions of which are described below under "Additional Narrative Disclosure—2012 Option Plan" and "Additional Narrative Disclosure—Option Awards."

                On April 7, 2015, Ms. Warren was granted a nonqualified stock option to purchase 112,906 shares of Class C common stock of the Company pursuant to the Company's 2012 Option Plan, the terms and conditions of which are described below under "Additional Narrative Disclosure—2012 Option Plan" and "Additional Narrative Disclosure—Option Awards."

117


Table of Contents

All Other Benefits

                In fiscal year 2015, the Company reimbursed Messrs. Bird and Nystrom, on an after-tax basis, for certain expenses incurred in connection with their relocations to Texas (which, for Mr. Bird, included an "Equity Loss Payment" described below under "Employment Agreements— Chief Executive Officer (L. Bird) "). In fiscal year 2015, the Company also reimbursed Mr. Bird for certain annual financial planning costs he incurred. In fiscal year 2016, the Company reimbursed Ms. Warren, on an after-tax basis, for certain temporary housing expenses and reimbursed each named executive officer for certain financial planning costs they incurred.

                The Company maintains, and the named executive officers participate in, a 401(k) retirement savings plan. Each participant may contribute to the plan through payroll deductions, up to 100% of his or her salary and bonus limited to the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service regulations. The plan provides for "safe harbor" employer matching contributions as described below under "Additional Narrative Disclosure—Retirement Benefits." All amounts contributed by the employee and the Company as well as earnings on these contributions are fully vested and are not taxable to participants until withdrawn.

                Our compensation program does not include any other material benefits or perquisites for our named executive officers. Our named executive officers also have the opportunity to participate in the same programs as our other employees.

Employment Agreements

                We have entered into employment agreements with each of Messrs. Bird, Nystrom and Corsa (the "Employment Agreements") and an offer letter with Ms. Warren (the "CMO Offer Letter"). The following summary details the material terms of the Employment Agreements and the CMO Offer Letter.

    Chief Executive Officer (L. Bird)

                On November 15, 2012 the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Bird to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the "CEO Agreement"), pursuant to which his employment term commenced on December 3, 2012 and will continue for an indefinite term, subject to termination (other than for cause, as defined in the CEO Agreement) upon at least 30 days prior written notice by either party. The CEO Agreement provides that Mr. Bird was to receive an initial annual base salary of $550,000, subject to increase (but not decrease) at the discretion of the Board (or committee thereof), which amount was increased to $700,000 by the Compensation Committee on September 11, 2015. Mr. Bird was also eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to $1,105,000 with a target annual bonus equal to $650,000, subject to satisfaction of performance goals based on attainment of an EBITDA target for the applicable fiscal year. Subsequent to entering into the CEO Agreement and commencing in fiscal year 2015, Mr. Bird agreed to participate in the Management Bonus Plan, retaining his target and maximum bonus amounts but providing that determination of the bonus payment would be based on attainment of a mix of Adjusted EBITDA and comparable store sales growth (as described above in "Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Performance Based Cash Incentives"). On September 11, 2015, his target and maximum bonus opportunities were increased, to 100% of his annual base salary (i.e., $700,000) and 170% of his target bonus, respectively. For fiscal year 2016, Mr. Bird's annual bonus was calculated based on a dollar target of $650,000 for the portion of the fiscal year through September 11, 2015 and based on a target of 100% of his increased base salary (i.e. $700,000) under our Management Bonus Plan for the portion of the fiscal year after September 11, 2015. The CEO Agreement also provides that Mr. Bird is eligible to participate in all benefit programs for which other senior executives of the Company are generally eligible and is entitled to reimbursement of up to $15,000 per year for financial planning expenses. The CEO Agreement provided that in the event Mr. Bird sold his home in Oregon at a price of less than

118


Table of Contents

$2.4 million, he would be entitled to a make-whole payment, grossed up for taxes, to a cover a portion of such shortfall (the "Equity Loss Payment"), which Equity Loss Payment was made on November 28, 2014. The CEO Agreement also provides for severance upon certain terminations of employment, as described below under "Additional Narrative Disclosure—Payments upon Certain Events of Termination or Change in Control."

                The CEO Agreement includes restrictive covenants providing for non-competition, non-solicitation of employees and non-interference with business relationships, in each case during employment and for one year thereafter, mutual non-disparagement during employment and for five years thereafter, and perpetual nondisclosure of confidential information.

                If any payments or benefits to which Mr. Bird would be entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of the CEO Agreement or otherwise in connection with a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company would result in all or a portion of such payments or benefits being deemed "parachute payments" under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, such payments and benefits will be reduced to the minimum extent necessary so that they would not result in the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, provided that no reduction will be made if Mr. Bird would receive a greater net after-tax amount absent such reduction.

    Chief Financial Officer (J. Nystrom)

                On January 25, 2013 the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Nystrom to serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company (the "CFO Agreement"), pursuant to which his employment term commenced on February 18, 2013 and will continue for an indefinite term, subject to termination (other than for cause, as defined in the CFO Agreement) upon at least 30 days prior written notice by either party. The CFO Agreement provides that Mr. Nystrom was to receive an initial annual base salary of $325,000, subject to increase (but not decrease) at the discretion of the Board (or committee thereof), which amount was increased to $400,000 by the Compensation Committee on September 11, 2015. He is also eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 100% of his annual base salary, with a target annual bonus equal to 60% of his annual base salary, subject to satisfaction of performance goals to be set by the Board. The CFO Agreement provides that Mr. Nystrom is eligible to participate in all benefit programs for which other senior executives of the Company are generally eligible. The CFO Agreement also provides for severance upon certain terminations of employment, as described below under "Additional Narrative Disclosure—Payments upon Certain Events of Termination or Change in Control."

                The CFO Agreement includes restrictive covenants providing for non-competition, non-solicitation of employees and non-interference with business relationships, in each case, during employment and for one year thereafter, as well as perpetual nondisclosure of confidential information and nondisparagement of the Company.

    Chief Stores Officer (P. Corsa)

                On February 2, 2013 the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Corsa to serve as Chief Stores Officer of the Company (the "CSO Agreement"), pursuant to which his employment term was to have commenced no later than March 25, 2013 and continue for an indefinite term, subject to termination (other than for cause, as defined in the CSO Agreement) upon at least 30 days prior written notice by either party. The CSO Agreement provides that Mr. Corsa was to receive an initial annual base salary of $325,000, subject to increase (but not decrease) at the discretion of the Board (or committee thereof), which amount was increased to $350,000 by the Compensation Committee on September 11, 2015 and further increased to $400,000 by the Compensation Committee on April 5, 2016. He is also eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 100% of his annual base salary, with a target annual bonus equal to 60% of his annual base salary, subject to satisfaction of

119


Table of Contents

performance goals to be set by the Board. Under the CSO Agreement, Mr. Corsa was also entitled to a bonus of $100,000 that was paid on February 21, 2014. The CSO Agreement provides that Mr. Corsa is eligible to participate in all benefit programs for which other senior executives of the Company are generally eligible. The CSO Agreement also provides for severance upon certain terminations of employment, as described below under "Additional Narrative Disclosure—Payments upon Certain Events of Termination or Change in Control."

                The CSO Agreement includes restrictive covenants providing for non-competition, non-solicitation of employees and non-interference with business relationships, in each case, during employment and for one year thereafter, as well as perpetual nondisclosure of confidential information and nondisparagement of the Company.

    Chief Marketing Officer (J. Warren)

                Ms. Warren is employed pursuant to the terms of an offer letter from the Company dated December 9, 2014, providing for at-will employment for an indefinite term. The CMO Offer Letter provides that Ms. Warren is entitled to an annual base salary of $315,000 and is eligible to participate in the Company's Management Bonus Plan with a target award of 60% of her annual base salary, which may increase or decrease based on attainment of specified Company performance results and which was prorated based on Ms. Warren's time in the position of Chief Marketing Officer for fiscal year 2015. Under the CMO Offer Letter, Ms. Warren was also entitled to a grant of 112,906 stock options with a 4 year vesting period, which were granted on April 7, 2015, and payment of a $100,000 cash bonus within 60 days of the successful development and execution of the calendar year 2015 first quarter marketing campaign, which cash bonus was paid on May 1, 2015. The CMO Offer Letter also entitles Ms. Warren to a relocation benefit relating to expenses incurred in moving to the Dallas Fort Worth area within 24 months of commencing employment, provision of temporary housing assistance for up to 12 months and eligibility to participate in other benefit programs available to all full-time salaried employees.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

                The following table summarizes the number of securities underlying the equity awards held by each of the named executive officers as of the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016.

 
  Option Awards(1)
Name
  Grant Date   Number of securities
underlying
unexercised options
exercisable (#)
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
unexercisable
(#)
  Equity
incentive plan
awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)
  Option
exercise
price ($)(2)
  Option
expiration
date

Lewis L. Bird III

  11/26/2012     1,694,625     564,789         9.75   11/26/2022

Judd T. Nystrom

 

1/31/2013

   
282,459
   
282,458
   
   
9.75
 

1/31/2023

  6/3/2014     21,146     63,566         9.75   6/3/2024

Peter S.G. Corsa

 

1/10/2013

   
282,459
   
282,458
   
   
9.75
 

1/10/2023

  6/3/2014     21,146     63,566         9.75   6/3/2024

Jennifer Warren

 

4/7/2015

   
   
112,906
   
   
17.56
 

4/7/2025


(1)
Each option award was originally scheduled to vest in equal annual installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the applicable grant date. Mr. Bird's option award, Mr. Corsa's January 10, 2013 option award and Mr. Nystrom's January 31, 2013 option award, were amended

120


Table of Contents

    as of December 4, 2012, March 25, 2013 and February 18, 2013, respectively, and now vest in equal annual installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the applicable option award amendment date.

(2)
Option exercise price reflected has been rounded to the nearest whole cent.

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Retirement Benefits

                We maintain a tax-qualified Section 401(k) retirement savings plan that provides for employee contributions and employer "safe harbor" matching contributions equal to 100% of salary deferrals up to 3% of a participant's compensation and 50% of salary deferrals thereafter up to 5% of a participant's compensation. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our tax qualified Section 401(k) retirement savings plan on the same basis as other employees who satisfy the plan's eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under this plan, participants may elect to make pre-tax contributions not to exceed the applicable statutory income tax limitation, which, subject to certain exceptions, was $17,500 for calendar year 2014 and $18,000 for calendar years 2015 and 2016. Participants are always fully vested in their entire plan account (including with respect to employer contributions).

Payments upon Certain Events of Termination or Change in Control

                Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreements, our named executive officers (other than Ms. Warren) are entitled to receive certain payments in connection with certain termination events.

                In the event of a termination of employment for any reason, each of our named executive officers (other than Ms. Warren) is entitled to payment of any earned but unpaid base salary, vested benefits in accordance with the applicable employee benefit plan, unreimbursed business expenses and, other than upon a termination for cause, any earned but unpaid annual bonus for fiscal years completed prior to the termination date. In addition, upon any termination of Mr. Bird's employment (other than for cause or due to resignation without good reason (as defined in the CEO Agreement)) that occurs after the 90 th  day of a fiscal year, Mr. Bird is entitled to a pro rata bonus for the year of termination based on performance through the end of the month preceding termination and an adjusted performance target, prorated based on the number of days worked in the fiscal year of termination. Upon a termination of employment of any named executive officer (other than Ms. Warren) other than for cause, death, or disability, or upon a termination for good reason (as defined in the applicable Employment Agreement), then our named executive officers (other than Ms. Warren) are each entitled to severance payments (in addition to the pro rata bonus described in the preceding sentence in the case of Mr. Bird), payable over the twelve month period following termination of employment, in amounts equal to annual base salary (for Mr. Corsa) and the sum of annual base salary plus target bonus opportunity (for Messrs. Bird and Nystrom), and Mr. Corsa is also entitled to payment of the full annual bonus to which he would have been entitled for the year of termination had he remained employed, based on actual performance and paid at the same time as annual bonuses are ordinarily paid. In addition, Mr. Bird is entitled to an additional lump sum payment if he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within six months before a "change of control" (as defined in the CEO Agreement) at the request of the buyer or within one year following a change of control, in an amount equal to the sum of his annual base salary plus target bonus opportunity, payable on the later of the date of the change of control or the date the initial payment of his standard severance payments is made.

                Each of our named executive officers has been granted nonqualified stock option awards (described below under "Option Awards") under the Company's 2012 Option Plan (defined below under "2012 Option Plan"). Each of the option awards granted to our named executive officers fully

121


Table of Contents

vests and becomes exercisable upon a "change in control" (as defined in the 2012 Option Plan). In addition, pursuant to Mr. Bird's option award, if his employment is terminated without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason" (each as defined in the CEO Agreement) then his entire option award shall remain outstanding for six months and become exercisable upon a change in control that occurs within such six-month period if the per share price received by the holders of the Company's common stock in such change in control equals or exceeds approximately $19.51 (subject to equitable adjustments from time to time to account for any "Change in Capitalization" as defined in the 2012 Option Plan).

                Mr. Bird is also party to a letter agreement dated November 26, 2012, pursuant to which he is entitled, upon a "change of control" that occurs before the "Mandatory Conversion Date" (as each such term was defined in the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation in effect prior to the time of this offering), to payment of an amount equal to the difference between the proceeds he would have received upon such change of control had the shares covered by the vested portion of his option award been Class A Common Stock of the Company instead of Class C common Stock of the Company. Because the date of the initial public offering of the Company's common stock is a Mandatory Conversion Date, this letter agreement will no longer be applicable upon completion of this public offering.

Director Compensation

                We historically have not had a formal compensation package for non-employee members of our Board for their service as directors. However, we may decide to grant equity awards in connection with the appointment of, or continued service by, a director to our Board, from time to time. In fiscal year 2015, we granted nonqualified stock option awards to each of Ms. Beck and Mr. Stone. In fiscal year 2016, we granted nonqualified stock options to Mr. Francis.

                Other than these nonqualified stock options, our non-employee directors currently do not receive any compensation specifically for their services as a director; however, the Company does reimburse these directors for any travel or other business expenses related to their service as a director.

                The following table summarizes the compensation of the non-employee directors of the Company for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016:

Name
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Total
($)
 

Wendy A. Beck(2)

         

Geoffrey G. Clark

         

Martin C. Eltrich, III

         

Brian R. Hoesterey

         

Philip L. Francis(3)

    327,137     327,137  

Allen I. Questrom(4)

         

Larry D. Stone(2)

         

(1)
The amount shown in the "Option Awards" column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the option award calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

(2)
As of January 30, 2016, Ms. Beck and Mr. Stone each held outstanding options to purchase 56,517 shares, which were granted during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.

(3)
As of January 30, 2016, Mr. Francis held outstanding options to purchase 56,517 shares, which were granted during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016.

(4)
As of January 30, 2016, Mr. Questrom held outstanding options to purchase 56,517 shares, which were granted prior to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.

122


Table of Contents

Annual Bonus Plan

                On September 11, 2015, the Company adopted the At Home Group Inc. Annual Bonus Plan, which was subsequently amended and restated and approved by the Board on July 22, 2016 (the "Bonus Plan") providing for the grant of annual bonus awards to our executive officers and other key employees.

                The Bonus Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee. Subject to the limitations set forth in the Bonus Plan, the Compensation Committee shall have the authority to determine, for each plan year, the time or times at which awards may be granted, the recipients of awards, the performance criteria, the performance goals and all other terms of an award, interpret the Bonus Plan, make all determinations under the Bonus Plan and necessary or advisable for the administration of the Bonus Plan, prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Bonus Plan. The Compensation Committee shall be able to delegate responsibility for performing certain ministerial functions under the Bonus Plan to any officer or employee of the Company.

                The performance criteria for us or any identified subsidiary or business unit, as selected by the Compensation Committee at the time of the award will be one or any combination of the following: (i) earnings per share; (ii) operating income; (iii) return on equity or assets; (iv) cash flow; (v) net cash flow; (vi) cash flow from operations; (vii) EBITDA and/or Adjusted EBITDA; (viii) revenue growth, product revenue and/or comparable sales growth; (ix) revenue ratios; (x) cost reductions; (xi) cost ratios or margins; (xii) overall revenue or sales growth; (xiii) expense reduction or management; (xiv) market position or market share; (xv) total shareholder return; (xvi) return on investment; (xvii) earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT); (xviii) net income (before or after taxes); (xix) return on assets or net assets; (xx) economic value added; (xxi) shareholder value added; (xxii) cash flow return on investment; (xxiii) net operating profit; (xxiv) net operating profit after tax; (xxv) return on capital; (xxvi) return on invested capital; (xxvii) customer growth; (xxviii) supply chain achievements; (xxix) financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; (xxx) financing and other capital raising transactions; (xxxi) strategic partnerships or transactions; or (xxxii) any combination of the foregoing, or such other performance criteria determined to be appropriate by the plan administrator in its sole discretion.

                The performance goals shall be the levels of achievement relating to the performance criteria as selected by the Compensation Committee for an award. The Compensation Committee shall be able to establish such performance goals relative to the applicable performance criteria in its sole discretion at the time of an award. The performance goals may be applied on an absolute basis or relative to an identified index or peer group, as specified by the Compensation Committee. The performance goals may be applied by the Compensation Committee after excluding charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and other unusual or nonrecurring items and the cumulative effects of accounting changes, and without regard to realized capital gains.

                Because the Bonus Plan was adopted prior to us becoming a publicly held company, it is intended that the Bonus Plan satisfy the requirements for transition relief under Section 162(m) of the Code (described below under "IRS Code Section 162(m)"), such that the $1 million annual deduction limit under Section 162(m) of the Code does not apply to any remuneration paid pursuant to this Bonus Plan until the first meeting of our shareholders at which our directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the initial public offering of our securities occurs.

2012 Option Plan

                On November 12, 2012, the board of directors of the Company adopted the GRD Holding I Corporation Stock Option Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the "2012 Option Plan"), under which 5,648,510 shares of Class C common stock of the Company ("Shares") were reserved for

123


Table of Contents

the issuance of options to purchase Shares ("Options") as of January 31, 2016. Any Shares related to an Option that expires, is cancelled, or otherwise terminates without issuance of the Shares shall again be available for issuance. The 2012 Option Plan was established to attract, retain, incentivize and motivate officers and employees of, consultants to, and non-employee directors providing services to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and to promote the success of the Company by providing such participating individuals with a proprietary interest in the performance of the Company.

                Administration.     The 2012 Option Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee, which has all of the powers necessary to enable it to carry out its duties under the 2012 Option Plan properly, including the power and duty to construe and interpret the 2012 Option Plan and to determine all questions arising under it. The Compensation Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the 2012 Option Plan or in any Option in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to carry out the intent of the 2012 Option Plan. The Compensation Committee's interpretations and determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons.

                Plan Term.     The 2012 Option Plan became effective on November 12, 2012 and will terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated by the Board.

                Eligibility.     Under the 2012 Option Plan, the "Eligible Individuals" includes officers, employees, consultants, advisors and non-employee directors providing services to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The Compensation Committee will determine which Eligible Individuals will receive grants of options.

                Option Price.     The manner in which the exercise price is to be determined for Shares under each Option shall be determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the option agreement; provided , that the exercise price per Share under each Option shall not be less than the greater of (i) the par value of a Share and (ii) 100% of the fair market value of a Share on the date the Option is granted.

                Maximum Duration.     Options granted under the 2012 Option Plan shall be for such term as the Compensation Committee shall determine; provided that an Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date it is granted; provided, further , that unless the Compensation Committee provides otherwise, an Option may, upon the death of the participant prior to the expiration of the Option, be exercised for up to one year following the date of the participant's death, even if such period extends beyond 10 years from the date the Option is granted. The Compensation Committee may, subsequent to the granting of any Option, extend the period within which the Option may be exercised (including following a participant's termination), but in no event shall the period be extended to a date that is later than the earlier of the latest date on which the Option could have been exercised and the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of the Option.

                Vesting.     The Compensation Committee shall determine and set forth in the applicable option agreement the time or times at which an Option shall become vested and exercisable. To the extent not exercised, vested installments shall accumulate and be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date the Option expires. Options granted under the 2012 Option Plan typically provide for vesting in equal annual installments over the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. The Compensation Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any Option or portion thereof at any time.

                Method of Exercise.     The exercise of an Option shall be made only by giving notice in the form and to the person designated by the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be exercised and, to the extent applicable, accompanied by payment therefor and otherwise in accordance with the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted. The Option Price shall be paid in any or

124


Table of Contents

any combination of the following forms: (a) cash or its equivalent or (b) in the form of other property as determined by the Compensation Committee. Any Shares transferred to or withheld by the Company as payment of the exercise price under an Option (to the extent permitted by the Compensation Committee) shall be valued at their fair market value on the last business day preceding the date of exercise of such Option.

                Adjustments.     In the event of a Change in Capitalization (as defined in the 2012 Option Plan), the Compensation Committee shall conclusively determine the appropriate adjustments, if any, to (a) the maximum number and class of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted under the 2012 Option Plan, and (b) the number and class of Shares or other stock or securities (of the Company or any other corporation or entity), cash or other property which are subject to outstanding Options granted under the 2012 Option Plan and the exercise price therefor, if applicable. If, by reason of a Change in Capitalization, pursuant to an Option Agreement, a participant shall be entitled to, or shall be entitled to exercise an Option with respect to new, additional or different shares of stock or securities of the Company or any other entity, such new, additional or different shares shall thereupon be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Shares subject to the Option prior to such Change in Capitalization.

                Effect of Change in Control or Certain Other Transactions.     Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar change in the capital stock of the Company, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a Change in Control (as defined the 2012 Option Plan) (each a "Corporate Transaction"), all outstanding Options shall terminate upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, unless provision is made in connection with such transaction, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction, for the assumption or continuation of such Options by, or the substitution for such Options with new awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights or other equity based compensation, of the surviving, or successor or resulting entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with such adjustments as to the number and kind of shares or other securities or property subject to such new awards, option and stock appreciation right exercise or base prices, and other terms of such new awards as the Compensation Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction shall agree. In the event that provision is made in writing as aforesaid in connection with a Corporate Transaction, the 2012 Option Plan and the unexercised Options theretofore granted or the new awards substituted therefor shall continue in the manner and under the terms provided in such writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, vested Options (including those Options that would become vested upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction) shall not be terminated upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction unless holders of affected Options are provided either (i) a period of at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction to exercise the Options, or (ii) payment in respect of each Share covered by the Option being cancelled in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per Share price to be paid or distributed to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction over the option price of the Option.

                Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or being construed as requiring any such action, in connection with any such Corporate Transaction the Compensation Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, without the consent of any participant, cause any of the following actions to be taken effective upon or at any time prior to any Corporate Transaction: (a) cause any or all unvested Options to become fully vested and immediately exercisable (as applicable) and/or provide the holders of such Options a reasonable period of time prior to the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction to exercise the Options; or (b) with respect to unvested Options that are terminated in connection with the Corporation Transaction, provide the holders thereof a payment in respect of each Share covered by the Option being terminated in an amount equal to all or a portion of the excess, if any, of the per Share price to be paid or distributed to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction.

125


                Transferability.     Notwithstanding anything contained in the 2012 Option Plan or any option agreement to the contrary, in the event that the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the 2012 Option Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Shares shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act and Rule 144 or other regulations promulgated thereunder. The Compensation Committee may require any individual receiving Shares pursuant to an Option granted under the 2012 Option Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares, to represent and warrant to the Company in writing that the Shares acquired by such individual are acquired without a view to any distribution thereof and will not be sold or transferred other than pursuant to an effective registration thereof under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption applicable under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                Amendment or Termination of the 2012 Option Plan.     The Board may earlier terminate the 2012 Option Plan and the Board may at any time and from time to time amend, modify or suspend the 2012 Option Plan; provided, however , that, (a) no such amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall impair or adversely alter any Options theretofore granted under the 2012 Option Plan, except with the consent of the participant, nor shall any amendment, modification, suspension or termination deprive any participant of any Shares which he may have acquired through or as a result of the 2012 Option Plan; and (b) to the extent necessary under any applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement, no other amendment shall be effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company in accordance with applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement.

Option Awards

                Each of our named executive officers has been granted nonqualified stock options to purchase shares of Class C common stock of the Company pursuant to the Company's 2012 Option Plan. Mr. Bird was granted a nonqualified stock option to purchase 2,259,414 shares on November 26, 2012. Messrs. Nystrom and Corsa were granted nonqualified stock options to purchase 564,917 shares on January 31, 2013 and January 10, 2013, respectively, as well as nonqualified stock options to purchase 84,712 shares on June 3, 2014. Ms. Warren was granted a nonqualified stock option to purchase 112,906 shares on April 7, 2015. Each of the nonqualified stock options awards granted to Messrs. Bird, Nystrom and Corsa was granted with an exercise price of approximately $9.75 per share and the nonqualified stock option award granted to Ms. Warren was granted with an exercise price of approximately $17.56 per share.

                The option awards vest and become exercisable in equal annual installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the applicable award's grant date for the June 3, 2014 grants to Messrs. Nystrom and Corsa, and, for each other aforementioned award, the applicable award's "vesting start date" (December 4, 2012 for Mr. Bird, February 18, 2013 for Mr. Nystrom, March 25, 2013 for Mr. Corsa and April 7, 2015 for Ms. Warren). All of the options awarded to our named executive officers provide for accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of certain events, as described above in "Additional Narrative Disclosure—Payments upon Certain Events of Termination or Change in Control."

IRS Code Section 162(m)

                Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows publicly held companies a tax deduction for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to their chief executive officer and the three other most highly compensated executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) unless such compensation qualifies for an exemption for certain compensation that is based on performance. Section 162(m) of the Code provides transition relief for privately held companies that become publicly held, pursuant to which the foregoing deduction limit does not apply to any remuneration paid pursuant to compensation plans or agreements in existence during the period in which the corporation was not publicly held if, in

126


connection with an initial public offering, the prospectus accompanying the initial public offering discloses information concerning those plans or agreements that satisfies all applicable securities laws then in effect. If the transition requirements are met in connection with an initial public offering, the transition relief continues until the earliest of (i) the expiration of the plan or agreement, (ii) the material modification of the plan or agreement, (iii) the issuance of all employer stock and other compensation that has been allocated under the plan, or (iv) the first meeting of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the initial public offering occurs. Our intent generally is to design and administer executive compensation programs in a manner that will preserve the deductibility of compensation paid to our executive officers, and we believe that a substantial portion of our current executive compensation program will satisfy the requirements for exemption from the $1,000,000 deduction limitation, to the extent applicable. However, we reserve the right to design programs that recognize a full range of performance criteria important to our success, even where the compensation paid under such programs may not be deductible. The Compensation Committee will monitor the tax and other consequences of our executive compensation program as part of its primary objective of ensuring that compensation paid to our executive officers is reasonable, performance based and consistent with our goals and the goals of our stockholders.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

                On September 11, 2015, the Company adopted the At Home Group Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, which was subsequently amended and restated and approved by the Board on July 22, 2016 (the "2016 Equity Plan") under which equity awards may be made in respect of 6,196,755 shares of common stock of the Company ("Shares"), consisting of an IPO Bonus Pool (as defined below) of 2,478,702 shares (or approximately 3.6% of issued and outstanding Shares on a fully diluted basis after this offering) and a Post-IPO Share Pool (as defined below) of 3,718,053 shares (or approximately 5.4% of issued and outstanding Shares on a fully diluted basis after this offering), as described further below in the section titled "—Shares Available." Under the 2016 Equity Plan, awards may be granted in the form of options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights and performance-based awards (including performance units, performance share units and performance-based restricted stock).

                Administration.     The 2016 Equity Plan will be administered by a committee appointed by the board of directors (the "Committee"). The Committee shall consist of at least two directors of the board of directors and may consist of the entire board of directors. The Committee will generally consist of at least two directors considered to be non-employee directors for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and to the extent that an award is intended to qualify as "performance based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will consist of at least two directors of the board, each of whom shall be an "outside director" as defined within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

                Plan Term.     The 2016 Equity Plan became effective as of the date it was approved by the board of directors on September 11, 2015, subject to its having been approved by the existing stockholders, and will terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated by the board of directors.

                Eligibility.     Under the 2016 Equity Plan, "Eligible Individuals" include officers, employees, consultants and non-employee directors providing services to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The Committee will determine which Eligible Individuals will receive grants of awards.

                Incentives Available.     Under the 2016 Equity Plan, the Committee may grant any of the following types of awards to an Eligible Individual: incentive stock options ("ISOs") and nonqualified stock options ("Nonqualified Stock Options" and, together with ISOs, "Options"); stock appreciation

127


rights ("SARs"); restricted stock grants ("Restricted Stock Grants"); restricted stock units ("RSUs"); Performance Awards; Dividend Equivalent Rights; and Share Awards, each as defined below (each type of grant is considered an "Award").

                Shares Available.     Subject to any adjustment as provided in the 2016 Equity Plan, (i) up to 2,478,702 Shares (the "IPO Bonus Pool") may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the 2016 Equity Plan to senior executives of the Company in connection with the consummation of this offering, as described further below in the section titled "—2016 Equity Plan Awards—Special IPO Bonus Grants" and (ii) up to 3,718,053 Shares may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the 2016 Equity Plan (other than the IPO Bonus Pool) (the "Post-IPO Share Pool"), all of which may be granted pursuant to ISOs. With respect to Awards granted following the last day of the Transition Period (as defined in the 2016 Equity Plan) (or, if later, the date the 2016 Equity Plan is approved by the Company's stockholders for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code), (a) the aggregate number of Shares that may be the subject of Option or SARs granted in any calendar year (or in respect of the calendar year during which the Transition Period expires, the remainder of such calendar year) may not exceed 3,000,000 Shares in the case of an Eligible Individual who is not a director, or 90,000 Shares in the case of a director, (b) the aggregate number of Shares that may be the subject of Performance-Based Restricted Stock and Performance Share Units granted in any calendar year (or in respect of the calendar year during which the Transition Period expires, the remainder of such calendar year) may not exceed 1,000,000 Shares in the case of an Eligible Individual who is not a director, or 30,000 Shares in the case of a director, and (c) the maximum dollar amount of cash or the fair market value of Shares that any Eligible Individual may receive in any calendar year (or in respect of the calendar year during which the Transition Period expires, the remainder of such calendar year) in respect of Performance Units may not exceed $10,000,000.

                If an Award or any portion thereof that is issued from the Post-IPO Share Pool (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the Shares covered by such Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than Shares), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of Shares that may be available for issuance under the 2016 Equity Plan. Any Shares issued pursuant to an Award that are forfeited and returned back to or reacquired by the Company will again become available for issuance under the 2016 Equity Plan. Any Shares tendered or withheld to pay the exercise price of an Option or the base price of an SAR, or to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with any Award, shall not become available again for issuance under the 2016 Equity Plan. Under no circumstances will Shares underlying any Awards issued under the IPO Bonus Pool, once issued, again become available for issuance under the 2016 Equity Plan.

                Stock Options.     The Committee may grant Options (which may be ISOs or Nonqualified Stock Options) to Eligible Individuals. An ISO is an Option intended to qualify for tax treatment applicable to ISOs under Section 422 of the Code. An ISO may be granted only to Eligible Individuals that are employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. A Nonqualified Stock Option is an Option that is not subject to statutory requirements and limitations required for certain tax advantages allowed under Section 422 of the Code.

                Vesting and Exercise Periods.     Each Option granted under the 2016 Equity Plan may be subject to certain vesting requirements and will become exercisable in accordance with the specific terms and conditions of the Option, as determined by the Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement. The term of an Option generally may not exceed ten years from the date it is granted (five years in the case of an ISO granted to a ten-percent stockholder). Each Option, to the extent it becomes exercisable, may be exercised at any time in whole or in part until its expiration or termination, unless otherwise provided in applicable Award agreement.

128


                Exercise Price.     The purchase price per Share with respect to any Option granted under the 2016 Equity Plan may be not less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted (110% in the case of an ISO granted to a ten-percent stockholder).

                Limits on Incentive Stock Options.     In order to comply with the requirements for ISOs in the Code, no person may receive a grant of an ISO for stock that would have an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000, determined when the ISO is granted, that would be exercisable for the first time during any calendar year. If any grant of an ISO is made in excess of such limit, the portion that is over the $100,000 limit would be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

                Stock Appreciation Rights.     The Committee may grant SARs to Eligible Individuals on terms and conditions determined by the Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement. An SAR may be granted (a) at any time if unrelated to an Option or (b) if related to an Option, either at the time of grant or at any time thereafter during the term of the Option.

                Amount Payable.     An SAR is a right granted to a participant to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a Share on the last business day preceding the date of exercise of such SAR over the fair market value of a Share on the date the SAR was granted. An SAR may be settled or paid in cash, Shares or a combination of each, in accordance with its terms.

                Duration.     Each SAR will be exercisable or be forfeited or expire on such terms as the Committee determines. Except in limited circumstances, an SAR shall have a term of no greater than ten years.

                Prohibition on Repricings.     The Committee will have no authority to make any adjustment or amendment (other than in connection with certain changes in capitalization or certain corporate transactions in accordance with the terms of the 2016 Equity Plan, as generally described below) that reduces, or would have the effect of reducing, the exercise price of an Option or SAR previously granted under the 2016 Equity Plan, unless the Company's stockholders approve such adjustment or amendment.

                Dividend Equivalent Rights.     The Committee may grant dividend equivalent rights ("Dividend Equivalent Rights"), either in tandem with an Award or as a separate Award, to Eligible Individuals on terms and conditions determined by the Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement. A Dividend Equivalent Right is a right to receive cash or Shares based on the value of dividends that are paid with respect to the Shares. Amounts payable in respect of Dividend Equivalent Rights may be payable currently or, if applicable, deferred until the lapsing of restrictions on such dividend equivalent rights or until the vesting, exercise, payment, settlement or other lapse of restrictions on the Award to which the Dividend Equivalent Rights relate, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof, in a single installment or multiple installments, as determined by the Committee.

                Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units.     The Committee may grant either Shares (Restricted Stock) or phantom Shares (RSUs), in each case subject to certain vesting requirements, on terms and conditions determined by the Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement.

                Restricted Stock.     Unless the Committee determines otherwise, upon the issuance of shares of Restricted Stock, the participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions made with respect to the Shares. The Committee may determine that the payment to the participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on such Shares shall be deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Shares and held by the Company for the account of the participant until such time. Payment of deferred dividends in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall

129


be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the shares of Restricted Stock in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such shares of Restricted Stock.

                Restricted Stock Units.     Each RSU shall represent the right of the participant to receive a payment upon vesting of the RSU, or on any later date specified by the Committee, of an amount equal to the fair market value of a Share as of the date the RSU becomes vested, or such later date as determined by the Committee at the time the RSU is granted (and which will be set forth in the applicable grant agreement). An RSU may be settled or paid in cash, Shares or a combination of each, as determined by the Committee.

                Performance Awards.     Performance awards ("Performance Awards") (including performance units ("Performance Units"), performance share units ("Performance Share Units") and performance-based restricted stock ("Performance-Based Restricted Stock")) may be granted to Eligible Individuals on terms and conditions determined by the Committee and set forth in an Award agreement.

                Performance Units and Performance Share Units.     Performance Units shall be denominated in a specified dollar amount and, contingent upon the attainment of specified performance objectives within a performance cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Committee (including without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable performance period), and represent the right to receive payment of the specified dollar amount or a percentage of the specified dollar amount depending on the level of performance objective attained; provided, however, that the Committee may at the time a Performance Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Unit. Performance Share Units shall be denominated in Shares and, contingent upon the attainment of specified performance objectives within a performance cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Committee (including without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable performance period), represent the right to receive payment of the fair market value of a Share on the date the Performance Share Unit was granted, the date the Performance Share Unit became vested or any other date specified by the Committee or a percentage of such amount depending on the level of performance objective attained; provided, however, that the Committee may at the time a Performance Share Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Share Unit. The Award agreement for each Performance Unit and Performance Share Unit shall specify the number of Performance Units or Performance Share Units to which it relates, the performance objectives and other conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Performance Unit or Performance Share Unit to vest and the performance cycle within which such performance objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited.

                Performance-Based Restricted Stock.     Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall consist of an Award of shares of Restricted Stock, issued in the participant's name and subject to appropriate restrictions and transfer limitations. Unless the Committee determines otherwise and as set forth in the applicable Award agreement, upon issuance of Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock, the participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to Shares. The Award agreement for each Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock will specify the number of shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock to which it relates, the performance objectives and other conditions that must be satisfied in order for the Performance-Based Restricted Stock to vest, the performance cycle within which the performance objectives must be satisfied (which will not be less than one (1) year) and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited. At the time the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock is granted, the Committee may determine that the payment to the participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on Shares represented by such Award which have been issued by the Company to the participant shall be

130


deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Performance-Based Restricted Stock and held by the Company for the account of the participant until such time. Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Performance-Based Restricted Stock in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Performance-Based Restricted Stock.

                Performance Objectives.     With respect to any Performance Awards intended to constitute "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code, performance objectives ("Performance Objectives") may be expressed in terms of (i) earnings per share; (ii) operating income; (iii) return on equity or assets; (iv) cash flow; (v) net cash flow; (vi) cash flow from operations; (vii) EBITDA and/or Adjusted EBITDA; (viii) revenue growth, product revenue and/or comparable sales growth; (ix) revenue ratios; (x) cost reductions; (xi) cost ratios or margins; (xii) overall revenue or sales growth; (xiii) expense reduction or management; (xiv) market position or market share; (xv) total shareholder return; (xvi) return on investment; (xvii) earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT); (xviii) net income (before or after taxes); (xix) return on assets or net assets; (xx) economic value added; (xxi) shareholder value added; (xxii) cash flow return on investment; (xxiii) net operating profit; (xxiv) net operating profit after tax; (xxv) return on capital; (xxvi) return on invested capital; (xxvii) customer growth; (xxviii) supply chain achievements; (xxix) financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; (xxx) financing and other capital raising transactions; (xxxi) strategic partnerships or transactions; or (xxxii) any combination of the foregoing. Performance Objectives may be in respect of the performance of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Divisions (as defined in the 2016 Equity Plan) or any combination thereof. Performance Objectives may be absolute or relative (to prior performance of the Company or to the performance of one or more other entities or external indices) and may be expressed in terms of a progression within a specified range.

                The Committee may, at the time the Performance Objectives in respect of a Performance Award are established, provide for the manner in which performance will be measured against the Performance Objectives to reflect the impact of specified events, including any one or more of the following with respect to the applicable performance period: (i) the gain, loss, income or expense resulting from changes in accounting principles or tax laws that become effective during the performance period; (ii) the gain, loss, income or expense reported publicly by the Company with respect to the performance period that are extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence; (iii) the gains or losses resulting from, and the direct expenses incurred in connection with, the disposition of a business or the sale of investments or non-core assets; (iv) the gain or loss from all or certain claims and/or litigation and all or certain insurance recoveries relating to claims or litigation; or (v) the impact of investments or acquisitions made during the year or, to the extent provided by the Committee, any prior year. The events may relate to the Company as a whole or to any part of the Company's business or operations, as determined by the Committee at the time the Performance Objectives are established. Any adjustments based on the effect of certain events are to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and standards, unless another objective method of measurement is designated by the Committee.

                Prior to the vesting, payment, settlement or lapsing of any restrictions with respect to any Performance Award intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall certify in writing that the applicable Performance Objectives have been satisfied. In respect of a Performance Award, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) reduce the amount of cash paid or number of Shares to be issued or that have been issued and that become vested or on which restrictions lapse, and/or (ii) establish rules and procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to any Participant to an amount that is less than the amount that

131


otherwise would be payable under such Award. The Committee may exercise such discretion in a non-uniform manner among Participants.

                Share Awards.     The Committee may grant an Award of Shares ("Share Awards") to an Eligible Individual on such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine at the time of grant. A Share Award may be made as additional compensation for services rendered by the Eligible Individual or may be in lieu of cash or other compensation to which the Eligible Individual is entitled from the Company.

                Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization.     In the event that the outstanding Shares are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of Shares or other stock or securities or other equity interests of the Company or another corporation or entity, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganizations, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, substitution or other similar corporate event or transaction, or an extraordinary dividend or distribution by the Company in respect of its Shares or other capital stock or securities convertible into capital stock in cash, securities or other property, the Committee shall determine the appropriate adjustments, if any, to (a) the maximum number and kind of shares of stock or other securities or other equity interests as to which Awards may be granted under the 2016 Equity Plan, (b) the maximum number and class of Shares or other stock or securities that may be issued upon exercise of ISOs, (c) the number and kind of Shares or other securities covered by any or all outstanding Awards that have been granted under the 2016 Equity Plan, (d) the option price of outstanding Options and the base price of outstanding SARs, and (e) the Performance Objectives applicable to outstanding Performance Awards.

                Effect of Change in Control or Certain Other Transactions.     Generally, the Award agreement evidencing each Award will provide any specific terms applicable to that Award in the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as defined below). Unless otherwise provided in an Award agreement, in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar change in the capital stock of the Company, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a Change in Control (each, a "Corporate Transaction"), Awards shall either: (a) continue following such Corporate Transaction, which may include, in the discretion of the Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction, the assumption, continuation or substitution of the Awards, in each case with appropriate adjustments to the number, kind of shares, and exercise prices of the Awards; or (b) terminate.

                For purposes of the 2016 Equity Plan, "Change in Control" generally means the occurrence of any of the following events with respect to the Company: (a) any person (other than directly from the Company) first acquires securities of the Company representing fifty percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities, other than an acquisition by certain employee benefit plans, the Company or a related entity, or any person in connection with a non-control transaction; (b) a majority of the members of the board of directors is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board of directors serving immediately prior to such appointment or election; (c) any merger, consolidation or reorganization, other than in a non-control transaction; (d) a complete liquidation or dissolution or (e) sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets. A "non-control transaction" generally includes any transaction in which (i) stockholders immediately before such transaction continue to own at least a majority of the combined voting power of such resulting entity following the transaction; (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors immediately before such transaction continue to constitute at least a majority of the board of the surviving entity following such transaction or (iii) with certain exceptions, no person other than any person who had beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities immediately

132


prior to such transaction has beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent of the combined voting power of the surviving entity's outstanding voting securities immediately after such transaction.

                Options and SARs.     If Options or SARs are to terminate in the event of a corporate transaction, the holders of vested Options or SARs must be provided either (a) fifteen days to exercise their Options or SARs or (b) payment (in cash or other consideration) in respect of each Share covered by the Option of SAR being cancelled in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per Share price to be paid to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction over the price of the Option or the SAR. If the per Share price to be paid to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction is less than the exercise price of the Option or SAR, the Option or SAR may be terminated without payment of any kind. The holders of unvested Options or SARs may also receive payment, at the discretion of the Committee, in the same manner as described above for vested Options and SARs. The Committee may also accelerate the vesting on any unvested Option or SAR and provide holders of such Options or SARS a reasonable opportunity to exercise the Award.

                Other Awards.     If Awards other than Options and SARs are to terminate in connection with a corporate transaction, the holders of vested Awards will be provided, and holders of unvested Awards may be provided, at the discretion of the Committee, payment (in cash or other consideration upon or immediately following the Corporate Transaction, or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, on a deferred basis) in respect of each Share covered by the Award being cancelled in an amount equal to the per Share price to be paid to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction, where the value of any non-cash consideration will be determined by the Committee in good faith.

                The Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for different treatment for different Awards or Awards held by different parties, and where alternative treatment is available for a participant's Awards, may allow the participant to choose which treatment will apply to his or her Awards.

                Transferability.     The 2016 Equity Plan generally restricts the transfer of any Awards, except (a) transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution or (b) to a beneficiary designated by the participant, to whom any benefit under the 2016 Equity Plan is to be paid or who may exercise any rights of the participant in the event of the participant's death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit or exercises an Award.

                Amendment or Termination of the 2016 Equity Plan.     The 2016 Equity Plan may be amended or terminated by the board of directors without shareholder approval unless shareholder approval of the amendment or termination is required under applicable law, regulation or NYSE requirement. No amendment may materially and adversely alter or impair any Awards that had been granted under the 2016 Equity Plan prior to the amendment without the impacted participant's consent. The 2016 Equity Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its effective date; however, when the 2016 Equity Plan terminates, any applicable terms will remain in effect for administration of any Awards outstanding at the time of the 2016 Equity Plan's termination.

                Forfeiture Events; Clawback.     The Committee may specify in an Award agreement that the participant's rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, clawback or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events or as required by law, in addition to any otherwise applicable forfeiture provisions that apply to the Award.

                If a participant receives compensation pursuant to an Award under the 2016 Equity Plan based on financial statements that are subsequently required to be restated in a way that would decrease the value of such compensation, the participant will, to the extent not otherwise prohibited by law, upon the written request of the Company, forfeit and repay to the Company the difference between what the participant received and what the participant should have received based on the accounting restatement, in accordance with (i) the Company's compensation recovery, "clawback" or

133


similar policy, as may be in effect from time to time and (ii) any compensation recovery, "clawback" or similar policy made applicable by law including the provisions of Section 945 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules, regulations and requirements adopted thereunder by the SEC, the NYSE and/or any other national securities exchange on which the Company's equity securities may be listed.

2016 Equity Plan Awards—Special IPO Transaction Bonus Grant

                In connection with the consummation of this offering, the Company intends to make a special one-time bonus grant of up to 2,478,702 Options under the IPO Bonus Pool of the 2016 Equity Plan to certain members of its senior management team (including the named executive officers) in order to reward them for historical performance through the consummation of this offering and allow them to further benefit from successful outcomes for the Sponsors (the "IPO Bonus Options"). This grant is expected to be in addition to the ongoing equity incentive program that the Company plans to employ to incentivize and retain its senior management team and additional executives. Each of Messrs. Bird, Nystrom, Corsa and Ms. Warren will be granted IPO Bonus Options to purchase 991,480, 322,231, 247,870 and 99,148 Shares, respectively. The IPO Bonus Options shall be granted with a 7 year term and an exercise price equal to the initial offering price per Share in this offering and shall be issued from the IPO Bonus Pool. Each of the IPO Bonus awards shall be subject to achievement of a market-based vesting condition based on the achievement of specified closing Share price targets for a period of at least 20 consecutive trading days, disregarding the six-month period immediately following the date of grant, subject to the executive's continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date (except as noted below in the case of Mr. Bird) (the "Market-Based Condition"). The IPO Bonus Options shall be (i) 25% vested upon attainment of a 20 consecutive trading day closing share price of at least $25.75 per Share, (ii) 50% vested upon attainment of a 20 consecutive trading day closing share price of at least $28.60 per Share, (iii) 75% vested upon attainment of a 20 consecutive trading day closing share price of at least $31.48 per Share, and (iv) 100% vested upon attainment of a 20 consecutive trading day closing share price of at least $34.33 per Share. Mr. Bird's IPO Bonus Option also provides that if he experiences a termination without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason" (as such terms are defined in the CEO Agreement) (a "Severance Event"), then his unvested IPO Bonus Options shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest based upon attainment of the Market-Based Condition for a period of six months following his termination of service.

                If Mr. Nystrom, Mr. Corsa or Ms. Warren experiences a termination of service without "cause" (as defined in the IPO Bonus Options) other than due to death or disability, the vested portion of such executive's IPO Bonus Options shall expire 90 days following such termination or, if earlier, the seventh anniversary of the date of grant. If Mr. Nystrom, Mr. Corsa or Ms. Warren experiences a termination of service due to death or disability, the vested portion of such executive's IPO Bonus Options shall expire on the first day that is one year after the date of such executive's termination of service, or, if earlier, the seventh anniversary of the date of grant. If Mr. Bird experiences a termination of service due to death, disability, or a Severance Event, the vested portion of his IPO Bonus Options shall expire on the seventh anniversary of the date of grant. If any of Messrs. Bird, Nystrom, Corsa or Ms. Warren experiences a termination for cause, then such executive's IPO Bonus Options shall be forfeited immediately upon the effective date of such termination for cause.

                We expect the non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with the one-time grant of the 2,478,702 IPO Bonus Options under the IPO Bonus Pool to senior executives (including the named executive officers) in connection with the consummation of this offering to be between approximately $17.5 million and $24.5 million, which will be incremental to our ongoing stock-based compensation expense. This stock-based compensation expense will be finalized upon the pricing of this offering and is expected to be expensed beginning in the fiscal quarter in which this offering closes and continuing over the following eight fiscal quarters.

134


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

                The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2016, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of common stock offered in this offering for:

    each person or entity who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

    each of our directors and named executive officers; and

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

                Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished to us by each director, executive officer or stockholder listed in the table below, as the case may be. The amounts and percentages of our common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of rules of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares "voting power," which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of such security, or "investment power," which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after June 30, 2016, including any shares of our common stock subject to an option that has vested or will vest within 60 days after June 30, 2016. More than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.

                Percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on 50,836,727 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016. Percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering is based on 59,503,727 shares of common stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares), or 60,803,777 shares of common stock outstanding (assuming full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares), in each case, after giving effect to the sale by us of the shares of common stock offered hereby. For a discussion of our stock split, see "Prospectus Summary—The Offering" and "Description of Capital Stock."

                Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of common stock, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each person or entity listed below is c/o At Home Group Inc., 1600 East Plano Parkway, Plano, Texas 75074.

Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned Before
this Offering
  Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
  Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of
Underwriters'
Option to Purchase
Additional Shares
 

5% Stockholders

                         

AEA Investors LP and associated entities(1)(2)(3)

    36,967,738     72.7 %   62.1 %   60.8 %

Starr Investments(1)(3)(4)

    23,226,614     45.7     39.0     38.2  

Directors and Named Executive Officers

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Lewis L. Bird III

    1,694,625     2.7     2.4     2.4  

Judd T. Nystrom

    466,108     *     *     *  

Peter S.G. Corsa

    466,108     *     *     *  

Jennifer S. Warren

    28,194     *     *     *  

135


Table of Contents

Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned Before
this Offering
  Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
  Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of
Underwriters'
Option to Purchase
Additional Shares
 

Martin C. Eltrich, III(5)

                 

Brian R. Hoesterey(5)

                 

Geoffrey G. Clark(6)

                 

Allen I. Questrom

    56,517     *     *     *  

Wendy A. Beck

    14,097     *     *     *  

Larry D. Stone

    14,097     *     *     *  

Philip L. Francis

    14,097     *     *     *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (15 persons)

    2,753,843     4.4 %   3.8 %   3.8 %

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

(1)
Excludes shares of common stock owned by other parties to the Stockholders Agreement by which they may be deemed to share beneficial ownership.

(2)
Represents (i) 20,890,234 shares of our common stock held of record by GRD Holding LP, whose general partner is GRD Holding GP LLC, whose sole member is AEA Investors LP; (ii) 2,008,050 shares held of record by GRD Holding-A LP, whose general partner is GRD Holding-A LLC, whose sole member is AEA Investors LP; and (iii) 4,457,648 shares held of record by GRD Holding AEA LLC, whose members are AEA Investors 2006 Participant Fund LP, AEA Investors 2006 QP Participant Fund LP, AEA Investors 2006 Fund L.P. and AEA Investors 2006 Fund II L.P. The general partner of each of AEA Investors 2006 Participant Fund LP and AEA Investors 2006 QP Participant Fund LP is AEA Investors 2006 PF LLC, whose sole member is AEA Management LLC. The general partner of each of AEA Investors 2006 Fund L.P. and AEA Investors 2006 Fund II L.P. is AEA Investors Partners 2006 L.P., whose general partner is AEA Management (Cayman) Ltd. Each of GRD Holding GP LLC and AEA Investors LP may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock held of record by GRD Holding LP, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Each of GRD Holding-A LLC and AEA Investors LP may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock held of record by GRD Holding-A LP, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Each of AEA Investors 2006 Participant Fund LP, AEA Investors 2006 QP Participant Fund LP, AEA Investors 2006 PF LLC, AEA Management LLC, AEA Investors 2006 Fund L.P., AEA Investors 2006 Fund II L.P., AEA Investors Partners 2006 L.P. and AEA Management (Cayman) Ltd. may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock held of record by GRD Holding AEA LLC, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. John L. Garcia, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of AEA Investors LP, the sole member of AEA Management LLC and the sole stockholder and director of AEA Management (Cayman) Ltd., may also be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock held of record by GRD Holding LP, GRD Holding-A LP and GRD Holding AEA LLC, but Mr. Garcia disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

136


Table of Contents

    The address for each of GRD Holding LP, GRD Holding GP LLC, GRD Holding-A LP, GRD Holding-A LLC, AEA Investors LP, GRD Holding AEA LLC, AEA Investors 2006 Participant Fund LP, AEA Investors 2006 QP Participant Fund LP, AEA Investors 2006 PF LLC, AEA Management LLC and Mr. Garcia is c/o AEA Investors LP, 666 Fifth Avenue, 36 th  Floor, New York, NY 10103. The address for each of AEA Investors 2006 Fund L.P., AEA Investors 2006 Fund II L.P., AEA Investors Partners 2006 L.P. and AEA Management (Cayman) Ltd. is P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.

(3)
Includes 9,611,804 shares of our common stock held of record by Starr Investment Fund II, LLC ("Starr II"). For a period of two years following the closing of this offering, (i) Starr II has agreed to vote such shares on all matters presented to the stockholders in the same manner that GRD Holding LP votes on such matters, and (ii) subject to limited exceptions, the transfer or disposition of such shares by Starr II will require the consent of GRD Holding LP. As a result of these voting and consent rights, AEA Investors LP and associated entities may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by Starr II, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(4)
Represents (i) 13,614,810 shares of our common stock held of record by SPH GRD Holdings, LLC and (ii) 9,611,804 shares of our common stock held of record by Starr II, each of which is managed by Starr Investments. The address for Starr Investments is 399 Park Ave, 17 th  Floor, New York, NY 10022. Geoffrey G. Clark, the Senior Managing Director of Starr Investments, may be deemed to have voting power and dispositive power with respect to shares of our common stock that are beneficially owned by the investment vehicles managed by Starr Investments, but Mr. Clark disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein.

(5)
Does not include 20,890,234 shares, 2,008,050 shares or 4,457,648 shares of common stock held of record by GRD Holding LP, GRD Holding-A LP or GRD Holding AEA LLC, respectively. Messrs. Eltrich and Hoesterey are partners of AEA. Each of Messrs. Eltrich and Hoesterey serves on our board of directors as a representative of AEA, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held of record by GRD Holding LP, GRD Holding-A LP and GRD Holding AEA LLC.


The address for each of Messrs. Eltrich and Hoesterey is c/o AEA Investors LP, 666 Fifth Avenue, 36 th  Floor, New York, NY 10103.

(6)
Mr. Clark serves on our board of directors as a representative of Starr Investments. Mr. Clark is Senior Managing Director of Starr Investment Holdings and a Director of C.V. Starr & Co. Mr. Clark disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned by the investment vehicles managed by Starr Investments, except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein.

137


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

                The following is a description of transactions since January 26, 2013 to which we were a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our executive officers, directors or holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arms'-length transactions with parties unrelated to us.

Sponsors

                We have entered into a management agreement with AEA and Starr Investments relating to the provision of their advisory and consulting services. The agreement requires us to pay the service providers an annual management fee of approximately $3.5 million per year. The annual management fee is payable in quarterly installments of approximately $875,000, in advance, on the first day of each calendar quarter. The management agreement also requires us to reimburse the service providers for their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with their provision of ongoing advisory and consulting services, monitoring their investment in us and developing, negotiating, performing or enforcing any agreements or documents relating to their investment in us. The cost reimbursement is typically billed in arrears during the month following the end of each quarter. For the fiscal years ended January 30, 2016, January 31, 2015 and January 25, 2014, approximately $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in cost reimbursement fees have been billed to us. We recognized expenses related to annual management fees and reimbursed expenses of approximately $3.6 million during each of the fiscal years ended January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 and approximately $3.7 million during the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. We recognized approximately $0.8 million and $0.9 million in annual management fees and reimbursed expenses during the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 and the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, respectively. We believe that the management agreement and the services mentioned above are or were on terms at least as favorable to us as we would expect to negotiate with unrelated third parties. Immediately following this offering, the service providers management agreement will be terminated.

                Pursuant to the management agreement, we agreed to indemnify the service providers against any claims or liabilities relating to or arising out of actions taken by the service providers under the terms of the management agreement or the operation of our business, except for claims or liabilities that are shown to have resulted from actions taken by the service providers in bad faith, or due to the service providers gross negligence or willful misconduct. This indemnification provision will survive termination of the management agreement.

                Affiliates of AEA own a significant equity position in Dematic Corporation, an external vendor that designs, develops and delivers solutions that optimize a company's supply chain, improve performance and increase productivity through intelligent warehouse logistics and materials handling solutions. In February 2014, we executed an agreement with Dematic Corporation for the installation of a system to assist in the automation of our distribution center. During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, we paid Dematic Corporation approximately $7.2 million under the agreement which is primarily recorded in property and equipment, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016. During the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, we paid Dematic Corporation approximately $0.2 million under the agreement which is primarily recorded in property and equipment, net.

                Starr Indemnity & Liability Company, a related party to Starr Investments, was an underwriter for our general liability and workers' compensation insurance policies that were effective December 1, 2013. The total cost of the policies was approximately $2.3 million, of which approximately $1.9 million and $0.4 million was paid during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and January 25, 2014,

138


Table of Contents

respectively. These policies expired on December 1, 2014 and were replaced with policies underwritten by an unrelated party.

Board of Directors

                Our board of directors consists of eight members, which includes two members (Messrs. Eltrich and Hoesterey), who are representatives of AEA and one member (Mr. Clark), who is a representative of Starr Investments.

Stockholders' Agreement

                In connection with this offering, we and certain funds affiliated with the Sponsors have entered into a stockholders' agreement, dated as of July 22, 2016. The stockholders' agreement contains, among other things, certain restrictions on the ability of such Sponsors to freely transfer shares of our stock. In addition, following the consummation of this offering, and for so long as certain affiliates of AEA and Starr Investments hold an aggregate of at least 10% of our outstanding common stock, such Sponsor shall be entitled to nominate at least one individual for election to our board, and our board and nominating committee thereof shall nominate and recommend to our stockholders that such individual be elected to our board, and each party to the stockholders' agreement agrees to vote all of their shares to elect such individual to our board. The stockholders agreement also provides that, for a period of two years following this offering, Starr Investments will agree to vote 9,611,804 of their shares of our common stock on all matters presented to the stockholders in the same manner that AEA votes on such matters.

Registration Rights Agreement

                The parties to the stockholders' agreement described above have also entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of July 22, 2016. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, upon the closing of this offering and subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement they have entered into with the representatives of the underwriters, holders of approximately 85% of our outstanding common stock as of April 30, 2016, will have the right to require us to register these shares under the Securities Act under specified circumstances and will have incidental registration rights as described below. After registration pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Demand Registration Rights

                Subject to certain restrictions, at any time after 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, or 120 days following the effective date of any subsequent registration statement that we file (other than registration statements on Forms S-4 or S-8), we have agreed that, upon request, we will register all or a portion of the Sponsors' common stock for sale under the Securities Act. We will effect the registration as requested in writing by the Sponsors, unless in the good faith judgment of our board of directors, such registration would materially and adversely interfere with certain transactions involving the Company and should be delayed. The Sponsors have the right, collectively, to demand that we file a registration statement pursuant to these demand provisions on up to ten occasions on Form S-1; however, the Sponsors are entitled to make an unlimited number of demands for registration on Form S-3 if and when we become eligible to use such form.

Piggyback Registration Rights

                In addition, if at any time we register any shares of our common stock (other than pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8), the Sponsors and certain other holders of shares of our common stock having registration rights are entitled to prior notice of the registration and to include all or a portion of their common stock in the registration.

139


Table of Contents

                In the event that any registration in which the holders of registrable shares participate pursuant to the registration rights agreement is an underwritten public offering, the number of registrable shares to be included may, in specified circumstances, be limited.

Other Provisions

                We will pay all registration and offering expenses, and the reasonable fees and expenses of a single special counsel for each of the parties making a demand and a single special counsel for all other selling stockholders, related to any demand or piggyback registration. The registration rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify any selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to them. A particular stockholder's shares shall no longer be considered registrable shares, to which demand and piggyback registration rights apply, when such shares have been disposed of under an effective registration statement or sold under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Other Relationships and Transactions

                Merry Mabbett Inc. ("MMI") is owned by Merry Mabbett Dean, who is the mother of Lewis L. Bird III, our Chief Executive Officer. During fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016, Ms. Dean, through MMI, provided certain design services to us, including design for our home office, as well as design in stores. In addition, through MMI, we purchased certain fixtures, furniture and equipment that are now owned and used by us in our home office, new store offices or in the product vignettes in the stores.

                We spent approximately $393,000 in fiscal year 2016 with MMI, of which an immaterial amount was for services provided by Ms. Dean, approximately $419,000 in fiscal year 2015, of which $3,400 or 0.81% was for services provided by Ms. Dean, and approximately $696,000 in fiscal year 2014, of which $1,900 or 0.27% was for services provided by Ms. Dean. For the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, payments to MMI were immaterial. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2016 we paid approximately $197,000 to MMI, of which an immaterial amount was for services provided by Ms. Dean.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

                Our board of directors has adopted a policy, effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, providing that the audit committee will review and approve or ratify transactions in excess of $120,000 of value in which we participate and in which a director, executive officer or beneficial holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Under this policy, the board of directors is to obtain all information it believes to be relevant to a review and approval or ratification of these transactions. After consideration of the relevant information, the audit committee is to approve only those related party transactions that the audit committee believes are on their terms, taken as a whole, no less favorable to us than could be obtained in an arms'-length transaction with an unrelated third party and that the audit committee determines are not inconsistent with the best interests of the Company. In particular, our policy with respect to related person transactions will require our audit committee to consider the benefits to the Company, the impact on a director's independence in the event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director has a position or relationship, the availability of other sources for comparable products or services, the terms of the transaction and the terms available to unrelated third parties or to employees generally. A "related person" is any person who is or was one of our executive officers, directors or director nominees or is a holder of more than 5% of our common stock, or their immediate family members or any entity owned or controlled by any of the foregoing persons. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

140


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

                Our authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Upon the completion of this offering, there will be outstanding 59,503,727 shares of common stock (excluding 5,620,199 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, 2,478,702 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to be granted in connection with this offering under our 2016 Equity Plan and 28,311 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to be granted in connection with this offering under our 2012 Option Plan) and no outstanding shares of preferred stock. As of June 30, 2016, we had six stockholders of record.

                The following descriptions of our capital stock, amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are intended as summaries only and are qualified in their entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

Common Stock

                The holders of our common stock are entitled to the following rights, preferences and privileges:

    Voting Rights.   Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote. Subject to any rights that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, our common stock votes as a single class on all matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as provided by law, except as provided in the stockholders' agreement. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation, stockholders' agreement or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of election of directors, any election must be approved by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election.

      Pursuant to the stockholders' agreement, for a period of two years following this offering, Starr Investments will agree to vote 9,611,804 of their shares of our common stock on all matters presented to the stockholders in the same manner that AEA votes on such matters. In particular, following the consummation of this offering, and for so long as certain affiliates of AEA and Starr Investments hold an aggregate of at least 10% of our outstanding common stock, such Sponsors shall be entitled to nominate at least one individual for election to our board, and our board and nominating committee thereof shall nominate and recommend to our stockholders that such individual be elected to our board, and each party to the stockholders' agreement agrees to vote all of their shares to elect such individual to our board.

    Dividend Rights.   Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding shares of our preferred stock (if any), the holders of our outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends to be paid ratably, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors (in its sole discretion) out of legally available funds. It is our present intention not to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We are a holding company and substantially all of our operations are carried out by our operating subsidiaries. Our operating subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends to us is limited by the terms of the ABL

141


Table of Contents

      Facility and Term Loan Facilities, which in turn may limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. See "Dividend Policy."

    Liquidation Rights.   In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to receive ratably, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, in our assets that are legally available for distribution to our common stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

    Other Rights.   Other than as provided in the stockholders' agreement and registration rights agreement, our stockholders have no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. The shares of our outstanding common stock are not subject to further calls or assessments by us. There are no conversion or redemption rights or sinking fund provisions applicable to the shares of our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

                Following the consummation of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.

Preferred Stock

                Our preferred stock, if issued, may have priority over our common stock with respect to dividends and other distributions, including the distribution of our assets upon liquidation. To the extent permitted by law, our board of directors will have the authority, without further stockholder authorization, to issue from time to time shares of authorized preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the terms, powers (including voting powers), rights and preferences, variations and the restrictions and limitations thereof of each series. Although we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, the issuance of shares of preferred stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase such shares, could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the common stock, and could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us or an unsolicited acquisition proposal.

Limitations on Directors' Liability

                Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions indemnifying our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors which may, in certain cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions provided for under Delaware law.

                In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

      any breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

      acts or omissions not in good faith which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

142


Table of Contents

      the payment of dividends or the redemption or purchase of stock in violation of the DGCL; or

      any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

                This provision does not affect a director's liability under the federal securities laws.

                To the extent that our directors, officers and controlling persons are indemnified under the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the DGCL or contractual arrangements against liabilities arising under the Securities Act, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law that May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect

                The DGCL contains, and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain, provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors.

Staggered Board; Removal of Directors

                Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws divide our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms. In addition, a director will be subject to removal by our stockholders only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of all of our then outstanding common stock if AEA ceases to own, or have the right to direct the vote of, 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, may only be filled by vote of a majority of our directors then in office (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock or rights granted pursuant to the stockholders' agreement). Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the total number of directors may be changed only by the resolution of our board of directors (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors). The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the removal of directors, changes to the total numbers of directors and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our Company.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings

                Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent if AEA ceases to own, or have the right to direct the vote of, 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provides that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our chairman of the board or our board of directors if AEA, ceases to own, or have the right to direct the vote of, 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals

                Our amended and restated bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider

143


Table of Contents

proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a stockholder of record who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder's intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities until the next stockholder meeting.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

                In our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL, as permitted under and pursuant to subsection (b)(3) of Section 203; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain "business combinations" with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

      prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

      upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

      at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

                Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction provided for or through our Company resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and the affiliates and associates of such person. For purposes of this provision, "voting stock" means any class or series of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

                Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who qualifies as an "interested stockholder" to effect certain business combinations with our Company for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors in order to avoid the stockholder approval requirement if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that our stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

                Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that certain affiliates of AEA and Starr Investments, and their respective affiliates, and any of their respective direct or indirect designated transferees (other than in certain market transfers and gifts) and any group of which such persons are a party do not constitute "interested stockholders" for purposes of this provision.

Amendments to Our Bylaws

                The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares presents at any meeting and entitled to vote on a matter is required to amend a corporation's bylaws, unless a corporation's bylaws requires a greater percentage. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, if AEA ceases to own, or have the right to direct the vote of, 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock.

144


Table of Contents

Exclusive Jurisdiction for Certain Actions

                Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in the name of the Company, actions against directors, officers or employees for breach of a fiduciary duty and other similar actions, may be brought only in specified courts in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision will benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of claims to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Common Stock and this Offering—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us."

Stock Exchange Listing

                We have received approval to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "HOME".

Transfer Agent and Registrar

                The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

145


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

                On October 5, 2011, we entered into a senior secured asset based revolving credit facility (the "ABL Facility"). On June 5, 2015, we entered into a senior secured first lien term loan facility (the "First Lien Facility"), and a senior secured second lien term loan facility (the "Second Lien Facility" and, together with the First Lien Facility, the "Term Loan Facilities"). The proceeds of the Term Loan Facilities were used to finance the redemption in full of our 10.75% Senior Secured Notes due June 1, 2019, including accrued and unpaid interest and premium thereon and fees and expenses in connection therewith and for general corporate purposes. Borrowings under the ABL Facility are used to finance or refinance our working capital and capital expenditures and for general corporate purposes.

                We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to repay approximately $115.8 million of principal amount of indebtedness under the Second Lien Facility. To the extent that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use borrowings under the ABL Facility to repay the remaining principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. We expect to use cash to pay any accrued and unpaid interest and premium on the outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Facility. See "Use of Proceeds."

ABL Facility

General

                At Home Holding III Inc. (formerly known as GRD Holding III Corporation) ("At Home III") and At Home Stores LLC (as successor in interest to Garden Ridge, L.P.), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of At Home III ("At Home LLC", together with At Home III, collectively, the "ABL Borrowers") are party to the ABL Facility as co-borrowers, pursuant to a Credit Agreement (as amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 9, 2012, as further amended by the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 23, 2013, as further amended by the Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of July 28, 2014 (the "Third Amendment"), as further amended by the Assumption and Ratification Agreement dated as of September 29, 2014, and as further amended by the Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 5, 2015 (the "Fourth Amendment"), the "ABL Credit Agreement"), with At Home Holding II Inc. (formerly known as GRD Holding II Corporation) ("At Home II") as parent guarantor, certain of At Home II's indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, the "ABL Agent"). The ABL Facility is scheduled to mature on July 28, 2019. There is no scheduled amortization under the ABL Facility.

                In June 2016, we amended our ABL Facility to exercise the $75.0 million accordion feature of the ABL Facility, which increased the aggregate revolving commitments from $140.0 million to $215.0 million and increased the sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit from $10.0 million to $25.0 million. The other terms of the ABL Facility remain unchanged.

                After giving effect to the amendment to the ABL Facility, the ABL Facility provides for revolving borrowings of up to $215.0 million subject to borrowing base availability. The borrowing base is equal to the sum (subject to certain reserves and adjustments) of (i) 90% of eligible credit card receivables, (ii) 90% (increased to 92.5% during the period beginning August 15 and ending on November 30 of each year) of the appraised orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory, and (iii) at any time other than during cash dominion, the lesser of (x) 100% of the aggregate amount of borrowing base eligible cash and (y) $20.0 million. Subject to the borrowing base availability, the ABL Facility also includes a letter of credit facility of up to $25.0 million (after giving effect to the amendment to the ABL Facility) and a swing line facility for same-day borrowings of up to $10.0 million. Borrowings under the ABL Facility are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of default and accuracy of representations and warranties.

146


Table of Contents

                As of April 30, 2016, we had $85.6 million in borrowings outstanding under the ABL Credit Agreement.

Interest

                Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) adjusted LIBOR plus the applicable rate or (b) base rate (determined by reference to the greatest of the prime rate published by Bank of America, N.A., the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% and one-month LIBOR plus 1%) plus the applicable rate. The applicable rates under the ABL Facility are subject to step-ups and step-downs based on the ABL Borrowers' average daily availability for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter in accordance with the following schedule:

Pricing
Level
  Average Daily Availability   Eurodollar Rate
and Letters
of Credit
  Base Rate  

I

  Less than or equal to $35.0 million     1.75 %   0.75 %

II

  Greater than $35.0 million but less than or equal to $80.0 million     1.50 %   0.50 %

III

  Greater than $80.0 million     1.25 %   0.25 %

Optional and Mandatory Prepayments; Cash Dominion

                At our option, the ABL Facility may be prepaid at any time without a premium or penalty with notice to the administrative agent. We may also terminate and/or permanently reduce the unused commitments under the ABL Facility, with notice to the administrative agent. Such termination or reduction must be in a minimum aggregate amount of $2.0 million or in whole multiples of $1.0 million in excess thereof. In addition, we are not permitted to terminate or reduce the commitments if such termination or reduction (and any concurrent prepayments) would cause the total outstanding amount to exceed the amount of the ABL Facility. To the extent the borrowings under the ABL Facility at any time exceed the borrowing base at such time, we are required to prepay the borrowings under the ABL Facility in the amount of such excess.

                We will be required to sweep substantially all cash receipts from the sale of inventory, collection of receivables and dispositions of the ABL Priority Collateral (defined below) into certain concentration accounts under the dominion and control of the administrative agent under the ABL Facility and all such cash will be used to repay outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility (i) during the existence of an event of default, (ii) when we fail to maintain availability of at least the greater of $10.0 million and 12.5% of the line cap for five consecutive days, or (iii) when we fail to maintain availability of at least $7.5 million at any time.

Guarantee and Collateral

                Obligations in respect of the ABL Facility are guaranteed by At Home II, and each of our material existing, newly acquired or created wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. Obligations under the ABL Credit Agreement, as well as obligations to the ABL Facility lenders and their affiliates under certain secured cash management agreements and secured hedge agreements, are secured by a first priority lien on the ABL Borrowers' and the guarantors' accounts receivable, inventory, deposit accounts, cash and cash equivalents, tax refunds and related tax payments, chattel paper, documents, instruments, general intangibles, securities accounts, and books, records, proceeds and supporting obligations relating to the foregoing (collectively, the "ABL Priority Collateral"), and a third priority lien on the ABL Borrowers' and the guarantors' and their wholly-owned subsidiaries' capital stock (which will be limited, in the case of any foreign subsidiaries, to 65% of the voting stock and 100% of the non-voting stock of any first-tier foreign subsidiaries), and the ABL Borrowers' and the guarantors' intercompany debt and all other assets other than the ABL Priority Collateral (collectively, the "Term Loan Priority Collateral"), as further detailed in (i) the ABL Security Agreement, dated October 5, 2011 (as amended by the Third Amendment and the Fourth Amendment) between the grantors and

147


Table of Contents

ABL Agent, (ii) the First Lien Security Agreement, dated June 5, 2015 between the grantors and the First Lien Agent (as defined below), (iii) the Second Lien Security Agreement, dated June 5, 2015 between the grantors and the Second Lien Agent (as defined below), (iv) the Intercreditor Agreement dated June 5, 2015 between At Home II, At Home III, the ABL Agent, the First Lien Agent, and the Second Lien Agent (the "ABL/Term Intercreditor Agreement"), and (v) the Intercreditor Agreement dated June 5, 2015 between At Home II, At Home III, the First Lien Agent and the Second Lien Agent (the "First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement" and together with the ABL/Term Intercreditor Agreement and ABL Security Agreement, First Lien Security Agreement and Second Lien Security Agreement, collectively, the "Collateral Agreements").

Covenants and Other Matters

                The ABL Credit Agreement requires that we comply with a number of covenants, as well as certain financial tests. During the existence of an event of default or when we fail to maintain availability of at least the greater of $10.0 million and 10% of the line cap, the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of the most recently completed period of four consecutive quarters must be 1.00 to 1.00 or higher. The covenants also limit, in certain circumstances, our ability to take a variety of actions, including:

    incur indebtedness;

    create or maintain liens on property or assets;

    make investments, loans and advances;

    engage in acquisitions, mergers, consolidations and asset sales;

    redeem debt;

    pay dividends and distributions; and

    enter into transactions with affiliates.

                The ABL Borrowers' future compliance with its financial covenants under the ABL Credit Agreement will depend on its ability to maintain sufficient liquidity, generate earnings and manage its assets effectively. The ABL Credit Agreement also has various non-financial covenants, both requiring the ABL Borrowers and guarantors to refrain from taking certain future actions (as described above) and requiring each of the ABL Borrowers and guarantors to take certain actions, such as keeping in good standing its corporate existence, maintaining insurance, and providing the bank lending group with financial information on a timely basis. The ABL Credit Agreement also contains certain customary representations and warranties and events of default, including among other things payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, actual or asserted failure of any material guaranty or security document supporting the ABL Credit Agreement to be in force and effect, and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the administrative agent under the ABL Credit Agreement would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the ABL Facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Term Loan Facilities

General

                At Home III entered into (i) the First Lien Facility, pursuant to a First Lien Credit Agreement (the "First Lien Credit Agreement"), with At Home II, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, the "First Lien Agent"), dated June 5, 2015, and (ii) the Second Lien Facility, pursuant to a Second Lien Credit

148


Table of Contents

Agreement (the "Second Lien Credit Agreement" and, together with the First Lien Credit Agreement, the "Term Loan Credit Agreements"), with At Home II, the lenders party thereto, and Dynasty Financial II, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, the "Second Lien Agent"), dated June 5, 2015.

                The Term Loan Facilities provide for term loans of up to (i) $300.0 million under the First Lien Facility (the "First Lien Loan") and (ii) $130.0 million under the Second Lien Facility (the "Second Lien Loan" and together with the First Lien Loan, the "Term Loans"). The First Lien Loan amortizes in nominal quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the original aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Loan and matures on June 3, 2022. The Second Lien Loan has no amortization and matures on June 5, 2023. The Term Loan Facilities also permit us to add one or more incremental term loans up to $50.0 million (shared between the First Lien Facility and the Second Lien Facility) plus additional amounts subject to our compliance with, with respect to the First Lien Facility, a first lien net leverage ratio test, and, with respect to the Second Lien Facility, a secured net leverage ratio test.

                As of April 30, 2016, we had $297.0 million outstanding under the First Lien Facility and $130.0 million outstanding under the Second Lien Facility.

Interest

                Term Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) adjusted LIBOR plus the applicable rate or (b) base rate (determined by reference to the greatest of the prime rate published by Bank of America, N.A., the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% and one-month LIBOR plus 1%) plus the applicable rate. Until the occurrence of a qualifying initial public offering, the applicable rates under the First Lien Facility are 4.00% for LIBOR loans and 3.00% for base rate loans. After the occurrence of a qualifying IPO, the applicable rates under the First Lien Facility are subject to step-ups and step-downs based on secured net leverage ratio levels in accordance with the following schedule:

Pricing Level
  Secured Net Leverage Ratio   Eurodollar
Rate
  Base Rate  

I

  Greater than 3.50:1.00     4.00 %   3.00 %

II

  Less than or equal to 3:50:1.00     3.50 %   2.50 %

                The applicable rates under the Second Lien Facility are 8.00% for LIBOR loans and 7.00% for base rate loans.

Optional and Mandatory Prepayments

                At our option, the First Lien Loan may be prepaid at any time, in whole or in part, with notice to the First Lien Agent; provided however, any prepayment in connection with a repricing transaction made on or prior to June 5, 2016 shall be subject to a prepayment premium equal to the principal amount of the First Lien Loan subject to such prepayment multiplied by 1%. Any prepayment of all or any portion of the outstanding First Lien on or after June 5, 2016 shall not be subject to a premium.

                At our option, the Second Lien Loan may be prepaid at any time (but subject to the restrictions contained in the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement), in whole or in part, with notice to the Second Lien Agent; provided however, any voluntary prepayment made on or prior to June 5, 2017 shall be subject to a prepayment premium equal to the principal amount of the Second Lien Loan subject to such prepayment multiplied by 1%. In addition, on and after June 5, 2017, any prepayment or repayment of the Second Lien Loan (whether optional, mandatory, at maturity or otherwise), in whole or in part, shall be made together with payment of an exit fee equal to 4.50% of the amount of the Second Lien Loan being so prepaid or repaid in the case of any prepayment or

149


Table of Contents

repayment occurring on or after June 5, 2017 but prior to June 5, 2018, which exit fee increases over time to an amount equal to 12.00% of the amount of the Second Lien Loan being so prepaid or repaid in the case of any prepayment or repayment occurring on or after June 5, 2022.

                In addition, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, we are permitted to offer our lenders to repurchase loans held by them under the Term Loan Facilities at a discount.

                Under certain circumstances and subject to certain exceptions, the Term Loan Facilities will be subject to mandatory prepayments in the amount equal to: (x) 100% of the net proceeds of certain assets sales and issuances or incurrence of non-permitted indebtedness and (y) 50% of annual excess cash flow for any fiscal year, such percentage to decrease to 0% depending on the attainment of certain total leverage ratio targets. In addition, the Second Lien Loans are subject to mandatory prepayment upon consummation of any qualifying IPO, in an amount equal to the aggregate net proceeds resulting from such qualifying IPO.

Guarantee and Collateral

                Our obligations in respect of the Term Loan Facilities are guaranteed by At Home II and each of our material existing and newly acquired or created wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. Our obligations under the Term Loan Facilities are secured by a first priority lien on the Term Loan Priority Collateral, and a second priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral, as further detailed in the Collateral Agreements. As between the First Lien Facility and the Second Lien Facility, liens securing the Second Lien Loan are junior and subordinated to the lien securing the First Lien Loan.

Covenants and Other Matters

                The Term Loan Credit Agreements have various non-financial covenants, customary representations and warranties, events of defaults and remedies, substantially similar to those described in respect of the ABL Credit Agreement above. There are no financial maintenance covenants in the Term Loan Credit Agreements.

150


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

                The sale of a substantial amount of our common stock in the public market after this offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. Furthermore, because over 99% of our common stock outstanding prior to the consummation of this offering will be subject to the contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, the sale of a substantial amount of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

                Upon completion of this offering, we expect to have outstanding an aggregate of 59,503,727 shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options and assuming that the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase additional shares. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act (other than restrictions pursuant to lock-up agreements entered into by certain officers and directors purchasing shares through the LOYAL3 platform) by persons other than "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Generally, the balance of our outstanding common stock are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, subject to the limitations and restrictions that are described below. Common stock purchased by our affiliates will be "restricted securities" under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below.

                Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and subject to the provisions of Rule 144, an additional 50,836,727 shares will be available for sale in the public market. The sale of these restricted securities is subject, in the case of shares held by affiliates, to the volume restrictions contained in those rules.

Lock-up Agreements

                In connection with this offering, we, our directors and executive officers and stockholders currently representing substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock will agree with the underwriters to enter into lock-up agreements described in "Underwriting," pursuant to which shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted from immediate resale in accordance with the terms of such lock-up agreements without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. Under these agreements, subject to limited exceptions, neither we nor any of our directors or executive officers or these stockholders may dispose of, hedge or otherwise transfer the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Certain transfers or dispositions can be made sooner, provided the transferee becomes bound to the terms of the lock-up.

Rule 144

                In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the consummation of this offering, a person (or persons whose common stock is required to be aggregated), who is an affiliate, and who has beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 0.6 million shares immediately after consummation of this offering; or

    the average weekly trading volume in our shares on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such a sale.

151


Table of Contents

                Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An "affiliate" is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with an issuer.

                Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months (including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate), would be entitled to sell those shares subject only to availability of current public information about us, and after beneficially owning such shares for at least twelve months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares without restriction. To the extent that our affiliates sell their common stock, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser's holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

                In general, under Rule 701 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in reliance on Rule 701 in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance upon Rule 144. If such person is not an affiliate, such sale may be made subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, such sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirement, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.

Stock Plans

                We intend to file a registration statement or statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our new omnibus incentive plan and pursuant to all option grants made prior to this offering under the stock option plan. Subject to lock-up arrangements, these registration statements are expected to be filed as soon as practicable after the closing date of this offering. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of the applicable Form S-8 registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described above.

Registration Rights

                Following this offering, some of our stockholders will, under some circumstances, have the right to require us to register their shares for future sale. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement".

152


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

                The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock that is being issued pursuant to this offering. This summary is limited to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not discuss all of the aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of the Non-U.S. Holder's particular investment or other circumstances. Accordingly, all prospective Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

                This summary is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (which we refer to as the "Code"), applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as in effect or in existence on the date of this prospectus. Subsequent developments in U.S. federal income or estate tax law, including changes in law or differing interpretations, which may be applied retroactively, could alter the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock as described in this summary. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") will not take a contrary position with respect to one or more of the tax consequences described herein and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

                As used in this summary, the term "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

    an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership;

    an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

    a trust, if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust's administration and one or more "United States persons" (within the meaning of the Code) has the authority to control all of the trust's substantial decisions, or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

                If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such a partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partnerships, and partners in partnerships, that hold our common stock should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock that are applicable to them.

153


Table of Contents

                This summary does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a Non-U.S. Holder and does not address any special tax rules that may apply to particular Non-U.S. Holders, such as:

    a Non-U.S. Holder that is a financial institution, insurance company, tax-exempt organization, pension plan, broker, dealer or trader in stocks, securities or currencies, U.S. expatriate, controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company;

    a Non-U.S. Holder holding our common stock as part of a conversion, constructive sale, wash sale or other integrated transaction or a hedge, straddle or synthetic security;

    a Non-U.S. Holder that holds or receives our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

    a Non-U.S. Holder that at any time owns, directly, indirectly or constructively, 5% or more of our outstanding common stock.

                In addition, this summary does not address any U.S. state or local, or non-U.S. or other tax consequences, or any U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences for beneficial owners of a Non-U.S. Holder, including shareholders of a controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company that holds our common stock.

                 Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

                As discussed under "Dividend Policy" above, we do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. If we make distributions of cash or property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock) with respect to our common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in its common stock and will reduce (but not below zero) such Non-U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in its common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain from a disposition of our common stock subject to the tax treatment described below in "Sales or Other Dispositions of Our Common Stock".

                Distributions on our common stock that are treated as dividends, and that are not effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States, generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30%. A Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and its jurisdiction of tax residence. In order to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) in accordance with the applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special rules apply to partnerships and other pass-through entities and these certification and disclosure requirements also may apply to beneficial owners of partnerships and other pass-through entities that hold our common stock.

                Distributions on our common stock that are treated as dividends, and that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons (unless the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for and properly claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty and the dividends are not attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and its

154


Table of Contents

jurisdiction of tax residence). Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States will not be subject to the withholding of U.S. federal income tax discussed above if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) in accordance with the applicable certification and disclosure requirements. A Non-U.S. Holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a "branch profits" tax at a 30% rate (or a lower rate if the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the Non-U.S. Holder's earnings and profits (attributable to dividends on our common stock or otherwise) that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States, subject to certain adjustments.

                The certifications described above must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. A Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their eligibility for benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the manner of claiming such benefits.

                The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under "Backup Withholding and Information Reporting" and "FATCA Withholding".

Sales or Other Dispositions of Our Common Stock

                A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (including withholding thereof) on any gain recognized on sales or other dispositions of our common stock unless:

    the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States); in this case, the gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the "branch profits tax" described above may also apply;

    the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for more than 182 days in the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other requirements; in this case, except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses, generally will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax, even though the Non-U.S. Holder is not considered a resident of the United States under the Code; or

    we are or have been a "United States real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (i) the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and (ii) the period that the Non-U.S. Holder held our common stock.

                Generally, a corporation is a "United States real property holding corporation" if the fair market value of its "United States real property interests" equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a United States real property holding corporation. However, because the determination of whether we are a United States real property holding corporation is made from time to time and depends on the relative fair market values of our assets, there can be no assurance in this regard. If we were a United States real property holding corporation, the tax relating to disposition of stock in a United States real property holding corporation generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder whose holdings, direct, indirect and constructive, constituted 5% or less of our common stock at all times

155


Table of Contents

during the applicable period, provided that our common stock is "regularly traded on an established securities market" (as provided in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations) at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs. However, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a United States real property holding corporation.

                The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under "Backup Withholding and Information Reporting" and "FATCA Withholding".

Federal Estate Tax

                Our common stock that is owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

                Backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) will not apply to payments of dividends on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person, or otherwise qualifies for an exemption. However, the applicable withholding agent generally will be required to report to the IRS and to such Non-U.S. Holder payments of dividends on our common stock and the amount of U.S. federal income tax, if any, withheld with respect to those payments. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of a treaty or agreement.

                The gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock may be subject, in certain circumstances discussed below, to U.S. backup withholding and information reporting. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of our common stock outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sale or disposition proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, then the U.S. backup withholding and information reporting requirements generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting, but not U.S. backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sale or disposition proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a United States person or has certain enumerated connections with the United States, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

                If a Non-U.S. Holder receives payments of the proceeds of sales or other dispositions of our common stock to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment will be subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the broker a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person, or otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

                Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability

156


Table of Contents

(which may result in the Non-U.S. Holder being entitled to a refund), provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA Withholding

                The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and related Treasury guidance (commonly referred to as "FATCA") impose U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments to certain foreign entities of (i) U.S.-source dividends (including dividends paid on our common stock) and (ii) the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition after December 31, 2016 (which date the IRS has announced it will extend to December 31, 2018) of property that produces U.S.-source dividends (including sales or other dispositions of our common stock). This withholding tax generally applies to a foreign entity, whether acting as a beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign entity, depending on the type of foreign entity, (i) complies with certain information reporting requirements regarding its U.S. account holders and certain withholding obligations regarding certain payments to its account holders and certain other persons or (ii) provides information with respect to certain of its U.S. owners. Accordingly, the entity through which a Non-U.S. Holder holds its common stock will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA.

157


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

                The Company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
  Number of Shares  
Goldman, Sachs & Co.         
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                      Incorporated
       
Jefferies LLC        
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC        
Evercore Group L.L.C.         
Guggenheim Securities, LLC        
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.         

Total

    8,667,000  

                The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

                The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 1,300,050 shares from the Company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

                The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the Company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to 1,300,050 additional shares.

Paid by the Company
  No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Per Share

    $     $  

Total

    $     $  

                Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

                The Company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the Company's common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See "Shares Available for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

                Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the Company and the representatives. Among the factors to

158


Table of Contents

be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Company's historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

                We have received approval to list the common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "HOME".

                In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

                The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

                Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Company's stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The LOYAL3 Platform

                At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to be offered to our directors, officers, employees, customers, certain business and other associates of ours and individual investors through a platform administered by LOYAL3 Securities, Inc., which we refer to in this prospectus as the "LOYAL3 platform." Purchases through the LOYAL3 platform will be at the initial public offering price, will be otherwise fee-free to investors and will be in dollar amounts that may include fractional shares. The LOYAL3 platform is designed to facilitate participation of individual purchasers in initial public offerings in amounts starting at $100. Any purchase of our common stock in this offering through the LOYAL3 platform will be at the same time and price as any other purchases in this offering, including purchases by institutions and other large investors. Sales of our common stock by investors using the LOYAL3 platform will be completed through a batch or combined order process typically only once per day. Individual investors in the United States who are interested in purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering

159


Table of Contents

through the LOYAL3 platform may go to LOYAL3's website for information about how to open a LOYAL3 account, which is required to purchase common stock through the LOYAL3 platform. The LOYAL3 platform and the information on the LOYAL3 website do not form a part of this prospectus. LOYAL3 Securities, Inc. is a U.S. registered broker-dealer unaffiliated with our Company and is participating in this offering as a member of the selling group.

                For certain officers and directors purchasing shares through the LOYAL3 platform, the lock-up agreements contemplated in the sixth paragraph under the heading "Underwriting" shall govern with respect to their purchases. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time, which, in the case of officers and directors, shall be with notice.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

                In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), an offer of shares to the public may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer of shares to the public may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

                    (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

                    (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

                    (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in a Relevant Member State and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom an offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

                For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

                In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, such financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

160


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

                In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed as qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or relay on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

                The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) ("Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance") or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) ("Securities and Futures Ordinance"), or (ii) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

                This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA")) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

                Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation's securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in

161


Table of Contents

Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore ("Regulation 32").

                Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

                The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

                The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange ("SIX") or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

                Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

                This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

162


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

                No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission ("ASIC"), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the "Corporations Act"), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

                Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the "Exempt Investors") who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

                The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

                This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

                The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

                Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

                Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

                We estimate that the total expenses of the offering (including up to $              in reimbursement of certain fees of underwriters' counsel), excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $5.1 million. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses related to the offering.

                We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

163


Table of Contents

                The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. For example, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Jefferies LLC and Guggenheim Securities, LLC, or one of their respective affiliates, acted as joint lead arrangers and joint book-running managers for, or act as agents and/or lenders under, our First Lien Facility. Additionally, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, or its affiliates, acted as a joint lead arranger and bookrunner for, and act as an agent and lender, under our ABL Facility.

                In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

164


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

                The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, New York, New York. Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP owns an indirect interest in less than 1% of our common stock through limited partnership interests in funds associated with AEA. The underwriters are being represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York in connection with this offering.


EXPERTS

                The consolidated financial statements of At Home Group Inc. and its subsidiaries as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 30, 2016, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

                We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock to be sold in this offering. As allowed by SEC rules, this prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules that are part of the registration statement. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement, including all amendments, supplements, schedules and exhibits thereto.

                Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

                You may read, without charge, and copy, at prescribed rates, all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we file with or furnish to the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You can review the registration statement, as well as our future SEC filings, by accessing the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. You may also request copies of those documents, at no cost to you, by contacting us at the following address:

At Home Group Inc.
1600 East Plano Parkway
Plano, Texas 75074
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
(972) 265-6227

                As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can request copies of these documents, for a copying fee, by writing to the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent auditors.

165


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Financial Statements

   
 
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

    F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-7  

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

    F-34  

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

   
 
 

Thirteen Weeks Ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016

   
 
 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

    F-39  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

    F-40  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    F-41  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-42  

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
At Home Group Inc.

                We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of At Home Group Inc. as of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 30, 2016. Our audits also included the accompanying financial statement schedule. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

                We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

                In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of At Home Group Inc. at January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 30, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas
April 22, 2016, except as to Note 16, which is as of July 25, 2016

F-2


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  January 31, 2015   January 30, 2016  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4,706   $ 5,428  

Inventories, net

    142,256     176,388  

Prepaid expenses

    4,758     6,351  

Other current assets

    4,041     3,229  

Total current assets

    155,761     191,396  

Property and equipment, net

    220,084     272,776  

Goodwill

    569,732     569,732  

Trade name

    853     872  

Debt issuance costs, net

    1,628     1,323  

Restricted cash

    17,260     26  

Noncurrent deferred tax asset

    2,418     14,726  

Other assets

    579     3,959  

Total assets

  $ 968,315   $ 1,054,810  

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 31,638   $ 31,139  

Accrued liabilities

    56,679     54,472  

Revolving line of credit

    67,400     76,600  

Current portion of deferred rent

    2,943     4,518  

Current portion of long-term debt

    758     3,789  

Income taxes payable

    515      

Total current liabilities

    159,933     170,518  

Long-term debt

    369,990     422,610  

Financing obligations

    19,683     19,017  

Deferred rent

    51,226     70,156  

Other long-term liabilities

    6,567     3,356  

Total liabilities

    607,399     685,657  

Shareholders' Equity

             

Common stock, Class A; $0.01 par value; 32,535,505 shares issued and outstanding

    325     325  

Common stock, Class B; $0.01 par value; 18,301,222 shares issued and outstanding

    183     183  

Additional paid-in capital

    405,083     409,746  

Accumulated deficit

    (44,675 )   (41,101 )

Total shareholders' equity

    360,916     369,153  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 968,315   $ 1,054,810  

   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Fiscal Year Ended  
 
  January 25, 2014   January 31, 2015   January 30, 2016  

Net sales

  $ 403,966   $ 497,733   $ 622,161  

Cost of sales

    272,021     335,617     421,750  

Gross profit

    131,945     162,116     200,411  

Operating expenses

                   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    74,255     110,503     135,716  

Impairment of trade name

    37,500          

Depreciation and amortization

    1,262     5,310     2,476  

Total operating expenses

    113,017     115,813     138,192  

Operating income

    18,928     46,303     62,219  

Interest expense, net

    41,152     42,382     36,759  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            36,046  

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (22,224 )   3,921     (10,586 )

Income tax provision (benefit)

    59     4,357     (14,160 )

Net (loss) income

  $ (22,283 ) $ (436 ) $ 3,574  

Earnings per share:

                   

Net (loss) income per common share:

                   

Basic

  $ (0.44 ) $ (0.01 ) $ 0.07  

Diluted

  $ (0.44 ) $ (0.01 ) $ 0.07  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                   

Basic

    50,836,727     50,836,727     50,836,727  

Diluted

    50,836,727     50,836,727     51,732,752  

   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholder's Equity
For the Fiscal Years Ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016
(in thousands, except share data)

 
  Common Stock
Class A
  Common Stock
Class B
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
   
 
 
  Shares   Par Value   Shares   Par Value   Total  

Balance, January 26, 2013

    32,535,505   $ 325     18,301,222   $ 183   $ 396,459   $ (21,956 ) $ 375,011  

Stock-based compensation

                    4,373         4,373  

Net loss

                        (22,283 )   (22,283 )

Balance, January 25, 2014

    32,535,505     325     18,301,222     183     400,832     (44,239 )   357,101  

Stock-based compensation

                    4,251         4,251  

Net loss

                        (436 )   (436 )

Balance, January 31, 2015

    32,535,505     325     18,301,222     183     405,083     (44,675 )   360,916  

Stock-based compensation

                    4,663         4,663  

Net income

                        3,574     3,574  

Balance, January 30, 2016

    32,535,505   $ 325     18,301,222   $ 183   $ 409,746   $ (41,101 ) $ 369,153  

   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

 
  Fiscal Year Ended  
 
  January 25, 2014   January 31, 2015   January 30, 2016  

Operating Activities

                   

Net (loss) income

  $ (22,283 ) $ (436 ) $ 3,574  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    13,132     23,317     28,694  

(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets

    (51 )   746     (1,852 )

Non-cash interest expense

    1,431     1,780     2,757  

Amortization of deferred gain on sale-leaseback

    (328 )   (1,759 )   (3,152 )

Deferred income taxes

    (7,257 )   (1,992 )   (12,308 )

Stock-based compensation

    4,373     4,251     4,663  

Impariment of trade name

    37,500          

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            36,046  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

                   

Inventories

    (13,744 )   (33,131 )   (34,132 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,388     (4,581 )   (781 )

Other assets

    35     287     (3,380 )

Accounts payable

    (5,722 )   11,554     (6,285 )

Accrued liabilities

    22,000     15,950     (5,418 )

Income taxes payable

    3,664     (5,513 )   (515 )

Deferred rent

    1,557     4,848     7,002  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    35,695     15,321     14,913  

Investing Activities

                   

Purchase of property and equipment

    (47,207 )   (137,044 )   (102,541 )

Purchase of intangible assets

    (389 )   (464 )   (19 )

Change in restricted cash

    (17,857 )   597     17,234  

Net proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    35,143     36,813     45,599  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (30,310 )   (100,098 )   (39,727 )

Financing Activities

                   

Payments under lines of credit

    (123,784 )   (212,400 )   (230,900 )

Proceeds from lines of credit

    120,884     279,800     240,100  

Payment of debt issuance costs

    (601 )   (956 )   (13,742 )

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

        6,532     430,000  

Payment of Senior Secured Notes

            (389,027 )

Payments on financing obligations

            (360 )

Proceeds from financing obligations

        12,158      

Payments on long-term debt

    (531 )   (622 )   (10,535 )

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (4,032 )   84,512     25,536  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    1,353     (265 )   722  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    3,618     4,971     4,706  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 4,971   $ 4,706   $ 5,428  

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

                   

Cash paid for interest

  $ 39,731   $ 40,616   $ 40,184  

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 1,979   $ 13,037   $ 1,026  

   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

                At Home is a home décor superstore focused exclusively on providing a broad assortment of products for any room, in any style, for any budget. We operate 100 home décor superstores in 27 states, primarily in the South Central, Southeastern and Midwestern regions of the United States. At Home is owned and operated by At Home Group Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All references to "we", "us", "our" and the "Company" and similar expressions are references to At Home Group Inc. and our consolidated, wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

Rebranding Initiative

                During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, we launched a significant rebranding initiative through which we changed our brand and corporate name, redesigned stores and changed merchandise. As part of this initiative, we changed our name from "Garden Ridge" to "At Home". We completed the rebranding initiative during the first nine months of fiscal year 2015. All of our stores operate under the At Home brand.

Corporate Restructuring

                At Home Group Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation on June 30, 2011, under the name GRD Holding I Corporation ("GRD I"). Upon incorporation, GRD I became the parent of GRD Holding II Corporation ("GRD II"), which owned 100% of GRD Holding III Corporation ("GRD III"). GRD III was organized for the purpose of acquiring all of the outstanding common stock of Garden Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. Garden Holdings Inc. owned, directly or indirectly, 100% of Garden Ridge Corporation and other entities. On September 29, 2014, GRD I, GRD II, GRD III and its affiliates completed an entity restructuring and amended various corporate names to reflect the "At Home" brand. In particular, (i) GRD Holding I Corporation was renamed to At Home Group Inc. ("At Home Group"), (ii) GRD Holding II Corporation was renamed to At Home Holding II Inc. ("At Home II"), (iii) GRD Holding III Corporation was renamed to At Home Holding III Inc. ("At Home III"), (iv) Garden Holdings Inc. was converted from a Delaware corporation to a Delaware limited liability company named At Home Companies LLC ("At Home LLC"), (v) both Garden Ridge Corporation and Garden Ridge, L.P. were merged with and into Garden Ridge Management, LLC and (vi) Garden Ridge Management, LLC was renamed At Home Stores LLC ("At Home Stores").

Fiscal Year

                We report on the basis of a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the last Saturday in January. References to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends. References herein to "fiscal year 2016" relate to the 52 weeks ended January 30, 2016, references to "fiscal year 2015" relate to the 53 weeks ended January 31, 2015 and references to "fiscal year 2014" relate to the 52 weeks ended January 25, 2014.

Consolidation

                The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of At Home Group and its consolidated wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

F-7


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

                The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within its consolidated financial statements, and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

                Preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results may differ from these estimates.

Reclassification

                Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified in the accompanying consolidated financial statements to conform to our fiscal year 2016 presentation, including the reclassification of current deferred income taxes to non-current deferred income taxes and the reclassification of certain unamortized deferred debt issuance costs from non-current assets to a direct reduction of the related long-term debt obligation.

Segment Information

                Management has determined that we have one operating segment, and therefore, one reportable segment. Our chief operating decision maker ("CODM") is our Chief Executive Officer; our CODM reviews financial performance and allocates resources at a consolidated level on a recurring basis. All of our assets are located in the United States. All of our revenue is derived in the United States. It is impracticable for us to disclose revenue by each group of similar products.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

                Cash and cash equivalents consists of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less as well as credit card receivables. At January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, our cash and cash equivalents were comprised primarily of credit card receivables.

Restricted Cash

                From time to time, we consummate sale-leaseback transactions where the sale is treated as a like-kind exchange transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Section 1031 of the Code allows deferral of the recognition of taxable gain realized from the sale of property where the taxpayer timely reinvests the proceeds in qualifying like-kind property. In addition, Section 1031 of the Code requires sale proceeds of the relinquished property to be held by a third-party intermediary, pending utilization thereof for the acquisition of a qualifying like-kind property. The $17.3 million restricted cash balance as of January 31, 2015 related to sale proceeds that were used for qualifying property acquisitions that were completed by the second quarter of fiscal year 2016.

Inventories

                Inventories are comprised of finished merchandise and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost determined using the weighted-average method. The cost of inventories

F-8


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

include the actual landed cost of an item at the time it is received in our distribution center or at the point of shipment for certain international shipments, as well as transportation costs to our distribution center and to our retail stores, if applicable. Net inventory cost is recognized through cost of sales when the inventory is sold.

                Physical inventory counts are performed for all of our stores at least once per year by a third-party inventory counting service. Inventory records are adjusted to reflect actual inventory counts and any resulting shortage ("shrinkage") is recognized. Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the period as a percentage of sales based on the most recent physical inventory, in combination with current events and historical experience. We also evaluate our merchandise to ensure that the expected net realizable value of the merchandise held at the end of a fiscal period exceeds cost. In the event that the expected net realizable value is less than cost, we reduce the value of that inventory accordingly.

Consideration Received from Vendors

                We receive vendor support in the form of cash payments or allowances for a variety of vendor-sponsored programs, such as volume rebates, markdown allowances and advertising. We also receive consideration for certain compliance programs. We have agreements in place with each vendor setting forth the specific conditions for each allowance.

                Vendor support reduces our inventory costs based on the underlying provisions of the agreement. Vendor compliance charges are recorded as a reduction of the cost of merchandise inventories and a subsequent reduction in cost of sales when the inventory is sold.

Property and Equipment

                Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property and equipment other than leasehold improvements is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 3 to 20 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining lease term, including renewals determined to be reasonably assured, or the estimated useful life of the related improvement.

                We expense all internal-use software costs incurred in the preliminary project stage. Certain direct costs incurred at later stages and associated with the development and purchase of internal-use software, including external costs for services and internal payroll costs related to the software project, are capitalized within property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally between three and five years. For the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, we capitalized software costs of $0.1 million, $1.2 million and $5.5 million, respectively. We recognized an immaterial amount of amortization expense related to capitalized software costs during the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. Amortization expense related to capitalized software costs totaled $0.2 million and $1.0 million during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, respectively.

                We capitalize major replacements and improvements and expense routine maintenance and repairs as incurred. We remove the cost of assets sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation or amortization from the consolidated balance sheet and include any resulting gain or loss in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

F-9


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Capitalized Interest

                We capitalize interest on borrowings during the active construction period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is added to the cost of the underlying assets and is amortized over the useful lives of the assets. Our capitalized interest cost was approximately $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

                We follow the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 820 (Topic 820, " Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures" ). ASC 820 establishes a three-tiered fair value hierarchy that prioritizes inputs to valuation techniques used in fair value calculations.

      Level 1—Unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that we have the ability to access.

      Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets; or valuations based on models where the significant inputs are observable ( e.g. , interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severities, etc.) or can be corroborated by observable market data.

      Level 3—Valuations based on models where significant inputs are not observable. The unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use.

                ASC 820 requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. If a financial instrument uses inputs that fall in different levels of the hierarchy, the instrument is categorized based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation.

                The fair value of all current financial instruments approximates carrying value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. We have variable and fixed rates on our long-term debt. The fair value of long-term debt with variable rates approximates carrying value as the interest rates of these amounts approximate market rates. We determine fair value on our fixed rate debt by using quoted market prices and current interest rates.

                At January 30, 2016, the fair value of our fixed rate mortgage due February 1, 2037 was $7.5 million, which was approximately $1.3 million above the carrying value of $6.2 million. Fair value for the fixed rate mortgage was determined using Level 2 inputs.

Goodwill

                Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the operating segment level; we have only one operating segment and we do not have a reporting unit that exists below our operating segment. If the implied fair value of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, goodwill impairment is indicated and goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. We assess the business enterprise value using a combination of the income approach and market approach to determine the fair value of the Company to be compared against the carrying value of net assets. The income approach, using the discounted cash flow method, includes key factors used in the valuation of the Company (a Level 3 valuation) which include, but are not limited to, management's plans for future operations, recent operating results, income tax rates, and discounted projected future cash flows. Material assumptions

F-10


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

used in our impairment analysis include: (1) cash flow projections for ten years assuming positive sales growth in the high teens (18%+) for the next 1 to 5 years with years 6 through 10 linearly trended to a normalized annual level of 3%; (2) terminal year sales growth rates of 3%; and (3) discount rates of 12.5% based on our weighted average cost of capital. The projected high sales growth is based on our plans to open approximately 22 new stores in fiscal year 2017 and at least 20 new stores in fiscal year 2018 along with similar new store growth trends expected for the foreseeable future. Sales growth from comparable stores was assumed to be in the low single digits.

                As of January 30, 2016, the fair value of our operating segment would have to decline by approximately 27% to be considered for potential impairment. No impairment of goodwill was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 or January 30, 2016. However, the use of different assumptions, estimates or judgments with respect to the estimation of the projected future cash flows and the determination of the discount rate and sales growth rate used to calculate the net present value of projected future cash flows could materially increase or decrease our estimates of fair value. We believe our estimates are appropriate based upon current market conditions and the best information available at the assessment date. However, future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current net sales and profitability projections, which would occur if we are not able to meet our new store growth targets, or the weighted average cost of capital increases. The assumptions described above regarding cash flow projections, future net sales and growth of our business have been utilized solely for the goodwill impairment analysis for accounting purposes. There can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions described above will prove to be accurate predictions of future results in any respect and should not be relied upon as such.

Impairment of Long-Lived and Indefinite-Lived Assets

                We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Our evaluation compares the carrying value of the assets with their estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. We evaluate long-lived intangible assets at an individual store level, which is the lowest level of identifiable cash flows. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not store-specific at the consolidated level.

                To estimate store-specific future cash flows, we make assumptions about key store variables, including sales, growth rate, gross margin, payroll and other controllable expenses. Stores that are owned by us and do not meet the initial criteria are further evaluated taking into consideration the fair market value of the property compared to the carrying value of the assets. Furthermore, management considers other factors when evaluating stores for impairment, including the individual store's execution of its operating plan and other local market conditions. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment.

                An impairment is recognized once all the factors noted above are taken into consideration and it is determined that the carrying amount of the store's assets are not recoverable. The impairment loss would be recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value, excluding assets that can be redeployed. No impairment of long-term assets was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 or January 30, 2016.

                We test indefinite-lived trade name intangible assets annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is lower

F-11


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

than its carrying amount, the asset is written down to its fair value. During fiscal year 2014, we committed to a rebranding initiative that resulted in the conversion of the then existing "Garden Ridge" trade name to the new trade name "At Home". We performed an impairment analysis of the indefinite-lived trade name immediately before the conversion and, as a result, recognized a $37.5 million trade name impairment during the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014. The fair value of our trade name (a Level 3 valuation) was calculated using a relief-from-royalty approach, which assumes the value of the trade name is the discounted cash flows of the amount that would be paid by a hypothetical market participant had they not owned the trade name and instead licensed the trade name from another company. The remaining value of the Garden Ridge trade name of $4.0 million was reclassified as a definite-lived intangible asset and amortized over the period of the conversion to "At Home", which we estimated to be nine months. As of January 31, 2015, the Garden Ridge trade name definite-lived intangible asset was fully amortized. The carrying value of the At Home trade name as of January 30, 2016 is approximately $0.9 million. No impairment of our indefinite-lived trade name intangible asset was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 or January 30, 2016.

Debt Issuance Costs

                Debt issuance costs are costs incurred in connection with obtaining or modifying financing arrangements. These costs are capitalized as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the debt, other than costs incurred in conjunction with our line of credit, which are capitalized as an asset, and amortized over the term of the respective debt agreements.

                On January 30, 2016, we elected to early adopt Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2015-03, " Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs " ("ASU 2015-03"). ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. In August 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU 2015-15 " Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of Credit Arrangements—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting, " ("ASU 2015-15"), which clarifies that the guidance in ASU 2015-03 does not apply to line-of-credit arrangements. Given the absence of the authoritative guidance in ASU 2015-03, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") will not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements as an asset and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. We elected to continue to classify debt issuance costs related to our revolving line of credit as an asset in our consolidated balance sheets for all periods presented. See Note 6—Long-Term Debt for additional information.

                Total amortization expense related to debt issuance costs was approximately $1.4 million, $1.6 million and $1.9 million for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, respectively.

Deferred Rent

                We recognize free rent periods, tenant improvement allowances and standard rent increases contained in our leases on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, beginning when we first take possession of the property and including renewal option periods in those instances where

F-12


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

exercising such options is reasonably assured. For leases where we are considered to be the owner of the construction project and receive tenant improvement allowances, we record the amounts received as a component of the financing obligation liability. See Note 7—Financing Obligations.

Insurance Liabilities

                For the period from December 1, 2013 through January 30, 2016, we were fully insured for workers' compensation and commercial general liability claims. Prior to that period, we used a combination of commercial insurance and self-insurance for workers' compensation and commercial general liability claims and purchased insurance coverage that limited our aggregate exposure for individual claims to $250,000 per workers' compensation and commercial general liability claim.

                We utilize a combination of commercial insurance and self-insurance for employee-related health care plans. The cost of our health care plan is borne in part by our employees. We purchase insurance coverage that limits our aggregate exposure for individual claims to $175,000 per employee-related health care claim.

                Health care reserves are based on actual claims experience and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported. Reserves for commercial general liability and workers' compensation are determined through the use of actuarial studies. Due to the judgments and estimates utilized in determining these reserves, they are subject to a high degree of variability. In the event our insurance carriers are unable to pay claims submitted to them, we would record a liability for such estimated payments we expect to incur.

Revenue Recognition

                Revenue from sales of our merchandise is recognized when the customer takes possession of the merchandise. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes collected. We allow for merchandise to be returned within 60 days from the purchase date and provide a reserve for estimated returns. We use historical customer return behavior to estimate our reserve requirements, which are accounted for as a reduction in revenue; we also reduce cost of sales to reflect our estimates of the inventory cost of products that will be returned. As of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, our sales returns reserves were approximately $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

                We record a gift card liability on the date we issue the gift card to the customer. We record revenue and reduce the gift card liability as the customer redeems the gift card. As of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, our gift card liability was approximately $1.2 million and $2.4 million, respectively. In addition, we recognize gift card breakage as revenue after 60 months of non-use. We recognized revenue related to breakage of such gift card balances of approximately $0.1 million for each of the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014 and January 31, 2015 and an immaterial amount of revenue for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016.

Cost of Sales

                Cost of sales are included in merchandise inventories and expensed as the merchandise is sold. We include the following expenses in cost of sales:

      cost of merchandise, net of inventory shrinkage, damages and vendor allowances;

      inbound freight and internal transportation costs such as distribution center-to-store freight costs;

F-13


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

      costs of operating our distribution center, including labor, occupancy costs, supplies and depreciation; and

      store occupancy costs including rent, insurance, taxes, common area maintenance, utilities, repairs, maintenance and depreciation.

                We record rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises. We record tenant improvement allowances as a liability and adjust the liability on a straight-line basis as a reduction to rent expense over the lease term beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

                Selling, general and administrative expenses include payroll, benefits and other personnel expenses for corporate and store employees, including stock-based compensation expense, consulting, legal and other professional services expenses, advertising expenses, occupancy costs for our corporate headquarters and various other expenses.

Store Pre-Opening Costs

                We expense pre-opening costs for new stores as they are incurred. During the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, store pre-opening costs were approximately $2.0 million, $8.2 million and $12.3 million, respectively. Store pre-opening costs, such as occupancy expenses, advertising and labor are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Advertising

                Advertising costs, which include billboard, newspaper, radio, digital and other advertising mediums, are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Total advertising expenses were approximately $2.0 million, $8.1 million and $12.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

                We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 (Topic 718, " Compensation—Stock Compensation "), which requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period. Compensation expense based upon the fair value of awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

                We estimate fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model requires various significant judgmental assumptions in order to derive a final fair value determination for each type of award including the following:

      Expected term —The expected term of the options represents the period of time between the grant date of the options and the date the options are either exercised or canceled.

      Expected volatility —The expected volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of the common stock for comparable companies.

F-14


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

      Expected dividend yield —The expected dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future.

      Risk-free interest rate —The risk-free interest rate is the average of the 3-year and 5-year U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant and with a maturity that approximates the expected term.

                All grants of our stock options have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, based on the foregoing estimates and assumptions. Because we are privately held and there is no public market for our common stock, the fair value of our equity is approved by our Board at the time option grants are awarded. In estimating the fair value of our common stock, we consider factors we believe are material to the valuation process including, but not limited to, our actual and projected financial results, risks and prospects and economic and market conditions. Our valuations utilized projections of our future performance, estimates of our weighted average cost of capital and metrics based on the performance of a peer group of similar companies, including valuation multiples and stock price volatility.

                We believe the combination of these methods provides an appropriate estimate of our expected fair value. We have considered the valuation analyses to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each stock option grant date.

Income Taxes

                The provision for income taxes is accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 (Topic 740, "Income Taxes"). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the tax rate changes are enacted. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amounts to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.

                On January 30, 2016, we elected to early adopt ASU No. 2015-17, " Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes " ("ASU 2015-17"). The standard requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet rather than being separated into current and noncurrent. We applied the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets to conform to current year presentation. Accordingly, current deferred taxes have been classified as noncurrent as of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016.

                We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.

F-15


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

                In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers " ("ASU 2014-09"). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in "Topic 605, Revenue Recognition", and requires entities to recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09.

                In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, " Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs ", which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU No. 2015-03 requires an entity to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the debt, similar to the presentation of debt discounts. Amortization of the costs will continue to be calculated using the effective interest method and reported as interest expense. ASU No. 2015-03 is effective for financial statement periods beginning after December 31, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company elected to adopt ASU 2015-03 as of January 30, 2016 and reclassified unamortized deferred debt issuance costs, other than those related to its revolving line of credit, from debt issuance costs to the associated long-term debt or financing obligation. As of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, debt issuance costs in the amounts of $7.6 million and $12.7 million, respectively, were reclassified from debt issuance costs to long-term debt or financing obligations, as appropriate, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

                In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, " Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory " ("ASU 2015-11"). ASU 2015-11 provides guidance for the subsequent measurement of inventory and requires that inventory that is measured using average cost be measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable cost of completion, disposal and transportation. When evidence exists that the net realizable value of inventory is lower than its cost, the difference will be recognized as a loss in earnings in the period in which it occurs. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period and is to be applied prospectively, with early application permitted. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2015-11 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 and its adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

                In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, " Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes " ("ASU 2015-17"). ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet rather than being separated into current and noncurrent. ASU 2015-17 is effective for financial statement periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We elected to early adopt ASU 2015-17 as of January 30, 2016 and retrospectively applied the guidance to all prior periods presented. Accordingly, current deferred taxes have been classified as noncurrent on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015.

                In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 " Leases ", which supersedes ASC 840 " Leases " and creates a new topic, ASC 842 " Leases " ("ASU 2016-02"). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a

F-16


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. At adoption, this update will be applied using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-02.

                In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, " Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting " ("ASU 2016-09"). ASU 2016-09 is intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment award transactions and is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-09.

2. Property and Equipment

                Property and equipment as of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  2015   2016  

Land

  $ 40,414   $ 35,520  

Buildings

    56,174     70,646  

Computer hardware and software

    9,170     18,241  

Equipment, furniture and fixtures

    50,555     68,274  

Leasehold improvements

    74,797     104,317  

Construction in progress

    25,486     36,017  

    256,596     333,015  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (36,512 )   (60,239 )

Property and equipment, net

  $ 220,084   $ 272,776  

                Depreciation and amortization expense for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 totaled approximately $13.1 million, $23.3 million and $28.7 million, respectively. Approximately $11.9 million, $18.0 million and $26.2 million of depreciation and amortization expense is included in cost of sales for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, respectively. In addition, depreciation and amortization expense for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 includes $4.0 million in amortization expense related to our former Garden Ridge trade name definite-lived intangible asset.

3. Sale-Leaseback Transactions

                In October 2013, we sold our distribution center and corporate headquarters property located at 1600 East Plano Parkway, Plano, Texas for $35.8 million, resulting in a net gain of $27.6 million. The property continues to serve as our distribution center and corporate headquarters through a leaseback of the property entered into contemporaneously with the closing of the sale. Cumulative initial annual rent under the lease is $2.5 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the property was deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain is amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, or October 2033. The sale of this property is being

F-17


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

3. Sale-Leaseback Transactions (Continued)

treated as a like-kind exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with Section 1031 of the Code.

                In September 2014, we sold four of our properties in Raleigh, North Carolina, Mesa, Arizona, Lubbock, Texas and Louisville, Kentucky for a total of $40.9 million, resulting in a net gain of $17.1 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into four leases, pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $2.8 million, subject to annual escalations. The leases on the Raleigh, Lubbock and Louisville properties are being accounted for as operating leases. The lease on the Mesa property is being accounted for as a financing transaction in accordance with ASC 840-40-55 (Topic 840, " Leases ") due to a prohibited form of continuing involvement related to an existing sublease on that property (See Note 7—Financing Obligations). The $17.1 million net gain associated with the sale of these properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease terms, or September 2029. The sales of the properties located in Lubbock and Louisville are being treated as like-kind exchanges for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with the Code.

                In January 2015, we sold our property located in Omaha, Nebraska for approximately $8.0 million, resulting in a net gain of $2.7 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease, pursuant to which we leased back the property for cumulative initial annual rent of $0.5 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the property has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, or January 2030.

                In September 2015, we sold five of our properties in Grand Prairie, Texas, Toledo, Ohio, Pharr, Texas, New Braunfels, Texas and Gulfport, Mississippi for a total of $40.2 million resulting in a net gain of $15.8 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $2.7 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease terms, or September 2030. Approximately $5.5 million of the proceeds from the sale were used to pay off notes payable related the Grand Prairie and New Braunfels properties.

4. Accrued Liabilities

                Accrued liabilities at January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  2015   2016  

Inventory in-transit

  $ 17,486   $ 14,817  

Accrued payroll and other employee-related liabilities

    8,227     10,089  

Accrued taxes, other than income

    7,920     8,345  

Accrued interest

    6,599     337  

Insurance liabilities

    3,306     3,505  

Construction costs

    1,064     4,210  

Other

    12,077     13,169  

Total accrued liabilities

  $ 56,679   $ 54,472  

F-18


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

5. Revolving Line of Credit

                In October 2011, At Home III and At Home Stores (collectively, the "ABL Borrower"), entered into an Asset-Based Lending Credit Facility ("ABL Facility") which provided for cash borrowings or issuances of letters of credit based on defined percentages of eligible inventory and credit card receivable balances up to a maximum facility limit of $80.0 million. In May 2012, the ABL Borrower entered into the First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, which amended the ABL Credit Agreement to, among other things, permit the Senior Secured Notes to be issued. In May 2013, the ABL Borrower entered into the Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, which amended the ABL Credit Agreement to increase the facility limit to $90.0 million, extend the maturity from October 2016 to May 2018, reduce the interest rate and fees and amend various other covenants and related definitions. In July 2014, the ABL Borrower entered into the Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement which further amended the ABL Credit Agreement to modify certain financial terms and other covenants. Such modifications included increasing the facility from $90.0 million to $140.0 million; extending the scheduled maturity date from May 2018 to July 2019; reducing the margin on borrowings by 0.25%; providing for the release of certain real property collateral in specified circumstances; adding Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as a new lender under the ABL Facility and amending various other covenants, terms and related definitions to provide additional flexibility with the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility is secured by substantially all of the ABL Borrower's assets with a first lien on certain assets, including primarily inventory and accounts receivable and related assets (the "ABL Priority Collateral"), and a second lien on all non-ABL Priority Collateral.

                Interest on borrowings under the ABL Credit Agreement is computed based on our average daily availability at our option: (x) the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1 / 2 of 1.00%, (ii) the bank's prime rate, and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%, plus in each case, an applicable margin of 0.25% to 0.75% or (y) the bank's LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 1.25% to 1.75%. The effective interest rate was approximately 4.00% during the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014 and approximately 2.00% during each of the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016.

                On June 5, 2015, the ABL Borrower entered into the Fourth Amendment to the Credit Agreement which further amended the ABL Credit Agreement to modify certain provisions of the agreement to, among other things, permit the Term Loan Facilities to be issued and amend certain terms in the ABL Credit Agreement to be consistent with the terms set forth in the Term Loan Facilities.

                As of January 30, 2016, approximately $76.6 million was outstanding under the ABL Credit Agreement, approximately $0.9 million was outstanding under letters of credit and we had availability of approximately $62.5 million. As of January 30, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants prescribed in the ABL Credit Agreement.

                The ABL Facility includes restrictions customarily found in such agreements on the ability of the ABL Borrower and the subsidiary guarantors to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends to At Home II or enter into other transactions, among other restrictions, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Under the ABL Facility, the ABL Borrower and the subsidiary guarantors are permitted to pay dividends to At Home II, (a) so long as after giving effect to such payment, (i) availability is equal to or greater than 15% of the loan cap (i.e., the lesser of (x) the aggregate lender commitments under the ABL Facility and (y) the borrowing base) and (ii) if availability is less than 20% of the loan cap, the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1.0, and (b) pursuant to certain other limited exceptions.

F-19


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

6. Long-Term Debt

                Long-term debt at January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  2015   2016  

Senior Secured Notes

  $ 360,000   $  

Term Loan Facilities

        428,559  

Note payable, bank(a)

    6,376     6,241  

Note payable, bank(b)

    3,838     3,736  

Note payable, bank

    3,066      

Note payable, bank

    2,629      

Note payable, bank

    2,352      

Total debt

    378,261     438,536  

Less: current maturities

    758     3,248  

Less: unamortized deferred debt issuance costs

    7,513     12,678  

Long-term debt

  $ 369,990   $ 422,610  

(a)
Matures February 1, 2037; $42,697 payable monthly, including interest at 5.90%; secured by certain real property and related improvements.

(b)
Matures July 22, 2039; $19,174 payable monthly, including interest of 3.15% plus the index rate (1 month LIBOR rate) which is currently 3.585%; secured by certain real property and related improvements.

                As of January 30, 2016, aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

 
  2016  

2017

  $ 3,248  

2018

    3,262  

2019

    3,275  

2020

    3,289  

2021

    3,302  

Thereafter

    422,160  

  $ 438,536  

                As discussed in Note 1—Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, we elected to early adopt ASU 2015-03 as of January 30, 2016. We applied the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements to conform to the fiscal year 2016 presentation. As a result, $7.5 million of deferred debt issuance costs related to our Term Loan Facilities and notes payable as of January 31, 2015, were reclassified from "Debt Issuance Costs" to "Long-Term Debt" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of that date.

Term Loan Facilities

                On June 5, 2015, At Home III ("Borrower") entered into a first lien credit agreement (the "First Lien Agreement"), by and among the Borrower, guaranteed by At Home II, various lenders and

F-20


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

6. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. The First Lien Agreement provides for a $300.0 million term loan ("First Lien Term Loan"), which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The First Lien Term Loan will mature on June 3, 2022, and is repayable in equal quarterly installments of $0.8 million for an annual aggregate amount equal to 1% of the original principal amount of $300.0 million. At Home III has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the First Lien Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 4.00%, subject to, after a qualifying IPO, a 0.50% reduction if a specified secured net leverage ratio level is met.

                On June 5, 2015, the Borrower also entered into a second lien credit agreement (the "Second Lien Agreement"), by and among the Borrower, At Home II and Dynasty Financial II, LLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and lender. The Second Lien Agreement provides for a $130.0 million term loan (the "Second Lien Term Loan" and, together with the First Lien Term Loan, the "Term Loan Facilities"), which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The Second Lien Term Loan will mature on June 5, 2023 and does not require periodic principal payments, with the total amount outstanding, plus accrued interest, due at maturity. At Home III has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Second Lien Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 8.00%.

                The Term Loan Facilities have various non-financial covenants, representations and warranties, events of defaults and remedies, substantially similar to those described in respect of the ABL Facility. There are no financial maintenance covenants in the Term Loan Facilities.

                At our option, the First Lien Term Loan may be prepaid on or prior to June 5, 2016 subject to, in the case of a repricing transaction, a prepayment premium equal to the principal amount of First Lien Term Loan subject to such prepayment multiplied by 1%. Any prepayment of all or any portion of the outstanding First Lien on or after June 5, 2016 is not subject to a premium. At our option, the Second Lien Term Loan may also be prepaid (but subject to the restrictions contained in the First Lien Term Loan/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement) on or prior to June 5, 2017 subject to a prepayment premium equal to the principal amount of Second Lien Term Loan subject to such prepayment multiplied by 1%. In addition, on and after the June 5, 2017, any prepayment or repayment of the Second Lien Term Loan (whether optional, mandatory, at maturity or otherwise) is subject to the payment of an exit fee equal to 4.50% of the amount of the Second Lien Loan being so prepaid or repaid in the case of any prepayment or repayment occurring on or after June 5, 2017 but prior to June 5, 2018, which exit fee increases over time to an amount equal to 12.00% of the amount of the Second Lien Loan being so prepaid or repaid in the case of any prepayment or repayment occurring on or after June 5, 2022.

                The Borrower used the net proceeds from the Term Loan Facilities (i) to effect the refinancing of all outstanding indebtedness under the $360.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior secured notes maturing on June 1, 2019 (the "Senior Secured Notes"), (ii) to pay fees and expenses in connection with Term Loan Facilities and the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes, (iii) to repay certain amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility, and (iv) for general corporate purposes.

F-21


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

6. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

10.75% Senior Notes Due 2019

                In May 2012, At Home III issued $360.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes. The terms of the Senior Secured Notes were governed by the Indenture, dated May 16, 2012, among At Home III, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Interest was payable semi-annually in arrears on each June 1 and December 1, commencing on December 1, 2012.

                The Senior Secured Notes were fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by our restricted subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Notes and the related guarantees were secured, subject to certain exceptions, by (i) a first priority lien on substantially all of our and the guarantors' assets (other than inventory and accounts receivable and related assets, which assets secure our ABL Facility on a first priority basis (the "ABL Priority Collateral")), including first priority liens on any capital stock held by us or a guarantor, and (ii) a second priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral.

                The Indenture contained customary covenants limiting At Home III's and its restricted subsidiaries' operations. It also provided for events of default that, in certain circumstances, permitted acceleration of the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the then outstanding Senior Secured Notes.

                On June 5, 2015, At Home III completed the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes at a price equal to 108.063% for total cash consideration of $389.4 million, which included a $29.0 million early redemption premium and $0.4 million of accrued interest. The redemption resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of approximately $36.0 million.

                The restricted net assets of At Home Group's consolidated subsidiaries was $371.4 million as of January 30, 2016.

7. Financing Obligations

                In some cases, the assets we lease require construction in order to ready the space for its intended use and, in certain cases, we are involved in the construction of leased assets. The construction period typically begins when we execute our lease agreement with the landlord and continues until the space is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. In accordance with ASC 840-40-55, we must consider the nature and extent of our involvement during the construction period and, in some cases, our involvement results in our being considered the accounting owner of the construction project. By completing the construction of key structural components of a leased building, we are deemed to have participated in the construction of the landlord asset. In such cases, we capitalize the landlord's construction costs, including the value of costs incurred up to the date we execute our lease and costs incurred during the remainder of construction period, as such costs are incurred. Additionally, ASC 840-40-55 requires us to recognize a financing obligation for construction costs incurred by the landlord. Once construction is complete, we are required to perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to ASC 840-40 to determine if we can remove the landlord's assets and associated financing obligations from our consolidated balance sheet. In certain leases, we maintain various forms of "prohibited continuing involvement" in the property, thereby precluding us from derecognizing the asset and associated financing obligations following the construction completion. In those cases, we will continue to account for the landlord's asset as if we are the legal owner, and the financing obligation, similar to other debt, until the lease expires or is modified to remove the

F-22


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

7. Financing Obligations (Continued)

continuing involvement that prohibits derecognition. Once derecognition is permitted, we would be required to account for the lease as either operating or capital in accordance with ASC 840. As of January 30, 2016 we have not derecognized any landlord assets or associated financing obligations.

                In September 2014, we sold our property in Mesa, Arizona and contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the property (See Note 3—Sale-Leaseback Transactions). At the time of the sale-leaseback transaction, a prohibited form of continuing involvement existed related to an existing sublease with a tenant for a portion of the property. In accordance with ASC 840, the lease was accounted for as a financing transaction with the property remaining on our books at its then current carrying amount, the proceeds received for the sale of the property were reflected as a financing obligation, and future rental payments to the landlord will be treated as debt service and applied to interest and principal.

                Future minimum annual rental commitments for leases classified as financing obligations as of January 30, 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

2017

  $ 1,901  

2018

    1,916  

2019

    1,931  

2020

    1,946  

2021

    1,977  

Thereafter

    11,158  

  $ 20,829  

8. Related Party Transactions

                We are currently obligated to pay management fees of approximately $2.6 million annually to our controlling shareholder, AEA Investors LP ("AEA"), an affiliate of our controlling shareholder, and affiliated co-investors. We recognized approximately $2.7 million of annual management fees and reimbursed expenses during each of the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016. In addition, at January 31, 2015, debt investment funds affiliated with AEA held $20.0 million in principal of our outstanding Senior Secured Notes.

                We are also currently obligated to pay management fees of approximately $0.9 million annually to Starr Investment Holdings, LLC ("Starr Investments"), an affiliated co-investor. We recognized approximately $0.9 million of annual management fees during each of the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016.

                In addition, Starr Indemnity & Liability Company, an affiliate of Starr Investments, is an underwriter for our general liability and workers' compensation insurance policies that were effective until December 1, 2013. The total cost of the policies was approximately $2.3 million, of which approximately $0.4 million and $1.9 million was paid during the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014 and January 31, 2015, respectively. These policies expired on December 1, 2014 and were replaced with policies underwritten by an unrelated party.

F-23


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

8. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

                Affiliates of AEA own a significant equity position in Dematic Corporation, an external vendor that designs, develops and delivers solutions that optimize a company's supply chain, improve performance and increase productivity through intelligent warehouse logistics and materials handling solutions. In February 2014, we executed an agreement with Dematic Corporation for the installation of a system to assist in the automation of our distribution center. During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, we paid Dematic Corporation approximately $7.2 million under the agreement which is primarily recorded in property and equipment, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016.

                Merry Mabbett Inc. ("MMI") is owned by Merry Mabbett Dean, who is the mother of Lewis L. Bird III, our Chief Executive Officer. During fiscal years 2015 and 2016, Ms. Dean, through MMI, provided certain design services to us, including design for our home office and certain of our stores. In addition, through MMI, we purchased certain fixtures, furniture and equipment that is now owned and used by us in our home office, new store offices or in the product vignettes in the stores. During the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014, we paid MMI approximately $0.7 million and during each of the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, we paid MMI approximately $0.4 million for fixtures, furniture and equipment and design related services.

9. Income Taxes

                Our income tax provision for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 was as follows (in thousands):

 
  2014   2015   2016  

Current income tax expense

                   

Federal

  $ 5,119   $ 4,552   $ (1,673 )

State

    2,197     1,797     (178 )

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

                   

Federal

    (9,032 )   (1,471 )   (11,227 )

State

    1,775     (521 )   (1,082 )

Income tax provision

  $ 59   $ 4,357   $ (14,160 )

                Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the estimated future tax effects of the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of asset and liability balances using statutory tax rates. Tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the

F-24


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

9. Income Taxes (Continued)

deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, respectively (in thousands):

 
  2015   2016  

Deferred tax assets

             

Inventory

  $ 2,006   $ 5,086  

Accruals

    5,135     4,617  

Deferred rent

    3,107     5,272  

Net operating losses

    286     630  

Deferred gains

    16,897     21,913  

Deferred compensation

    3,327     5,062  

Other, net

    1,188     1,706  

Total deferred tax assets

    31,946     44,286  

Less: Valuation allowance

    (6,580 )   (571 )

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation

    25,366     43,715  

Deferred tax liabilities

             

Property and equipment

    (18,513 )   (25,658 )

Debt cancellation income

    (4,422 )   (3,313 )

Trade name

    (13 )   (18 )

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (22,948 )   (28,989 )

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

  $ 2,418   $ 14,726  

                We are required to assess the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future income will be generated to utilize deferred tax assets. We believe the cumulative pre-tax income is a significant piece of positive evidence that allows us to consider other subjective evidence such as future forecasted pre-tax income. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, we determined we had three years of cumulative pre-tax income after excluding the $37.5 million tradename impairment recognized during the fiscal year 2014, which we consider to be unusual in nature because it was a result of our rebranding initiative. However, we did not believe that our three year cumulative pre-tax income position was positive evidence that we could consider because our rebranding efforts were still in the early stages and we had not yet demonstrated our ability to forecast our results of operations.

                For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, after excluding the tradename impairment, we determined that we continued to have three years of cumulative pre-tax income. In addition, taxable income (loss) exceeded pretax income (loss) for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 and for each of the two preceding fiscal years. As of January 30, 2016, we have completed approximately 18 months of operations following our rebranding initiative as well as demonstrated our ability to more accurately forecast the results of our operations. We concluded that because of this positive evidence, along with taxable income in the prior two fiscal years to absorb loss carrybacks that would be generated by reversing deductible differences in excess of reversing taxable differences, as well as cumulative pre-tax income (exclusive of the tradename impairment) in recent fiscal years, it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized in future years. Accordingly, during fiscal year 2016 we reversed $6.0 million of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, with an offsetting credit to the provision for income taxes.

F-25


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

9. Income Taxes (Continued)

                Our valuation allowances totaled $6.6 million and $0.6 million as of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, respectively.

                We had approximately $11.7 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards at January 26, 2013. These net operating losses were fully utilized during the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014.

                We had approximately $8.0 million and $8.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards at January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, respectively. The state net operating losses began to expire in fiscal year 2016. Management determined that a full valuation allowance for state net operating losses was appropriate in both years.

                The reconciliation between the actual income tax provision and the income tax provision calculated at the federal statutory tax rate for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  2014   2015   2016  

Income tax provision (benefit) at the federal statutory rate

  $ (7,778 ) $ 1,372   $ (3,705 )

Permanent differences

    38     55     122  

State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect

    2,479     1,276     (636 )

Change in unrecognized tax benefits

    736     678     (2,078 )

Change in valuation allowance

    4,668     1,027     (6,009 )

Tax credits

    (84 )   (55 )   (59 )

Deferred adjustment

            (1,632 )

Other

        4     (163 )

Income tax provision

  $ 59   $ 4,357   $ (14,160 )

Effective tax rate

    0.26 %   111.12 %   133.77 %

Uncertain Tax Positions

                We operate in a number of tax jurisdictions and are subject to examination of its income tax returns by tax authorities in those jurisdictions who may challenge any item on these returns. Because the tax matters challenged by tax authorities are typically complex, the ultimate outcome of these challenges is uncertain. In accordance with ASC 740 (Topic 740, " Income Taxes "), we recognize the benefits of uncertain tax positions in our consolidated financial statements only after determining that it is more likely than not that the uncertain tax positions will be sustained.

                The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 30, 2016 was $3.4 million, all of which would favorably impact the effective tax rate if resolved in our favor.

F-26


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

9. Income Taxes (Continued)

                A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

 
  2015   2016  

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 3,551   $ 5,720  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    2,858     453  

Subtractions based on tax positions related to the prior year

        (2,425 )

Settlements

        (69 )

Expiration of statute of limitations

    (689 )   (603 )

Balance, end of period

  $ 5,720   $ 3,076  

                We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in our provision for income taxes. As of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, there was approximately $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in accrued penalties. As of January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, there was approximately $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in accrued interest. In addition, we recognized approximately $0.1 million in interest expense during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and we released approximately $0.1 million in interest expense during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016.

                In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities in U.S. Federal and U.S. state jurisdictions. The period subject to examination for our federal return is fiscal year 2014 and later since all prior years have been audited with no changes and fiscal year 2013 and later for all major state tax returns. We believe that an adequate provision has been made for any adjustments that may result from tax examinations. However, the outcome of tax audits cannot be predicted with certainty. If any issues addressed in our tax audits are resolved in a manner not consistent with management's expectations, we could be required to adjust the provision for income tax in the period such resolution occurs.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

                We lease space for certain of our retail properties, our distribution center and corporate office pursuant to operating leases that expire at various dates through 2035. A number of the leases have renewal options for various periods of time at our discretion. We are typically responsible for taxes, utilities, insurance, repairs and maintenance for these retail properties. Certain leases require the payment of contingent rent based on a specified percentage of stores' gross sales, as defined in the lease agreement, and are subject to certain limitations. No contingent rent was required to be paid for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014 and January 31, 2015 and an immaterial amount of contingent rent was paid during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016. Rent expense for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 totaled approximately $37.9 million, $42.9 million and $52.3 million, respectively.

F-27


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

10. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

                Future minimum annual rental commitments for all operating leases as of January 30, 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

2017

  $ 58,358  

2018

    58,371  

2019

    56,650  

2020

    54,896  

2021

    51,916  

Thereafter

    373,742  

  $ 653,933  

                Minimum future annual rent receivable under operating subleases as of January 30, 2016 is approximately $0.2 million. Lease rental income was approximately $0.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2014 and $0.2 million for each of the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016.

Litigation

                We are subject to claims and lawsuits that arise primarily in the ordinary course of business. It is the opinion of management that the disposition or ultimate resolution of such claims and lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

11. Employee Benefit Plan

                Effective October 1, 2014, we sponsor a 401(k) Savings Plan for eligible employees. Participation in the 401(k) Savings Plan is voluntary and available to any employee who is at least 18 years of age and has completed six months of service. Participants may elect to contribute up to 100% of their compensation on a pre-tax basis subject to Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") limitations. In accordance with the provisions of the 401(k) Savings Plan, we make a safe harbor matching cash contribution to the account of each participant in an amount equal to 100% of the participant's pre-tax contributions that do not exceed 3% of the participant's considered annual compensation plus 50% of the participant's pre-tax contributions between 3% and 5% of the participant's considered annual compensation, which are also subject to regulatory limits. Matching contributions, and any actual earnings thereon, vest to the participants immediately. Our matching contribution expenses were $0.2 million and $0.5 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, respectively.

12. Capital Stock

                At January 30, 2016, the authorized capital of the Company consists of 3,500,000 shares of capital stock comprising 1,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, 1,000,000 shares of Class C common stock, and 500,000 shares of preferred stock, which does not reflect the impact of the 128.157393-for-one stock split effected on July 22, 2016. See Note 16—Subsequent Events. All classes of stock have a par value of $0.01 per share. The holders of Class A and Class B common stock have certain preferential rights with respect to cash dividends and upon liquidation of the Company. If, upon any liquidation or change of control of the Company, the distributable proceeds are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference payable to the holders

F-28


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

12. Capital Stock (Continued)

of the outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock, then all shares of Class B common stock shall be converted into Class C common stock immediately prior to the closing of such liquidation or change of control and the distributable proceeds shall be distributed ratably to the holders of shares of Class A common stock in accordance with, and in amount no greater than, the aggregate liquidation preference payable to such holders. After payment in full of the amounts to holders of Class A and Class B common stock, any remaining distributable proceeds shall be distributed ratably amount the holders of the Class C common stock.

                Upon the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the issue date or the completion of an initial public offering of the shares of Class C Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with an underwritten offering, each share of Class A and Class B Common Stock outstanding at such time shall automatically convert into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class C common stock. The number of shares of Class C common stock to which a holder of Class A or Class B common stock, as applicable, is entitled, shall be calculated on a one-to-one basis, where each share of converting stock will be converted into one share of Class C common stock.

13. Earnings Per Share

                In accordance with ASC 260 (Topic 260, " Earnings Per Share "), basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average shares outstanding for the period and include the dilutive impact of potential shares from the exercise of stock options. Common equivalent shares are excluded from the computation if their effect is anti-dilutive.

                The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  2014   2015   2016  

Numerator:

                   

Net (loss) income

  $ (22,283 ) $ (436 ) $ 3,574  

Denominator:

                   

Weighted average common share outstanding-basic

    50,836,727     50,836,727     50,836,727  

Effect of dilutive securities:

                   

Stock options

            896,025  

Weighted average common share outstanding-diluted

    50,836,727     50,836,727     51,732,752  

Per common share:

                   

Basic net (loss) income per common share

  $ (0.44 ) $ (0.01 ) $ 0.07  

Diluted net (loss) income per common share

  $ (0.44 ) $ (0.01 ) $ 0.07  

F-29


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

13. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

                For the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, approximately 4,475,849, 4,514,194 and 2,900,239, respectively, of stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per common share since their effect was anti-dilutive.

14. Stock-Based Compensation

                We grant stock-based compensation awards to employees and non-employee directors under an equity compensation plan. In 2012, the members of our controlling shareholder, AEA, approved a Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") that permits the grant of share options and shares, both related to At Home Group, to our employees and independent directors, reserving approximately 5,648,510 shares for grants. At January 30, 2016, there were 28,311 shares available for future grant under the Plan.

                We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 (Topic 718, " Compensation—Stock Compensation "), which requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period. Compensation expense based upon the fair value of awards is recognized on a straight line basis, over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

                Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock at the date of grant. The option awards generally vest based on four years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms. Certain option and share awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the Plan).

                We estimate the fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which includes the following variables: 1) exercise price of the instrument, 2) fair market value of the underlying stock on date of grant, 3) expected term, 4) expected volatility and 5) the risk-free interest rate. We utilized the following assumptions in estimating the fair value of the option grants for the fiscal years ended January, 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016:

 
  2014   2015   2016  

Weighted-average expected volatility

    42.4 %   39.0 %   40.5 %

Expected dividend yield

    %   %   %

Weighted-average expected term (in years)

    4.0     4.0     4.0  

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate

    0.8 %   1.3 %   1.1 %

F-30


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

14. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

                A summary of option activity under the Plan as of January 30, 2016, and changes during the fiscal year then ended, is presented below:

 
  Options   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

Outstanding, beginning of year

    5,338,001   $ 9.79    

Granted

    282,198     17.56    

Exercised

           

Forfeited or expired

           

Outstanding, end of year

    5,620,199   $ 10.18   7.20 years

Exercisable, end of year

    3,283,328   $ 9.77   6.95 years

                A summary of nonvested options outstanding under the Plan as of January 30, 2016, and changes during the fiscal year then ended, is presented below:

 
  Options   Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested, beginning of year

    3,339,739   $ 3.36  

Granted

    282,198     5.79  

Vested

    (1,285,066 )   3.38  

Forfeited or expired

         

Nonvested, end of year

    2,336,871   $ 3.64  

                We recognize stock-based compensation expense related to stock options of approximately $4.4 million, $4.3 million and $4.7 million during the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016, respectively.

                As of January 30, 2016, there was approximately $6.1 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.77 years.

15. Business Interruption Insurance

                We maintain insurance for both property damage and business interruption relating to casualty events. Business interruption coverage includes lost profits and other costs incurred. Insurance recoveries related to business interruption are recorded when realized.

                In October 2011, our store in Conroe, Texas was destroyed in a fire; it was reconstructed and reopened in late 2013. We received insurance reimbursements for the cost to rebuild the store and reimbursement of direct costs throughout fiscal year 2013 and fiscal year 2014 as incurred. In fiscal year 2014, approximately $2.5 million of insurance recoveries for business interruption were received and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

F-31


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

16. Subsequent Events

                Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 22, 2016, which is the date that the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Subsequent events were also evaluated through July 25, 2016 for the effects of the 128.157393-for-one stock split.

                On July 22, 2016, the Company's board of directors approved a 128.157393-for-one stock split of its existing Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock and the conversion of such Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock into a single class of common stock. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split. Effective July 22, 2016, the Company's total authorized share capital is comprised of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

17. Restatement of Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)

                In connection with the preparation of our income tax provision for the year fiscal ended January 30, 2016, we determined that the income tax provision reported in the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2015 contained an error related to the income tax treatment of the sale-leaseback transaction completed in September 2015. As a result, management has concluded that it is necessary to restate our previously issued unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2015.

                In our calculation of the income tax provision for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended October 31, 2015, the tax effect on the deferred gain on our sale-leaseback transaction completed in September 2015 was incorrectly calculated due to an administrative error, which understated our related deferred tax asset and valuation allowance resulting in an approximately $11.3 million understatement of our income tax provision for each of the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended October 31, 2015.

                The tables below show the effects of the restatement on our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2015.

 
  Consolidated Balance Sheet
As of October 31, 2015
 
 
  As Reported   Income Tax
Provision
Corrections
  As Restated  

Current deferred tax asset

  $ 8,782   $ (1,271 ) $ 7,511  

Total current assets

    216,072     (1,271 )   214,801  

Total assets

    1,056,461     (1,271 )   1,055,190  

Income taxes payable

    20,121     11,834     31,955  

Total current liabilities

    199,644     11,834     211,478  

Deferred income taxes

    4,206     (1,604 )   2,602  

Other long-term liabilities

    7,181     (198 )   6,983  

Total liabilities

    735,963     10,032     745,995  

Accumulated deficit

    (88,571 )   (11,304 )   (99,875 )

Total liabilities and shareholder's equity

    1,056,461     (1,271 )   1,055,190  

F-32


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016

17. Restatement of Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)


 
  Consolidated Statement of Operations
Thirteen Weeks Ended October 31, 2015
 
 
  As Reported   Income Tax
Provision
Corrections
  As Restated  

Income tax (benefit) provision

  $ (4,218 ) $ 11,304   $ 7,086  

Net income (loss)

    447     (11,304 )   (10,857 )

Net income (loss) per common share:

                   

Basic

  $ 0.01   $ (0.22 ) $ (0.21 )

Diluted

  $ 0.01   $ (0.22 ) $ (0.21 )

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                   

Basic

    50,836,727         50,836,727  

Diluted

    52,828,272     (1,991,545 )   50,836,727  

 

 
  Consolidated Statement of Operations
Thirty-nine Weeks Ended October 31, 2015
 
 
  As Reported   Income Tax
Provision
Corrections
  As Restated  

Income tax provision

  $ 22,159   $ 11,304   $ 33,463  

Net loss

    (43,895 )   (11,304 )   (55,199 )

Net loss per common share:

                   

Basic

  $ (0.86 ) $ (0.22 ) $ (1.08 )

Diluted

  $ (0.86 ) $ (0.22 ) $ (1.08 )

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                   

Basic

    50,836,727         50,836,727  

Diluted

    50,836,727         50,836,727  

 

 
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Thirty-nine Weeks Ended October 31, 2015
 
 
  As Reported   Income Tax
Provision
Corrections
  As Restated  

Operating Activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (43,895 ) $ (11,304 ) $ (55,199 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                   

Deferred income taxes

    (2,159 )   (332 )   (2,491 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Accrued liabilities

    (7,761 )   (198 )   (7,959 )

Income taxes payable

    19,607     11,834     31,441  

Net cash used in operating activities

    (26,791 )       (26,791 )

F-33


Table of Contents


Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

At Home Group Inc. (parent company only)

Condensed Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  January 31, 2015   January 30, 2016  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Receivable from subsidiaries

  $ 515   $  

Other current assets

        2,218  

Total current assets

    515     2,218  

Investment in subsidiaries

    360,916     369,153  

Total assets

  $ 361,431   $ 371,371  

Liabilities and Shareholder's Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Income taxes payable

  $ 515   $  

Payable to subsidiaries

        2,218  

Total current liabilities

    515     2,218  

Noncurrent liabilities

         

Total liabilities

    515     2,218  

Shareholders' Equity

             

Common stock, Class A; $0.01 par value; 32,535,505 shares issued and outstanding

    325     325  

Common stock, Class B; $0.01 par value; 18,301,222 shares issued and outstanding

    183     183  

Additional paid-in capital

    405,083     409,746  

Accumulated deficit

    (44,675 )   (41,101 )

Total shareholders' equity

    360,916     369,153  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 361,431   $ 371,371  

   

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

F-34


Table of Contents


Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

At Home Group Inc. (parent company only)

Condensed Statements of Operations

(in thousands)

 
  Fiscal Year Ended  
 
  January 25, 2014   January 31, 2015   January 30, 2016  

Net sales

  $   $   $  

Cost of sales

             

Gross profit

             

Operating Expenses

                   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

             

Depreciation and amortization

             

Total operating expenses

             

Operating income (loss)

             

Interest expense, net

             

Income (loss) before income taxes

             

Income tax provision

             

Income (loss) before equity in net income of subsidiaries

             

Net (loss) income of subsidiaries

    (22,283 )   (436 )   3,574  

Net (loss) income

  $ (22,283 ) $ (436 ) $ 3,574  

   

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

F-35


Table of Contents


Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

At Home Group Inc. (parent company only)

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

1. Basis of Presentation

                In the parent-company-only financial statements, At Home Group Inc.'s ("Parent") investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. The parent-company-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements. A condensed statement of cash flows was not presented because At Home Group Inc.'s net operating activities have no cash impact and there were no investing or financing cash flow activities during the fiscal years ended January 25, 2014, January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016.

2. Guarantees and Restrictions

                At Home Holding III Inc. ("At Home III"), a subsidiary of the Parent, issued $360.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes on May 16, 2012 pursuant to the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Senior Secured Notes were fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by each of At Home III's existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries (other than certain immaterial subsidiaries) that are wholly owned or guarantee any of At Home III's or its guarantors' indebtedness. In the event of a default under the Indenture, At Home Group III and its guaranteeing subsidiaries were directly liable to the holders of the Senior Secured Notes. The Senior Secured Notes were scheduled to mature on June 1, 2019. The Indenture contained covenants limiting, among other things, At Home III's ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt, pay dividends or distributions on its capital stock to any direct or indirect parent company (including Parent) or repurchase its capital stock, issue stock of subsidiaries, make certain investments, create liens on its assets to secure debt, enter into transactions with affiliates, merge or consolidate with another company or sell or otherwise transfer assets, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Under the Indenture, At Home III was permitted to pay dividends to any direct or indirect parent company (including Parent) (a) up to an amount equal to (i) a basket that builds based on 50% of At Home III's Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the Indenture) and certain other amounts, subject to various conditions including compliance with a fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.0 to 1.0, plus (ii) $10 million and (b) in certain additional limited amounts, subject to certain limited exceptions. On June 5, 2015, At Home III completed the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes at a price equal to 108.063% for total cash consideration of $389.4 million, which includes a $29.0 million early redemption premium and $0.4 million of accrued interest.

                At Home III and its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, At Home Stores LLC, are co-borrowers (in such capacities, the "ABL Borrowers") under the ABL Facility. The ABL Borrowers have $62.5 million of available credit under the ABL Facility which provides commitments of up to $140.0 million for revolving loans and letters of credit, as of January 30, 2016. At Home Holding II Inc. ("Holdings"), the direct parent of At Home III, and its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than the ABL Borrowers and certain immaterial subsidiaries)(the "ABL Subsidiary Guarantors" and, together with Holdings, the "ABL Guarantors") have guaranteed all obligations of the ABL Borrowers under the ABL Facility. In the event of a default under the ABL Facility, the ABL Borrowers and the Guarantors will be directly liable to the lenders under the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility, which matures on July 28, 2019, includes restrictions on the ability of ABL Borrowers and ABL Subsidiary Guarantors to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends to Holdings or enter into other transactions, among other restrictions, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Under the ABL Facility, the ABL Borrowers and the ABL Subsidiary Guarantors are permitted to pay dividends to Holdings, (a) so long as after giving effect to such payment, (i) availability is equal to or greater than 15% of the loan cap (i.e., the lesser of (x) the aggregate

F-36


Table of Contents


Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

At Home Group Inc. (parent company only)

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Guarantees and Restrictions (Continued)

lender commitments under the ABL Facility and (y) the borrowing base) and (ii) if availability is less than 20% of the loan cap, the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1.0, and (b) pursuant to certain other limited exceptions.

                On June 5, 2015, At Home III ("Borrower") entered into a first lien credit agreement (the "First Lien Agreement"), by and among the Borrower, guaranteed by Holdings, various lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. The First Lien Agreement provides for a $300.0 million term loan ("First Lien Term Loan"), which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The First Lien Term Loan will mature on June 3, 2022, and is repayable in equal quarterly installments of $0.8 million for an annual aggregate amount equal to 1% of the original principal amount of $300.0 million. At Home III has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the First Lien Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 4.00%, subject to, after a qualifying IPO, a 0.50% reduction if a certain secured net leverage ratio level is met.

                On June 5, 2015, the Borrower entered into a second lien credit agreement (the "Second Lien Agreement"), by and among the Borrower, Holdings and Dynasty Financial II, LLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and lender. The Second Lien Agreement provides for a $130.0 million term loan (the "Second Lien Term Loan" and, together with the First Lien Term Loan, the "Term Loan Facilities"), which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The Second Lien Term Loan will mature on June 5, 2023 and does not require periodic principal payments, with the total amount outstanding, plus accrued interest, due at maturity. At Home III has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Second Lien Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 8.00%.

                The Term Loan Facilities include restrictions on the ability of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends to Holdings or enter into other transactions, among other restrictions, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Under the Term Loan Facilities, the Borrower is permitted to pay dividends to Holdings (a) up to an amount equal to, so long as immediately after giving effect thereto, no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, (i) (x) $10 million under the First Lien Term Facility or (y) $11.5 million under the Second Lien Term Facility, plus (ii) a basket that builds based on (x) $30 million under the First Lien Term Facility or (y) $34.5 million under the Second Lien Term Facility, plus 50% of the Borrower's and its restricted subsidiaries' Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the Term Loan Facilities) and certain other amounts, subject to various conditions including compliance with a minimum cash interest coverage ratio of 2.0 to 1.0, plus (iii) an unlimited amount, subject to pro forma compliance with a 3.0 to 1.0 total leverage ratio and (b) in certain additional limited amounts, subject to certain limited exceptions.

                The Borrower used the net proceeds from the Term Loan Facilities (i) to effect the refinancing of all outstanding indebtedness under the Senior Secured Notes, (ii) to pay fees and expenses in connection with Term Loan Facilities and the redemption of the Senior Secured Notes, (iii) to repay certain amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility, and (iv) for general corporate purposes.

F-37


Table of Contents


Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

At Home Group Inc. (parent company only)

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Subsequent Events

                Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 22, 2016, which is the date that the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Subsequent events were also evaluated through July 25, 2016 for the effects of the 128.157393-for-one stock split.

                On July 22, 2016, the Company's board of directors approved a 128.157393-for-one stock split of its existing Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock and the conversion of such Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock into a single class of common stock. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split. Effective July 22, 2016, the Company's total authorized share capital is comprised of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

F-38


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 
  May 2,
2015
  January 30,
2016
  April 30,
2016
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,407   $ 5,428   $ 8,909  

Inventories, net

    146,073     176,388     175,472  

Prepaid expenses

    8,947     6,351     6,207  

Other current assets

    2,127     3,229     2,701  

Total current assets

    164,554     191,396     193,289  

Property and equipment, net

    231,775     272,776     296,649  

Goodwill

    569,732     569,732     569,732  

Trade name

    872     872     1,423  

Debt issuance costs, net

    1,537     1,323     1,229  

Restricted cash

    1,013     26     253  

Noncurrent deferred tax asset

    2,564     14,726     14,726  

Other assets

    602     3,959     4,098  

Total assets

  $ 972,649   $ 1,054,810   $ 1,081,399  

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 23,421   $ 31,139   $ 35,530  

Accrued liabilities

    59,995     54,472     53,922  

Revolving line of credit

    71,900     76,600     85,600  

Current portion of deferred rent

    3,384     4,518     4,771  

Current portion of long-term debt

    1,096     3,789     3,799  

Income taxes payable

    996         2,519  

Total current liabilities

    160,792     170,518     186,141  

Long-term debt

    369,821     422,610     422,524  

Financing obligations

    19,366     19,017     18,897  

Deferred rent

    52,262     70,156     72,807  

Other long-term liabilities

    6,614     3,356     3,390  

Total liabilities

    608,855     685,657     703,759  

Shareholders' Equity

                   

Common stock, Class A; $0.01 par value; 32,535,505 shares issued and outstanding

    325     325     325  

Common stock, Class B; $0.01 par value; 18,301,222 shares issued and outstanding

    183     183     183  

Additional paid-in capital

    406,193     409,746     410,907  

Accumulated deficit

    (42,907 )   (41,101 )   (33,775 )

Total shareholders' equity

    363,794     369,153     377,640  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 972,649   $ 1,054,810   $ 1,081,399  

   

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-39


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended  
 
  May 2,
2015
  April 30,
2016
 

Net sales

  $ 141,217   $ 172,079  

Cost of sales

    93,912     113,773  

Gross profit

    47,305     58,306  

Operating expenses

             

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    29,941     37,444  

Depreciation and amortization

    466     892  

Total operating expenses

    30,407     38,336  

Operating income

    16,898     19,970  

Interest expense, net

    10,806     8,193  

Income before income taxes

    6,092     11,777  

Income tax provision

    4,324     4,451  

Net income

  $ 1,768   $ 7,326  

Earnings per share:

             

Net income per common share:

             

Basic

  $ 0.03   $ 0.14  

Diluted

  $ 0.03   $ 0.14  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    50,836,727     50,836,727  

Diluted

    52,705,000     52,607,494  

   

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-40


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended  
 
  May 2,
2015
  April 30,
2016
 

Operating Activities

             

Net income

  $ 1,768   $ 7,326  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    6,175     8,006  

Gain on disposal of fixed assets

    (17 )   (20 )

Non-cash interest expense

    507     839  

Amortization of deferred gain on sale-leaseback

    (675 )   (952 )

Deferred income taxes

    (146 )    

Stock-based compensation

    1,109     1,162  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

             

Inventories

    (3,818 )   916  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (2,275 )   671  

Other assets

    (23 )   (139 )

Accounts payable

    (9,574 )   2,171  

Accrued liabilities

    3,364     (515 )

Income taxes payable

    481     2,519  

Deferred rent

    2,153     3,856  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (971 )   25,840  

Investing Activities

             

Purchase of property and equipment

    (16,509 )   (29,662 )

Purchase of intangible assets

    (19 )   (550 )

Change in restricted cash

    16,247     (227 )

Net proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    17     21  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (264 )   (30,418 )

Financing Activities

             

Payments under lines of credit

    (42,750 )   (83,850 )

Proceeds from lines of credit

    47,250     92,850  

Payment of debt issuance costs

    (306 )    

Payments on financing obligations

        (132 )

Payments on long-term debt

    (258 )   (809 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    3,936     8,059  

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

    2,701     3,481  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    4,706     5,428  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 7,407   $ 8,909  

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

             

Cash paid for interest

  $ 672   $ 7,372  

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 563   $ 71  

   

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-41


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

                These condensed consolidated financial statements include At Home Group Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as "we", "us", "our" and the "Company").

                The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("GAAP") for interim financial information in accordance with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows for the periods presented have been included.

                The condensed consolidated balance sheets as of May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, the condensed consolidated statements of income and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016 have been prepared by the Company and are unaudited. The consolidated balance sheet as of January 30, 2016 has been derived from the audited financial statements for the fiscal year then ended but does not include all of the information and notes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and January 30, 2016 and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within its condensed consolidated financial statements, and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its condensed consolidated financial statements.

Fiscal Year

                We report on the basis of a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the last Saturday in January. References to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends. References herein to "first fiscal quarter 2017" relate to the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 and references to "first fiscal quarter 2016" relate to the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015.

Consolidation

                The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of At Home Group Inc. and its consolidated wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

                The preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

                Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet to conform to our first fiscal quarter 2017 and fiscal year 2016, including the

F-42


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Unaudited)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

reclassification of current deferred income taxes to non-current deferred income taxes to reflect the adoption of Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2015-17, " Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes " and the reclassification of certain unamortized deferred debt issuance costs from non-current assets to a direct reduction of the related long-term debt obligation to reflect the adoption of ASU No. 2015-03, " Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs ".

Seasonality

                Our business is moderately seasonal in nature and, therefore, the results of operations for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be expected for a full fiscal year. Historically, our business has realized a slightly higher portion of net sales and operating income in the second and fourth fiscal quarters attributable primarily to the impact of summer and the year-end holiday decorating season, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

                In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" ("ASU 2014-09"). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in "Topic 605, Revenue Recognition" , and requires entities to recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09.

                In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 "Leases" , which supersedes ASC 840 "Leases" and creates a new topic, ASC 842 "Leases" ("ASU 2016-02"). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. At adoption, this update will be applied using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-02.

                In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, "Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting" ("ASU 2016-09"). ASU 2016-09 is intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment award transactions and is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-09.

2. Fair Value Measurements

                We follow the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 820 (Topic 820, " Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures" ). ASC 820 establishes a three-tiered fair value hierarchy that prioritizes inputs to valuation techniques used in fair value calculations.

F-43


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Unaudited)

2. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

    Level 1—Unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that we have the ability to access.

    Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets; or valuations based on models where the significant inputs are observable ( e.g. , interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severities, etc.) or can be corroborated by observable market data.

    Level 3—Valuations based on models where significant inputs are not observable. The unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use.

                ASC 820 requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. If a financial instrument uses inputs that fall in different levels of the hierarchy, the instrument is categorized based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation.

                The fair value of all current financial instruments approximates carrying value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. We have variable and fixed rates on our long-term debt. The fair value of long-term debt with variable rates approximates carrying value as the interest rates of these amounts approximate market rates. We determine fair value on our fixed rate debt by using quoted market prices and current interest rates.

                At April 30, 2016, the fair value of our fixed rate mortgage due February 1, 2037 was $7.4 million, which was approximately $1.2 million above the carrying value of $6.2 million. Fair value for the fixed rate mortgage was determined using Level 2 inputs.

3. Accrued Liabilities

                Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  May 2,
2015
  January 30,
2016
  April 30,
2016
 

Inventory in-transit

  $ 16,758   $ 14,817   $ 11,862  

Accrued payroll and other employee-related liabilities

    3,495     10,089     4,031  

Accrued taxes, other than income

    10,074     8,345     10,340  

Accrued interest

    16,236     337     317  

Insurance liabilities

    3,345     3,505     3,330  

Construction costs

    576     4,210     8,955  

Other

    9,511     13,169     15,087  

Total accrued liabilities

  $ 59,995   $ 54,472   $ 53,922  

4. Revolving Line of Credit

                Interest on borrowings under the Asset-Based Lending Credit Facility ("ABL Credit Agreement") is computed based on our average daily availability at our option: (x) the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1 / 2 of 1.00%, (ii) the bank's prime rate, and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%, plus in each case, an applicable margin of 0.25% to 0.75% or (y) the bank's LIBOR rate plus an applicable

F-44


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Unaudited)

4. Revolving Line of Credit (Continued)

margin of 1.25% to 1.75%. The effective interest rate was approximately 2.00% during each of the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016.

                As of April 30, 2016, approximately $85.6 million was outstanding under the ABL Credit Agreement, approximately $0.8 million was outstanding under letters of credit and we had availability of approximately $53.6 million. As of April 30, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants prescribed in the ABL Credit Agreement.

5. Long-Term Debt

                Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  May 2,
2015
  January 30,
2016
  April 30,
2016
 

Senior Secured Notes

  $ 360,000   $   $  

Term Loan Facilities

        428,559     428,149  

Note payable, bank(a)

    6,342     6,241     6,206  

Note payable, bank(b)

    3,813     3,736     3,712  

Note payable, bank

    2,991          

Note payable, bank

    2,611          

Note payable, bank

    2,315          

Total debt

    378,072     438,536     438,067  

Less: current maturities

    765     3,248     3,248  

Less: unamortized deferred debt issuance costs

    7,486     12,678     12,295  

Long-term debt

  $ 369,821   $ 422,610   $ 422,524  

(a)
Matures February 1, 2037; $42,697 payable monthly, including interest at 5.90%; secured by the location's land and building.

(b)
Matures July 22, 2039; $19,650 payable monthly, including interest of 3.15% plus the index rate (1 month LIBOR rate) which is currently 3.59%; secured by the location's land and building.

                On June 5, 2015, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, At Home Holding III Inc. ("Borrower") entered into a first lien credit agreement (the "First Lien Agreement"), by and among the Borrower, guaranteed by At Home Holding II Inc. ("At Home II"), a direct wholly owned subsidiary of ours, various lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. The First Lien Agreement provides for a $300.0 million term loan ("First Lien Term Loan"), which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The First Lien Term Loan will mature on June 3, 2022, and is repayable in equal quarterly installments of $0.8 million for an annual aggregate amount equal to 1% of the original principal amount of $300.0 million. The Borrower has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the First Lien Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 4.00%, subject to, after a qualifying IPO, a 0.50% reduction if a certain secured net leverage ratio level is met.

                On June 5, 2015, the Borrower also entered into a second lien credit agreement (the "Second Lien Agreement"), by and among the Borrower, At Home II and Dynasty Financial II, LLC, as

F-45


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Unaudited)

5. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

administrative agent, collateral agent and lender. The Second Lien Agreement provides for a $130.0 million term loan (the "Second Lien Term Loan" and, together with the First Lien Term Loan, the "Term Loan Facilities"), which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The Second Lien Term Loan will mature on June 5, 2023 and does not require periodic principal payments, with the total amount outstanding, plus accrued interest, due at maturity. The Borrower has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Second Lien Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 8.00%.

6. Related Party Transactions

                We are currently obligated to pay management fees of approximately $2.6 million annually to our controlling shareholder, AEA Investors LP ("AEA"), an affiliate of our controlling shareholder, and affiliated co-investors. We recognized approximately $0.6 million and $0.7 million of management fees and reimbursed expenses during the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, respectively.

                We are also currently obligated to pay management fees of approximately $0.9 million annually to Starr Investment Holdings, LLC ("Starr Investments"), an affiliated co-investor. We recognized approximately $0.2 million of management fees in each of the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016.

                Affiliates of AEA own a significant equity position in Dematic Corporation, an external vendor that designs, develops and delivers solutions that optimize company's supply chain, improve performance and increase productivity through intelligent warehouse logistics and materials handling solutions. In February 2014, we executed an agreement with Dematic Corporation for the installation of a system to assist in the automation of our distribution center. During the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, we paid Dematic Corporation approximately $0.2 million under the agreement which is primarily recorded in property and equipment, net.

                Merry Mabbett Inc. ("MMI") is owned by Merry Mabbett Dean, who is the mother of Lewis L. Bird III, our Chief Executive Officer. During the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, Ms. Dean, through MMI, provided certain design services to us, including design for our home office, as well as design in our stores. In addition, through MMI, we purchased certain fixtures, furniture and equipment that is now owned and used by us in our home office, new store offices or in the product vignettes in the stores. During the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015, we paid MMI approximately $0.2 million for fixtures, furniture and equipment and design related services. During the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016, we paid MMI an immaterial amount for fixtures, furniture, and equipment and design related services.

7. Income Taxes

                Our effective income tax rate for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 was 71.0% compared to 37.8% for the thirteen weeks ended April 30, 2016. The effective income tax rate differs significantly from federal statutory rate for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 primarily due to the impact of state income taxes and changes in the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets.

                During the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015, we recorded a valuation allowance because we concluded that it was more likely than not that certain net deferred tax assets would not be realized. However, as of January 30, 2016, after assessing available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future income will be generated to utilize our deferred tax assets, we concluded it was more

F-46


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Unaudited)

7. Income Taxes (Continued)

likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized in future years and we reversed the valuation allowance.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

                We are subject to claims and lawsuits that arise primarily in the ordinary course of business. It is the opinion of management that the disposition or ultimate resolution of such claims and lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

9. Earnings Per Share

                In accordance with ASC 260, (Topic 260, "Earnings Per Share" ), basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average shares outstanding for the period and include the dilutive impact of potential shares from the exercise of stock options. Common equivalent shares are excluded from the computation if their effect is anti-dilutive.

                The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016 as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Thirteen Weeks Ended  
 
  May 2,
2015
  April 30,
2016
 

Numerator:

             

Net income

  $ 1,768   $ 7,326  

Denominator:

             

Weighted average common share outstanding-basic

    50,836,727     50,836,727  

Effect of dilutive securities:

             

Stock options

    1,868,273     1,770,767  

Weighted average common share outstanding-diluted

    52,705,000     52,607,494  

Per common share:

             

Basic net income per common share

  $ 0.03   $ 0.14  

Diluted net income per common share

  $ 0.03   $ 0.14  

                For the thirteen weeks ended May 2, 2015 and April 30, 2016, approximately 78,390 and 282,203, respectively, of stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per common share since their effect was anti-dilutive.

10. Subsequent Events

                Subsequent events have been evaluated through July 25, 2016, which is the date that the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

                In June 2016, we amended our ABL Facility to exercise the $75.0 million accordion feature of the ABL Facility which increased the aggregate revolving commitments from $140.0 million to

F-47


Table of Contents


At Home Group Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Unaudited)

10. Subsequent Events (Continued)

$215.0 million and increased the sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit from $10.0 million to $25.0 million. The other terms of the ABL Facility remain unchanged. As of July 2, 2016, we had $108.8 million of borrowings outstanding under the ABL Facility and $57.8 million available for future borrowings under the ABL Facility.

                On July 22, 2016, the Company's board of directors approved a 128.157393-for-one stock split of its existing Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock and the conversion of such Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock into a single class of common stock. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split. Effective July 22, 2016, the Company's total authorized share capital is comprised of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

F-48


GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

                The following table sets forth all the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts, payable in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered hereby. Except as otherwise noted, the Registrant will pay all of the costs and expenses set forth in the following table. All amounts shown below are estimates, except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee:

 
  Amount  

SEC registration fee

  $ 29,230  

FINRA filing fee

    24,500  

NYSE listing fee

    250,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

    535,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    2,630,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    1,100,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    10,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

    521,270  

Total

  $ 5,100,000  

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

                Section 102 of the Delaware law allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except in cases where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, willfully or negligently authorized the unlawful payment of a dividend or approved an unlawful stock redemption or repurchase or obtained an improper personal benefit. The registrant's certificate of incorporation contains a provision which eliminates directors' personal liability as set forth above.

                The registrant's certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide in effect that the registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers to the extent permitted by the Delaware law. Section 145 of the Delaware law provides that a Delaware corporation has the power to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents in certain circumstances. Subsection (a) of Section 145 of the Delaware law empowers a corporation to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent, or former director, officer, employee or agent, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding provided that such director, officer, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, provided that such director, officer, employee or agent had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

                Subsection (b) of Section 145 of the Delaware law empowers a corporation to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent, or former director, officer, employee or agent, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person

II-1


Table of Contents

acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery shall determine that despite the adjudication of liability such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

                Section 145 further provides that to the extent that a director or officer or employee of a corporation has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith; that indemnification provided by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the party seeking indemnification may be entitled; and the corporation is empowered to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against any liability asserted against him or her or incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liabilities under Section 145; and that, unless indemnification is ordered by a court, the determination that indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 is proper because the director, officer, employee or agent has met the applicable standard of conduct under such subsections shall be made by (1) a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

                The registrant has in effect insurance policies for general officers' and directors' liability insurance covering all of its officers and directors. In addition, the registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify each such director or officer for certain expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by such director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of the registrant's directors or officers.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

                Since January 26, 2013, we have issued the following securities which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (after giving effect to the 128.157393-for-one stock split on July 22, 2016):

                Since January 26, 2013, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 2,795,868 shares of common stock under the 2012 Option Plan.

                The issuances of the securities in the transactions described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rules 506 and 701 promulgated thereunder. The securities were issued directly by the registrant and did not involve a public offering or general solicitation. The recipients of such securities represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)    Exhibits.

                See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

II-2


Table of Contents

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules.

                Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings

                The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

                Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

                    (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

                    (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                    (3)   For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

                        (i)  Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act;

                       (ii)  Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

                      (iii)  The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

                      (iv)  Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-3


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

                Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on this 25 th day of July, 2016.

    AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JUDD T. NYSTROM

        Name:   Judd T. Nystrom
        Title:   Chief Financial Officer

                Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
*

Lewis L. Bird III
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   July 25, 2016

/s/ JUDD T. NYSTROM

Judd T. Nystrom

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

July 25, 2016

*

Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

Director

 

July 25, 2016

*

Brian R. Hoesterey

 

Director

 

July 25, 2016

*

Geoffrey G. Clark

 

Director

 

July 25, 2016

*

Allen I. Questrom

 

Director

 

July 25, 2016

*

Wendy A. Beck

 

Director

 

July 25, 2016

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
*

Larry D. Stone
  Director   July 25, 2016

*

Philip L. Francis

 

Director

 

July 25, 2016

*By:   /s/ JUDD T. NYSTROM

Judd T. Nystrom
Attorney-in-fact
   

II-5


Table of Contents


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

  Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
    1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

 

3.1

**

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

 

 

3.2

**

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.

 

 

4.1

**

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Company.

 

 

4.2

**

Second Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2016, among At Home Group Inc., Starr Investment Fund II, LLC, SPH GRD Holdings, LLC, GRD Holding LP, GRD Holding AEA LLC and GRD Holding-A LP.

 

 

4.3

**

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2016, among At Home Group Inc., Starr Investment Fund II, LLC, SPH GRD Holdings, LLC, GRD Holding LP, GRD Holding AEA LLC and GRD Holding-A LP.

 

 

5.1

**

Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP.

 

 

10.1

+

Senior Secured Asset Based Revolving Credit Facility, dated October 5, 2011, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.'s indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

 

10.1.1

+

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 9, 2012, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.'s indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

 

10.1.2

+

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 23, 2013, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.'s indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

 

10.1.3

+

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated July 28, 2014, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.'s indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

 

10.1.4

+

Assumption and Ratification Agreement, dated September 29, 2014, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.'s indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

 

10.1.5

+

Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 5, 2015, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.'s indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

II-6


Table of Contents

  Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
    10.1.6 ** Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 15, 2016, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.'s indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

 

10.2

+

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loan Facility, dated June 5, 2015, by and between At Home Holding III Inc., with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.'s indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

 

10.3

+

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loan Facility, dated June 5, 2015, by and between At Home Holding III Inc., with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.'s indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Dynasty Financial II, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

 

10.4

+†

Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Lewis L. Bird III, dated as of November 15, 2012.

 

 

10.4.1

+†

Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Lewis L. Bird III, dated as of November 1, 2013.

 

 

10.5

+†

Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Judd T. Nystrom, dated as of January 25, 2013.

 

 

10.5.1

+†

Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Judd T. Nystrom, dated as of November 1, 2013.

 

 

10.6

+†

Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Peter S.G. Corsa, dated as of February 2, 2013.

 

 

10.6.1

+†

Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Peter S.G. Corsa, dated as of November 1, 2013.

 

 

10.7

+†

At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) Stock Option Plan, effective as of November 12, 2012.

 

 

10.8

+†

Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Lewis L. Bird III, dated as of November 26, 2012.

 

 

10.8.1

+†

Letter Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Lewis L. Bird III, dated as of November 26, 2012.

 

 

10.8.2

+†

Amendment to Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Lewis L. Bird III, dated as of December 4, 2012.

II-7


Table of Contents

  Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
    10.9 +† Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Judd T. Nystrom, dated as of January 31, 2013.

 

 

10.9.1

+†

Amendment to Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Judd T. Nystrom, dated as of February 18, 2013.

 

 

10.10

+†

Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Judd T. Nystrom, dated as of June 3, 2014.

 

 

10.11

+†

Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Peter S.G. Corsa, dated as of January 10, 2013.

 

 

10.11.1

+†

Amendment to Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Peter S.G. Corsa, dated as of March 25, 2013.

 

 

10.12

+†

Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Peter S.G. Corsa, dated as of June 3, 2014.

 

 

10.13

†**

At Home Group Inc. Annual Bonus Plan.

 

 

10.14

†**

At Home Group Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

10.15

†**

At Home Group Inc. Form of Option Award Agreement.

 

 

10.16

**

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

 

 

10.17

+†

Offer Letter by and between At Home Group Inc. and Jennifer Warren, dated as of December 9, 2014.

 

 

10.18

+†

Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Jennifer Warren, dated as of April 7, 2015.

 

 

10.19

+†

Bonus Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Jennifer Warren, dated as of April 8, 2015.

 

 

21.1

+

List of subsidiaries of At Home Group Inc.

 

 

23.1

**

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

 

23.2

**

Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

 

23.3

+

Consent of Buxton Company.

 

 

23.4

+

Consent of Russell Research, Inc.

 

 

24.1

+

Power of Attorney.

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Filed herewith.

+
Previously filed.

Indicates management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements in which our executive officers or directors participate.

II-8




Exhibit 3.1

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

* * * * *

 

At Home Group Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

(a)          The Corporation filed its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 30, 2011 (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”) under the name GRD Holding I Corporation; amended and restated the Original Certificate of Incorporation on October 4, 2011 (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”); and further amended the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on June 10, 2014, changing its name from GRD Holding I Corporation to At Home Group Inc. (as amended to date, the “ Previous Certificate of Incorporation ”).

 

(b)          The board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) has adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Previous Certificate of Incorporation in its entirety, and the stockholders of the Corporation have duly approved the amendment and restatement.

 

(c)           Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ DGCL ”), this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate ”) restates, integrates and further amends the Previous Certificate of Incorporation to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

NAME

 

The name of the Corporation is At Home Group Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.  The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 



 

ARTICLE IV

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

A.                                     Immediately upon the filing of this Certificate, (i) each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation (“ Class A Common Stock ”), shall convert into 128.157393 shares of Common Stock (as defined below), (ii) each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation (“ Class B Common Stock ”), shall convert into 128.157393 shares of Common Stock, and (iii) each outstanding share of Class C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation (“ Class C Common Stock ”) shall convert into 128.157393 shares of Common Stock, in each case, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, if applicable, as set forth in Section (B) of this Article IV (collectively, the “ Conversion ”). Following the Conversion, the certificates representing such shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock shall be deemed to represent shares of Common Stock or alternatively, shares of Common Stock held in book-entry form, if any, without a need for such certificates to be surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent and exchanged for certificates of Common Stock or book-entry positions evidencing such shares of Common Stock.  The Conversion will therefore be effective whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided , however , that if any holder of Common Stock held in certificated form requests to receive certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock issuable upon the Conversion or book-entry positions evidencing such shares of Common Stock, the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue such certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock or book-entry positions evidencing such shares of Common Stock unless and until the certificates evidencing such shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.

 

B.                               No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued as a result of the Conversion. In lieu of fractional shares otherwise issuable, stockholders will be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the fractional amount of shares of Common Stock held by such stockholder immediately following the Conversion, multiplied by (ii) the initial public offering price per share of the Common Stock in the initial public offering of the Common Stock of the Corporation or such other fair value of a share of the Common Stock as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

C.                                     The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 550,000,000, which shall be divided into two classes as follows:

 

(i)              500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”); and

 

(ii)           50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

 

D.                                     The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without further stockholder approval, the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of such series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of such series, which number the Board of Directors may, except where otherwise provided in the designation of such series, increase (but not above

 

2



 

the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding).  The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each series of Preferred Stock, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

 

E.                                      Each holder of record of Common Stock, as such, shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock that is outstanding in his, her or its name on the books of the Corporation on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally; provided , however , to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to applicable law or this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock). For the avoidance of doubt, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, the initial adoption of any certificate of designations that establishes, or authorizes the issuance of, any series of Preferred Stock.

 

F.                                       Except as otherwise required in this Certificate or by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class (or, if the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, together as single class with the holders of such other series of Preferred Stock) on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders generally.

 

G.                                     Except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to only such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to such series of Preferred Stock).

 

H.                                    Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, dividends may be declared and paid ratably on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are legally available for this purpose at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.

 

I.                                         Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the distribution of assets of the Corporation upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

 

J.                                         The number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

3



 

ARTICLE V

 

AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

 

A.                                     The Corporation reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, to alter, amend, add to or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) in any manner now or hereafter prescribed by law (subject to the express provisions hereof that prohibit retroactive application of changes), and all rights, preferences, privileges and powers of any nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons herein are granted subject to this reservation. This Certificate may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided that at any time when the AEA Investors beneficially own, or have the right (by proxy or by contract) to direct the vote of, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, this Certificate may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

 

B.                                     So long as the AEA Investors beneficially own, or have the right (by proxy or by contract) to direct the vote of, 50% or more in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, by (i) the Board of Directors without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Certificate, or (ii) the vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. At any time when the AEA Investors beneficially own, or have the right (by proxy or by contract) to direct the vote of, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the Bylaws may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

A.                                     Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.  Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV (including any certificate of designations with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) and this Article VI relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the total number of directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.  Effective from consummation of the initial public offering of the Common Stock, the directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, if any, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors.  Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first

 

4



 

annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “ IPO Date ”), Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date.  Commencing with the first annual meeting following the IPO Date, the directors of the class to be elected at each annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term.  If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director.  Any such director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.  The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to their respective class.

 

B.                                     Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding or the rights granted pursuant to that certain Stockholder Agreement of the Company as in effect from time to time, by and among the Corporation, the AEA Stockholders, Starr I and Starr II, and certain other parties named therein (such agreement, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Stockholder Agreement ”), any newly created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or if only one director remains, by the sole remaining director or, if there are no directors, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided , however , that for as long as the AEA Investors, on the one hand, or Starr, on the other, have the right to nominate a director under the terms of the Stockholder Agreement, the AEA Investors or Starr, as applicable, shall have the right to fill any vacancy that resulted from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a director designated by the AEA Investors or Starr, as applicable, under the terms of the Stockholder Agreement.  Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

 

C.                                     Any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed at any time either with or without cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority in voting power of all then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class; provided , however , that at any time when the AEA Investors beneficially own, or have the right (by proxy or by contract) to direct the vote of, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any such director or all such directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

 

D.                                     Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

 

E.                                      During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such

 

5



 

specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.  Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series or in any certificate of designations with respect to such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.

 

F.                                       Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, any two directors then-serving on the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and otherwise as may be provided in the Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

 

A.                                     To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders.

 

B.                                     Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a current or former director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING, ANNUAL AND SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

At any time when the AEA Investors beneficially own, or have the right (by proxy or by contract) to direct the vote of, 50% or more in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  At any time when the AEA Investors beneficially own, or have the right (by proxy or by contract) to direct the vote of, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided , however , that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior

 

6



 

notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designations relating to such series of Preferred Stock.

 

ARTICLE IX

COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

A.                               In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of the AEA Investors and Starr may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (ii) the AEA Investors and Starr may now engage and may continue to engage in any transaction or matter that may be an investment or corporate or business opportunity or offer a prospective economic or competitive advantage in which the Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates, directly or indirectly, could have an interest or expectancy (a “ Competitive Opportunity ”) or may otherwise compete with the Corporation or its controlled Affiliates, directly or indirectly, and (iii) members of the Board of Directors who are not officers or employees of the Corporation or their respective Affiliates may desire to participate or invest in certain Competitive Opportunities, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of opportunities as they may involve any of the AEA Investors and Starr and their respective Affiliates or the Specified Directors (as defined below) and their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

 

B.                               Each of (i) the AEA Investors and any directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of the AEA Investors that may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, and each of their Affiliates, (ii) Starr and any directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of Starr that may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, and each of their Affiliates, or (iii) subject to Section (C) of this Article IX, each member of the Board of Directors who is not an officer or employee of the Corporation and is not described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this sentence (such directors not described in clauses (i) or (ii), the “ Specified Directors ”), and his or her Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified in clauses (i) or (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “ Identified Persons ” and, individually, as an “ Identified Person ”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, not have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (a) engaging in any Competitive Opportunity or (b) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any controlled Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any Competitive Opportunity or other corporate or business opportunity that may be a Competitive Opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates.  In the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a Competitive Opportunity or other corporate or business opportunity that may be a Competitive Opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or for its, her or his Affiliates, and for the Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty to communicate or present such opportunity to the Corporation or any of its controlled Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any controlled Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such Competitive Opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such Competitive Opportunity to another Person.

 

C.                               The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any Competitive Opportunity offered to any Specified Director if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her

 

7


 

capacity as a director of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section (B) of this Article IX shall not apply to any such Competitive Opportunity.

 

D.                               In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, a business or other opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential Competitive Opportunity for the Corporation if it is an opportunity that (i) the Corporation (together with its controlled Affiliates) is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

 

E.                                For purposes of this Certificate, (i) the “ AEA Stockholders ” means, collectively, GRD Holding LP, GRD Holding-A LP, GRD Holding AEA LLC and their respective successors; (ii) the “ AEA Investors ” means, collectively, the AEA Stockholders together with their respective Affiliates; (iii) “ Starr ” means, collectively, Starr I and Starr II, together with their respective Affiliates; (iv) “ Starr I ” means SPH GRD Holdings, LLC and its successors; and (v) “ Starr II ” means Starr Investment Fund II, LLC and its successors.

 

F.                                 For purposes of this Certificate (other than Article X), (i) “ Affiliate ” means (a) in respect of the AEA Investors, any Person (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by any AEA Investor, controls any AEA Investor or is under common control with any AEA Investor and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing, (b) in respect of Starr, any Person (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by Starr, controls Starr or is under common control with Starr and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing, (c) in respect of a Specified Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Specified Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), and (d) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

 

G.                               To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX.

 

ARTICLE X

 

DGCL SECTION 203 AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

A.                               The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

B.                               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time, following the date of closing of the initial public offering of the Common Stock, at which time the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

(i) prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or

 

8



 

(ii)  upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (a) persons who are directors and also officers and (b) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or

 

(iii) at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized or approved at an annual or special meeting of stockholders (or by written consent, if action by written consent is not then prohibited by this Certificate) by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds in voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon that is not owned by the interested stockholder, voting together as a single class.

 

C.                               For purposes of this Article X of this Certificate, references to:

 

(iv) “ affiliate ” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

 

(v) “ associate ,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (a) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (b) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

 

(vi) “ business combination ,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

 

(a)                                              any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (1) with the interested stockholder or (2) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section (B) of this Article X is not applicable to the surviving entity;

 

(b)                                              any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the then outstanding stock of the Corporation;

 

(c)                                               any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (1) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for,

 

9



 

exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary, which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (2) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (3) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary, which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (4) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (5) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided , however , that in no case under items (3) through (5) of this subsection (c) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

 

(d)                                              any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary that is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption or other transfer of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

 

(e)                                               any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (a) through (d) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

 

(vii) “ control ,” including the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise.  A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article X, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

 

(viii) “ Exempt Transferee ” means (A) any person that acquires (other than in an Excluded Transfer) directly from the AEA Investors or any of their affiliates or successors or from Starr or any of its affiliates or successors, ownership of voting stock of the Corporation, and is designated in writing by the transferor as an “Exempt Transferee” for the purpose of this Article X; and (B) any person that acquires (other than in an Excluded Transfer) directly from a person described in clause (A) of this definition or from any other Exempt Transferee ownership of voting stock of the Corporation, and is designated in writing by the transferor as an “Exempt Transferee” for the purpose of this Article X.

 

10



 

(ix) “ Excluded Transfer ” means (a) a transfer to a Person that is not an affiliate of the transferor, which transfer is by gift or otherwise not for value, including a transfer by dividend or distribution by the transferor, (b) a transfer in a public offering that is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (c) a transfer to one or more broker-dealers or their affiliates pursuant to a firm commitment purchase agreement for an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act, (d) a transfer made through the facilities of a registered securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system and (e) a transfer made in compliance with the manner of sale limitations of Rule 144(f) under the Securities Act or any successor rule or provision.

 

(x) “ interested stockholder ” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (a) is the owner of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (b) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; but “interested stockholder” shall not include (x) the AEA Investors, Starr, any Exempt Transferee or any of their respective affiliates or successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, of which any of such persons is a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, or (y) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person.  For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below.

 

(xi) “ majority-owned subsidiary ” of the Corporation (or specified person) means another person of which the Corporation (or specified person), directly or indirectly with or through one or more majority-owned subsidiaries, is the general partner or managing member of such other person or owns equity securities with a majority of the votes of all equity securities generally entitled to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such other person.

 

(xii) “ owner ,” including the terms “own,” “owned,” and “ownership,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

 

(a)                                  beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

 

(b)                                  has (1) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (2) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more persons; or

 

11



 

(c)                                               has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (2) of subsection (b) above of this definition), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

 

(xiii) “ person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

 

(xiv) “ stock ” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

 

(xv)  “ voting stock ” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

A.                               The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Certificate or the Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section (A) of this Article XI.

 

B.                               If any provision or provisions of this Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate (including each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Certificate (including each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

C.                               For purposes of this Certificate, unless the context otherwise requires, (i) references to “ Articles ” and “ Sections ” refer to articles and sections of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and (ii) the term “ include ” or “ includes ” means includes, without limitation, and “ including ” means including, without limitation.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, At Home Group Inc. has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this 22 nd  day of July, 2016.

 

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary Jane Broussard

 

 

Name:

Mary Jane Broussard

 

 

Title:

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

[ Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ]

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

(Effective July 22, 2016)

 

ARTICLE I

 

Offices

 

SECTION 1.01  Registered Office .  The registered office and registered agent of At Home Group Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be as set forth in the Certificate (as defined below).  The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere (and may change the Corporation’s registered agent) as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the Corporation may require as determined by any officer of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Meetings of Stockholders

 

SECTION 2.01  Annual Meetings .  Annual meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors shall determine and state in the notice of meeting.  The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that meetings of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 of these Bylaws in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).  The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.02  Special Meetings .  Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors; provided, however, so long as AEA Investors beneficially owns, or has the right (by proxy or by contract) to direct the vote of 50% or more in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes shall also be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the request of AEA Investors.  Special meetings of the stockholders may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware and at such time and date as the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall determine and state in the notice of meeting.  The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

 



 

SECTION 2.03  Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

 

(A)          Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

 

(1)           Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) as provided in the Stockholder Agreement (as defined in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Certificate ”)) (with respect to nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors only), (b) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 of Article II of these Bylaws, (c) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof or (d) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who, subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, complied with the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2) and (A)(3) of this Section 2.03 and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation (the “ Secretary ”).

 

(2)           For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (d) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 2.03, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, such other business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock (as defined in the Certificate) are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on May 1, 2015); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed by more than seventy (70) days, from the anniversary date of the previous year’s meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  Public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03(A)(2) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) calendar day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(3)           Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the

 

2



 

stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group that will (x) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (v) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “ proponent persons ”); and (e) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any contract to purchase or sell, the acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell or any swap or other instrument) to which any proponent person is a party, the intent or effect of which may be (i) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, (ii) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation and/or (iii) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation.  A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board of Directors or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(3) or paragraph (B) of this Section 2.03) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct (x) as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (y) as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date.  Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the date prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish

 

3



 

such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules.

 

(B)          Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) to the extent provided in the Stockholder Agreement, (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (3) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who (subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary.  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 2.03 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting and the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(C)          General .

 

(1)           Except as provided in paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 or the Stockholder Agreement, if applicable, shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall, in addition to making any other determination that may be appropriate for the conduct of the meeting, have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.  The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting.  The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting, (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v)

 

4



 

limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and on stockholder approvals.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 2.03, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

(2)           Whenever used in these Bylaws, “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure (a) in a press release released by the Corporation, provided that such press release is released by the Corporation following its customary procedures, is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or is generally available on internet news sites or (b) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(3)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.03; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Bylaws (including paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) of this Section 2.03 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business.  Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances.

 

(4)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03, for as long as AEA Investors (as defined in the Certificate) beneficially own, or have the right (by proxy or by contract) to direct the vote of, at least 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, AEA Investors (as defined in the Certificate) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2), (A)(3) or (B) of this Section 2.03 with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

 

SECTION 2.04  Notice of Meetings .  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a timely notice in writing or by electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL, of the meeting, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed to or transmitted electronically by the Secretary to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.  Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each

 

5



 

stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.05  Quorum .  Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter.  Once a quorum is present to organize a meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

 

SECTION 2.06  Voting .  Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder that has voting power upon the matter in question.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.  A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.  Unless required by the Certificate or applicable law, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot.

 

On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy.  When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable law, of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, of any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, of the Certificate or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence and subject to the Certificate, all elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

SECTION 2.07  Chairman of Meetings .  The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, or, in his or her absence or disability, a person designated by the Board of Directors shall be the chairman of the meeting and, as such, preside at all meetings of the stockholders.

 

SECTION 2.08  Secretary of Meetings .  The Secretary shall act as secretary at all meetings of the stockholders.  In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person to act as secretary at such meetings.

 

SECTION 2.09  Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote only to the extent permitted by and in the manner provided in the Certificate and in accordance with applicable law.

 

6


 

SECTION 2.10  Adjournment .  At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, if less than a quorum be present, the chairman of the meeting or stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present.  Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 2.11  Remote Communication .  If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

 

(a)                                  participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

(b)                                  be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication,

 

provided that

 

(i)                                      the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;

 

(ii)                                   the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

 

(iii)                                if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

SECTION 2.12  Inspectors of Election .  The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof.  The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (a) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (b) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the

 

7



 

disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots.  Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law.  In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law.  No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 3.01  Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the DGCL or the Certificate directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.02  Number and Term; Chairman .  The number of directors shall be fixed in the manner provided in the Certificate.  The term of each director shall be as set forth in the Certificate.  Directors need not be stockholders.  The Board of Directors shall elect a Chairman of the Board of Directors, who shall have the powers and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present.  If the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one (1) of their members to preside.

 

SECTION 3.03  Resignations .  Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Secretary.  The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

 

SECTION 3.04  Removal .  Directors of the Corporation may be removed in the manner provided in the Certificate, the Stockholder Agreement and applicable law.

 

SECTION 3.05  Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .  Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Certificate and the Stockholder Agreement.  Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

 

SECTION 3.06  Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or as provided by the Certificate and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary if directed by the Board of Directors, and shall be at such places and times as they or he or she shall fix.  Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors.  At least twenty four (24) hours before each special meeting of the Board of Directors, either written notice, notice by electronic transmission or oral notice (either in

 

8



 

person or by telephone) of the time, date and place of the meeting shall be given to each director.  Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

SECTION 3.07  Quorum, Voting and Adjournment .  A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place.  Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

 

SECTION 3.08  Committees; Committee Rules .  The Board of Directors may designate from time to time one or more committees, including an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation in accordance with the Stockholder Agreement.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation.  All committees of the Board of Directors shall keep minutes of their meetings and shall report their proceedings to the Board of Directors when requested or required by the Board of Directors.  Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee.  Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present.  Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, and subject to the Certificate, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

SECTION 3.09  Action Without a Meeting .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed in the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

SECTION 3.10  Remote Meeting .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.  Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

9



 

SECTION 3.11  Compensation .  The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

 

SECTION 3.12  Reliance on Books and Records .  A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Officers

 

SECTION 4.01  Number .  The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer (who shall also be President for the purpose of the DGCL, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors), a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Legal Officer or General Counsel and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and who shall hold office for such terms as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal.  In addition, the Board of Directors may elect one or more Vice Presidents, including one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

SECTION 4.02  Other Officers and Agents .  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may appoint one or more officers called a Vice Chairman, each of whom does not need to be a member of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.03  Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall have general executive charge, management and control of the properties and operations of the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business, with all such powers with respect to such properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities.

 

SECTION 4.04  President/Vice Presidents .  The President, each Vice President, if any are elected (of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.05  Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.06  Chief Legal Officer/General Counsel .  The Chief Legal Officer or General Counsel shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

10



 

SECTION 4.07  Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation.  He or she shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, taking proper vouchers therefor.  He or she shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, upon their request, a report of the financial condition of the Corporation.  If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

 

In addition, the Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.08  Secretary .  The Secretary shall: (a) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and directors to be recorded and kept properly; (b) cause all notices required by these Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (c) see that the minute books, stock books and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly; and (d) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required.  The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.09  Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries .  Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are elected, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine.  In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.10  Corporate Funds and Checks .  The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes.  All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.11  Contracts and Other Documents .  The Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary and such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors or any other committee given specific authority by the Board of Directors during the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors to authorize such action, shall each have the power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances, contracts and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4.12  Ownership of Securities of Another Entity .  Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend and to vote at any meeting of securityholders of any entity in which the Corporation holds securities or equity interests and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities or equity interests at any

 

11



 

such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4.13  Delegation of Duties .  In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his or her duties, the Board of Directors may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.

 

SECTION 4.14  Resignation and Removal .  Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3.03.

 

SECTION 4.15  Vacancies .  The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock

 

SECTION 5.01  Shares With Certificates .  The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.  Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, (a) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, any Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (b) the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number and class of shares of stock of the Corporation owned by such holder.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

 

SECTION 5.02  Shares Without Certificates .  If the Board of Directors chooses to issue shares of stock without certificates, the Corporation, if required by the DGCL, shall, within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, send the stockholder a written statement of the information required by the DGCL.  The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

 

SECTION 5.03  Transfer of Shares .  Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, upon surrender to the Corporation by delivery thereof (to the extent evidenced by a physical stock certificate) to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers.  Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates, if the shares are to be certificated, shall thereupon be issued.  Shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with applicable law.  A record shall be made of each transfer.  Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.  The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

12


 

SECTION 5.04  Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates .  A new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may, in its discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Corporation may direct, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith.  A new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate and, if required by the Corporation, the posting of a bond by such owner in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it in connection therewith.

 

SECTION 5.05  List of Stockholders Entitled To Vote .  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5.05 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

SECTION 5.06  Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record .

 

(a)                                  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting.  If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such

 

13



 

adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)                                  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.  If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

(c)                                   Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board of Directors, (i) when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

SECTION 5.07  Registered Stockholders .  Prior to the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Corporation of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of such share or shares as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such share or shares.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Notice and Waiver of Notice

 

SECTION 6.01  Notice .  If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

 

SECTION 6.02  Waiver of Notice .  A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person.  Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.  Attendance at any meeting (in person or by remote communication) shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

14



 

ARTICLE VII

 

Indemnification

 

SECTION 7.01  Indemnification of Directors and Officers .  Each current or former director or officer of the Corporation (hereinafter an “ indemnitee ”) who was or is a party, is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, as a witness or otherwise, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including any and all appeals, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by indemnitee in any such capacity or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent (hereinafter an “ indemnifiable proceeding ”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than the DGCL permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 7.03 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors; provided, further, that the Corporation not be obligated under this Section 7.01: (a) to indemnify indemnitee under these Bylaws for any amounts paid in settlement of any indemnifiable proceeding unless the Corporation consents to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, or (b) to indemnify indemnitee for any disgorgement of profits made from the purchase or sale by indemnitee of securities of the Corporation under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

In addition, subject to Section 7.04, the Corporation shall not be liable under this Article VII to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (including, without limitation, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) if and to the extent that the indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under this Article VII or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

SECTION 7.02  Right to Advancement of Expenses .  In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01, an indemnitee shall also have the right, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees, costs and expenses) incurred by the indemnitee in appearing at, participating in or defending, or otherwise arising out of or related to, any indemnifiable proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII pursuant to Section 7.03 (hereinafter an “ advancement of expenses ”); provided , however , that,

 

(a)                                  if the DGCL so requires or in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”),

 

15



 

by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay any amounts so advanced (without interest) if and to the extent that it is determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 or otherwise;

 

(b)                                  the Corporation’s obligation to make an advancement of expenses pursuant to this Section 7.02 shall be subject to the limitations on indemnification provided in Section 7.01, except that the Corporation shall advance expenses to defend an indemnifiable proceeding alleging a claim under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act; and

 

(c)                                   with respect to any indemnifiable proceeding for which the indemnitee requests advancement of expenses under this Section 7.02, the Corporation shall be entitled to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to indemnitee, upon the delivery to indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so.

 

SECTION 7.03  Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit .  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses is not paid in full within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Corporation of a request therefor, the indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in any court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses, as applicable.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense (including attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses) of prosecuting or defending such suit.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or the Corporation’s stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or the Corporation’s stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.  In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.  Further, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover advanced expenses upon a final adjudication that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.  In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

SECTION 7.04  Indemnification Not Exclusive .

 

(a)                                  The provisions for indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article VII, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article VII, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, other agreements or arrangements, vote of stockholders or disinterested

 

16



 

directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

 

(b)                                  Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for payments to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee- related entities.  Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities, and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder.  In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.  Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 7.04(b) and entitled to enforce this Section 7.04(b).

 

For purposes of this Section 7.04(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(1)                                  The term “ indemnitee-related entities ” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

 

(2)                                  The term “ jointly indemnifiable claims ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the Corporation and any indemnity- related entity pursuant to the DGCL, any agreement and any certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

 

SECTION 7.05  Nature of Rights .  The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article VII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.  Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.  In addition, the rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article VII shall extend to any broader indemnification rights permitted by any amendment to the DGCL.

 

17



 

SECTION 7.06  Insurance .  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.  Subject to Section 7.04, in the event of any payment by the Corporation under this Article VII, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy or any other indemnity agreement covering the indemnitee. The indemnitee shall execute all papers required and take all reasonable action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Corporation to bring suit to enforce such rights in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy.  The Corporation shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

 

SECTION 7.07  Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation .  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation, and may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, enter agreements with any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation that grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses in excess of those granted in the provisions of this Article VII.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 8.01  Electronic Transmission .  For purposes of these Bylaws, “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

SECTION 8.02  Corporate Seal .  The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary.  If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

SECTION 8.03  Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.  Unless otherwise fixed by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall consist of the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31.

 

SECTION 8.04  Construction; Section Headings .  For purposes of these Bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires, (i) references to “Articles” and “Sections” refer to articles and sections of these Bylaws and (ii) the term “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation.  Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

 

SECTION 8.05  Inconsistent Provisions .  In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

18



 

ARTICLE IX

 

Amendments

 

SECTION 9.01  Amendments .  So long as AEA Investors beneficially owns, or has the right (by proxy or by contract) to direct the vote of 50% or more in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, these Bylaws may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, by (i) the Board of Directors without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Certificate the affirmative, or (ii) the vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. At any time when AEA Investors beneficially owns, or has the right (by proxy or by contract) to direct the vote of, less than 50% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, these Bylaws may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

19




Exhibit 4.1

 

AT HOME GROUP INC. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES, $0.01 PAR VALUE, OF AT HOME GROUP INC. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by Attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated: SIG TO COME SIG TO COME TITLE TITLE COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY (Brooklyn, New York) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of CUSIP 04650Y 100 XXXX XXXX

 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: UTMA – Custodian TEN COM TEN ENT JT TEN – as tenants in common – as tenants by entireties (Cust) (Minor) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For value received hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. SIGNATURE GUARANTEED ALL GUARANTEES MUST BE MADE BY A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION (SUCH AS A BANK OR BROKER) WHICH IS A PARTICIPANT IN THE SECURITIES TRANSFER AGENTS MEDALLION PROGRAM (“STAMP”), THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, INC. MEDALLION SIGNATURE PROGRAM (“MSP”), OR THE STOCK EXCHANGES MEDALLION PROGRAM (“SEMP”) AND MUST NOT BE DATED. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.

GRAPHIC

 



Exhibit 4.2

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

among

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

STARR INVESTMENT FUND II, LLC

 

SPH GRD HOLDINGS, LLC

 

GRD HOLDING LP

 

GRD HOLDING AEA LLC

 

and

 

GRD HOLDING-A LP

 

Dated as of July 22, 2016

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 1.

INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

1

1.1.

Defined Terms

1

1.2.

Construction

3

 

 

 

Section 2.

TRANSFERS

4

2.1.

Limitations on Transfer

4

2.2.

Certain Permitted Transfers

5

2.3.

Tag-Along Rights

5

2.4.

Drag Along Rights

7

 

 

 

Section 3.

CERTAIN OTHER AGREEMENTS

8

3.1.

Board of Directors; Books and Records

8

3.2.

Confidentiality

9

3.3.

Voting of the Distributed Shares; Proxy

10

 

 

 

Section 4.

MISCELLANEOUS

10

4.1.

Additional Securities

10

4.2.

Term

10

4.3.

Notices

10

4.4.

Further Assurances

10

4.5.

Non-Assignability

10

4.6.

Amendment; Waiver

11

4.7.

Third Parties

11

4.8.

Governing Law

11

4.9.

Jurisdiction

11

4.10.

Waiver of Jury Trial

11

4.11.

Specific Performance

11

4.12.

Entire Agreement

12

4.13.

Titles and Headings

12

4.14.

Severability

12

4.15.

Counterparts

12

4.16.

Effectiveness of Agreement

12

 

Exhibit A — Assumption Agreement

 



 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, dated as of July 22, 2016 (this “ Agreement ”), among (i) At Home Group Inc., a Delaware corporation f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation (the “ Company ”), (ii) GRD Holding LP, a Delaware limited liability partnership (“ GRD Holding ”), (iii) GRD Holding-A LP, a Delaware limited liability partnership (“ GRD Holding-A ”), (iv) GRD Holding AEA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ GRD-AEA ”), (v) Starr Investment Fund II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Starr II ”) and (vi) SPH GRD Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Starr ” and, collectively with Starr II, and each Person who executes an Assumption Agreement and falls under clause (x) of the definition of Assumption Agreement, the “ Minority Investors ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Whereas, the Company, GRD Holding, GRD Holding-A, GRD-AEA, Starr, PJSC GR LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PJSC ”) and PJSC GR II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PJSC II ”) are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2012 (the “ First Amended Stockholders’ Agreement ”);

 

B.                                     Whereas, the Company is proposing to consummate an initial public offering of shares of Company Common Stock (the “ IPO ”);

 

C.                                     Whereas, in connection with the IPO, the Company and the Stockholders are entering into a Registration Rights Agreement concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”);

 

D.                                     Whereas, immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with respect to the IPO, GRD Holding will distribute to Starr II 9,611,804 shares of Company Common Stock (the “ Distributed Shares ”), in full redemption of all of Starr II’s limited partnership interest in GRD Holding;

 

E.                                      Whereas, in connection with the closing of the IPO, each of PJSC and PJSC II will distribute all of their respective shares of Company Common Stock to their respective members and neither PJSC nor PJSC II shall directly hold any shares of Company Common Stock; and

 

F.                                       Whereas, the Company and the Stockholders desire to amend and restate the First Amended Stockholders’ Agreement to provide for certain matters relating to their respective holdings of Company Common Stock.

 

Section 1.                                            INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

 

1.1.                             Defined Terms .  The following terms have the following meanings when used herein with initial capital letters:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person.

 

Agreement ” means this Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“AEA” means AEA Investors LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

1



 

AEA Investors ” means (i) GRD Holding LP, (ii) GRD Holding-A, (iii) GRD-AEA, (iv) any general or limited partnership, corporation or limited liability company having as a general partner, controlling equity holder or managing member (whether directly or indirectly) a Person who is a member of AEA or an Affiliate of AEA and (v) any successor or permitted assign or transferee of any of the foregoing (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include Starr II with respect to the Distributed Shares); provided , that for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this definition neither “AEA Investor” nor Affiliate thereof shall include any portfolio company of AEA or any of its Affiliates.

 

AEA Sale ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Assumption Agreement ” means a writing in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto whereby a transferee of shares of Company Common Stock becomes a party to, and agrees to be bound, to the same extent as its transferor, by the terms of this Agreement ( i.e. , (x) if the transferor of such shares was Starr II, such transferee will be subject to the same rights and obligations as Starr II, or (y) if the transferor of such shares was an AEA Investor, such transferee will be subject to the same rights and obligations of an AEA Investor).

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Certificate of Incorporation ” means the certificate of incorporation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Company Common Stock ” means the shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

 

Distributed Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Drag-Along Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

 

Drag-Along Sale ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

 

Dragging Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

 

Effective Time ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.16.

 

Exempt Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

First Amended Stockholders’ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

GRD-AEA ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

GRD Holding ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

GRD Holding-A ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Indirect Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e).

 

IPO ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

2



 

Minority Investors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Permitted Transferee ” means any Person to whom shares of Company Common Stock are Transferred in a Transfer in accordance with Section 2.2 and not in violation of this Agreement and who is required to, and does, enter into an Assumption Agreement, and includes any Person to whom a Permitted Transferee of Starr II (or a Permitted Transferee of a Permitted Transferee) so further Transfers shares of Company Common Stock and who is required to, and does, execute and deliver to the Company an Assumption Agreement.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, joint stock company, business trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority or other legal entity of any nature whatsoever.

 

PJSC GR LLC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

PJSC GR II LLC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Plan Asset Regulations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

 

Proposed Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Stockholders ” means each of the holders of Company Common Stock who are parties to this Agreement or who become parties to this Agreement upon execution of an Assumption Agreement.

 

Starr ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Starr II ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Starr Member Transfer ” means any distribution or any other Transfer of Company Common Stock by or on behalf of Starr to any of its members.

 

Tagging Stockholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Third Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

 

Transfer ” means a transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition (including, without limitation, by operation of law), including pursuant to the creation of a derivative security, the grant of an option or other right.

 

VCOC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

 

VCOC Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

 

1.2.                             Construction .  The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied

 

3



 

against any party.  Unless the context otherwise requires:  (a) “or” is disjunctive but not exclusive, (b) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular, (c) “including” shall mean including, without limitation, and (d) the words “hereof”, “herein”, and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

Section 2.                                            TRANSFERS

 

2.1.                             Limitations on Transfer .  (a)  Starr II hereby agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer any of the Distributed Shares unless such Transfer is (i) an Exempt Transfer, (ii) pursuant to Sections 2.3 or 2.4, or (iii) consented to in writing by GRD Holding; provided that any such Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and has been registered under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws.

 

(b)                                  Any Transfer of shares of Company Common Stock by an AEA Investor must be made in compliance with Section 2.3, to the extent applicable. If an AEA Investor Transfers any shares of Company Common Stock to any of its Affiliates, such Affiliate shall duly execute and deliver an Assumption Agreement.

 

(c)                                   In the event of any purported Transfer by Starr II or the AEA Investors of any shares of Company Common Stock in violation of the provisions of this Agreement, such purported Transfer will be void and of no effect and the Company will not give effect to such Transfer.

 

(d)                                  Each certificate representing the Distributed Shares will bear a legend on the face thereof, and each book-entry notation representing such Distributed Shares will be legended, substantially to the following effect (with such additions thereto or changes therein as the Company may be advised by counsel are required by law or necessary to give full effect to this Agreement, the “ Legend ”):

 

“THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY, THE AEA INVESTORS AND THE MINORITY INVESTORS (AS AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME), A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.  NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE MADE EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT.  THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS CERTIFICATE, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE TO THE HOLDER BY THE TERMS OF SUCH STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT.”

 

“THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS THEY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THAT ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.”

 

4


 

The Legend will be removed by the Company by the delivery of substitute certificates or book-entry notations without such Legend in the event of a Transfer permitted by this Agreement (other than a granting of a security interest pursuant to Section 2.2(b)) in which the Permitted Transferee is not required to enter into an Assumption Agreement, and such removal is permitted by applicable law.  The Company also agrees to remove the first paragraph of any similar Legend by the delivery of substitute certificates or book-entry notations without such paragraph of such Legend to any Stockholder (other than Starr II) following the closing of the IPO. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may condition removal of the second paragraph of any Legend upon receipt of an opinion of counsel to the applicable Stockholder to the effect that the Legend is no longer required for purposes of applicable securities laws in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

(e)                                   Neither Starr II nor any of the AEA Investors shall permit the Transfer of securities or other ownership interests in itself or any entity which directly or indirectly controls Starr II or such AEA Investor, as applicable, and the assets of which are comprised solely or primarily of the equity interests of Starr II or such AEA Investor, as applicable (an “ Indirect Transfer ”), unless the Person who controls Starr II or such AEA Investor, as applicable, immediately prior to such Indirect Transfer will continue to control Starr II or such AEA Investor, as applicable, after giving effect to such Indirect Transfer.

 

(f)                                    Until the second (2 nd ) anniversary of closing of the IPO, the Company may give stop-transfer and legending instructions to the Company’s transfer agent restricting the transfer of Company Common Stock acquired by any Person as a result of or in connection with a Starr Member Transfer.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 1(f) is solely for the benefit of the Company and the Company shall be the only party entitled to enforce this Section 1(f).

 

2.2.                             Certain Permitted Transfers .  Starr II shall be entitled from time to time to (a) Transfer any or all of the Distributed Shares to any of its Affiliates; provided, that (i) any such transferee duly executes and delivers an Assumption Agreement, and (ii) such Transfer does not cause any change in the economic or beneficial ownership of the Distributed Shares, (b) grant a security interest in the Distributed Shares to any lender of Starr II or its Affiliates; provided , that such lender shall not be entitled to foreclose upon and Transfer the Distributed Shares unless such transferee duly executes and delivers an Assumption Agreement, (c) Transfer Distributed Shares in connection with the exercise of a demand registration right or exercise of a request for an underwritten block trade by Starr II pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, or (d) Transfer Distributed Shares in connection with the exercise of its piggy-back rights pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Registration Rights Agreement (but only if GRD Holding is also participating in the registration pursuant to which such piggy-back rights arise) (any Transfer pursuant to this Section 2.2, an “ Exempt Transfer ”).

 

2.3.                             Tag-Along Rights .  (a)  With respect to any proposed Transfer by any AEA Investor of shares of Company Common Stock to any Person (other than any Transfer (i) to any of its Affiliates, (ii) to any of its partners or members, (iii) pursuant to Section 2.4, (iv) in a registered offering pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or (v) pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended (which such Transfers shall be governed by a coordination agreement to be entered into by and among the AEA Investors, Starr and Starr II)), whether pursuant to a stock sale, merger, consolidation, a tender or exchange offer or any other transaction (any such transaction, an “ AEA Sale ”), the AEA Investors will have the obligation, and Starr II will have the right, to require the proposed transferee or acquiring Person to purchase from Starr II, to the extent it exercises its rights under Section 2.3(b) (the “ Tagging Stockholder ”) a number of shares of Company Common Stock up to the product (rounded up to the nearest whole number) of (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A) the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Company Common Stock owned by the Tagging Stockholder by (B) the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Company Common Stock owned by the AEA Investors and the Tagging

 

5



 

Stockholder and (ii) the total number of shares of Company Common Stock proposed to be directly or indirectly Transferred to the transferee or acquiring Person by the AEA Investors in the contemplated AEA Sale (a “ Proposed Transferee ”), at the same price per share and upon the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, time of payment and form of consideration) as to be paid by and given to the AEA Investors.  In order to be entitled to exercise its right to sell shares of Company Common Stock to the Proposed Transferee pursuant to this Section 2.3, the Tagging Stockholder must agree to make to the Proposed Transferee the same covenants, indemnities (with respect to all matters other than the AEA Investors’ ownership of Company Common Stock and other corporate matters with respect to AEA Investors) and agreements as the AEA Investors agree to make in connection with the AEA Sale and only such representations and warranties (and related indemnification) as to its ownership of its Company Common Stock and general corporate representations as are given by the AEA Investors with respect to the Tagging Stockholder’s ownership of Company Common Stock and general corporate matters; provided , that all such covenants, indemnities and agreements shall be made by the AEA Investors and the Tagging Stockholder severally and not jointly and that the liabilities thereunder (other than with respect to the ownership of each Stockholder’s shares being transferred and general authorization and similar representations of such Stockholder, and general corporate matters with respect to each such Stockholder, which shall be several obligations and no Stockholder shall be responsible for a breach of covenant by any other Stockholder) shall be borne on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares Transferred by each of the AEA Investors and the Tagging Stockholder and shall be limited to the lesser of (A) the net proceeds actually received by the Tagging Stockholder for such Transferred shares of Company Common Stock and (B) the Tagging Stockholder’s pro rata share of any “cap” on indemnification obligations of the Stockholders Transferring shares of Company Common Stock in the AEA Sale.  The Tagging Stockholder will be responsible for its proportionate share of the reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by the AEA Investors in connection with the AEA Sale to the extent not paid or reimbursed by the Company or the Proposed Transferee.

 

(b)                                  The AEA Investors will give notice to Starr II of each proposed AEA Sale at least fifteen (15) business days prior to the proposed consummation of such AEA Sale, setting forth the number and class of shares of Company Common Stock proposed to be so Transferred, the name and address of the Proposed Transferee, the proposed amount and form of consideration (and if such consideration consists in part or in whole of property other than cash, the AEA Investors will provide such information, to the extent reasonably available to the AEA Investors, relating to such consideration as Starr II may reasonably request in order to evaluate such non-cash consideration) and other terms and conditions of payment offered by the Proposed Transferee.  The tag-along rights provided by this Section 2.3 must be exercised by the Tagging Stockholder within ten (10) business days following receipt of the notice required by the preceding sentence by delivery of an irrevocable written notice to the AEA Investors indicating the Tagging Stockholder’s exercise of its, her or his rights and specifying the maximum number and class of shares of Company Common Stock it, she or he desires to sell.  The Tagging Stockholder will be entitled under this Section 2.3 to Transfer to the Proposed Transferee the number of shares of Company Common Stock determined in accordance with Section 2.3(a).

 

(c)                                   If the Tagging Stockholder exercises its, her or his rights under Section 2.3(b), the closing of the purchase of the Company Common Stock with respect to which such rights have been exercised is subject to, and will take place concurrently with, the closing of the AEA Sale.  If the closing of the AEA Sale does not occur within 120 days after Starr II’s receipt of written notice of such AEA Sale pursuant to Section 2.3(b), the Tagging Stockholder may withdraw from the AEA Sale by providing written notice to the AEA Investors within ten (10) business days after the expiration of such 120-day period.

 

6



 

2.4.                             Drag Along Rights .  (a)  If the AEA Investors (in such capacity, the “ Dragging Party ”) desire to Transfer to a Person (other than a Stockholder or an Affiliate of either a Stockholder or the Company, or a partner or member of a Stockholder or its Affiliate) (any such Person, a “ Third Party ”) shares of their Company Common Stock (a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then Starr II hereby agrees that, if requested by the Dragging Party, it will Transfer to such Third Party on the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, time of payment and form of consideration) as to be paid and given to the Dragging Party, the number of shares equal to the number of Distributed Shares owned by it at such time multiplied by the percentage of the shares of Company Common Stock owned by the AEA Investors to be sold in the Drag-Along Sale.

 

(b)                                  If the Dragging Party desires to exercise its rights set forth in Section 2.4(a), the Dragging Party will give notice (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”) to Starr II of any proposed Drag-Along Sale at least fifteen (15) business days in advance of the closing thereof.  The Drag-Along Notice will set forth the number and class of shares of Company Common Stock proposed to be so Transferred, the name of the acquiring Person, the proposed amount and form of consideration (and if such consideration consists in part or in whole of property other than cash, the Dragging Party will provide such information, to the extent reasonably available to the Dragging Party, relating to such consideration as Starr II may reasonably request in order to evaluate such non-cash consideration) and the other material terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Sale.  In any agreement related to a Drag-Along Sale, Starr II shall (i)  make or agree to the same covenants, indemnities (with respect to all matters other than the Dragging Party’s or other Stockholders’ ownership of Company Common Stock and general authorization and similar representations) and agreements as the Dragging Party so long as such covenants, indemnities and agreements are made severally and not jointly and the liabilities thereunder (other than with respect to the ownership of each Stockholder’s shares being transferred and general authorization and similar representations of such Stockholder, which shall be several obligations and no Stockholder shall be responsible for a breach of a covenant by any other Stockholder) are borne on a pro rata basis based on the amount of consideration to be received by each Stockholder and are limited to the lesser of (A) the net proceeds actually received by such Stockholder for such Transferred shares of Company Common Stock and (B) such Stockholder’s pro rata share of any “cap” on indemnification obligations of the Stockholders selling shares of Company Common Stock in the sale to the Third Party, (ii) make representations and warranties (and provide related indemnification) only as to their respective ownership of Company Common Stock and general authorization and similar representations as are given by the Dragging Party with respect to such party’s ownership of Company Common Stock and (iii) pay their proportionate share of the reasonable costs incurred for the benefit of all Stockholders in connection with such transaction to the extent not paid or reimbursed by the Company or the transferee or acquiring Person.  If a Drag-Along Sale is not consummated within 90 days from the date of the Drag-Along Notice related thereto, the Dragging Party must deliver another Drag-Along Notice in order to exercise its rights under this Section 2.4 with respect to such Drag-Along Sale.

 

(c)                                   Upon the written request of the Dragging Party, but subject to the provisions of this Section 2.4, Starr II will (i) consent to, vote for and raise no objections against the Drag-Along Sale or the process pursuant to which such Drag-Along Sale was arranged, (ii) waive any dissenters’, appraisal and similar rights with respect thereto, and (iii) agree to sell that number of the Distributed Shares (and any other rights to acquire the Distributed Shares) as is derived pursuant to Section 2.4(a) on the terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Sale. The Company and Starr II, in its capacity as a Stockholder, will take all customary, necessary and desirable actions in connection with the consummation of any Drag-Along Sale reasonably necessary to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 2.4, including without limitation (A) cooperating with the purchaser in such Drag-Along Sale to provide such access and information as may be reasonably requested by the purchaser; and (B) executing and delivering instruments of conveyance and transfer, and any purchase agreement, merger agreement, indemnity

 

7



 

agreement, escrow agreement, consent, waiver, governmental filing, share certificates duly endorsed for transfer (free and clear of all encumbrances) and any similar or related documents.

 

Section 3.                                            CERTAIN OTHER AGREEMENTS

 

3.1.                             Board of Directors; Books and Records .  (a)  For so long as each of the AEA Investors, on the one hand, and Starr, on the other hand, respectively in the aggregate own at least 10% of the outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis of Company Common Stock, each of the AEA Investors and Starr shall at all times be entitled to nominate at least one individual for election to the Board.  The Company hereby agrees that at and in connection with each annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company at which directors of the Company are to be elected, the Company, the Board and the nominating committee thereof will (A) nominate and recommend to stockholders for election or re-election as part of the management slate of directors each such individual and (B) provide the same type of support for the election of each such individual as a director of the Company as provided by the Company, its directors, its management and its Affiliates to other persons standing for election as directors of the Company as part of the management slate.  Each Stockholder hereby agrees that such Stockholder will, and will cause each of its Affiliates to, vote all shares of Company Common Stock owned or held of record by it, at each annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company at which directors of the Company are to be elected, in favor of the election or re-election as a member of the Board of each such individual nominated by the AEA Investors and Starr.  Each Stockholder further agrees that such Stockholder will not, and will cause each of its Affiliates not to, vote any shares of Company Common Stock owned or held of record by it, at any annual or special meeting of stockholders or the Company, in favor of the removal from the Board (other than for cause) of any such individual nominated by the AEA Investors or Starr.

 

(b)                                  For so long as any Stockholder shall have the right to designate a member of the Board pursuant to this Section 3.1, at the request of such Stockholder the Company shall take all actions necessary to cause one or more of the Directors designated by such Stockholder to be appointed to any committee of the Board on which such designating Stockholder requests that such appointment be made, but only to the extent permitted by applicable laws, regulations and stock exchange listing rules or regulations.

 

(c)                                   Until (x) any Stockholder ceases to hold at least 2.5% of the then outstanding Company Common Stock or (y) a Stockholder has acquired sufficient additional “venture capital investments” (within the meaning of Section 2510.3-101(d)(3)(i) of the Plan Asset Regulations) such that the extinguishment of the rights set forth in this Section 3.1 will not adversely affect such Stockholder’s ability to qualify as a VCOC, then such Stockholder that directly or indirectly has an investment in the Company and is intended to qualify as a “venture capital operating company” (a “ VCOC ”) as defined in the regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor and codified at 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 (the “ Plan Asset Regulations ”), without prejudice to or limitation on any of the other rights afforded to such Stockholder under this Agreement or any other agreement, shall be provided with financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as soon as practicable and, in any event, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters or ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year (to the extent such financial statements have been completed), upon reasonable advance notice to the Company, shall be entitled to visit and inspect offices and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries periodically, but not more frequently than once per calendar quarter for such Stockholder (at which visits any Person who has similar rights under this Agreement may be permitted to attend at the Company’s discretion); upon reasonable advance notice, shall be entitled to consult with appropriate officers and directors of the Company or its subsidiaries periodically, but not more frequently than once per calendar quarter for each applicable Stockholder (at which meetings any Person who has similar rights under this

 

8



 

Agreement may be permitted to attend at the Company’s discretion), with respect to matters relating the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries; subject to the Company’s reasonable restrictions on the use and disclosure of such information and the Company’s right to limit such disclosure to comply with its applicable fiduciary duties, to the extent consistent with applicable law (and with events which require public disclosure, only following the Company’s public disclosure thereof), the Company will to the extent practicable inform each applicable Stockholder in advance of any material corporate actions of the Company and its subsidiaries and provide each applicable Stockholder with the right to consult with the Company and its subsidiaries regarding any such action, provided, however, that this right to consult must be exercised within five (5) Business Days after the Company informs each applicable Stockholder of the proposed corporate action and, provided, further, that the Company shall have no liability for any failure to inform any applicable Stockholder of such actions (the rights in this Section 3.1(c), collectively, the “ VCOC Rights ”) and provide each applicable Stockholder with such other rights of consultation reasonably necessary under applicable legal authorities promulgated after the date hereof to allow its investment in the Company and its subsidiaries to continue to qualify as a “venture capital investment” for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations. In the event that the Company ceases to qualify as an “operating company” (as defined in the first sentence of Section 2510.3-101(c)(1) of the Plan Asset Regulations) or the investment in the Company by each applicable Stockholder does not qualify as a “venture capital investment” as defined in the Plan Asset Regulations, then the Company shall consider and discuss in good faith with each applicable Stockholder any reasonable suggestions timely made by such applicable Stockholder that would preserve the status of each applicable Stockholder as a VCOC.

 

3.2.                             Confidentiality .  Each Stockholder (subject to applicable fiduciary duties), agrees to and shall keep strictly confidential, and will not disclose or divulge, any confidential, proprietary or secret information which such Stockholder has obtained from the Company including, by way of example and not in limitation thereof, financial statements, reports and other information and materials furnished by the Company from time to time, unless such information is or becomes publicly known from a source that is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company or by a contractual, fiduciary or other legal obligation not to disclose such information, or unless the Company provides its written consent to the Stockholder’s release of such information.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no written consent shall be required (and the Stockholder shall be free to release such information) if such information is to be provided (a) to such Stockholder’s or its Affiliates’ employees, officers, directors, partners, investors, prospective investors, members, stockholders, accountants, financing sources, lawyers or advisors; (b) to any federal or state regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Stockholder; (c) in compliance with any law, rule, regulation or orders applicable to such Stockholder; (d) in response to any subpoena or other legal process of informal investigative demand; (e) in connection with any litigation to which such Stockholder is a party, provided , however , that in the case of any permitted release specified in this clause (e), such Stockholder shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that any competitively sensitive information or information that is or is likely to be prejudicial to the Company shall be released in a manner which ensures the confidentiality of such information with respect to third parties; and provided , further , that such Stockholder shall be entitled to release such information pursuant to this clause (e) within the court proceedings in any event if such litigation is adverse to the Company or the Board and relates to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to such Stockholder’s investment in the Company; (f) to such Stockholder’s agents and professional consultants; or (g) to a transferee in connection with a proposed Transfer of shares of Company Common Stock in accordance with Section 2; provided , that, in the case of this clause (g), such transferee agrees prior to the receipt of such information to treat such information as confidential to the same extent as if it had received such information directly from the Company and as if it had been bound by this Section 3.2 as a Stockholder, and provided , further , that in the event the Stockholder is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents in legal proceedings, subpoenas, civil investigative demands or similar process) to disclose any such confidential information, such Stockholder

 

9



 

will, unless prohibited by law, provide the Company with notice of any such request or requirement so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy.

 

3.3.                             Voting of the Distributed Shares .  Starr II hereby agrees that it will vote the Distributed Shares, and to cause any holder of record of Distributed Shares (other than any holder to whom a Transfer was made pursuant to (i) clauses (c) or (d) of the definition of “Exempt Transfer” or (ii) Section 2.3 or Section 2.4) to deliver to GRD Holding an irrevocable proxy (which shall be effective until this Section 3.3 terminates in accordance with Section 4.2) designating GRD Holding with the power to vote such Distributed Shares, at any annual or special meeting of the Company’s stockholders, in the same manner as GRD Holding votes its shares of Company Common Stock at such meeting.

 

Section 4.                                            MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1.                             Additional Securities Subject to Agreement .  Each Stockholder agrees that any other equity securities of the Company which it hereafter acquires by means of a stock split, stock dividend, or distribution in respect of equity securities of the Company owned by it as of the Effective Time will be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if held as of the Effective Time.

 

4.2.                             Term .  This Agreement will be effective as set forth in Section 4.16 and will terminate and be of no further force and effect (other than with respect to prior breaches) as to each Stockholder when such Stockholder ceases to hold any shares of Company Common Stock; provided that a Stockholder’s obligations arising under Section 3.2 shall survive any termination of this Agreement with respect to such Stockholder for a period of one (1) year following such termination; provided , further that Section 2 and Section 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect (other than with respect to prior breaches) on the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the closing of the IPO.

 

4.3.                             Notices .  All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by cable, by facsimile, by email or registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 4.3).

 

4.4.                             Further Assurances .  The parties hereto will sign such further documents, cause such meetings to be held, resolutions passed, exercise their votes and do and perform and cause to be done such further acts and things as may be necessary in order to give full effect to this Agreement and every provision hereof.

 

4.5.                             Non-Assignability .  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and shall be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Except as otherwise expressly permitted herein, this Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without the express prior written consent of the other parties, and any attempted assignment, without such consents, will be null and void; provided , however , that the AEA Investors may assign or delegate all or any portion of its rights hereunder to any Person so long as such Person is a party hereto or executes and delivers to the Company an Assumption Agreement; provided further , that any Person who acquires any Company Common Stock as a result of or in connection with a Starr Member Transfer shall deliver to GRD Holding an irrevocable proxy designating GRD Holding with the power to vote such Company Common Stock in accordance with Section 3.1(a).

 

10


 

4.6.                             Amendment; Waiver .  This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by (i) the Company, (ii) the AEA Investors and (iii) the holders of a majority of the shares of Company Common Stock held by the Minority Investors; provided that, in addition, any amendment, supplement or modification of this Agreement which disproportionately adversely affects any Stockholder shall not be effective without the written approval of such Stockholder.  No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein.  The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

4.7.                             Third Parties .  This Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

 

4.8.                             Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

 

4.9.                             Jurisdiction .  THE COMPANY AND EACH STOCKHOLDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY CONSENTS TO SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE FOR ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (AND AGREES NOT TO COMMENCE ANY LITIGATION RELATING THERETO EXCEPT IN SUCH COURTS), WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION IN SUCH DELAWARE COURTS AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THAT SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH DELAWARE COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

4.10.                      Waiver of Jury Trial .  TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, THE COMPANY AND EACH STOCKHOLDER WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT SUCH PARTY WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE, CLAIM OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE DEALINGS OF ANY STOCKHOLDER OR THE COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE ABOVE, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE.  The Company or any Stockholder may file an original counterpart or a copy of this Section 4.10 with any court as written evidence of the consent of the Stockholders to the waiver of their rights to trial by jury.

 

4.11.                      Specific Performance .  The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that each party hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, without the posting of any bond, and, if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.  All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

11



 

4.12.                      Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement set forth the entire understanding of (i) the AEA Investors, Starr and Starr II on the one hand and (ii) the Company on the other hand with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

4.13.                      Titles and Headings .  The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

4.14.                      Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

 

4.15.                      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic mail), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

4.16.                      Effectiveness of Agreement .  Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with respect to the IPO (the “ Effective Time ”), this Agreement shall become effective and the First Amended Stockholders’ Agreement shall thereupon be deemed to be amended and restated as set forth herein.  If such registration statement does not become effective by December 31, 2016, the provisions of this Agreement shall be without any force or effect and the First Amended Stockholders’ Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without regard to any amendments or restatements made hereby.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Judd T. Nystrom

 

 

Name: Judd T. Nystrom

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

At Home Group Inc.

 

1600 East Plano Parkway

 

Plano, Texas 75074

 

Attention: Mary Jane Broussard

 

Phone: (972) 265-6227

 

Email: MBroussard@athome.com

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

 

One New York Plaza

 

New York, New York 10004

 

Attention: Steven J. Steinman, Esq.

 

Phone: (212) 859-8092

 

Fax: (212) 859-4000

 

Email: Steven.Steinman@friedfrank.com

 

[ Signature Page to 2 nd  A&R Stockholders’ Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

GRD HOLDING LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

GRD Holding GP LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

 

Name:

Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

 

Title:

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRD Holding LP

 

c/o AEA Investors LP

 

666 Fifth Avenue, 36 th  Floor

 

New York, New York 10103

 

Attention: Martin Eltrich

 

Phone: (212) 644-5900

 

Fax: (212) 888-1459

 

Email: MEltrich@aeainvestors.com

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

 

One New York Plaza

 

New York, New York 10004

 

Attention: Steven J. Steinman, Esq.

 

Phone: (212) 859-8092

 

Fax: (212) 859-4000

 

Email: Steven.Steinman@friedfrank.com

 

[ Signature Page to 2 nd  A&R Stockholders’ Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

GRD HOLDING-A LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

GRD HOLDING-A LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

 

Name:

Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

 

Title:

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRD Holding-A LP

 

c/o AEA Investors LP

 

666 Fifth Avenue, 36 th  Floor

 

New York, New York 10103

 

Attention: Martin Eltrich

 

Phone: (212) 644-5900

 

Fax: (212) 888-1459

 

Email: MEltrich@aeainvestors.com

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

 

One New York Plaza

 

New York, New York 10004

 

Attention: Steven J. Steinman, Esq.

 

Phone: (212) 859-8092

 

Fax: (212) 859-4000

 

Email: Steven.Steinman@friedfrank.com

 

[ Signature Page to 2 nd  A&R Stockholders’ Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

GRD HOLDING AEA LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

 

Name:

Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

 

Title:

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRD HOLDING AEA LLC

 

c/o AEA Investors LP

 

666 Fifth Avenue, 36 th  Floor

 

New York, New York 10103

 

Attention: Martin Eltrich

 

Phone: (212) 644-5900

 

Fax: (212) 888-1459

 

Email: MEltrich@aeainvestors.com

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

 

One New York Plaza

 

New York, New York 10004

 

Attention: Steven J. Steinman, Esq.

 

Phone: (212) 859-8092

 

Fax: (212) 859-4000

 

Email: Steven.Steinman@friedfrank.com

 

[ Signature Page to 2 nd  A&R Stockholders’ Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

MINORITY INVESTORS

 

 

 

 

 

SPH GRD HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

 

By: Starr Investment Holdings, LLC,

 

Its managing member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Geoffrey G. Clark

 

 

Name:

Geoffrey G. Clark

 

 

Title:

Senior Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jacob E. Comer

 

 

Name:

Jacob E. Comer

 

 

Title:

Senior Legal and Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

 

 

 

SPH GRD Holdings, LLC

 

c/o Starr Investment Holdings, LLC

 

399 Park Avenue, 17 th  Floor

 

New York, New York 10022

 

Attention: Jacob E. Comer

 

Phone: 212.230.5074

 

Fax: 212.202.3966

 

Email: jacob.comer@starrholdings.com

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

 

601 Lexington Avenue

 

New York City, NY 10022

 

Attention: Joshua Korff; Leo Greenberg

 

Phone: (212) 446-4943; (212) 446-4799

 

Fax: (212) 446-6460

 

Email: joshua.korff@kirkland.com; leo.greenberg@kirkland.com

 

[ Signature Page to 2 nd  A&R Stockholders’ Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

MINORITY INVESTORS

 

 

 

 

 

STARR INVESTMENT FUND II, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Geoffrey G. Clark

 

 

Name:

Geoffrey G. Clark

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s Jacob E. Comer

 

 

Name:

Jacob E. Comer

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

Starr Investment Fund II, LLC

 

c/o Starr Investment Holdings, LLC

 

399 Park Avenue, 17 th  Floor

 

New York, New York 10022

 

Attention: Jacob E. Comer

 

Phone: 212.230.5074

 

Fax: 212.202.3966

 

Email: jacob.comer@starrholdings.com

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

 

601 Lexington Avenue

 

New York City, NY 10022

 

Attention: Joshua Korff; Leo Greenberg

 

Phone: (212) 446-4943; (212) 446-4799

 

Fax: (212) 446-6460

 

Email: joshua.korff@kirkland.com; leo.greenberg@kirkland.com

 

[ Signature Page to 2 nd  A&R Stockholders’ Agreement ]

 


 

Exhibit A

 

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Assumption Agreement (this “ Assumption Agreement ”) is made as of [     ], by and among [     ] (the “ Transferring Holder ”) and [     ] (the “ New Holder ”), in accordance with that certain Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of [     ], 2016 (as amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and among At Home Group Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) and the Stockholders party thereto.

 

WHEREAS , the Agreement requires the New Holder, as a condition to the assignment of Transferring Holders, shares of Company Common Stock under the Agreement, to become a party to the Agreement by executing this Assumption Agreement, and upon the New Holder signing this Assumption Agreement, the Agreement will be deemed to be amended to include the New Holder as a [Minority Investor] thereunder;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                            Party to the Agreement .  By execution of this Assumption Agreement, as of the date hereof the New Holder is hereby made a party to the Agreement as a [Minority Investor].  The New Holder hereby agrees to become a party to the Agreement and to be bound by, and subject to, all of the representations, covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement that are applicable to the Transferring Holder, in the same manner as if the New Holder were an original signatory to the Agreement.  Execution and delivery of this Assumption Agreement by the New Holder shall also constitute execution and delivery by the New Holder of the Agreement, without further action of any party.

 

Section 2.                                            Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement unless otherwise noted.

 

Section 3.                                            Representations and Warranties of the New Holder .

 

Section 3.1                                     Authorization .  The New Holder has all requisite [corporate] power and authority and has taken all action necessary in order to duly and validly approve the New Holder’s execution and delivery of, and performance of its obligations under, this Assumption Agreement.  This Assumption Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the New Holder and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the New Holder, enforceable against the New Holder in accordance with its terms.

 

Section 3.2                                     No Conflict .  The New Holder is not under any obligation or restriction, whether or otherwise, nor shall it assume any such obligation or restriction, that does or would materially interfere or conflict with the performance of its obligations under this Assumption Agreement.

 

Section 4.                                            Further Assurances .  The parties agree to execute and deliver any further instruments or perform any acts which are or may become necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Assumption Agreement.

 



 

Section 5.                                            Governing Law .  This Assumption Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

 

Section 6.                                            Counterparts .  This Assumption Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same amendatory instrument.

 

Section 7.                                            Entire Agreement .  This Assumption Agreement and the Agreement contain the entire understanding, whether oral or written, of the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby.  Any amendment or change in this Assumption Agreement shall not be valid unless made in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

[ Signature pages follow ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties have executed this Assumption Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

TRANSFERRING HOLDER

 

 

 

[     ]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEW HOLDER

 

 

 

[     ]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address: [     ]

 

[     ]

 

[     ]

 

Attn: [     ]

 

Facsimile: [     ]

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed to as of

 

the date first written above:

 

 

 

CORPORATION

 

 

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.,

 

GRD HOLDING LP

 

STARR INVESTMENT FUND II, LLC

 

SPH GRD HOLDINGS, LLC

 

GRD HOLDING AEA LLC

 

and

 

GRD HOLDING-A LP

 

Dated as of July 22, 2016

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 1.

Certain Definitions

1

 

 

 

Section 2.

Registration Rights

6

 

 

 

2.1.

Demand Registrations

6

2.2.

Piggyback Registrations

12

2.3.

Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement

14

2.4.

Registration Procedures

17

2.5.

Registration Expenses

25

2.6.

Certain Limitations on Registration Rights

25

2.7.

Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities

26

2.8.

No Required Sale

27

2.9.

Indemnification

27

2.10.

Limitations on Registration of Other Securities; Representation

31

2.11.

No Inconsistent Agreements

31

 

 

 

Section 3.

Underwritten Offerings

31

 

 

 

3.1.

Requested Underwritten Offerings

31

3.2.

Piggyback Underwritten Offerings

32

 

 

 

Section 4.

General

32

 

 

 

4.1.

Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities

32

4.2.

Rule 144 and Rule 144A

32

4.3.

Nominees for Beneficial Owners

33

4.4.

Amendments and Waivers

33

4.5.

Notices

33

4.6.

Successors and Assigns

35

4.7.

Entire Agreement

35

4.8.

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial

35

4.9.

Interpretation; Construction

36

4.10.

Counterparts

36

4.11.

Severability

36

4.12.

Remedies

36

4.13.

Further Assurances

37

4.14.

Confidentiality

37

4.15.

Effectiveness of Agreement

37

4.16.

Opt-Out Requests

37

 

 

 

Schedule 4.5 – Notices

 

Exhibit A – Assumption Agreement

 

 



 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of July 22, 2016 (this “ Agreement ”), among (i) At Home Group Inc., a Delaware corporation f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation (the “ Company ”), (ii) GRD Holding LP, a Delaware limited liability partnership (“ GRD Holding ”), (iii) GRD Holding-A LP, a Delaware limited liability partnership (“ GRD Holding-A ”), (iv) GRD Holding AEA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ GRD-AEA ”), (v) Starr Investment Fund II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Starr II ”) and (vi) SPH GRD Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Starr ” and, collectively with Starr II, PJSC, PJSC II and each Person who executes an Assumption Agreement and falls under clause (x) of the definition of Assumption Agreement, the “ Minority Investors ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Whereas, the Company, GRD Holding, GRD Holding-A, GRD-AEA, PJSC GR LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and PJSC GR II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2012 (the “ First Amended Stockholders’ Agreement ”);

 

B.            Whereas, the Company is proposing to consummate an initial public offering of shares of Common Stock (the “ IPO ”);

 

C.            Whereas, in connection with the IPO, the Company and the Holders are entering into a Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “ Second Amended Stockholders’ Agreement ”);

 

D.            Whereas, immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with respect to the IPO, GRD Holding will distribute to Starr II 9,611,804 shares of Common Stock to Starr II (the “ Distributed Shares ”), in full redemption of all of Starr II’s limited partnership interests in GRD Holding; and

 

E.            Whereas, in connection with entering into the Second Amended Stockholders’ Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.              Certain Definitions .  As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Additional Piggyback Rights ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(b).

 

AEA ” means AEA Investors LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

AEA Investors ” means (i) GRD Holding LP, (ii) GRD Holding-A, (iii) GRD-AEA, (iv) any general or limited partnership, corporation or limited liability company having as a general partner, controlling equity holder or managing member (whether directly or indirectly) a Person who is a member of AEA or an Affiliate of AEA and (v) any successor or permitted assign or transferee of any of the foregoing (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include Starr II

 



 

with respect to the Distributed Shares); provided , that for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this definition neither “AEA Investor” nor Affiliate thereof shall include any portfolio company of AEA or any of its Affiliates.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with, such Person.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

Assumption Agreement ” means a writing in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto whereby a transferee of Registrable Securities who acquires such Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of the Second Amended Stockholders’ Agreement becomes a party to, and agrees to be bound, to the same extent as its transferor, by the terms of this Agreement (i.e., (x) if the transferor of such shares was a Minority Investor, such transferee will be subject to the same rights and obligations as such Minority Investor, or (y) if the transferor of such shares was an AEA Investor, such transferee will be subject to the same rights and obligations of an AEA Investor).

 

automatic shelf registration statement ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.4.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Block Trade Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Business Day ” means a day, other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Claims ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.9(a).

 

Certificate of Incorporation ” means the certificate of incorporation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Common Stock ” means the shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever which may be issued after the date hereof in respect of, or in exchange for, such shares of common stock pursuant to a merger, consolidation, stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company or otherwise.

 

Common Stock Equivalents ” means, with respect to the Company, all options, warrants and other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for (at any time or upon the occurrence of any event or contingency and without regard to any vesting or other conditions to which such securities may be subject), shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any note or debt security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company).

 

Company ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble and, for purposes of this Agreement, such term shall include any Subsidiary or parent company of At Home Group

 

2



 

Inc. and any successor to At Home Group Inc. or any Subsidiary or parent company of At Home Group Inc.

 

Company Block Trade Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Company Shelf Underwriting ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

Company Shelf Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

Confidential Information ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.14.

 

Control ” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “ Controls ,” “ Controlled by ,” and “ under common Control with ”) means, with respect to any Person, (i) the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent (10%) of the voting securities of such Person, or (ii) the power to otherwise direct the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

 

Demand Exercise Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

Demand Party ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

Demand Registration ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

Demand Registration Request ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

Distributed Shares ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

 

Effective Time ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.15.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC issued under such Act, as they may from time to time be in effect.

 

Expenses ” means any and all fees and expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with Section 2, including, without limitation:  (i) SEC, stock exchange, FINRA and all other registration and filing fees and all listing fees and fees with respect to the inclusion of securities on the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or on any other U.S. or non-U.S. securities market on which the Common Stock is or may be listed or quoted, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws of any state or jurisdiction of the United States or compliance with the securities laws of foreign jurisdictions and in connection with the preparation of a “blue sky” survey, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of outside “blue sky” counsel and securities counsel in foreign jurisdictions, (iii) word processing, printing and copying expenses, (iv) messenger and delivery expenses, (v) expenses incurred in connection with any road show, (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (vii) with respect to each registration or underwritten offering, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for all Participating Holder(s) collectively (the “Selling Stockholder Counsel”) (selected by the holders of a majority of the shares held by such Participating Holder(s)), together in each case with any local counsel, (viii) fees and

 

3



 

disbursements of all independent public accountants (including the expenses of any audit/review and/or “cold comfort” letter and updates thereof) and fees and expenses of other Persons, including special experts, retained by the Company, (ix) fees and expenses payable to a Qualified Independent Underwriter, (x) fees and expenses of any transfer agent or custodian, (xi) any other fees customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, including fees and disbursements of underwriters, and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the underwriters in connection with any filing with or review by FINRA and (xii) expenses for securities law liability insurance and, if any, rating agency fees.

 

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

First Amended Stockholders’ Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

 

GRD-AEA ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

GRD Holding ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

GRD Holding-A ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

Holder ” or “ Holders ” means (1) any Person who is a signatory to this Agreement or (2) any transferee of rights hereunder that has entered into an Assumption Agreement or otherwise has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in respect of such Registrable Securities.

 

Initiating Holders ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

IPO ” means the initial bona fide underwritten public offering and sale of Common Stock (or other equity securities of the Company) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) filed under the Securities Act.

 

Majority Participating Holders ” means Participating Holders holding more than 50% of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in any offering of Registrable Securities by such Participating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2.

 

Manager ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(c).

 

Minimum Threshold ” means $20 million.

 

Minority Investors ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

Opt-Out Request ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.16.

 

Participating Holders ” means all Holders of Registrable Securities which are proposed to be included in any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2.

 

Partner Distribution ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(iii).

 

4


 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, joint stock company, business trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority or other legal entity of any nature whatsoever.

 

Piggyback Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

Piggyback Shares ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a)(iii).

 

Postponement Period ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b).

 

Qualified Independent Underwriter ” means a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121.

 

Qualifying Starr Member Transferee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Registrable Securities ” means (a) any shares of Common Stock held by the Holders at any time (including those held as a result of, or issuable upon, the conversion or exercise of Common Stock Equivalents), whether now owned or acquired by the Holders at a later time, (b) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or with respect to the Common Stock referenced in clause (a) above by way of stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, share exchange, consolidation or other reorganization and (c) any securities issued in replacement of or exchange for any securities described in clause (a) or (b) above.  As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement covering such Registrable Securities has been declared effective and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement, or (B) such Registrable Securities cease to be outstanding.

 

Rule 144 ” and “ Rule 144A ” each have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or such other federal agency which at such time administers the Securities Act.

 

Second Amended Stockholders’ Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

 

Section 2.3(a) Sale Number ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).

 

Section 2.3(a)(x) Sale Number ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).

 

Section 2.3 Block Trade Sale Number ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).

 

Section 2.3(b)(x) Sale Number ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b).

 

Section 2.3(b) Block Trade Sale Number ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b) .

 

Section 2.3(c) Sale Number ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(c).

 

5



 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC issued under such Act, as they may from time to time be in effect.

 

Shelf Registrable Securities ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Shelf Underwriting ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Shelf Underwriting Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Shelf Underwriting Request ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Starr ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

Starr II ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

Starr Member Transferee ” means a recipient of a Partner Distribution by Starr that has become a Holder under this Agreement in accordance with Section 4.6.

 

Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company on the date hereof and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company organized or acquired after the date hereof.

 

Underwritten Block Trade ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Valid Business Reason ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b).

 

WKSI ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

Section 2.              Registration Rights .

 

2.1.         Demand Registrations .

 

(a)           (i)            Subject to Sections 2.1(b) and 2.3, at any time and from time to time after the closing of the IPO, any of (i) the AEA Investors , (ii) Starr and (iii) Starr II (each of (i) — (iii), a “ Demand Party ”, and together the “ Demand Parties ”; provided , however , that no Holder that becomes a Holder as a result of a transfer effected in compliance with Section 4.6 shall constitute a “Demand Party” hereunder) shall have the right to require the Company to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act covering all or any part of its and its Affiliates’ Registrable Securities by delivering a written request therefor to the Company specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and the intended method of distribution thereof.  Any such request by any Demand Party pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)(i) is referred to herein as a “ Demand Registration Request ,” and the registration so requested is referred to herein as a “ Demand Registration ” (with respect to any Demand Registration, the Holder(s) making such demand for registration being referred to as the “ Initiating Holders ”).  Any Demand Registration Request may request that the Company register Registrable Securities on an appropriate form, including a shelf registration statement, and, if the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, a “ WKSI ”), an

 

6



 

automatic shelf registration statement.  The Company shall give written notice (the “ Demand Exercise Notice ”) of such Demand Registration Request (1) to each of the Holders of record of Registrable Securities (other than individuals) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act and (2) to each Holder of Registrable Securities that is an individual, no more than five (5) Business Days after the filing of the registration statement under the Securities Act (or, in the case of a request for the filing of an automatic shelf registration statement, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the filing of such registration statement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay any Demand Exercise Notice to any Holders of record of Registrable Securities (other than the Demand Parties) until after filing a registration statement, so long as all recipients of such notice have the same amount of time to determine whether to participate in an offering as they would have had if such notice had not been so delayed.

 

(ii)           The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in a Demand Registration (x) the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders and (y) the Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such registration pursuant to Section 2.2 (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Participating Holder) within five (5) days following the receipt of any such Demand Exercise Notice.

 

(iii)          The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its reasonable best efforts to (x) file with the SEC (no later than forty-five (45) days from the Company’s receipt of the applicable Demand Registration Request) and cause to be declared effective such registration under the Securities Act as soon as reasonably practicable (including, without limitation, by means of a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act if so requested and if the Company is then eligible to use such a registration) of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register, for distribution in accordance with the intended method of distribution, including a distribution to, and resale by, the members or partners of a Holder (a “ Partner Distribution ”) and (y) if requested by the Initiating Holders, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration.

 

(iv)          Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall, at the request of any Holder seeking to effect or considering a Partner Distribution, file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments, or include in the initial registration statement any disclosure or language, or include in any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any disclosure or language, and otherwise take any action, deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder to effect such Partner Distribution.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1(a), the Demand Registration rights granted in Section 2.1(a) are subject to the following limitations:  (i) the Company shall not be required to cause a registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) to be declared effective within a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days after the effective date of any other registration of the Company on which the Initiating Holder had Piggyback Registration Rights (or one hundred and eighty (180) days in the case of the IPO) filed pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or other forms promulgated

 

7



 

for similar purposes or forms filed in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan); (ii) the Company shall not be required to effect more than (x) five (5) Demand Registrations on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration at the request of the AEA Investors (it being understood that if a single Demand Registration Request is delivered by more than one AEA Investor, the registration requested by such Demand Registration Request shall constitute only one Demand Registration), (y) three (3) Demand Registrations on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration at the request of Starr (it being understood that , if Starr assigns its rights under Section 2.1(a)(i) to a transferee of its Registrable Securities that is an Affiliate of Starr, and a single Demand Registration Request is delivered by more than one such transferee, the registration requested by such Demand Registration Request shall constitute only one Demand Registration) and (z) two (2) Demand Registrations on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration at the request of Starr II; provided , however , (x) that with respect to the Distributed Shares, Starr II may not exercise any of its Demand Registrations (including requesting any Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade) during the fifteen (15) month period following the IPO and (y) that the AEA Investors, Starr and Starr II shall each be entitled to request an unlimited number of Demand Registrations on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration (including pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act); (iii) each registration in respect of a Demand Registration Request made by any Holder must include, in the aggregate, shares of Common Stock having an aggregate market value of at least the lesser of (a) the Minimum Threshold (based on the Common Stock included in such registration by all Holders participating in such registration) and (b) the Initiating Holder’s remaining shares of Common Stock; and (iv) if the Board, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued because it would materially and adversely interfere with any existing or potential material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization, merger, share exchange or other transaction or event involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or because the Company does not yet have appropriate financial statements of the Company or any acquired or to be acquired entities available for filing (in each case, a “ Valid Business Reason ”), then (x) the Company may postpone filing a registration statement relating to a Demand Registration Request until five (5) Business Days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than forty-five (45) days after the date the Board determines a Valid Business Reason exists and (y) in case a registration statement has been filed relating to a Demand Registration Request, the Company may, to the extent determined in the good faith judgment of the Board to be reasonably necessary to avoid interference with any of the transactions described above, suspend use of or, if required by the SEC, cause such registration statement to be withdrawn and its effectiveness terminated or may postpone amending or supplementing such registration statement until five (5) Business Days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than forty-five (45) days after the date the Board determines a Valid Business Reason exists (such period of postponement or withdrawal under this clause (iv), the “ Postponement Period ”).  The Company shall give written notice to the Initiating Holders and any other Holders that have requested registration pursuant to Section 2.2 of its determination to postpone or suspend use of or withdraw a registration statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or suspension or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof; provided , however , the Company shall not be permitted to postpone or suspend use of or withdraw a registration statement after the expiration of any Postponement Period until twelve (12) months after the expiration of such Postponement Period.

 

8



 

If the Company shall give any notice of postponement or suspension or withdrawal of any registration statement pursuant to clause (iv) above, the Company shall not, during the Postponement Period, register any Common Stock, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or an equivalent registration form then in effect).  Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company that the Company has determined to suspend use of, withdraw, terminate or postpone amending or supplementing any registration statement pursuant to clause (iv) above, such Holder will discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.  If the Company shall have suspended use of, withdrawn or terminated a registration statement filed under Section 2.1(a)(i) (whether pursuant to clause (iv) above or as a result of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court), the Company shall not be considered to have effected a Demand Registration for the purposes of this Agreement until the Company shall have permitted use of such suspended registration statement or filed a new registration statement covering the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or terminated registration statement and such registration statement shall have been declared effective and shall not have been withdrawn.  If the Company shall give any notice of suspension, withdrawal or postponement of a registration statement, the Company shall, not later than five (5) Business Days after the Valid Business Reason that caused such suspension, withdrawal or postponement no longer exists (but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the date of the suspension, postponement or withdrawal), as applicable, permit use of such suspended registration statement or use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or postponed registration statement in accordance with this Section 2.1 (unless the Initiating Holders shall have withdrawn such request, in which case the Company shall not be considered to have effected a Demand Registration for the purposes of this Agreement and such request shall not count as a Demand Registration Request under this Agreement), and following such permission or such effectiveness such registration shall no longer be deemed to be suspended, withdrawn or postponed pursuant to clause (iv) of Section 2.1(b) above.

 

(c)           In connection with any Demand Registration (including any Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade), the Holder of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration shall have the right to designate the lead managing underwriter (any lead managing underwriter for the purposes of this Agreement, the “ Manager ”) in connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to such registration and each other managing underwriter for any such underwritten offering and the Selling Stockholder Counsel; provided that in each case, each such underwriter is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(d)           No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of Section 2.1(a) (i) if the registration statement relating thereto (x) does not become effective, (y) is not maintained effective for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date thereof or such shorter period during which all Registrable Securities included in such registration statement have actually been sold ( provided , however , that such period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder of Registrable Securities refrains from selling any securities included in such registration statement at the request of the Company or an underwriter of the Company), or (z) is subject to a stop order, injunction, or similar order or requirement of the SEC during such period, (ii)  if any of the Registrable Securities requested

 

9



 

by such Initiating Holder to be included in such Demand Registration are not so included pursuant to Section 2.3 (even where some or most of such Holder’s Registrable Securities are included in such Demand Registration), (iii) if the method of disposition is a firm commitment underwritten public offering and any of the applicable Registrable Securities have not been sold pursuant thereto or (iv) if the conditions to closing specified in any underwriting agreement, purchase agreement or similar agreement entered into in connection with the registration relating to such request are not satisfied (other than as a result of a default or breach thereunder by such Initiating Holder(s) or its Affiliates) or are otherwise not waived by such Initiating Holder(s).

 

(e)           In the event that the Company files a shelf registration statement under Rule 415 of the Securities Act pursuant to a Demand Registration Request and such registration becomes effective (such registration statement, a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), the Initiating Holders with respect to such Demand Registration Request and the other Demand Parties with Registrable Securities registered on such Shelf Registration Statement shall have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an underwritten offering Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such registration statement.  Any such Initiating Holder or Demand Party shall make such election by delivering to the Company a written request (a “ Shelf Underwriting Request ”) for such underwritten offering specifying the number of Registrable Securities that such Initiating Holder or Demand Party, as applicable, desires to sell pursuant to such underwritten offering (the “ Shelf Underwriting ”).  As promptly as practicable, but no later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Underwriting Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Shelf Underwriting Notice ”) of such Shelf Underwriting Request to the Holders of record of other Registrable Securities registered on such Shelf Registration Statement (“ Shelf Registrable Securities ”).  The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in such Shelf Underwriting (x) the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders and (y) the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Shelf Underwriting (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder) within five (5) days after the receipt of the Shelf Underwriting Notice.  The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within twenty (20) days after the receipt of a Shelf Underwriting Request), but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Underwriting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Demand Party wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade or similar transaction or other transaction with a 2-day or less marketing period (collectively, “ Underwritten Block Trade ”) pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an automatic shelf registration statement or through a take-down from an already effective Shelf Registration Statement), then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, such Demand Party only needs to notify the Company of the Underwritten Block Trade two (2) Business Days prior to the day such Underwritten Block Trade is to commence, and the Company shall notify the other Demand Parties (the “ Company Block Trade Notice ”) on the same Business Day (with each such notice to be given at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York city time, on the date of such transmission), and such other Demand Parties and, if applicable, any Starr Member Transferees, must elect whether or not to participate by the next Business Day (i.e., one (1) Business Day prior to the date such offering is to commence) (any Starr Member Transferee that timely elects to participate in such Underwritten Block Trade, a “ Qualifying Starr Member Transferee ”).  The Company shall as expeditiously as possible, but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as three (3) 

 

10



 

Business Days after the date it commences); provided , however , that the Demand Party requesting such Underwritten Block Trade shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and the underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement (including filing an automatic shelf registration statement), prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Underwritten Block Trade.  In the event a Demand Party requests such an Underwritten Block Trade, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1 or in Section 2.2, any Holder who does not constitute a Demand Party shall have no right to notice of or to participate in such Underwritten Block Trade ; provided , however , that, for so long as Starr shall constitute a Demand Party hereunder, in the event that Starr shall have effected a Partner Distribution to Starr Member Transferees, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate the inclusion of Registrable Securities held by Qualifying Starr Member Transferees in such an Underwritten Block Trade, it being understood that any notice provided to Starr Member Transferees shall be the sole responsibility of Starr, in its discretion.  The Company shall, at the request of any Initiating Holder, file any prospectus supplement or, if the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is an automatic shelf registration statement, any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the Initiating Holders or any other Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities to effect such Shelf Underwriting.  Once a Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, the Demand Parties may request, and the Company shall be required to facilitate, subject to Section 2.1(b), an unlimited number of Shelf Underwritings with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1(e), each Shelf Underwriting must include, in the aggregate, shares of Common Stock having an aggregate market value of at least the lesser of (a) the Minimum Threshold (based on the Common Stock included in such Shelf Underwriting by all Holders participating in such Shelf Underwriting) and (b) the Initiating Holder’s remaining shares of Common Stock.

 

(f)            Any Initiating Holder may revoke a Demand Registration Request delivered by such Initiating Holder at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Demand Registration and such Demand Registration shall have no further force or effect and such request shall not count as a Demand Registration Request under this Agreement.

 

(g)           For a period of two (2) years following the date of the IPO, the AEA Investors shall have the right to require Starr II to participate in any Underwritten Block Trade initiated by the AEA Investors pursuant to Section 2.1(e) with respect to any or all of the Distributed Shares held by Starr II on the date of such Underwritten Block Trade, and Starr II shall participate in such Underwritten Block Trade on the same terms and conditions as the AEA Investors (other than with respect to the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be sold, which shall be pro rata based on the aggregate number of Registrable Securities held by the AEA Investors and Starr II). To exercise such right, the AEA Investors shall deliver notice to Starr II thereof on the same day that the AEA Investors notify the Company of such Underwritten Block Trade pursuant to Section 2.1(e). Such notice shall specify the number of Distributed Shares to be included in such Underwritten Block Trade.  Starr II shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and representatives to, take all actions reasonably requested by the AEA Investors in order to consummate such Underwritten Block Trade.

 

11


 

(h)           In the event that any Qualifying Starr Member Transferee fails to take all steps necessary to commence an Underwritten Block Trade within two (2) Business Days of the date on which a Company Block Trade Notice is sent to Starr, including, without limitation, the delivery of information regarding such Starr Member Transferee and such certifications, representations and documents as are necessary, in the reasonable opinion of the Company or the Demand Party requesting such Underwritten Block Trade, to commence such Underwritten Block Trade, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 2.1 and 2.2, the Demand Party requesting the Underwritten Block Trade shall have the right to exclude such Qualifying Starr Member Transferee from participating in such Underwritten Block Trade.

 

2.2.         Piggyback Registrations .

 

(a)           If the Company proposes or is required (pursuant to Section 2.1 or otherwise) to register any of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other shareholder under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar successor forms thereto), the Company shall give written notice (the “ Piggyback Notice ”) of its intention to do so (1) to each of the Holders of record of Registrable Securities (other than individuals), at least five (5) Business Days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act and (2) to each Holder of Registrable Securities that is an individual, no more than five (5) Business Days after the filing of the registration statement under the Securities Act (or, in the case of an automatic shelf registration statement, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the filing of such registration statement).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay any Piggyback Notice to any Holders of record of Registrable Securities (other than the Demand Parties) until after filing a registration statement, so long as all recipients of such notice have the same amount of time to determine whether to participate in an offering as they would have had if such notice had not been so delayed.  Upon the written request of any such Holder, made within five (5) days following the receipt of any such Piggyback Notice (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder and the intended method of distribution thereof), the Company shall, subject to Sections 2.2(c), 2.2(f), 2.3 and 2.6 hereof, use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities, the Holders of which have so requested the registration thereof, to be registered under the Securities Act with the securities which the Company at the time proposes to register to permit the sale or other disposition by the Holders (in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered, including, if necessary, by filing with the SEC a post-effective amendment or a supplement to the registration statement filed by the Company or the prospectus related thereto.  There is no limitation on the number of such piggyback registrations pursuant to the preceding sentence which the Company is obligated to effect.  No registration of Registrable Securities effected under this Section 2.2(a) shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect Demand Registrations under Section 2.1 hereof.  If the Company proposes or is required (pursuant to Section 2.1 or otherwise) to sell pursuant to an underwritten offering Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (the “Company Shelf Underwriting”), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, give written notice of such Company Shelf Underwriting (the “Company Shelf Notice”) to each Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities. In addition to any equity securities that the Company proposes to sell for its own account in such Company Shelf Underwriting, the Company shall, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, include in such Company Shelf Underwriting the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other

 

12



 

Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Company Shelf Underwriting (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder) within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of the Company Shelf Notice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) if the Company wishes to engage in an Underwritten Block Trade pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (a “ Company Underwritten Block Trade ”), then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, the Company only needs to notify the Demand Parties of the Company Underwritten Block Trade two (2) Business Days prior to the day such Company Underwritten Block Trade is to commence and such Demand Parties and, if applicable, any Starr Member Transferees must elect whether or not to participate by the next Business Day (i.e., one (1) Business Day prior to the date such Underwritten Block Trade is to commence), and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Company Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as three (3) Business Days after the date it commences), and (y) if a Demand Party wishes to engage in an Underwritten Block Trade pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, then the provisions set forth in Section 2.1(e) shall apply to such Underwritten Block Trade. In the event the Company or a Demand Party requests a Company Underwritten Block Trade or an Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1 or in this Section 2.2, any Holder who does not constitute a Demand Party shall have no right to notice of or to participate in such Company Underwritten Block Trade or Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable; provided , however , that, for so long as Starr shall constitute a Demand Party hereunder, in the event that Starr shall have effected a Partner Distribution to Starr Member Transferees, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate the inclusion of Registrable Securities held by Qualifying Starr Member Transferees in such a Company Underwritten Block Trade or Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable, to the extent that the inclusion of such Registrable Securities does not, in the reasonable judgment of the Company (in the case of a Company Underwritten Block Trade) or the Demand Party requesting the Underwritten Block Trade (in the case of an Underwritten Block Trade), impair the execution of such Company Underwritten Block Trade or Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable, it being understood that any notice provided to Starr Member Transferees shall be the sole responsibility of Starr, in its discretion.

 

(b)           The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, may elect to include in any registration statement and offering pursuant to demand registration rights by any Person or otherwise, (i) authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock held by the Company as treasury shares and (ii) any other shares of Common Stock which are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback registration rights granted by the Company after the date hereof and which are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, or otherwise conflict with the terms of, this Agreement (“ Additional Piggyback Rights ”); provided , however , that, with respect to any underwritten offering, including a block trade, such inclusion shall be permitted only to the extent that it is pursuant to, and subject to, the terms of the underwriting agreement or arrangements, if any, entered into by the Initiating Holders or the Majority Participating Holders in such underwritten offering.

 

(c)           If, at any time after giving a Piggyback Notice and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, (i) any Initiating Party determines for any reason not to proceed with the proposed registration, the Company may at its election give written notice of such determination to each holder of Registrable Securities and

 

13



 

thereupon will be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration and (ii) other than in connection with a demand registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such equity securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to all institutional Holders of record of Registrable Securities and (x) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such abandoned registration, without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders under Section 2.1, and (y) in the case of a determination to delay such registration of its equity securities, shall be permitted to delay the registration of such Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other equity securities.

 

(d)           Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw; provided , however , that such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration or as otherwise required by the underwriters.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall, at the request of any Holder (including to effect a Partner Distribution), file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments, or include in the initial registration statement any disclosure or language, or include in any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any disclosure or language, and otherwise take any action, deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder (including to effect such Partner Distribution).

 

(f)            Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the piggyback registration rights set forth in Section 2.2(a) shall not apply to any Holder in connection with the IPO unless the AEA Investors have agreed to participate in the IPO.

 

2.3.         Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement .

 

(a)           If any requested registration made pursuant to Section 2.1 (including a Shelf Underwriting) involves (x) an underwritten offering and the Manager of such offering shall advise the Company and any Holder of Registrable Securities included in such underwritten offering that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Company or any other Persons exercising Additional Piggyback Rights exceeds the largest number (the “ Section 2.3(a) (x)  Sale Number ”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Initiating Holders and the Majority Participating Holders, or (y) an Underwritten Block Trade and the number of securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Block Trade by the Holders of Registrable Securities or any other Persons exceeds the number that are sold in any such Underwritten Block Trade (the “ Section 2.3(a) Block Trade Sale Number ” and, together with the Section 2.3(a)(x) Sale Number, the “ Section 2.3(a) Sale Number ”), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to include in such underwritten offering:

 

14



 

(i)            first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Holders thereof (including pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2); provided , however , that if the number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the number of such Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number) to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such underwritten offering (including pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2), based on the number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such Holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Holders requesting inclusion;

 

(ii)           second, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, any securities that the Company proposes to register or sell, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number; and

 

(iii)          third, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the remaining Registrable Securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights (“ Piggyback Shares ”), based on the number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.3(a) to the contrary, no employee stockholder of the Company will be entitled to include Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering requested by the Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1 to the extent that the Manager of such underwritten offering shall determine in good faith that the participation of such employee stockholder would adversely affect the marketability of the securities being sold by the Initiating Holders in such underwritten offering.

 

15



 

(b)           If any registration or offering made pursuant to Section 2.2 involves (x) an underwritten primary offering on behalf of the Company after the date hereof and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Company or any other Persons exercising Additional Piggyback Rights exceeds the largest number (the “ Section 2.3(b) (x)  Sale Number ”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Company or (y) a Company Underwritten Block Trade and the number of securities requested to be included in such Company Underwritten Block Trade by the Company, the Holders of Registrable Securities or any other Persons exceeds the number that are sold in any such Company Underwritten Block Trade (the “Section 2.3(b) Block Trade Sale Number” and, together with the Section 2.3(b)(x) Sale Number, the “Section 2.3(b) Sale Number”), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to include in such underwritten offering:

 

(i)            first, all equity securities that the Company proposes to register or sell for its own account;

 

(ii)           second, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining Registrable Securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2(a), based on the number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such Holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number; and

 

(iii)          third, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining Registrable Securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.3(b) to the contrary, no employee stockholder of the Company will be entitled to include Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering of the Company pursuant to Section 2.2 to the extent that the Manager of such underwritten offering shall determine in good faith that the participation of such employee stockholder would adversely affect the marketability of the securities being sold by the Company in such underwritten offering.

 

(c)           If any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering that was initially requested by any Person(s) (other than a Holder) to whom the Company has granted registration rights which are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, and do not otherwise conflict with the terms of, this Agreement and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering exceeds the

 

16



 

number (the “ Section 2.3(c) Sale Number ”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such underwritten offering:

 

(i)            first, the shares requested to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among such Person(s) requesting the registration and all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2(a), based on the aggregate number of securities or Registrable Securities, as applicable, then owned by each of the foregoing requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of securities or Registrable Securities, as applicable, owned by all such Holders and Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number;

 

(ii)           second, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining Registrable Securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number; and

 

(iii)          third, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining Registrable Securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated to shares the Company proposes to register or sell for its own account, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number.

 

(d)           If, as a result of the proration provisions set forth in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 2.3, any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw such Holder’s request to include Registrable Securities in the registration to which such underwritten offering relates or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided , however , that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and (y) such withdrawal or reduction shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal or reduction, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal or reduction was made to the extent of the Registrable Securities so withdrawn or reduced.

 

2.4.         Registration Procedures .  If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to effect or cause the registration of and/or participate in any offering or sale of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement (or use reasonable best efforts to accomplish the same), the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:

 

17


 

(a)           prepare and file all filings with the SEC and FINRA required for the consummation of the offering, including preparing and filing with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate registration form of the SEC for the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof (including, without limitation, a Partner Distribution), which registration form (i) shall be selected by the Company (except as provided for in a Demand Registration Request) and (ii) shall, in the case of a shelf registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and such registration statement shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable registration form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and remain continuously effective for such period as any Participating Holder pursuant to such registration statement shall request ( provided , however , that as far in advance as reasonably practicable before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, or comparable statements under securities or state “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction, or any free writing prospectus related thereto, the Company will furnish to the Selling Stockholder Counsel (determined by reference to the number of shares included in the applicable registration) and to one counsel for the Manager, if any, copies of reasonably complete drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed (including all exhibits thereto and each document incorporated by reference therein to the extent then required by the rules and regulations of the SEC), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and reasonable comment of such counsel (including any objections to any information pertaining to any Participating Holder and its plan of distribution and otherwise to the extent necessary, if at all, to complete the filing or maintain the effectiveness thereof), and the Company shall make the changes reasonably requested by such counsel and shall not file any registration statement or amendment thereto, any prospectus or supplement thereto or any free writing prospectus related thereto to which the Initiating Holders, the Majority Participating Holders or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object); provided , however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be required to file any document with the SEC which in the view of the Company or its counsel contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading;

 

(b)           prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith and such free writing prospectuses and Exchange Act reports as may be necessary to keep such registration statement continuously effective for such period as any Participating Holder pursuant to such registration statement shall request and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, and any prospectus so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement and (ii) provide notice to such sellers of Registrable Securities and the Manager, if any, of the Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to a registration statement would be appropriate;

 

(c)           furnish, without charge, to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, of the securities covered by such registration statement such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all

 

18



 

exhibits), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, each free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, in each case, in all material respects in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and other documents, as such seller and underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable laws of each such registration statement (or amendment or post-effective amendment thereto) and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) or free writing prospectus by each such Participating Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

 

(d)           use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or state “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any sellers of Registrable Securities or any managing underwriter, if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such sellers or underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions in accordance with the intended methods of disposition (including keeping such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such registration statement remains in effect), except that in no event shall the Company be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it would not, but for the requirements of this paragraph (d), be required to be so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

(e)           promptly notify each institutional Participating Holder and each managing underwriter, if any: (i) when the registration statement, any pre-effective amendment, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto, any post-effective amendment to the registration statement or any free writing prospectus has been filed with the SEC and, with respect to the registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (ii) of any request by the SEC or state securities authority for amendments or supplements to the registration statement or the prospectus related thereto or for additional information; (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or state “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; (v) of the existence of any fact of which the Company becomes aware which results in the registration statement or any amendment thereto, the prospectus related thereto or any supplement thereto, any document incorporated therein by reference, any free writing prospectus or the information conveyed to any purchaser at the time of sale to such purchaser containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading (which notice shall notify the Participating Holders only of the occurrence of such an event and shall provide no additional information regarding such event to the extent such information would constitute material non-public information); and (vi) if at any time the representations and warranties contemplated by any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct;

 

19



 

and, if the notification relates to an event described in clause (v), unless the Company has declared that a Postponement Period exists, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each such seller and each underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading;

 

(f)            comply (and continue to comply) with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (including, without limitation, maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) in accordance with the Exchange Act), and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the registration statement (and in any event within forty-five (45) days, or ninety (90) days if it is a fiscal year, after the end of such twelve month period described hereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(g)           (i) (A) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (if any), if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (B) if no similar securities are then so listed, to either cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange or to secure designation of all such Registrable Securities as a Nasdaq National Market “national market system security” within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Exchange Act or, failing that, secure Nasdaq National Market authorization for such shares and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, take all actions that may be required by the Company as the issuer of such Registrable Securities in order to facilitate the managing underwriter’s arranging for the registration of at least two market makers as such with respect to such shares with FINRA, and (ii) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements;

 

(h)           cause its senior management, officers , employees and independent public accountants to participate in, make themselves available, supply such information as may reasonably be requested and to otherwise facilitate and cooperate with the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto (including participating in meetings, drafting sessions, due diligence sessions and rating agency presentations) taking into account the Company’s reasonable business needs;

 

(i)            provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement and, in the case of any secondary equity offering, provide and enter into any reasonable agreements with a custodian for the Registrable Securities;

 

20



 

(j)            enter into such customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement) and take such other actions as the Initiating Holder or the Majority Participating Holders or the underwriters shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (it being understood that the Holders of the Registrable Securities which are to be distributed by any underwriters shall be parties to any such underwriting agreement and may, at their option, require that the Company make to and for the benefit of such Holders the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company which are being made to and for the benefit of such underwriters);

 

(k)           use its reasonable best efforts (i) to obtain opinions from the Company’s counsel, including without limitation local and/or regulatory counsel, and a “cold comfort” letter , updates thereof and consents from the independent public accountants who have certified the financial statements of the Company (and/or any other financial statements) included or incorporated by reference in such registration statement, in each case, in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by such opinions and “cold comfort” letters (including, in the case of such “cold comfort” letter, events subsequent to the date of such financial statements) delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings, which opinions and letters shall be dated the dates such opinions and “cold comfort” letters are customarily dated and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the underwriters, if any, and to the Majority Participating Holders, and (ii) furnish to each Participating Holder upon its request and to each underwriter, if any, a copy of such opinions and letters addressed to such underwriter and each Participating Holder to the extent permitted by the Company’s independent public accountants;

 

(l)            deliver promptly to counsel for the Majority Participating Holders and to each managing underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the SEC and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the SEC or its staff with respect to the registration statement, and, upon receipt of such confidentiality agreements as the Company may reasonably request, make reasonably available for inspection by counsel for the Majority Participating Holders, by counsel for any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Majority Participating Holders or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such counsel for the Majority Participating Holders, counsel for an underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

 

(m)          use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance or obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, in each case, as promptly as reasonably practicable;

 

(n)           provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the registration statement and, if applicable, provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

 

21



 

(o)           use its reasonable best efforts to make available its senior management, employees and personnel for participation in “road shows” and other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the Company’s reasonable business needs and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering;

 

(p)           promptly prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into the registration statement or the prospectus (after the initial filing of such registration statement), and prior to the filing or use of any free writing prospectus, provide copies of such document to counsel for the Majority Participating Holders and to each managing underwriter, if any, and make the Company’s representatives reasonably available for discussion of such document and make such changes in such document concerning the Participating Holders prior to the filing thereof as counsel for the Majority Participating Holders or underwriters may reasonably request ( provided , however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be required to file any document with the SEC which in the view of the Company or its counsel contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading);

 

(q)           furnish to counsel for the Majority Participating Holders upon its request and to each managing underwriter, without charge, upon request, at least one conformed copy of the registration statement and any post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference, the prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), any other prospectus and prospectus supplement filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference) and any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith;

 

(r)            cooperate with the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Registrable Securities to be sold, and cause such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters or, if not an underwritten offering, in accordance with the instructions of the Participating Holders at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof (and, in the case of Registrable Securities registered on a Shelf Registration Statement, at the request of any Holder, prepare and deliver certificates representing such Registrable Securities not bearing any restrictive legends and deliver or cause to be delivered an opinion or instructions to the transfer agent in order to allow such Registrable Securities to be sold from time to time);

 

(s)            include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement if requested by any managing underwriter updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of the managing underwriter;

 

22



 

(t)            take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

 

(u)           use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Participating Holders or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods thereof;

 

(v)           take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(w)          take all reasonable action to ensure that any free writing prospectus utilized in connection with any registration covered by Section 2.1 or 2.2 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby , will not conflict with a related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents,  will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(x)           in connection with any underwritten offering, if at any time the information conveyed to a purchaser at the time of sale includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, promptly file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to such information as may be necessary so that the statements as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances, be misleading;

 

(y)           to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing underwriter; and

 

(z)           use reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the managing underwriters, Participating Holders, any indemnitee of the Company and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of any applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq, or any other national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are or are to be listed.

 

To the extent the Company is a WKSI at the time any Demand Registration Request is submitted to the Company, and such Demand Registration Request requests that the Company file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “ automatic shelf registration statement ”) on Form S-3, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered.  The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective.  If the

 

23



 

Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold in compliance with the SEC rules.  If the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at or prior to the end of the third year the Company shall refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities which remain outstanding.  If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to refile the shelf registration statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

 

If the Company files any shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and the Holders do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that it shall include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

 

The Company may require that each Participating Holder as to which any registration is being effected (i) furnish the Company such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request, provided that such information is necessary for the Company to consummate such registration and shall be used only in connection with such registration and (ii) provide any underwriters participating in the distribution of such securities such information as the underwriters may request and execute and deliver any agreements, certificates or other documents as the underwriters may request.

 

Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clause (v) of paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4, such Holder will discontinue such Holder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4 and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice.  In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable period mentioned in paragraph (b) of this Section 2.4 shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each Participating Holder covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4. The period(s) during which the Holders are required to discontinue disposition of securities pursuant to this paragraph shall not exceed forty five (45) days with respect to any one such period, or ninety (90) days during any period of three hundred sixty (360) days with respect to multiple such periods.

 

24


 

The Company agrees not to include in any registration statement or any amendment to any registration statement with respect to any Registrable Securities, or in any prospectus, or any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, or any free writing prospectus, any disclosure that refers to any Holder covered thereby by name, or otherwise identifies such Holder, without the consent of such Holder, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless such disclosure is required by law, in which case the Company shall provide written notice to such Holder no less than five (5) Business Days prior to the filing.  If any such registration statement or comparable statement under state “blue sky” laws refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the Holder of any securities of the Company, then such Holder shall have the right to require the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Company’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company.

 

To the extent that any of the Demand Parties is or may be deemed to be an “underwriter” of Registrable Securities pursuant to any SEC comments or policies, the Company agrees that (1) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in Section 2.9 shall be applicable to the benefit of such Demand Party in its role as an underwriter or deemed underwriter in addition to its capacity as a Holder and (2) such Demand Party shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which it would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including without limitation receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters addressed to such Demand Party.

 

2.5.         Registration Expenses .

 

(a)           The Company shall pay all Expenses with respect to any registration or offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, whether or not a registration statement becomes effective or the offering is consummated.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the provisions of this Section 2.5 shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to cause these expense provisions to comply with state “blue sky” laws of each state in which the offering is made, and (y) in connection with any underwritten offering hereunder, each Participating Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and any transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities, pro rata with respect to payments of discounts and commissions in accordance with the number of shares sold in the offering by such Holder.

 

2.6.         Certain Limitations on Registration Rights .  In the case of any registration under Section 2.1 involving an underwritten offering, or, in the case of a registration under Section 2.2, if the Company has determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be subject to such underwriting agreement and no Person may participate in such underwritten offering unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided therein and completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, and other documents (including custody agreements and powers of attorney , if any) which must be executed in connection therewith; provided , however , that all such documents shall be consistent with the provisions hereof and (ii) provides such other

 

25



 

information to the Company or the underwriter as may be necessary to register such Person’s securities.

 

2.7.         Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities .

 

(a)           Each Holder agrees (whether or not such Holder can participate in any such offering), (i) to the extent requested by a managing underwriter, if any, of any underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration or offering effected pursuant to Section 2.1 (including any Shelf Underwriting pursuant to Section 2.1(e)), or of the Company’s IPO, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, not to exceed ninety (90) days from the pricing date of such offering or such shorter period as the managing underwriter, the Company or any executive officer or director of the Company shall agree to (other than in the case of the IPO, which time period shall be one hundred eighty (180) days from the pricing date of such offering ) (and the Company hereby also so agrees (except that the Company may effect any sale or distribution of any such securities pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8, or any successor or similar form which (x) is then in effect or (y) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent), to use its reasonable best efforts to cause each holder of any equity security or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company purchased from the Company at any time other than in a public offering and all directors and officers of the Company to so agree), and (ii) to the extent requested by a managing underwriter of any underwritten public offering effected by the Company for its own account (including without limitation any offering in which one or more Holders is selling Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights under Section 2.2 hereof) not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, which period shall not exceed ninety (90) days from the pricing date of such offering or such shorter period as the managing underwriter, the Company or any executive officer or director of the Company shall agree to.  Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver customary lock-up agreements for the benefit of the underwriters with such form and substance as the managing underwriter shall reasonably determine.

 

(b)           The Company hereby agrees that, in connection with an offering pursuant to Section 2.1 (including any Shelf Underwriting pursuant to Section 2.1(e)) or 2.2, the Company shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten public offering, a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form which is (x) then in effect or (y) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent), until a period of ninety (90) days (or such shorter period to which the managing underwriter shall agree, but one hundred eighty days (180) days in the case of the IPO) shall have elapsed from the pricing date of such offering; and the Company shall (i) so provide in any registration rights agreements hereafter entered into with respect to any of its securities and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause each holder of any equity security or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company

 

26



 

purchased from the Company at any time other than in a public offering and all directors and officers of the Company to so agree.

 

2.8.         No Required Sale Except to the extent set forth in Section 2.1(g) with respect to Starr II, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create an independent obligation on the part of any Holder to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to any effective registration statement.  A Holder is not required to include any of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement, is not required to sell any of its Registrable Securities which are included in any effective registration statement, and may sell any of its Registrable Securities in any manner in compliance with applicable law (including pursuant to Rule 144) even if such shares are already included on an effective registration statement.

 

2.9.         Indemnification .

 

(a)           In the event of any registration or offer and sale of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will (without limitation as to time), and hereby agrees to, and hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Participating Holder, its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors and assigns (and the directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors and assigns thereof), each other Person who participates as a seller (and its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors and assigns), underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, in the offering or sale of such securities, each officer, director, employee, stockholder, fiduciary, managing director, agent, affiliate, consultant, representative, successor, assign or partner of such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, and each other Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such seller or any such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter and each director, officer, employee, stockholder, fiduciary, managing director, agent, affiliate, consultant, representative, successor, assign or partner of such controlling Person, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, actions or proceedings (whether commenced or threatened) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise in respect thereof (collectively, “ Claims ”), insofar as such Claims arise out of, are based upon, relate to or are in connection with (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, together with the documents incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the

 

27



 

information conveyed by the Company or any underwriter to any purchaser at the time of the sale to such purchaser, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or (iv) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to any action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such offering of Registrable Securities, and the Company will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in such registration statement or amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any such prospectus or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or free writing prospectus in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such indemnified party specifically for use therein.  Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

 

(b)           Each Participating Holder (and, if the Company requires as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Section 2.1 or 2.2, any underwriter and Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any) shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.9) to the extent permitted by law the Company, its officers who signed the applicable registration statement and its directors, each Person controlling the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and all other prospective sellers and their directors, officers, stockholders, fiduciaries, managing directors, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns or general and limited partners and respective controlling Persons with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in, or omission or alleged omission of any material fact from, such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such Participating Holder or underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, specifically for use therein, and each such Participating Holder, underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, shall reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the aggregate amount which any such Participating Holder shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 2.9 (including pursuant to indemnity, contribution or otherwise) shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim; provided , further , that such Participating Holder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that prior to the filing of any such registration statement or prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, such Participating Holder has furnished in writing to the Company information expressly for use in such registration statement or prospectus or any amendment

 

28



 

thereof or supplement thereto or free writing prospectus which corrected or made not misleading information previously furnished to the Company.  The Company and each Participating Holder hereby acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by such Participating Holders to the contrary, for all purposes of this Agreement, the only information furnished or to be furnished to the Company for use in any such registration statement, preliminary, final or summary prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus, are statements specifically relating to (i) the beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock by such Participating Holder and its Affiliates as disclosed in the section of such document entitled “Selling Stockholders” or “Principal and Selling Stockholders” or other documents thereof and (ii) the name and address of such Participating Holder.  If any additional information about such Holder or the plan of distribution (other than for an underwritten offering) is required by law to be disclosed in any such document, then such Holder shall not unreasonably withhold its agreement referred to in the immediately preceding sentence.  Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

 

(c)           Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.9 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Participating Holder with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any applicable securities and state “blue sky” laws.

 

(d)           Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 2.9, but the failure of any indemnified party to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially and actually prejudiced thereby and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.  In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party and such indemnified party shall have notified the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof (as required above), the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, unless in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such Claim, to assume the defense thereof jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it chooses, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party that it so chooses, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided , however , that (i) if the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within twenty (20) days after receiving notice from such indemnified party that the indemnified party believes it has failed to do so; or (ii) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding which is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party or which may conflict with or be different from those available to another indemnified party with respect to such Claim; or (iii) if representation

 

29



 

of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above (but with no more than one firm of counsel for all indemnified parties in each jurisdiction, except to the extent any indemnified party or parties reasonably shall have made a conclusion described in clause (ii) or (iii) above) and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor.  No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(e)           If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable, unenforceable or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Sections 2.9(a), (b) or (c), then each applicable indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable to such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such Claim.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission.  If, however, the allocation provided in the second preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if any contribution pursuant to this Section 2.9(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 2.9(e).  The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.9(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.9(e) to contribute any amount greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim, less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such indemnifying party pursuant to Sections 2.9(b) and (c).  In addition, no Holder of Registrable Securities or any Affiliate thereof shall be required to pay any amount under this Section 2.9(e) unless such Person or entity would have been required to pay an amount pursuant to Section 2.9(b) if it had been applicable in accordance with its terms.

 

30



 

(f)            The indemnity and contribution agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by any such party.

 

(g)           The indemnification and contribution required by this Section 2.9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

 

2.10.       Limitations on Registration of Other Securities; Representation .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the AEA Investors enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are (i) more favorable taken as a whole than the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder unless the Company shall also give such rights to such Holders or (ii) on parity with the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

 

2.11.       No Inconsistent Agreements .  The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent in any material respects with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement.

 

Section 3.              Underwritten Offerings .

 

3.1.         Requested Underwritten Offerings .  If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration requested under Section 2.1, the Company shall enter into a customary underwriting agreement with the underwriters.  Such underwriting agreement shall (i) be satisfactory in form and substance to the Initiating Holders and the Majority Participating Holders, (ii) contain terms not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and (iii) contain such representations and warranties by, and such other agreements on the part of, the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including, without limitation, indemnities and contribution agreements.  Any Participating Holder shall be a party to such underwriting agreement.  Unless otherwise agreed by the respective Participating Holders and the underwriters, each such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, any written information specifically provided by such Participating Holder for inclusion in the registration statement and its intended method of distribution; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement for indemnity, contribution or otherwise shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such underwriting agreement and in no event shall relate to anything other than information about such Holder specifically provided by such Holder for use in the registration statement and prospectus.

 

31


 

3.2.         Piggyback Underwritten Offerings .  In the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2, if the Company shall have determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all of the Participating Holders’ Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to such underwriting agreement.  Unless otherwise agreed by the respective Participating Holders and the underwriters, each such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, any written information specifically provided by such Participating Holder for inclusion in the registration statement and its intended method of distribution; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such underwriting agreement and in no event shall relate to anything other than information about such Holder specifically provided by such Holder for use in the registration statement and prospectus.

 

Section 4.              General .

 

4.1.         Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities .  The Company agrees that it shall not effect or permit to occur any combination or subdivision of shares of Common Stock which would adversely affect the ability of any Holder of any Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in any registration contemplated by this Agreement or the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration.  Subject to the foregoing, the Company agrees that it will take all reasonable steps necessary to effect a subdivision of shares of Common Stock if in the reasonable judgment of (a) the Majority Participating Holders or (b) the managing underwriter for the offering in respect of such Demand Registration Request, such subdivision would enhance the marketability of the Registrable Securities.  Subject to the Second Amended Stockholders’ Agreement (if in effect at the time), each Holder agrees to vote all of its shares of capital stock in a manner, and to take all other actions reasonably necessary, to permit the Company to carry out the intent of the preceding sentence including, without limitation, voting in favor of an amendment to the Company’s organizational documents in order to increase the number of authorized shares of capital stock of the Company.  In any event, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Registrable Securities, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company, any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, share exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) or any Subsidiary or parent company of the Company which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution of, Registrable Securities and shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like occurring after the Effective Date.

 

4.2.         Rule 144 and Rule 144A .  If the Company shall have filed a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act or a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act in respect of the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, the Company covenants that (i) so long as it remains subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, it will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including, but not limited to, the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1)(i) of Rule 144 under the

 

32



 

Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended (“ Rule 144 ”)) or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales by such Holder under Rule 144, Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended (“ Rule 144A ”), or any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC, and (ii) it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144, (B) Rule 144A or (C) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.  Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

4.3.         Nominees for Beneficial Owners .  If Registrable Securities are held by a nominee for the beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its option, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request or other action by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement (or any determination of any number or percentage of shares constituting Registrable Securities held by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities contemplated by this Agreement); provided , however , that the Company shall have received assurances reasonably satisfactory to it of such beneficial ownership.

 

4.4.         Amendments and Waivers .  Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the Company or any Holder unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the Company and the Demand Parties.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar).  No failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other or future exercise of any such right, power or privilege.

 

4.5.         Notices .  All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) if personally delivered, on the date of delivery, (ii) if delivered by express courier service of national standing (with charges prepaid), on the Business Day following the date of delivery to such courier service, (iii) if deposited in the United States mail, first-class postage prepaid, on the fifth (5 th ) Business Day following the date of such deposit, (iv) if delivered by facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of successful transmission, (x) on the date of such transmission, if such transmission is completed at or prior to 5:00 p.m., local time of the recipient party on a Business Day, on the date of such transmission, and (y) on the next Business Day following the date of transmission, if such transmission is completed after 5:00 p.m., local time of the recipient party, on the date of such transmission or is transmitted on a day that is not a Business Day, or (v) if via e-mail communication, on the date of delivery.  All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below and to any other recipient at the address indicated on Schedule 4.5 hereto and to any subsequent holder of Stock subject to this Agreement at such address as indicated by the Company’s records, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice.

 

33



 

if to the Company, to:

 

 

 

At Home Group Inc.

 

1600 East Plano Parkway

 

Plano, Texas 75074

 

Attention:

Mary Jane Broussard, General Counsel

Telephone:

(972) 265-6227

Fax:

[            ]

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to :

 

 

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

 

One New York Plaza

 

New York, New York 10004

 

Telephone:

(212) 859-8000

Fax:

(212) 859-4000

Attention:

Steven J. Steinman, Esq.

 

 

if to the AEA Investors, to:

 

 

 

AEA Investors L.P.

 

666 Fifth Avenue, 36th Floor

 

New York, NY 10103

 

Attention:

Barbara L. Burns

Fax:

(212) 702-0518

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to :

 

 

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

 

One New York Plaza

 

New York, New York 10004

 

Telephone:

(212) 859-8000

Fax:

(212) 859-4000

Attention:

Steven J. Steinman, Esq.

 

 

if to Starr or Starr II to:

 

 

 

c/o Starr Investment Holdings, LLC

 

399 Park Avenue, 17th floor

 

New York City, NY 10022

 

Telephone:

(212) 230-5074

Fax:

(212) 202-3966

Attention:

Jacob E. Comer

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to :

 

 

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

 

601 Lexington Avenue

 

 

34



 

New York, New York 10022

 

Telephone:

(212) 446-4800

Fax:

(212) 446-6460

Attention:

Leo Greenberg

 

Joshua Korff

 

4.6.         Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and the respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the parties hereto, whether so expressed or not.  This Agreement may not be assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of the AEA Investors and the Minority Investors.  No Holder shall have the right to assign all or part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; provided, that any Holder may assign this Agreement to one or more of its Affiliates without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and only in accordance with transfers of Common Stock permitted under, and made in compliance with, the Second Amended Stockholders’ Agreement; provided , further, that such Holder’s Affiliate (or Affiliates) executes and delivers to the Company an Assumption Agreement.  Upon any such assignment, such assignee shall have and be able to exercise and enforce all rights of the assigning Holder which are assigned to it and, to the extent such rights are assigned, any reference to the assigning Holder shall be treated as a reference to the assignee; and provided , further , that, in connection with a Partner Distribution, Starr may assign its rights as a Holder but not as a Demand Party or otherwise and provided , further, that such assignee executes and delivers to the Company an Assumption Agreement.  If any Holder shall acquire additional Registrable Securities, such Registrable Securities shall be subject to all of the terms, and entitled to all the benefits, of this Agreement.

 

4.7.         Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the Second Amended Stockholders’ Agreement and the other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form part hereof constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto , and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

4.8.         Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)           THE COMPANY AND EACH HOLDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY CONSENTS TO SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE FOR ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (AND AGREES NOT TO COMMENCE ANY LITIGATION RELATING THERETO EXCEPT IN SUCH COURTS), WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION IN SUCH DELAWARE COURTS AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THAT SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH DELAWARE COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

(b)           TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, THE COMPANY AND EACH HOLDER WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT SUCH PARTY WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF,

 

35



 

DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE, CLAIM OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE DEALINGS OF ANY STOCKHOLDER OR THE COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE ABOVE, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE.  The Company or any Holder may file an original counterpart or a copy of this Section 4. 8 with any court as written evidence of the consent of the Stockholders to the waiver of their rights to trial by jury.

 

4.9.         Interpretation; Construction .

 

(a)           The table of contents and headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof.  Where a reference in this Agreement is made to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

(b)           The parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement.  In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

 

4.10.       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic mail), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

4.11.       Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

 

4.12.       Remedies .  The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that each party hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, without the posting of any bond, and, if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.  All remedies,

 

36



 

either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

4.13.       Further Assurances .  Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

4.14.       Confidentiality .  Each Holder agrees that any non-public information which they may receive relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries (the “ Confidential Information ”) will be held strictly confidential and will not be disclosed by it to any Person without the express written permission of the Company; provided , however , that the Confidential Information may be disclosed (i) in the event of any compulsory legal process or compliance with any applicable law, subpoena or other legal process or in connection with any filings that the Holder may be required to make with any regulatory authority; provided , however , that in the event of compulsory legal process, unless prohibited by applicable law or that process, each Holder agrees (A) to give the Company prompt notice thereof and to cooperate with the Company in securing a protective order in the event of compulsory disclosure and (B) that any disclosure made pursuant to public filings will be subject to the prior reasonable review of the Company, (ii) to any foreign or domestic governmental or quasi-governmental regulatory authority, including without limitation, any stock exchange or other self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction over such party, (iii) to each Holder’s Affiliate’s and its and their respective officers, directors, employees, partners, accountants, lawyers and other professional advisors for use relating solely to management of the investment or administrative purposes with respect to such Holder or Affiliate thereof, (iv) to each Holder’s or its Affiliate’s direct or indirect partners, members or investors, or potential partners, members or investors and their respective advisors, provided that such Holder or its applicable Affiliate informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to use such information only for purpose of assisting in determining whether to invest in, or monitoring, modifying or exiting its investment in, the Company (or a Holder, Affiliate of a Holder or a direct or indirect owner of a Holder), and (v) to a proposed transferee of securities of the Company held by a Holder; provided , however , that the Holder informs the proposed transferee of the confidential nature of the information and the proposed transferee agrees in writing to comply with the restrictions in this Section 4.14 and delivers a copy of such writing to the Company.

 

4.15.       Effectiveness of Agreement Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with respect to the IPO (the “ Effective Time ”), this Agreement shall become effective and shall supersede Article II of the First Amended Stockholders’ Agreement. If such registration statement does not become effective by December 31, 2016, the provisions of this Agreement shall be without any force or effect.

 

4.16.       Opt-Out Requests .  Each Holder shall have the right, at any time and from time to time (including after receiving information regarding any potential public offering), to elect to not receive any notice that the Company or any other Holders otherwise are required to deliver pursuant to this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written statement signed by such Holder that it does not want to receive any notices hereunder (an “ Opt-Out Request ”); in which

 

37



 

case and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement the Company and other Holders shall not be required to, and shall not, deliver any notice or other information required to be provided to Holders hereunder to the extent that the Company or such other Holders reasonably expect would result in a Holder acquiring material non-public information within the meaning of Regulation FD promulgated under the Exchange Act.  An Opt-Out Request may state a date on which it expires or, if no such date is specified, shall remain in effect indefinitely.  A Holder who previously has given the Company an Opt-Out Request may revoke such request at any time, and there shall be no limit on the ability of a Holder to issue and revoke subsequent Opt-Out Requests; provided that each Holder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the administrative burden on the Company arising in connection with any such Opt-Out Requests.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

38


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Judd T. Nystrom

 

Name:

Judd T. Nystrom

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

AEA INVESTORS:

 

 

 

GRD HOLDING LP

 

 

 

By: GRD Holding GP LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

Name:

Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

Title:

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

GRD HOLDING-A LP

 

 

 

By: GRD Holding-A LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

Name:

Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

Title:

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

GRD HOLDING AEA LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

Name:

Martin C. Eltrich, III

 

Title:

Chairman of the Board

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

MINORITY INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

STARR INVESTMENT FUND II, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Geoffrey G. Clark

 

Name:

Geoffrey G. Clark

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jacob E. Comer

 

Name:

Jacob E. Comer

 

Title:

Senior Legal and Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

 

 

 

SPH GRD HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Geoffrey G. Clark

 

Name:

Geoffrey G. Clark

 

Title:

Senior Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jacob E. Comer

 

Name:

Jacob E. Comer

 

Title:

Senior Legal and Chief Compliance Officer

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 



 

Schedule 4.5

 

Notices

 

 

Name

 

Address

1.

 

 

 

2.

 

 

 

3.

 

 

 

4.

 

 

 

5.

 

 

 

6.

 

 

 

7.

 

 

 

8.

 

 

 

9.

 

 

 

10.

 

 

 

11.

 

 

 

12.

 

 

 

13.

 

 

 

14.

 

 

 

15.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 4.5 - 1



 

Exhibit A

 

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Assumption Agreement (this “ Assumption Agreement ”) is made as of [     ], by and among [     ] (the “ Transferring Holder ”) and [     ] (the “ New Holder ”), in accordance with that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [     ] (as amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and among At Home Group Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) and the other Holders party thereto.

 

WHEREAS , the Agreement requires the New Holder, as a condition to the assignment of Transferring Holders rights under the Agreement, to become a party to the Agreement by executing this Assumption Agreement, and upon the New Holder signing this Assumption Agreement, the Agreement will be deemed to be amended to include the New Holder as a [AEA Investor/Minority Investor] thereunder;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1.              Party to the Agreement .  By execution of this Assumption Agreement, as of the date hereof the New Holder is hereby made a party to the Agreement as a [AEA Investor/Minority Investor].  The New Holder hereby agrees to become a party to the Agreement and to be bound by, and subject to, all of the representations, covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement that are applicable to, and assignable under the Agreement by, the Transferring Holder, in the same manner as if the New Holder were an original signatory to the Agreement.  Execution and delivery of this Assumption Agreement by the New Holder shall also constitute execution and delivery by the New Holder of the Agreement, without further action of any party.

 

Section 2.              Defined Terms .  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement unless otherwise noted.

 

Section 3.              Representations and Warranties of the New Holder .

 

3.1.         Authorization .  The New Holder has all requisite [corporate] power and authority and has taken all action necessary in order to duly and validly approve the New Holder’s execution and delivery of, and performance of its obligations under, this Assumption Agreement.  This Assumption Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the New Holder and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the New Holder, enforceable against the New Holder in accordance with its terms.

 

3.2.         No Conflict .  The New Holder is not under any obligation or restriction, whether or otherwise, nor shall it assume any such obligation or restriction, that does or would materially interfere or conflict with the performance of its obligations under this Assumption Agreement.

 

Section 4.              Further Assurances Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may

 



 

request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Assumption Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 5.              Governing Law .

 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY CONSENTS TO SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE FOR ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (AND AGREES NOT TO COMMENCE ANY LITIGATION RELATING THERETO EXCEPT IN SUCH COURTS), WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION IN SUCH DELAWARE COURTS AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THAT SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH DELAWARE COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT SUCH PARTY WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE, CLAIM OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE DEALINGS OF ANY STOCKHOLDER OR THE COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE ABOVE, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE.

 

Section 6.              Counterparts .  This Assumption Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic mail), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 7.              Entire Agreement .  This Assumption Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Second Amended Stockholders’ Agreement and the other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form part hereof constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto , and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

[ Signature pages follow ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties have executed this Assumption Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

TRANSFERRING HOLDER

 

 

 

[         ]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

NEW HOLDER

 

 

 

[         ]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Notice Address: [         ]

 

[         ]

 

[         ]

 

Attn: [         ]

 

Facsimile: [         ]

 

Accepted and Agreed to as of

 

the date first written above:

 

 

 

CORPORATION

 

 

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit 5.1

 

[Letterhead of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP]

 

July 25, 2016

 

At Home Group Inc.

1600 East Plano Parkway

Plano, Texas 75074

 

Re:                              Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333- 206772

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to At Home Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-206772) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and as subsequently amended (the “Registration Statement”), relating to the registration of shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), including Shares which may be offered and sold upon the exercise of the option granted to the underwriters. The Shares are proposed to be sold pursuant to an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) to be entered into among the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as representatives of the several underwriters named therein.  With your permission, all assumptions and statements of reliance herein have been made without any independent investigation or verification on our part, and we express no opinion with respect to the subject matter or accuracy of such assumptions or items relied upon.

 

In connection with this opinion, we have (i) investigated such questions of law, (ii) examined the originals or certified, conformed, facsimile, electronic or reproduction copies of such agreements, instruments, documents and records of the Company, such certificates of public officials and such other documents and (iii) received such information from officers and representatives of the Company and others as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion.

 

In all such examinations, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of original and certified documents and the conformity to original or certified documents of all copies submitted to us as conformed, facsimile, electronic or reproduction copies.  As to various questions of fact relevant to the opinion expressed herein, we have relied upon, and assume the accuracy of, certificates and oral or written statements and other information of or from public officials and officers and representatives of the Company.

 

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the limitations, qualifications and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth therein, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 



 

The opinion expressed herein is limited to the applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as currently in effect, and no opinion is expressed with respect to any other laws or any effect that such other laws may have on the opinion expressed herein. The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters stated herein and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated herein. We undertake no responsibility to update or supplement this letter after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to this firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included therein. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

 

 

 

 

 

FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER & JACOBSON LLP

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.1.6

 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated as of June 15, 2016 is entered into by and among:

 

AT HOME HOLDING III INC. (formerly known as GRD Holding III Corporation), a Delaware corporation, and AT HOME STORES LLC (successor in interest to Garden Ridge, L.P.), a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”);

 

the GUARANTORS party hereto;

 

the LENDERS party hereto; and

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”);

 

in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and benefits to be derived herefrom.

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Borrowers, the Lenders, and the Agent, among others, have entered into a certain Credit Agreement dated as of October 5, 2011, as amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 9, 2012, as further amended by the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 23, 2013, as further amended by the Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of July 28, 2014, as further amended by the Assumption and Ratification Agreement dated as of September 29, 2014, and as further amended by the Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 5, 2015 (as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties to the Credit Agreement desire to modify certain provisions of the Credit Agreement as provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Incorporation of Terms and Conditions of the Credit Agreement.   All of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, all definitions set forth therein) are specifically incorporated herein by reference.  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement, as applicable.

 

2.                                       Amendments to the Credit Agreement.

 

a.                                       The definition of “Aggregate Commitments” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting “$140,000,000” and inserting “215,000,000” in lieu thereof and (ii) deleting “Third Amendment Effective Date” and inserting “Fifth Amendment Effective Date” in lieu thereof.

 



 

b.                                       The definition of “Eurodollar Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting “In no event shall the Eurodollar Rate be less than zero” at the end of such definition.

 

c.                                        The definition of “Letter of Credit Sublimit” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “$10,000,000” and inserting “$25,000,000” in lieu thereof.

 

d.                                       The following new definitions are hereby inserted into Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement in their proper alphabetical sequence:

 

““ Fifth Amendment ” means Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2016.”

 

““ Fifth Amendment Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in the Fifth Amendment.”

 

e.                                        Amendments to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement .

 

i.                                           Section 2.14(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “Third Amendment Effective Date” and inserting “Fifth Amendment Effective Date” in lieu thereof.

 

ii.                                        Section 2.14(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting “and (v) clause (i) of the ABL Cap (as defined in the Term Loan Facilities) shall have been amended to reflect an amount equal to the amount of the Aggregate Commitments (after giving effect to the increase in Commitments contemplated hereby).”

 

f.                                         Amendment to Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement .  The first sentence of Section 9.01(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each L/C Issuer and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Bank Product Provider, Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank and on behalf of its Affiliates acting in such capacities) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender, L/C Issuer, Bank Product Provider, Cash Management Bank and Hedge Bank for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto.”

 

g.                                        Designation of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as a Syndication Agent . Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, is hereby designated as a Syndication Agent in respect of the credit facilities evidenced by the Credit Agreement.

 

2



 

Accordingly, (i) the cover page of the Credit Agreement is amended to replace “UBS SECURITIES LLC as Syndication Agent” with UBS SECURITIES LLC and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Syndication Agents,” (ii) the preamble to the Credit Agreement is amended to replace “UBS SECURITIES LLC as Syndication Agent” with UBS SECURITIES LLC and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Syndication Agents” and (iii) the definition of “Syndication Agent” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended to (x) insert the words “and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,” immediately after the words “UBS Securities LLC” and (y) replace “Syndication Agent” with “Syndication Agents.”

 

h.                                       Amendment to Schedules to the Credit Agreement Schedule 2.01 (Commitments and Pro Rata Shares) to the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Annex A attached to this Amendment.

 

3.                                       Conditions to Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall not be effective until the date that each of the following conditions precedent has been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Agent (such date the “ Fifth Amendment Effective Date ”):

 

a.                                       This Amendment shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Lenders.

 

b.                                       The Agent shall have received the Fifth Amendment Fee Letter, dated as of the date hereof, duly executed by the Borrowers and Agent, and the Borrowers shall have paid all fees payable thereunder.

 

c.                                        The Agent shall have received (i) reasonable and customary opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties, and (ii) such customary corporate resolutions, certificates, lien searches and other customary corporate documents as the Agent shall reasonably request.

 

d.                                       The Borrowers shall have reimbursed the Agent for all reasonable out of pocket fees, costs and expenses, including, reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with or relating to this Amendment.

 

e.                                        The Administrative Agent shall have administered such reallocations, sales, assignments, transfers or other relevant actions to insure that the amount of Revolving Credit Loans made by each Lender shall equal such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (after giving effect to the increase in Commitments contemplated hereby) of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date.

 

f.                                         After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

3



 

4.                                       Representations and Warranties .  Each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants that as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date (as defined in Section 3 of this Amendment):

 

a.                                       (i) No Default or Event of Default exists under the Credit Agreement or under any other Loan Document, and (ii) all representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects except that (x) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and (y) in the case of any representation and warranty qualified by materiality, they are true and correct in all respects.

 

b.                                       This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties.  This Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

5.                                       Ratification of Loan Documents .  The Credit Agreement, as hereby amended, and all other Loan Documents, are hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect.  The Collateral Documents continue to secure the Obligations, as modified pursuant to this Amendment, to the same extent as prior to giving effect to this Amendment.

 

6.                                       Binding Effect.  The terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, representatives, successors and assigns.

 

7.                                       Multiple Counterparts .   This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and together which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy, or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif” via e-mail) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

8.                                       Governing Law .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF, BUT INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to the Credit Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

BORROWERS:

 

 

AT HOME HOLDING III INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Judd T. Nystrom

 

 

Name: Judd T. Nystrom

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

AT HOME STORES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Judd T. Nystrom

 

 

Name: Judd T. Nystrom

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement

 



 

GUARANTORS:

 

 

AT HOME HOLDING II INC.

 

AT HOME COMPANIES LLC

 

AT HOME FINANCE CORPORATION

 

AT HOME PROPERTIES LLC

 

1600 EAST PLANO PARKWAY, LLC

 

2650 WEST INTERSTATE 20, LLC

 

11501 BLUEGRASS PARKWAY LLC

 

12990 WEST CENTER ROAD LLC

 

1944 SOUTH GREENFIELD ROAD LLC

 

4700 GREEN ROAD LLC

 

4304 WEST LOOP 289 LLC

 

642 SOUTH WALNUT AVENUE LLC

 

15065 CREOSOTE ROAD LLC

 

335 N. ACADEMY BOULEVARD (1031), LLC

 

1660 W. MIDWAY BOULEVARD (1031), LLC

 

3003 WEST VINE, LLC

 

7613 NORTH EAST LOOP 1604, LLC

 

334 CHICAGO DRIVE, LLC

 

4949 GREENWOOD DRIVE, LLC

 

2251 SOUTHWYCK BLVD, LLC

 

1605 BUFORD HWY, LLC

 

1267 CENTRAL PARK DR, LLC

 

4801 183A TOLL ROAD, LLC

 

19000 LIMESTONE COMMERCIAL DR, LLC

 

5501 GROVE BLVD, LLC

 

1600 W. KELLY AVENUE, LLC

 

1919 WELLS RD, LLC

 

7697 WINCHESTER RD, LLC

 

1000 TURTLE CREEK DRIVE LLC

 

2201 PORTER CREEK DR LLC

 

2000 E. SANTA FE LLC

 

301 S TOWN MALL DR LLC

 

621 SW 19TH STREET LLC

 

4200 AMBASSADOR CAFFERY PKWY LLC

 

4405 PHEASANT RIDGE DR LLC

 

6360 RIDGEWOOD COURT DR LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Judd T. Nystrom

 

 

Name: Judd T. Nystrom

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement

 



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard D. Hill Jr.

 

 

Name: Richard D. Hill Jr.

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard D. Hill Jr.

 

 

Name: Richard D. Hill Jr.

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement

 



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert C. Chakarian

 

 

Name: Robert C. Chakarian

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement

 



 

ANNEX A

 

SCHEDULE 2.01

 

[see attached]

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

ANNUAL BONUS PLAN

 

1.               Purpose

 

The purpose of this Amended and Restated At Home Group Inc. Annual Bonus Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its shareholders by motivating superior performance by executive officers and other key personnel with annual bonus opportunities based upon corporate and individual performance.

 

2.               Definitions

 

(a)   Award ” means an award granted to a Participant under the Plan subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may establish under the terms of the Plan.

 

(b)   Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)   Company ” means At Home Group Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

(d)   Participant ” means an employee of the Company who has been granted an Award under the Plan.

 

(e)   Performance Criteria ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(b) hereof.

 

(f)    Performance Goals ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

(g)   Plan ” means this At Home Group Inc. Annual Bonus Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time.

 

(h)   Plan Administrator ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee of the Board that the Board shall designate from time to time to administer the Plan.

 

(i)    Plan Year ” means each fiscal year in which the Plan shall be in effect.

 

3.               Plan Administration

 

(a)   General . The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall have such powers and authority as may be necessary or appropriate for the Plan Administrator to carry out its functions as described in the Plan. No member of the Plan Administrator shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith by the Plan Administrator with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder. The Plan Administrator may delegate, to any appropriate officer or employee of the Company, responsibility for performing certain ministerial functions under this Plan.

 

(b)   Discretionary Authority . Subject to the express limitations of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have authority in its discretion to determine the time or times at which Awards may be granted, the recipients of Awards, the Performance Criteria, the Performance Goals and all other terms of an Award. The Plan Administrator shall also have discretionary authority to interpret the Plan, to make all factual determinations under the Plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and

 



 

regulations relating to the Plan. All interpretations, determinations, and actions by the Plan Administrator shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties.

 

4.               Eligibility and Participation

 

Employees of the Company who hold a position as an executive officer of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for a Plan Year on such basis and on such terms and conditions as determined by the Plan Administrator. In addition, any other employees of the Company designated by the Plan Administrator to receive an Award for a Plan Year shall become a Participant in the Plan with respect to such Plan Year.

 

5.               Awards

 

(a)   Amount of Awards . The Plan Administrator will determine in its discretion the amount of an Award, the Performance Criteria, the applicable Performance Goals relating to the Performance Criteria, and the amount and terms of payment to be made upon achievement of the Performance Goals for each Plan Year.

 

(b)   Performance Criteria . For purposes of Awards granted under the Plan, the “Performance Criteria” for a given Plan Year shall be one or any combination of the following, for the Company or any identified subsidiary or business unit, as may be selected by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion at the time of an Award: (i) earnings per share; (ii) operating income; (iii) return on equity or assets; (iv) cash flow; (v) net cash flow; (vi) cash flow from operations; (vii) EBITDA and/or adjusted EBITDA; (viii) revenue growth, product revenue and/or comparable sales growth; (ix) revenue ratios; (x) cost reductions; (xi) cost ratios or margins; (xii) overall revenue or sales growth; (xiii) expense reduction or management; (xiv) market position or market share; (xv) total shareholder return; (xvi) return on investment; (xvii) earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT); (xviii) net income (before or after taxes); (xix) return on assets or net assets; (xx) economic value added; (xxi) shareholder value added; (xxii) cash flow return on investment; (xxiii) net operating profit; (xxiv) net operating profit after tax; (xxv) return on capital; (xxvi) return on invested capital; (xxvii) customer growth; (xxviii) supply chain achievements, (xxix) financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; (xxx) financing and other capital raising transactions (xxxi) strategic partnerships or transactions; or (xxxii) any combination of the foregoing, or such other Performance Criteria determined to be appropriate by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(c)   Performance Goals . For purposes of Awards granted under the Plan, the “ Performance Goals ” for a given Plan Year shall be the levels of achievement relating to the Performance Criteria as may be selected by the Plan Administrator for the Award. The Plan Administrator may establish such Performance Goals relative to the applicable Performance Criteria as it determines in its sole discretion at the time of an Award. The Performance Goals may be applied on an absolute basis or relative to an identified index or peer group, as specified by the Plan Administrator. The Performance Goals may be applied by the Plan Administrator after excluding charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of accounting changes, and without regard to realized capital gains.

 

(d)   Payment of Awards . The payment of awards under the Plan shall be made at such time or times as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion and generally shall be made within two and one half months following the end of the applicable Plan Year.

 

(e)   Form of Payment . Awards under the Plan shall generally be made in cash. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, provide that a Participant receive all or a portion of an Award in

 



 

stock units or other equity-based compensation to be granted under one or more equity incentive compensation plans sponsored or maintained by the Company from time to time.

 

(f)    Tax Withholding . Any payment under this Plan shall be subject to applicable income and employment taxes and any other amounts that the Company is required by law to deduct and withhold from such payment.

 

6.               Termination of Employment

 

(a)   General Rule . Subject to the provisions of Section 6(b)  hereof, the obligation of the Company to satisfy payment of an Award to a Participant hereunder is conditioned upon the continued employment of the Participant with the Company at the time determined by the Plan Administrator for payment of an Award. If the employment of a Participant with the Company is terminated for any reason, at any time prior to the time determined by the Plan Administrator for payment of an Award hereunder, the Award shall be forfeited and automatically be cancelled without further action of the Company, unless otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator.

 

(b)   Exceptions . The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, provide for the payment of an Award in the event a Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason including, but not limited to, a termination by the Company without cause or as a result of the Participant’s death or disability. Such payment may be made on a pro-rated or accelerated basis as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

7.               General Provisions

 

(a)   Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2016.

 

(b)   Amendment and Termination . The Company may, from time to time, by action of the Board, amend, suspend or terminate any or all of the provisions of the Plan with respect to the then current Plan Year and any future Plan Year, without the requirement of obtaining the consent of the affected Participants.

 

(c)   No Right to Employment . Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant the right to remain employed by the Company or to limit, in any way, the right of the Company to terminate, or to change the terms of, a Participant’s employment at any time.

 

(d)   Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Texas, without regard to the choice-of-law rules thereof.

 

(e)   Section 409A . The Company intends that that payments and benefits under this Plan will either comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Plan shall be interpreted to be exempt from Section 409A or in compliance therewith, as applicable. Nothing contained herein shall constitute any representation or warranty by the Company regarding compliance with Section 409A. The Company shall have no obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any additional income tax, interest or penalties under Section 409A on any person and the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, and each of their respective employees or representatives, shall have no liability to any person with respect thereto. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of the Plan providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that are considered nonqualified deferred

 



 

compensation under Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment, unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and the payment thereof prior to a “separation from service” would violate Section 409A. For purposes of any such provision of the Plan or relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment,” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” If an amount is paid in two or more installments, for purposes of Section 409A, each installment shall be treated as a separate payment. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan, any payment(s) of nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A) as a result of his or her separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A) shall be delayed for the first six months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, until the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid on the day that immediately follows the end of such six-month period.

 

(f)    Section 162(m) Transition Relief . This Plan, having been adopted prior to the Company’s securities having become publicly held in connection with an initial public offering, is intended to satisfy the requirements for the transition relief under Treasury Regulation §1.162-27(f)(1) such that the deduction limit set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.162-27(b) does not apply to any remuneration paid pursuant to this Plan until the first meeting of the shareholders of the Company at which directors of the Company are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the initial public offering of the Company’s securities occurs.

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AT HOME GROUP INC.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(Adopted as of July 22, 2016)

 

1.                                       Purpose .

 

The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company with attracting, retaining, incentivizing and motivating officers and employees of, consultants to, and non-employee directors providing services to, the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to promote the success of the Company’s business by providing such participating individuals with a proprietary interest in the performance of the Company.  The Company believes that this incentive program will cause participating officers, employees, consultants and non-employee directors to increase their interest in the welfare of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to align those interests with those of the stockholders of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.

 

2.                                       Definitions.  For purposes of the Plan :

 

2.1.                             Adjustment Event ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 12.1.

 

2.2.                             Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to any entity, any entity that the Company, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is in common control with, is controlled by or controls, each within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

2.3.                             Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant of an Option, Restricted Stock, a Restricted Stock Unit, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Award, a Dividend Equivalent Right, a Share Award or any or all of them.

 

2.4.                             Award Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the grant of an Award and setting forth the terms and conditions thereof.

 

2.5.                             Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.6.                             Cause ” shall mean (a) if a Participant is a party to an employment or a severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “Cause” is defined, the occurrence of any circumstances defined as “Cause” in such employment or severance agreement, or (b) if a Participant is not a party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “Cause” is defined, (i) the Participant’s indictment for, or conviction or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to (A) any felony or (B) any crime (whether or not a felony) involving moral turpitude, fraud, theft, breach of trust or other similar acts, whether under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any similar foreign law to which the Participant may be subject, (ii) the Participant’s being or having been engaged in conduct constituting breach of fiduciary duty, willful misconduct or gross negligence relating to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or the performance of the Participant’s duties, (iii) the Participant’s willful failure to (A) follow a reasonable and lawful directive of the

 



 

Company or of the Subsidiary at which he or she is employed or provides services, or the Board or (B) comply with any written rules, regulations, policies or procedures of the Company or a Subsidiary at which he or she is employed or to which he or she provides services which, if not complied with, would reasonably be expected to have more than a de minimis adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Company, (iv) the Participant’s violation of his or her employment, consulting, separation or similar agreement with the Company or any non-disclosure, non-solicitation or non-competition covenant in any other agreement to which the Participant is subject or (v) the Participant’s deliberate and continued failure to perform his or her material duties to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

 

2.7.                             Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a)                            An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the “ Voting Securities ”) by any Person, immediately after which such Person first acquires “Beneficial Ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the  combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that in determining whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to this Section 2.7(a), the acquisition of Voting Securities in a Non-Control Acquisition (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute a Change in Control.  A “ Non-Control Acquisition ” shall mean an acquisition by (i) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (A) the Company or (B) any corporation or other Person the majority of the voting power, voting equity securities or equity interest of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company (for purposes of this definition, a “ Related Entity ”), (ii) the Company or any Related Entity or (iii) any Person in connection with a Non-Control Transaction (as hereinafter defined);

 

(b)                            The individuals who, as of the effective date of this Plan are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however , that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s common stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; provided further , however , that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board (a “ Proxy Contest ”) including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Proxy Contest;

 

(c)                             The consummation of:

 

(i)                                A merger, consolidation or reorganization (x) with or into the Company or (y) in which securities of the Company are issued (a “ Merger ”), unless such Merger is a Non-Control Transaction.  A “ Non-Control Transaction ” shall mean a Merger in which:

 

(A)                                the stockholders of the Company immediately before such Merger own directly or indirectly immediately following such Merger at

 

2



 

least a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of (1) the corporation resulting from such Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), if fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Surviving Corporation is not Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by another Person (a “ Parent Corporation ”), or (2) if there is one or more than one Parent Corporation, the ultimate Parent Corporation;

 

(B)                                the individuals who were members of the Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such Merger constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of (1) the Surviving Corporation, if there is no Parent Corporation, or (2) if there is one or more than one Parent Corporation, the ultimate Parent Corporation; and

 

(C)                                no Person other than (1) the Company or another corporation that is a party to the agreement of Merger, (2) any Related Entity, (3) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) that, immediately prior to the Merger, was maintained by the Company or any Related Entity or (4) any Person who, immediately prior to the Merger, had Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding Voting Securities, has Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of (x) the Surviving Corporation, if there is no Parent Corporation, or (y) if there is one or more than one Parent Corporation, the ultimate Parent Corporation;

 

(ii)                             A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

(iii)                          The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (other than (x) a transfer to a Related Entity or (y) the distribution to the Company’s stockholders of the stock of a Related Entity or any other assets).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the “ Subject Person ”) acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the then outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person; provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company and, after such acquisition by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Securities and such Beneficial Ownership increases the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Change in Control shall occur.

 

2.8.                             Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

3



 

2.9.                             Committee ” means the Committee which administers the Plan as provided in Section 3.

 

2.10.                      Company ” means At Home Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

2.11.                      Consultant ” means any consultant or advisor, other than an Employee or Director, who is a natural person and who renders services to the Company or a Subsidiary that (a) are not in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s securities in a capital raising transaction and (b) do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

 

2.12.                      Corporate Transaction ” means (a) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other transaction or event having a similar effect on the Company’s capital stock or (b) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.  For the avoidance of doubt, a Corporate Transaction may be a transaction that is also a Change in Control.

 

2.13.                      Covered Employee ” means, for any Performance Cycle:

 

(a)                            an Employee who:

 

(i)                                as of the beginning of the Performance Cycle is an officer subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and

 

(ii)                             prior to determining Performance Objectives for the Performance Cycle pursuant to Section 9, the Committee designates as a Covered Employee for that Performance Cycle; provided that, if the Committee does not make the designation in clause (ii) for a Performance Cycle, all Employees described in clause (i) shall be deemed to be Covered Employees for purposes of this Plan, and

 

(b)                            any other Employee that the Committee designates as a Covered Employee for that Performance Cycle.

 

2.14.                      Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

2.15.                      Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, a permanent and total disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3).  A determination of Disability may be made by a physician selected or approved by the Committee and, in this respect, the Participant shall submit to any reasonable examination(s) required by such physician upon request.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15, in the event any Award is considered to be “deferred compensation” as that term is defined under Section 409A and the terms of the Award are such that the definition of  “disability” is required to comply with the requirements of Section 409A then, in lieu of the foregoing definition, the definition of “Disability” for purposes of such Award shall mean, with respect to a Participant, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

 

4



 

2.16.                      Division ” means any of the operating units or divisions of the Company designated as a Division by the Committee.

 

2.17.                      Dividend Equivalent Right ” means a right to receive cash or Shares based on the value of dividends that are paid with respect to Shares.

 

2.18.                      Effective Date ” means the date of the Plan’s approval by the Board, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

 

2.19.                      Eligible Individual ” means any Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

2.20.                      Employee ” means any individual performing services for the Company or a Subsidiary and designated as an employee of the Company or the Subsidiary on its payroll records.  An Employee shall not include any individual during any period he or she is classified or treated by the Company or Subsidiary as an independent contractor, a consultant or an employee of an employment, consulting or temporary agency or any other entity other than the Company or Subsidiary, without regard to whether such individual is subsequently determined to have been, or is subsequently retroactively reclassified, as a common-law employee of the Company or Subsidiary during such period.  An individual shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or any Subsidiary, or between the Company and any Subsidiaries.

 

2.21.                      Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.22.                      Fair Market Value ” on any date means:

 

(a)                            if the Shares are listed for trading on a national securities exchange, the closing price at the close of the primary trading session of the Shares on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed or admitted to trading as officially quoted in the consolidated tape of transactions on such exchange or such other source as the Committee deems reliable for the applicable date, or if there has been no such closing price of the Shares on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was such a closing price;

 

(b)                            if the Shares are not listed for trading on a national securities exchange, the fair market value of the Shares as determined in good faith by the Committee, and, if applicable, in accordance with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Awards granted in connection with an Initial Public Offering, if any, unless the Committee determines otherwise, Fair Market Value shall mean the price at which Shares are offered to the public by the underwriters in the Initial Public Offering.

 

2.23.                      Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option satisfying the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

5


 

2.24.                      Initial Public Offering ” means the consummation of the first public offering of Shares pursuant to a registration statement (other than a Form S-8 or successor forms) filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2.25.                      Nonemployee Director ” means a Director of the Board who is a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

2.26.                      Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.27.                      Option ” means a Nonqualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.28.                      Option Price ” means the price at which a Share may be purchased pursuant to an Option.

 

2.29.                      Outside Director ” means a Director of the Board who is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

 

2.30.                      Parent ” means any corporation which is a “parent corporation” (within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code) with respect to the Company.

 

2.31.                      Participant ” means an Eligible Individual to whom an Award has been granted under the Plan.

 

2.32.                      Performance Awards ” means Performance Share Units, Performance Units, Performance-Based Restricted Stock or any or all of them.

 

2.33.                      Performance-Based Compensation ” means any Award that, pursuant to Section 14.3, is intended to constitute “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

 

2.34.                      Performance-Based Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued or transferred to an Eligible Individual under Section 9.2.

 

2.35.                      Performance Cycle ” means the time period specified by the Committee at the time Performance Awards are granted during which the performance of the Company, a Subsidiary or a Division will be measured.

 

2.36.                      Performance Objectives ” means the objectives set forth in Section 9.3 for the purpose of determining, either alone or together with other conditions, the degree of payout and/or vesting of Performance Awards.

 

2.37.                      Performance Share Units ” means Performance Share Units granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 9.1(b).

 

2.38.                      Performance Units ” means Performance Units granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 9.1(a).

 

6



 

2.39.                      Person ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.40.                      Plan ” means this Amended and Restated At Home Group Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

2.41.                      Plan Termination Date ” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date, unless the Plan is earlier terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 15 hereof.

 

2.42.                      Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued or transferred to an Eligible Individual pursuant to Section 8.1.

 

2.43.                      Restricted Stock Units ” means rights granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 8.2 representing a number of hypothetical Shares.

 

2.44.                      Section 162(m) ” means Section 162(m) of Code, and all regulations, guidance, and other interpretative authority issued thereunder.

 

2.45.                      Section 409A ” means Section 409A of Code, and all regulations, guidance, and other interpretative authority issued thereunder.

 

2.46.                      Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.47.                      Share Award ” means an Award of Shares granted pursuant to Section 10.

 

2.48.                      Shares ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any other securities into which such shares are changed or for which such shares are exchanged.

 

2.49.                      Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right to receive all or some portion of the increase, if any, in the value of the Shares as provided in Section 6 hereof.

 

2.50.                      Subsidiary ” means (a) except as provided in subsection (b) below, any corporation which is a subsidiary corporation within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code with respect to the Company and (b) in relation to the eligibility to receive Awards other than Incentive Stock Options and continued employment or the provision of services for purposes of Awards (unless the Committee determines otherwise), any entity, whether or not incorporated, in which the Company directly or indirectly owns at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding equity or other ownership interests.

 

2.51.                      Ten-Percent Shareholder ” means an Eligible Individual who, at the time an Incentive Stock Option is to be granted to him or her, owns (within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

2.52.                      Termination ”, “ Terminated ” or “ Terminates ” shall mean (a) with respect to a Participant who is an Employee, the date such Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, (b) with respect to a Participant who is a Consultant, the date such

 

7



 

Participant ceases to provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries or (c) with respect to a Participant who is a Director, the date such Participant ceases to be a Director, in each case, for any reason whatsoever (including by reason of death, Disability or adjudicated incompetency). Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, (a) if a Participant is both an Employee and a Director and terminates as an Employee but remains as a Director, the Participant will be deemed to have continued in employment without interruption and shall be deemed to have Terminated upon ceasing to be a Director and (b) if a Participant who is an Employee or a Director ceases to provide services in such capacity and becomes a Consultant, the Participant will thereupon be deemed to have been Terminated.

 

2.53.                      Transition Period ” means the period beginning with an Initial Public Offering and ending as of the earlier of:

 

(a)                            the date of the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Company at which Directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Initial Public Offering occurs and

 

(b)                            the expiration of the “reliance period” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(2).

 

3.                                       Administration .

 

3.1.                             Committee .  The Plan shall be administered by a Committee appointed by the Board.  The Committee shall consist of at least two (2) Directors of the Board and may consist of the entire Board; provided , however, that (a) if the Committee consists of less than the entire Board, then, with respect to any Award granted to an Eligible Individual who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall consist of at least two (2) Directors of the Board, each of whom shall be a Nonemployee Director and (b) to the extent necessary for any Award intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation to so qualify, the Committee shall consist of at least two (2) Directors of the Board, each of whom shall be an Outside Director.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, if one or more members of the Committee is not a Nonemployee Director or an Outside Director but recuses himself or herself or abstains from voting with respect to a particular action taken by the Committee, then the Committee, with respect to that action, shall be deemed to consist only of the members of the Committee who have not recused themselves or abstained from voting.  The acts of a majority of the total membership of the Committee at any meeting, or the acts approved in writing by all of its members, shall be the acts of the Committee.  All decisions and determinations by the Committee in the exercise of its powers hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Participants and all other Persons having any interest therein.

 

3.2.                             Board Reservation and Delegation .

 

(a)                            Except to the extent necessary for any Award intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation to so qualify, the Board may, in its discretion, reserve to itself or exercise any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee hereunder.  To the extent the Board has reserved to itself or exercises the authority and responsibility of the Committee, the Board shall be deemed to be acting as

 

8



 

the Committee for purposes of the Plan and references to the Committee in the Plan shall be to the Board.

 

(b)                            Subject to applicable law, the Board may delegate, in whole or in part, any of the authority of the Committee hereunder (subject to such limits as may be determined by the Board) to any individual or committee of individuals (who need not be Directors), including without limitation the authority to make Awards to Eligible Individuals who are not officers or directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  To the extent that the Board delegates any such authority to make Awards as provided by this Section 3.2(b), all references in the Plan to the Committee’s authority to make Awards and determinations with respect thereto shall be deemed to include the Board’s delegate.

 

3.3.                             Committee Powers .  Subject to the express terms and conditions set forth herein, the Committee shall have all of the powers necessary to enable it to carry out its duties under the Plan, including, without limitation, the power from time to time to:

 

(a)                            determine those Eligible Individuals to whom Awards shall be granted under the Plan and determine the number of Shares or amount of cash in respect of which each Award is granted, prescribe the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of each such Award, including, (i) in the case of Options, the exercise price per Share and the duration of the Option and (ii) in the case of Stock Appreciation Rights, the Base Price per Share and the duration of the Stock Appreciation Right, and make any amendment or modification to any Agreement consistent with the terms of the Plan;

 

(b)                            construe and interpret the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder, establish, amend and revoke rules, regulations and guidelines as it deems are necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, correcting any defect, supplying any omission or reconciling any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or advisable, including so that the Plan and the operation of the Plan comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, the Code to the extent applicable and other applicable law, and otherwise make the Plan fully effective;

 

(c)                             determine the duration and purposes for leaves of absence which may be granted to a Participant on an individual basis without constituting a Termination for purposes of the Plan;

 

(d)                            cancel, with the consent of the Participant, outstanding Awards or as otherwise permitted under the terms of the Plan;

 

(e)                             exercise its discretion with respect to the powers and rights granted to it as set forth in the Plan; and

 

(f)                              generally, exercise such powers and perform such acts as are deemed necessary or advisable to promote the best interests of the Company with respect to the Plan.

 

9



 

3.4.                             Non-Uniform Determinations .  The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among Persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards (whether or not such Persons are similarly situated).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to the Eligible Individuals to receive Awards under the Plan and the terms and provision of Awards under the Plan.

 

3.5.                             Non-U.S. Employees .                              Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to Participants working outside the United States, the Committee may establish subplans, determine the terms and conditions of Awards, and make such adjustments to the terms thereof as are necessary or advisable to fulfill the purposes of the Plan taking into account matters of local law or practice, including tax and securities laws of jurisdictions outside the United States.

 

3.6.                             Indemnification .  No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action, failure to act, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any transaction hereunder.  The Company hereby agrees to indemnify each member of the Committee for all costs and expenses and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any liability incurred in connection with defending against, responding to, negotiating for the settlement of or otherwise dealing with any claim, cause of action or dispute of any kind arising in connection with any actions in administering the Plan or in authorizing or denying authorization to any transaction hereunder.

 

3.7.                             No Repricing of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Committee shall have no authority to (i) make any adjustment (other than in connection with an Adjustment Event, a Corporate Transaction or other transaction where an adjustment is permitted or required under the terms of the Plan) or amendment, and no such adjustment or amendment shall be made, that reduces or would have the effect of reducing the exercise price of an Option or Base Price of a Stock Appreciation Right previously granted under the Plan, whether through amendment, cancellation or replacement grants or other means, or (ii) cancel for cash or other consideration any Option whose Option Price is greater than the then Fair Market Value of a Share or Stock Appreciation Right whose Base Price is greater than the then Fair Market Value of a Share unless, in either case the Company’s stockholders shall have approved such adjustment, amendment or cancellation.

 

4.                                       Stock Subject to the Plan; Grant Limitations .

 

4.1.                             Aggregate Number of Shares Authorized for Issuance .  Subject to any adjustment as provided in the Plan, (i) the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan to senior executives of the Company in connection with the Initial Public Offering of the Company shall not exceed 2,478,702 Shares (the “ IPO Bonus Pool ”), and (ii) the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan (other than the IPO Bonus Pool) shall not exceed 3,718,053 Shares (the “ Post-IPO Share Pool ”), all of which may granted pursuant to Incentive Stock Options.  The Shares to be issued under the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized but unissued Shares or

 

10



 

issued Shares which shall have been reacquired by the Company and held by it as treasury shares.

 

4.2.                             Individual Participant Limit .  With respect to Awards granted following the last day of the Transition Period (or, if later, the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders for purposes of Section 162(m)), (a) the aggregate number of Shares that may be the subject of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted in any calendar year (or in respect of the calendar year during which the Transition Period expires, the remainder of such calendar year) may not exceed 3,000,000 Shares in the case of an Eligible Individual who is not a Director, or 90,000 Shares in the case of a Director, (b) the aggregate number of Shares that may be the subject of Performance-Based Restricted Stock and Performance Share Units granted in any calendar year (or in respect of the calendar year during which the Transition Period expires, the remainder of such calendar year) may not exceed 1,000,000 Shares in the case of an Eligible Individual who is not a Director, or 30,000 Shares in the case of a Director and (c) the maximum dollar amount of cash or the Fair Market Value of Shares that any individual may receive in any calendar year (or in respect of the calendar year during which the Transition Period expires, the remainder of such calendar year) in respect of Performance Units may not exceed $10,000,000.

 

4.3.                             Calculating Shares Available . If an Award or any portion thereof that is issued from the Post-IPO Share Pool (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the Shares covered by such Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than Shares), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of Shares that may be available for issuance under the Plan.  If any Shares issued pursuant to an Award are forfeited and returned back to or reacquired by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such Shares in the Participant, then the Shares that are forfeited or reacquired will again become available for issuance under the Plan.  Any Shares tendered or withheld (i) to pay the Option Price of an Option or the Base Price of a Stock Appreciation Right granted under this Plan or (ii) to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with an Award granted under this Plan shall not become available again for issuance under this Plan.  Under no circumstances will Shares underlying any Awards issued under the IPO Bonus Pool, once issued, again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

5.                                       Stock Options .

 

5.1.                             Authority of Committee .  The Committee may grant Options to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of the grant of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Individuals who are employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted. Options shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

5.2.                             Option Price .  The Option Price or the manner in which the exercise price is to be determined for Shares under each Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided, however , that the exercise price per Share under each Option shall not be less than the greater of (i) the par value of a Share and (ii) 100% of the Fair

 

11


 

Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (110% in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten-Percent Shareholder).

 

5.3.                             Maximum Duration .  Options granted hereunder shall be for such term as the Committee shall determine; provided that an Incentive Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted (five (5) years in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten-Percent Shareholder) and a Nonqualified Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted; provided, further, however , that (i) unless the Committee provides otherwise, an Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option) may, upon the death of the Participant prior to the expiration of the Option, be exercised for up to one (1) year following the date of the Participant’s death (but in no event beyond the date on which the Option otherwise would expire by its terms), and (ii) if, at the time an Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option) would otherwise expire at the end of its term, the exercise of the Option is prohibited by applicable law or the Company’s insider trading policy, the term shall be extended until thirty (30) days after the prohibition no longer applies.  The Committee may, subsequent to the granting of any Option, extend the period within which the Option may be exercised (including following a Participant’s Termination), but in no event shall the period be extended to a date that is later than the earlier of the latest date on which the Option could have been exercised and the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of the Option, except as otherwise provided herein in this Section 5.3.

 

5.4.                             Vesting .  The Committee shall determine and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the time or times at which an Option shall become vested and exercisable; provided that no Award granted to an Employee that vests solely based on the performance of services shall have a vesting period of less than one year.  To the extent not exercised, vested installments shall accumulate and be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date the Option expires.  The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any Option or portion thereof at any time.

 

5.5.                             Limitations on Incentive Stock Options .  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of the grant) of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) granted under all other plans of the Company or its Subsidiaries (in either case determined without regard to this Section 5.5) are exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.  In applying the limitation in the preceding sentence in the case of multiple Option grants, unless otherwise required by applicable law, Options which were intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options according to the order in which they were granted such that the most recently granted Options are first treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

5.6.                             Method of Exercise .  The exercise of an Option shall be made only by giving notice in the form and to the Person designated by the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be exercised and, to the extent applicable, accompanied by payment therefor and otherwise in accordance with the Award Agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.  The Option Price for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid in any of, or any combination of,  the following forms:  (a) cash or its equivalent ( e.g. , a check) or

 

12



 

(b) if permitted by the Committee, the transfer, either actually or by attestation, to the Company of Shares that have been held by the Participant for at least six (6) months (or such lesser period as may be permitted by the Committee) prior to the exercise of the Option, such transfer to be upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee or (c) in the form of other property as determined by the Committee.  In addition, (i) the Committee may provide for the payment of the Option Price through Share withholding as a result of which the number of Shares issued upon exercise of an Option would be reduced by a number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the Option Price and (ii) an Option may be exercised through a registered broker-dealer pursuant to such cashless exercise procedures that are, from time to time, deemed acceptable by the Committee.  No fractional Shares (or cash in lieu thereof) shall be issued upon exercise of an Option and the number of Shares that may be purchased upon exercise shall be rounded down to the nearest number of whole Shares.

 

5.7.                             Rights of Participants .  No Participant shall be deemed for any purpose to be the owner of any Shares subject to any Option unless and until (a) the Option shall have been exercised with respect to such Shares pursuant to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, (b) the Company shall have issued and delivered Shares (whether or not certificated) to the Participant, a securities broker acting on behalf of the Participant or such other nominee of the Participant and (c) the Participant’s name, or the name of his or her broker or other nominee, shall have been entered as a shareholder of record on the books of the Company.  Thereupon, the Participant shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Shares, subject to such terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

5.8.                             Effect of Change in Control .  Any specific terms applicable to an Option in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

6.                                       Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

6.1.                             Grant .  The Committee may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.  A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted (a) at any time if unrelated to an Option or (b) if related to an Option, either at the time of grant or at any time thereafter during the term of the Option.  Awards of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to the following terms and provisions.

 

6.2.                             Terms; Duration .  Stock Appreciation Rights shall contain such terms and conditions as to exercisability, vesting and duration as the Committee shall determine, but in no event shall they have a term of greater than ten (10) years; provided , however , that unless the Committee provides otherwise, (i) a Stock Appreciation Right may, upon the death of the Participant prior to the expiration of the Award, be exercised for up to one (1) year following the date of the Participant’s death (but in no event beyond the date on which the Stock Appreciation Right otherwise would expire by its terms) and (ii) if, at the time a Stock Appreciation Right would otherwise expire at the end of its term, the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right is prohibited by applicable law or the Company’s insider trading policy, the term shall be extended until thirty (30) days after the prohibition no longer applies.  The Committee may, subsequent to

 

13



 

the granting of any Stock Appreciation Right, extend the period within which the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised (including following a Participant’s Termination), but in no event shall the period be extended to a date that is later than the earlier of the latest date on which the Stock Appreciation Right could have been exercised and the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right, except as otherwise provided herein in this Section 6.2.

 

6.3.                             Vesting .  The Committee shall determine and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the time or times at which a Stock Appreciation Right shall become vested and exercisable.  To the extent not exercised, vested installments shall accumulate and be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date the Stock Appreciation Right expires.  The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any Stock Appreciation Right or portion thereof at any time.

 

6.4.                             Amount Payable .  Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount determined by multiplying (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the last business day preceding the date of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right over the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Stock Appreciation Right was granted (the “ Base Price ”) by (ii) the number of Shares as to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised (the “ SAR Payment Amount ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may limit in any manner the amount payable with respect to any Stock Appreciation Right by including such a limit in the Award Agreement evidencing the Stock Appreciation Right at the time it is granted.

 

6.5.                             Method of Exercise .  Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercised by a Participant only by giving notice in the form and to the Person designated by the Company, specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised.

 

6.6.                             Form of Payment .  Payment of the SAR Payment Amount may be made in the discretion of the Committee solely in whole Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the SAR Payment Amount, solely in cash or in a combination of cash and Shares.  If the Committee decides to make full payment in Shares and the amount payable results in a fractional Share, payment shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

 

6.7.                             Effect of Change in Control .  Any specific terms applicable to a Stock Appreciation Right in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

7.                                       Dividend Equivalent Rights .

 

The Committee may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights, either in tandem with an Award or as a separate Award, to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan.  The terms and conditions applicable to each Dividend Equivalent Right shall be specified in the Award Agreement evidencing the Award.  Amounts payable in respect of Dividend Equivalent Rights may be payable currently or, may be, deferred until the lapsing of restrictions on such Dividend Equivalent Rights or until the vesting, exercise, payment, settlement or other lapse of restrictions on the Award to which the Dividend Equivalent Rights relate; provided , however , that a

 

14



 

Dividend Equivalent Right granted in tandem with another Award that vests based on the achievement of performance goals shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Awards with respect to which such dividends are payable.  In the event that the amount payable in respect of Dividend Equivalent Rights is to be deferred, the Committee shall determine whether such amount is to be held in cash or reinvested in Shares or deemed (notionally) to be reinvested in Shares.  Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or Shares or a combination thereof, in a single installment or multiple installments, as determined by the Committee.

 

8.                                       Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units .

 

8.1.                             Restricted Stock .  The Committee may grant Awards of Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.  Each Award Agreement shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine and (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) such Award Agreements may require that an appropriate legend be placed on Share certificates. With respect to Shares in a book entry account in a Participant’s name, the Committee may cause appropriate stop transfer instructions to be delivered to the account custodian, administrator or the Company’s corporate secretary as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  Awards of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

(a)                            Rights of Participant .  Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to an Award hereunder shall be issued in the name of the Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after the Award is granted provided that the Participant has executed an Award Agreement evidencing the Award (which, in the case of an electronically distributed Award Agreement, shall be deemed to have been executed by an acknowledgement of receipt or in such other manner as the Committee may prescribe) and any other documents which the Committee may require as a condition to the issuance of such Shares.  At the discretion of the Committee, Shares issued in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock may be held in escrow by an agent (which may be the Company) designated by the Committee.  Unless the Committee determines otherwise and as set forth in the Award Agreement, upon the issuance of the Shares, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares.

 

(b)                            Terms and Conditions .  Each Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares of Restricted Stock to which it relates, the conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Restricted Stock to vest and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited.

 

(c)                             Delivery of Shares .  Upon the lapse of the restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate or evidence of book entry Shares to be delivered to the Participant with respect to such Shares of Restricted Stock, free of all restrictions hereunder.

 

15



 

(d)                            Treatment of Dividends .  At the time an Award of Restricted Stock is granted, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the payment to the Participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on such Shares by the Company shall be (i) deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Shares and (ii) held by the Company for the account of the Participant until such time; provided , however , that a dividend payable in respect of Restricted Stock that vests based on the achievement of performance goals shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such dividends are payable.  In the event that dividends are to be deferred, the Committee shall determine whether such dividends are to be reinvested in Shares (which shall be held as additional Shares of Restricted Stock) or held in cash.  Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock (whether held in cash or as additional Shares of Restricted Stock), shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Shares in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Shares.

 

(e)                             Effect of Change in Control .  Any specific terms applicable to Restricted Stock in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

8.2.                             Restricted Stock Unit Awards .  The Committee may grant Awards of Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.  Each such Award Agreement shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine.  Awards of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

(a)                            Payment of Awards .  Each Restricted Stock Unit shall represent the right of the Participant to receive one Share upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit or on any later date specified by the Committee; provided , however , that the Committee may provide for the settlement of Restricted Stock Units in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares that would otherwise be delivered to the Participant (determined as of the date of the Shares would have been delivered), or a combination of cash and Shares.  The Committee may, at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted, provide a limitation on the amount payable in respect of each Restricted Stock Unit.

 

(b)                            Effect of Change in Control .  Any specific terms applicable to Restricted Stock Units in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

9.                                       Performance Awards .

 

9.1.                             Performance Units and Performance Share Units .  The Committee may grant Awards of Performance Units and/or Performance Share Units to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award

 

16



 

Agreement.  Awards of Performance Units and Performance Share Units shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

(a)                            Performance Units .  Performance Units shall be denominated in a specified dollar amount and, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Objectives within the Performance Cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Committee (including without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable Performance Cycle), represent the right to receive payment as provided in Sections 9.1(c) and (d) of the specified dollar amount or a percentage or multiple of the specified dollar amount depending on the level of Performance Objective attained.  The Committee may at the time a Performance Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Unit.

 

(b)                            Performance Share Units .  Performance Share Units shall be denominated in Shares and, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Objectives within the Performance Cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Committee, (including without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable Performance Cycle), represent the right to receive payment as provided in Sections 9.1(c) and (d) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Performance Share Unit became vested or any other date specified by the Committee.  The Committee may at the time a Performance Share Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Share Unit.

 

(c)                             Terms and Conditions; Vesting and Forfeiture .  Each Award Agreement shall specify the number of Performance Units or Performance Share Units to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Performance Units or Performance Share Units to vest and the Performance Cycle within which such Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited.

 

(d)                            Payment of Awards .  Subject to Section 9.3(c), payment to Participants in respect of vested Performance Share Units and Performance Units shall be made as soon as practicable after the last day of the Performance Cycle to which such Award relates or at such other time or times as the Committee may determine that the Award has become vested. Such payments may be made entirely in Shares valued at their Fair Market Value, entirely in cash or in such combination of Shares and cash as the Committee in its discretion shall determine at any time prior to such payment.

 

9.2.                             Performance-Based Restricted Stock .  The Committee, may grant Awards of Performance-Based Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.  Each Award Agreement may require that an appropriate legend be placed on Share certificates.  With respect to Shares in a book entry account in a Participant’s name, the Committee may cause appropriate stop transfer instructions to be delivered to the account custodian, administrator or the Company’s corporate secretary as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  Awards of Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

17


 

(a)                            Rights of Participant .  Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be issued in the name of the Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after the Award is granted or at such other time or times as the Committee may determine; provided, however , that no Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be issued until the Participant has executed an Award Agreement evidencing the Award (which, in the case of an electronically distributed Award Agreement, shall be deemed to have been executed by an acknowledgement of receipt or in such other manner as the Committee may prescribe), and any other documents which the Committee may require as a condition to the issuance of such Performance-Based Restricted Stock.  At the discretion of the Committee, Shares issued in connection with an Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock may be held in escrow by an agent (which may be the Company) designated by the Committee.  Unless the Committee determines otherwise and as set forth in the Award Agreement, upon issuance of the Shares, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares.

 

(b)                            Terms and Conditions .  Each Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Performance-Based Restricted Stock to vest, the Performance Cycle within which such Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited; provided, however , that no Performance Cycle for Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be less than one (1) year.

 

(c)                             Treatment of Dividends .  At the time the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock is granted, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the payment to the Participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on Shares represented by such Award which have been issued by the Company to the Participant shall be (i) deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Performance-Based Restricted Stock and (ii) held by the Company for the account of the Participant until such time; provided , however , that a dividend payable in respect of Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Performance-Based Restricted Stock with respect to which such dividends are payable.  In the event that dividends are to be deferred, the Committee shall determine whether such dividends are to be reinvested in Shares (which shall be held as additional Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock) or held in cash.  Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock (whether held in cash or in additional Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock) shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Performance-Based Restricted Stock in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Performance-Based Restricted Stock.

 

(d)                            Delivery of Shares .  Upon the lapse of the restrictions on Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock awarded hereunder, the Committee shall cause a

 

18



 

stock certificate or evidence of book entry Shares to be delivered to the Participant with respect to such Shares, free of all restrictions hereunder.

 

9.3.                             Performance Objectives.

 

(a)                            Establishment .  With respect to any Performance Awards intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation, Performance Objectives for Performance Awards may be expressed in terms of (i) earnings per share; (ii) operating income; (iii) return on equity or assets; (iv) cash flow; (v) net cash flow; (vi) cash flow from operations; (vii) EBITDA and/or adjusted EBITDA; (viii) revenue growth, product revenue and/or comparable sales growth; (ix) revenue ratios; (x) cost reductions; (xi) cost ratios or margins; (xii) overall revenue or sales growth; (xiii) expense reduction or management; (xiv) market position or market share; (xv) total shareholder return; (xvi) return on investment; (xvii) earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT); (xviii) net income (before or after taxes); (xix) return on assets or net assets; (xx) economic value added; (xxi) shareholder value added; (xxii) cash flow return on investment; (xxiii) net operating profit; (xxiv) net operating profit after tax; (xxv) return on capital; (xxvi) return on invested capital; (xxvii) customer growth; (xxviii) supply chain achievements, (xxix) financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; (xxx) financing and other capital raising transactions (xxxi) strategic partnerships or transactions; or (xxxii) any combination of the foregoing.  With respect to Performance Awards not intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation, Performance Objectives may be based on any of the foregoing or any other performance criteria as may be established by the Committee.  Performance Objectives may be in respect of the performance of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its Divisions or any combination thereof.  Performance Objectives may be absolute or relative (to prior performance of the Company or to the performance of one or more other entities or external indices) and may be expressed in terms of a progression within a specified range.  In the case of a Performance Award which is intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation, the Performance Objectives with respect to a Performance Cycle shall be established in writing by the Committee by the earlier of (i) the date on which a quarter of the Performance Cycle has elapsed and (ii) the date which is ninety (90) days after the commencement of the Performance Cycle and in any event while the performance relating to the Performance Objectives remains substantially uncertain.

 

(b)                            Effect of Certain Events .  The Committee may, at the time the Performance Objectives in respect of a Performance Award are established, provide for the manner in which performance will be measured against the Performance Objectives to reflect the impact of specified events, including any one or more of the following with respect to the Performance Period (i) the gain, loss, income or expense resulting from changes in accounting principles or tax laws that become effective during the Performance Period; (ii) the gain, loss, income or expense reported publicly by the Company with respect to the Performance Period that are extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence; (iii) the gains or losses resulting from and the direct expenses incurred in connection with, the disposition of a business, or the sale of investments or non-core assets; (iv) the gain or loss from all or certain claims and/or litigation and all or certain insurance recoveries relating to claims or litigation; or (v) the

 

19



 

impact of investments or acquisitions made during the year or, to the extent provided by the Committee, any prior year.  The events may relate to the Company as a whole or to any part of the Company’s business or operations, as determined by the Committee at the time the Performance Objectives are established.  Any adjustments based on the effect of certain events are to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and standards, unless another objective method of measurement is designated by the Committee and, in respect of Performance Awards intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation, such adjustments shall be permitted only to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) without adversely affecting the treatment of any Performance Award as Performance-Based Compensation.

 

(c)                             Determination of Performance .  Prior to the vesting, payment, settlement or lapsing of any restrictions with respect to any Performance Award, the Committee shall certify in writing that the applicable Performance Objectives have been satisfied to the extent necessary for such Award to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.  In respect of a Performance Award, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) reduce the amount of cash paid or number of Shares to be issued or that have been issued and that become vested or on which restrictions lapse, and/or (ii) establish rules and procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to any Participant to an amount that is less than the amount that otherwise would be payable under an Award granted under this Section 9. The Committee may exercise such discretion in a non-uniform manner among Participants.  The Committee shall not be entitled to exercise any discretion otherwise authorized hereunder with respect to any Performance Award intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation if the ability to exercise such discretion or the exercise of such discretion itself would cause the compensation attributable to such Awards to fail to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.

 

(d)                            Effect of Change in Control .  Any specific terms applicable to a Performance Award in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

10.                                Share Awards .

 

The Committee may grant a Share Award to any Eligible Individual on such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.  Share Awards may be made as additional compensation for services rendered by the Eligible Individual or may be in lieu of cash or other compensation to which the Eligible Individual is entitled from the Company. Any dividend payable in respect of a Share Award that vests based on the achievement of performance goals shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Share Award with respect to which such dividends are payable.

 

11.                                Effect of Termination of Employment; Transferability .

 

11.1.                      Termination.                           The Award Agreement evidencing the grant of each Award shall set forth the terms and conditions applicable to such Award upon Termination, which shall

 

20



 

be as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine at the time the Award is granted or at anytime thereafter.

 

11.2.                      Transferability of Awards and Shares .

 

(a)                            Non-Transferability of Awards .  Except as set forth in Section 11.2(c) or (d) or as otherwise permitted by the Committee and as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, either at the time of grant or at anytime thereafter, no Award (other than Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Restricted Stock, and Share Awards with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed) shall be (i) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, (ii) pledged or otherwise hypothecated or (iii) subject to attachment, execution or levy of any kind; and any purported transfer, pledge, hypothecation, attachment, execution or levy in violation of this Section 11.2 shall be null and void.

 

(b)                            Restrictions on Shares .  The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired by a Participant under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, minimum holding period requirements, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, restrictions under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed or traded and restrictions under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

 

(c)                             Transfers By Will or by Laws of Descent or Distribution .  Any Award may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent or distribution; provided, however , that (i) any transferred Award will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions as provided in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement; and (ii) the Participant’s estate or beneficiary appointed in accordance with this Section 11.2(c) will remain liable for any withholding tax that may be imposed by any federal, state or local tax authority.

 

(d)                            Beneficiary Designation .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may from time to time permit each Participant to name one or more individuals (each, a “ Beneficiary ”) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid or who may exercise any rights of the Participant under any Award granted under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit or exercises such Award.  Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime.  In the absence of any such designation or if any such designation is not effective under applicable law as determined by the Committee, benefits under Awards remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death and rights to be exercised following the Participant’s death shall be paid to or exercised by the Participant’s estate.

 

12.                                Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization .

 

12.1.                      In the event that (a) the outstanding Shares are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of Shares or other stock or securities or other equity interests of

 

21



 

the Company or another corporation or entity, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, substitution or other similar corporate event or transaction or (b) there is an extraordinary dividend or distribution by the Company in respect of its Shares or other capital stock or securities convertible into capital stock in cash, securities or other property (any event described in (a) or (b), an “ Adjustment Event ”), the Committee shall determine the appropriate adjustments to (i) the maximum number and kind of shares of stock or other securities or other equity interests as to which Awards may be granted under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and class of Shares or other stock or securities that may be issued upon exercise of Incentive Stock Options, (iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities covered by any or all outstanding Awards that have been granted under the Plan, (iv) the Option Price of outstanding Options and the Base Price of outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights, and (v) the Performance Objectives applicable to outstanding Performance Awards.

 

12.2.                      Any such adjustment in the Shares or other stock or securities (a) subject to outstanding Incentive Stock Options (including any adjustments in the exercise price) shall be made in a manner intended not to constitute a modification as defined by Section 424(h)(3) of the Code and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Sections 422 and 424 of the Code, (b) subject to outstanding Awards that are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made in a manner intended not to adversely affect the treatment of the Awards as Performance-Based Compensation and (c) with respect to any Award that is not subject to Section 409A, in a manner intended not to subject the Award to Section 409A and, with respect to any Award that is subject to Section 409A, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A.

 

12.3.                      If, by reason of an Adjustment Event, pursuant to an Award, a Participant shall be entitled to, or shall be entitled to exercise an Award with respect to, new, additional or different shares of stock or securities of the Company or any other corporation, such new, additional or different shares shall thereupon be subject to all of the conditions, restrictions and performance criteria which were applicable to the Shares subject to the Award prior to such Adjustment Event, as may be adjusted in connection with such Adjustment Event in accordance with this Section 12.

 

13.                                Effect of Certain Transactions .

 

13.1.                      Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, in connection a Corporate Transaction, either:

 

(a)                            outstanding Awards shall, unless otherwise provided in connection with the Corporate Transaction, continue following the Corporate Transaction and shall be adjusted if and as provided for in the agreement or plan (in the case of a liquidation or dissolution) entered into or adopted in connection with the Corporate Transaction (the “ Transaction Agreement ”), which may include, in the sole discretion of the Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction, the assumption or continuation of such Awards by, or the substitution for such Awards of new awards of, the surviving, successor or resulting entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with such adjustments as to the number and kind of shares or other securities or property subject to such new

 

22



 

awards, exercise prices and other terms of such new awards as the Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction shall agree, or

 

(b)                            outstanding Awards shall terminate upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however , that vested Awards shall not be terminated without:

 

(i)                                in the case of vested Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (including those Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that would become vested upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction), (1) providing the holders of affected Options and Stock Appreciation Rights a period of at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction to exercise the Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, or (2) providing the holders of affected Options and Stock Appreciation Rights payment (in cash or other consideration upon or immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, on a deferred basis) in respect of each Share covered by the Option or Stock Appreciation Rights being cancelled an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per Share price to be paid or distributed to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith) over the Option Price of the Option or the Base Price of the Stock Appreciation Rights, or

 

(ii)                             in the case of vested Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (including those Awards that would become vested upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction), providing the holders of affected Awards payment (in cash or other consideration upon or immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, on a deferred basis) in respect of each Share covered by the Award being cancelled of the per Share price to be paid or distributed to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction, in each case with the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith.

 

(c)                             For the avoidance of doubt, if the amount determined pursuant to clause (b)(i)(2) above is zero or less, the affected Option or Stock Appreciation Rights may be terminated without any payment therefor.

 

13.2.                      Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or being construed as requiring any such action, in connection with any such Corporate Transaction the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, cause any of the following actions to be taken effective upon or at any time prior to any Corporate Transaction (and any such action may be made contingent upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction):

 

(a)                            cause any or all unvested Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to become fully vested and immediately exercisable (as applicable) and/or provide the holders of such Options and Stock Appreciation Rights a reasonable period of time prior

 

23



 

to the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction to exercise the Options and Stock Appreciation Rights;

 

(b)                            with respect to unvested Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that are terminated in connection with the Corporate Transaction, provide to the holders thereof a payment (in cash and/or other consideration) in respect of each Share covered by the Option or Stock Appreciation Right being terminated in an amount equal to all or a portion of the excess, if any, of the per Share price to be paid or distributed to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith) over the exercise price of the Option or the Base Price of the Stock Appreciation Right, which may be paid in accordance with the vesting schedule of the Award as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, at such other time or times as the Committee may determine;

 

(c)                             with respect to unvested Awards (other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights) that are terminated in connection with the Corporate Transaction, provide to the holders thereof a payment (in cash and/or other consideration) in respect of each Share covered by the Award being terminated in an amount equal to all or a portion of the per Share price to be paid or distributed to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith), which may be paid in accordance with the vesting schedule of the Award as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, at such other time or times as the Committee may determine.

 

(d)                            For the avoidance of doubt, if the amount determined pursuant to clause (b) above is zero or less, the affected Option or Stock Appreciation Rights may be terminated without any payment therefor.

 

13.3.                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan or any Agreement,

 

(a)                            the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide in the Transaction Agreement or otherwise for different treatment for different Awards or Awards held by different Participants and, where alternative treatment is available for a Participant’s Awards, may allow the Participant to choose which treatment shall apply to such Participant’s Awards;

 

(b)                            any action permitted under this Section 13 may be taken without the need for the consent of any Participant.  To the extent a Corporate Transaction also constitutes an Adjustment Event and action is taken pursuant to this Section 13 with respect to an outstanding Award, such action shall conclusively determine the treatment of such Award in connection with such Corporate Transaction notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary (including Section 12).

 

(c)                             to the extent the Committee chooses to make payments to affected Participants pursuant to Section 13.1(b)(i)(2) or (ii) or Section 13.2(b) or (c) above, any

 

24


 

Participant who has not returned any letter of transmittal or similar acknowledgment that the Committee requires be signed in connection with such payment within the time period established by the Committee for returning any such letter or similar acknowledgement shall forfeit his or her right to any payment and his or her associated Awards may be cancelled without any payment therefor.

 

14.                                Interpretation .

 

14.1.                      Section 16 Compliance .  The Plan is intended to comply with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and the Committee shall interpret and administer the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement in a manner consistent therewith.  Any provisions inconsistent with such Rule shall be inoperative and shall not affect the validity of the Plan.

 

14.2.                      Compliance with Section 409A .  All Awards granted under the Plan are intended either not to be subject to Section 409A or, if subject to Section 409A, to be administered, operated and construed in compliance with Section 409A.  Notwithstanding this or any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Committee may amend the Plan or any Award granted hereunder in any manner or take any other action that it determines, in its sole discretion, is necessary, appropriate or advisable (including replacing any Award) to cause the Plan or any Award granted hereunder to comply with Section 409A and all regulations and other guidance issued thereunder or to not be subject to Section 409A.  Any such action, once taken, shall be deemed to be effective from the earliest date necessary to avoid a violation of Section 409A and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Eligible Individuals and other individuals having or claiming any right or interest under the Plan.

 

14.3.                      Section 162(m) .

 

(a)                            Performance-Based Compensation Awards .   Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and subject to Section 14.3(b), each Performance Award granted to an Eligible Individual who is also a Covered Employee, and each Option and Stock Appreciation Right (whether or not granted to a Covered Employee), is intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation; provided , that no Award granted following the Transition Period shall be intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation unless the stockholder approval and other requirements of Section 162(m) to enable Awards to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation have been satisfied.  If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement relating to an Award that is intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation does not comply or is inconsistent with Section 162(m), such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements and, in the case of any Performance Award, no provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be deemed to confer upon the Committee any discretion to increase the amount of compensation otherwise payable in connection with any such Award upon the attainment of the Performance Objectives.

 

(b)                            Section 162(m) Transition Period.

 

25



 

(i)                                      With respect to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Performance-Based Restricted Stock granted during the Transition Period (“ Transition Awards ”), the Company intends to rely, to the maximum extent possible, on the transition relief provided in Treas. Reg. §1.162-27(f).  Accordingly, to the extent such relief from the application of Section 162(m) is available, the requirements in this Plan applicable to Awards intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation shall not apply to Transition Awards which, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, include the provisions of Section 4.2 and those provisions of Sections 3.1(b), 3.3(a) and 9 that apply only to Awards intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation.

 

(ii)                                   With respect to Awards other than Transition Awards granted during the Transition Period and which are not settled or paid prior to the end of the Transition Period, and with respect to all Awards granted following the Transition Period, the stockholder approval and other requirements of Section 162(m) must be satisfied with respect to any Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.

 

15.                                Term; Plan Termination and Amendment of the Plan; Modification of Awards .

 

15.1.                      Term .  The Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination Date and no Award shall be granted after that date.  The applicable terms of the Plan and any terms and conditions applicable to Awards granted prior to the Plan Termination Date shall survive the termination of the Plan and continue to apply to such Awards.

 

15.2.                      Plan Amendment or Plan Termination .  The Board may earlier terminate the Plan and the Board may at any time and from time to time amend, modify or suspend the Plan; provided, however , that:

 

(a)                            except as otherwise provided in Section 14.2, no such amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall materially and adversely alter any Awards theretofore granted under the Plan, except with the consent of the Participant, nor shall any amendment, modification, suspension or termination deprive any Participant of any Shares which he or she may have acquired through or as a result of the Plan; and

 

(b)                            to the extent necessary under any applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement or as provided in Section 3.7, no other amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement.

 

15.3.                      Modification of Awards .  No modification of an Award shall materially and adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under the Award without the consent of the Participant.

 

16.                                Non-Exclusivity of the Plan .

 

The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as amending, modifying or rescinding any previously approved incentive arrangement or as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem

 

26



 

desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

17.                                Limitation of Liability .

 

As illustrative of the limitations of liability of the Company, but not intended to be exhaustive thereof, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to:

 

(a)                            give any person any right to be granted an Award other than at the sole discretion of the Committee;

 

(b)                            limit in any way the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate the employment of or the provision of services by any person at any time;

 

(c)                             be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will pay any person at any particular rate of compensation or for any particular period of time; or

 

(d)                            be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will employ any person at any particular rate of compensation or for any particular period of time.

 

18.                                Regulations and Other Approvals; Governing Law .

 

18.1.                      Governing Law .  Except as to matters of federal law, the Plan and the rights of all persons claiming hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

18.2.                      Compliance with Law .

 

(a)                            The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Shares with respect to Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

 

(b)                            The Board may make such changes as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the rules and regulations of any government authority or to obtain for Eligible Individuals granted Incentive Stock Options the tax benefits under the applicable provisions of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(c)                             Each grant of an Award and the issuance of Shares or other settlement of the Award is subject to compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign law.  Further, if at any time the Committee determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Shares issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any federal, state or foreign law, or that the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition

 

27



 

of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Shares, no Awards shall be or shall be deemed to be granted or payment made or Shares issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions that are not acceptable to the Committee.  Any person exercising an Option or receiving Shares in connection with any other Award shall make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Board or Committee may request to assure compliance with the foregoing or any other applicable legal requirements.

 

18.3.                      Transfers of Plan Acquired Shares .  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Shares shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act and Rule 144 or other regulations promulgated thereunder.  The Committee may require any individual receiving Shares pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares, to represent and warrant to the Company in writing that the Shares acquired by such individual are acquired without a view to any distribution thereof and will not be sold or transferred other than pursuant to an effective registration thereof under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption applicable under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  The certificates evidencing any of such Shares shall be appropriately amended or have an appropriate legend placed thereon to reflect their status as restricted securities as aforesaid.

 

19.                                Miscellaneous .

 

19.1.                      Award Agreements . Each Award Agreement shall either be (a) in writing in a form approved by the Committee and executed on behalf of the Company by an officer duly authorized to act on its behalf, or (b) an electronic notice in a form approved by the Committee and recorded by the Company (or its designee) in an electronic recordkeeping system used for the purpose of tracking Awards as the Committee may provide. If required by the Committee, an Award Agreement shall be executed or otherwise electronically accepted by the recipient of the Award in such form and manner as the Committee may require.  The Committee may authorize any officer of the Company to execute any or all Award Agreements on behalf of the Company.

 

19.2.                      Forfeiture Events; Clawback .

 

(a)                            Forfeiture Events . The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, clawback or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events or as required by law, in addition to any otherwise applicable forfeiture provisions that apply to the Award.

 

(b)                            Accounting Restatement . If a Participant receives compensation pursuant to an Award under the Plan based on financial statements that are subsequently required to be restated in a way that would decrease the value of such compensation, the Participant will, to the extent not otherwise prohibited by law, upon the written request

 

28



 

of the Company, forfeit and repay to the Company the difference between what the Participant received and what the Participant should have received based on the accounting restatement, in accordance with (i) the Company’s compensation recovery, “clawback” or similar policy, as may be in effect from time to time and (ii) any compensation recovery, “clawback” or similar policy made applicable by law including the provisions of Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules, regulations and requirements adopted thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any national securities exchange on which the Company’s equity securities may be listed (the “ Policy ”). By accepting an Award hereunder, the Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Policy shall apply to such Award, and all incentive-based compensation payable pursuant to such Award shall be subject to forfeiture and repayment pursuant to the terms of the Policy.

 

19.3.                      Multiple Agreements .  The terms of each Award may differ from other Awards granted under the Plan at the same time or at some other time.  The Committee may also grant more than one Award to a given Eligible Individual during the term of the Plan, either in addition to or, subject to Section 3.7, in substitution for one or more Awards previously granted to that Eligible Individual.

 

19.4.                      Withholding of Taxes .  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may withhold from any payment of cash or Shares to a Participant or other Person under the Plan an amount sufficient to cover any withholding taxes which may become required with respect to such payment or take any other action it deems necessary to satisfy any income or other tax withholding requirements as a result of the grant, exercise, vesting or settlement of any Award under the Plan. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall have the right to require the payment of any such taxes or to withhold from wages or other amounts otherwise payable to a Participant or other Person, and require that the Participant or other Person furnish all information deemed necessary by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to meet any tax reporting obligation as a condition to exercise or before making any payment or the issuance or release of any Shares pursuant to an Award.  If the Participant or other Person shall fail to make such tax payments as are required, the Company or its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Participant or other Person or to take such other action as may be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligations.  If specified in an Award Agreement at the time of grant or otherwise approved by the Committee in its sole discretion, a Participant may, in satisfaction of his or her obligation to pay withholding taxes in connection with the exercise, vesting or other settlement of an Award, elect to (i) make a cash payment to the Company, (ii) have withheld a portion of the Shares then issuable to him or her or (iii) deliver Shares owned by the Participant prior to the exercise, vesting or other settlement of an Award, in each case having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the withholding taxes.  To the extent that Shares are used to satisfy withholding obligations of a Participant pursuant to this Section 19.4 (whether previously-owned Shares or Shares withheld from an Award), they may only be used to satisfy the minimum tax withholding required by law (or such other amount as will not have any adverse accounting impact as determined by the Committee).

 

19.5.                      Disposition of ISO Shares .    If a Participant makes a disposition, within the meaning of Section 424(c) of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, of any Share

 

29



 

or Shares issued to such Participant pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within the two-year period commencing on the day after the date of the grant or within the one-year period commencing on the day after the date of transfer of such Share or Shares to the Participant pursuant to such exercise, the Participant shall, within ten (10) days of such disposition, notify the Company thereof, by delivery of written notice to the Company at its principal executive office.

 

19.6.                      Plan Unfunded .  The Plan shall be unfunded. Except for reserving a sufficient number of authorized Shares to the extent required by law to meet the requirements of the Plan, the Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure payment of any Award granted under the Plan.

 

30




Exhibit 10.15

 

AT HOME GROUP INC. 2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION - NOTICE OF GRANT

 

At Home Group Inc. (the “ Company ”), a Delaware corporation, hereby grants to the Optionee set forth below (the “ Optionee ”) an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares of common stock of the Company (“ Shares ”) set forth below at the Option Price set forth below, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Grant (the “ Notice ”), the Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement (reference number 2016-A) attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Award Agreement ”), and the At Home Group Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Date of Grant :

 

[ · ](1)

 

 

 

Name of Optionee :

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option :

 

[ · ] Shares

 

 

 

Option Price (Price Per Share) :

 

$[ · ](2) per Share

 

 

 

Expiration Date :

 

7 year anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

 

 

Vesting :

 

The Option shall vest pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3 of the Award Agreement.

 

The Option shall be subject to the execution and return of this Notice by the Optionee to the Company within 30 days of the date hereof (including by utilizing an electronic signature and/or web-based approval and notice process or any other process as may be authorized by the Company). This Option is a non-qualified stock option and is not intended by the parties hereto to be, and shall not be treated as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such terms in the Award Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise.  By executing this Notice, the Optionee acknowledges that his or her agreement to the covenants set forth in Section 7 of the Award Agreement is a material inducement to the Company in granting this Award to the Optionee.

 

This Notice may be executed by facsimile or electronic means (including, without limitation, PDF) and in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original instrument, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become binding when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other party hereto.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 


(1)  Date of Grant to be date of effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering.

(2)  Option Price to equal offering price per Share in Company’s initial public offering.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Notice of Grant as of the Date of Grant set forth above.

 

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NOTICE OF GRANT FOR AT HOME GROUP INC. 2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION]

 



 

Exhibit A

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION

AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Reference Number: 2016-A

 

THIS NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT (the “ Award Agreement ”) is entered into by and among At Home Group Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the individual set forth on the signature page to that certain Notice of Grant (the “ Notice ”) to which this Award Agreement is attached.  The terms and conditions of the Option granted hereby, to the extent not controlled by the terms and conditions contained in the Plan, shall be as set forth in the Notice and this Award Agreement.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such terms in the Notice or, if not defined therein, in the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise.

 

1.                                       No Right to Continued Employee Status or Consultant Service

 

Nothing contained in this Award Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee the right to the continuation of his or her Employee status, or, in the case of a Consultant or Director, to the continuation of his or her service arrangement, or in either case to interfere with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates to Terminate the Optionee.

 

2.                                       Term of Option

 

As a general matter, the Option will expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice and be deemed to have been forfeited by the Optionee. As provided below, the Optionee’s right to exercise the Option may expire prior to the Expiration Date if the Optionee Terminates, including in the event of the Optionee’s Disability [CEO ONLY] [(as such term is defined in the employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company dated November 12, 2012 (the “ Employment Agreement ”))] or death. This Award Agreement shall remain in effect until the Option has fully vested and been exercised or any unexercised portion thereof has been forfeited by the Optionee as provided in this Award Agreement. No portion of this Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as may be applicable, except as provided herein.

 

3.                                       Vesting of Option

 

(a)           Subject to the remainder of this Section 3, the Option will become vested in accordance with the schedule below based upon achievement of the closing Share price (as set forth in the schedule below, which prices may be adjusted in accordance with Section 12 of the Plan) for a period of at least twenty (20) consecutive trading days (the “ Market-Based Condition ”). For purposes of calculating whether the Market-Based Condition has been satisfied, the closing Share price during the six-month period following the date hereof shall be

 



 

disregarded. For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no ratable vesting for achievement of a closing Share price that falls between the levels stated in the schedule below and in no event shall any portion of the Option vest more than once.

 

20 Consecutive Trading Day Closing Share Price

 

Vested Percentage

 

At least $25.75 per Share

 

25

%

At least $28.60 per Share

 

50

%

At least $31.48 per Share

 

75

%

At least $34.33 per Share

 

100

%

 

(b)           If the Optionee Terminates for any reason, the portion of the Option that has not vested as of such date shall terminate upon such Termination and be deemed to have been forfeited by the Optionee without consideration. [CEO ONLY] [Notwithstanding anything in this Award Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, if the Optionee incurs a Termination under circumstances constituting a Severance Event (as defined below),  then the Optionee shall be treated for purposes of the foregoing vesting schedule as if he had remained employed through the date that is six months following the date of Termination. A “ Severance Event ” means the Optionee’s Termination without “Cause” or for “Good Reason” (with each of the foregoing terms being defined in the Employment Agreement).]

 

4.                                       Exercise

 

Prior to the Expiration Date and at any time prior to the Optionee’s Termination, the Optionee may exercise all or a portion of the Option, to the extent vested, by giving notice in the form, to the person, and using the administrative method and the exercise procedures established by the Committee from time to time (including any procedures utilizing an electronic signature and/or web-based approval and notice process), specifying the number of Shares to be acquired. The Optionee’s right to exercise the vested portion of the Option following the date that of the Optionee’s Termination will depend on the reason for such Termination, as described in Sections 5 and 6 below.

 

The Optionee must pay to the Company at the time of exercise the amount of the Option Price for the number of Shares covered by the notice to exercise (“ Aggregate Option Price ”). The Aggregate Option Price for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid in any or any combination of the following forms: (w) cash or its equivalent (e.g., a check);  (x) by making arrangements through a registered broker-dealer pursuant to cashless exercise procedures established by the Committee from time to time; (y) if permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion, the transfer, either actually or by attestation, to the Company of Shares that have been held by the Optionee for at least six (6) months (or such lesser period as may be permitted by the Committee) prior to the exercise of the Option, such transfer to be upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee; or (z) in the form of other property as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Any Shares transferred to the Company as payment of the exercise price under an Option shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the last business day preceding the date of exercise of such Option. In addition, at the discretion of the Committee in its sole discretion at the time of exercise, the Optionee may provide for the payment of the Aggregate Option Price through Share withholding as a result of which the number of Shares issued upon exercise of an Option would be reduced by a number of Shares

 



 

having a Fair Market Value equal to the Aggregate Option Price. If requested by the Committee, the Optionee shall deliver this Award Agreement to the Company, which shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such Award Agreement to the Optionee. No fractional Shares (or cash in lieu thereof) shall be issued upon exercise of an Option and the number of Shares that may be purchased upon exercise shall be rounded down to the nearest number of whole Shares.

 

5.                                       Termination of Service

 

If the Optionee incurs a Termination for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without Cause, other than as a result of the Optionee’s death or Disability [ CEO only— or as a result of a Termination constituting a Severance Event], then the portion of this Option that has previously vested but has not been exercised shall remain exercisable until, and shall terminate upon, the first to occur of (a) the end of the day that is ninety (90) days following the date of the Optionee’s Termination or, (b) the Expiration Date. If the Optionee incurs a Termination for Cause, then this Option and all rights attached hereto shall be forfeited and terminate immediately upon the effective date of such Termination for Cause.

 

6.                                       Death or Disability [CEO Only—or Severance Event] of the Optionee

 

Upon the Optionee’s Termination by reason of death or Disability [ CEO only— or as a result of a Termination constituting a Severance Event], the vested portion of the Option shall remain exercisable until, and shall terminate upon [ other than CEO— , the first to occur of (a) the end of the day that is one (1) year after the date of the Optionee’s Termination for death or Disability, as applicable, or (b) the Expiration Date of the Option][ CEO only —the Expiration Date].  Until such termination of the Option, the vested portion of the Option may, to the extent that this Option has not previously been exercised by the Optionee, be exercised by the Optionee in the case of his or her Disability, or, in the case of death, by the Optionee’s personal representative or the person entitled to the Optionee’s rights under this Award Agreement.

 

7.                                       Prohibited Activities

 

(a)           No Sale or Transfer . Unless otherwise required by law, this Option shall not be (i) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, (ii) pledged or otherwise hypothecated or (iii) subject to attachment, execution or levy of any kind, other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution; provided , however , that any transferred Option will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions as provided in the Plan and this Award Agreement and the Optionee’s estate or beneficiary appointed in accordance with the Plan will remain liable for any withholding tax that may be imposed by any federal, state or local tax authority.

 

(b)           Right to Terminate Option and Recovery . The Optionee understands and agrees that the Company has granted this Option to the Optionee to reward the Optionee for the Optionee’s future efforts and loyalty to the Company and its Affiliates by giving the Optionee the opportunity to participate in the potential future appreciation of the Company.  Accordingly, if (a) the Optionee materially violates the Optionee’s obligations relating to the non-disclosure or non-use of confidential or proprietary information under any Restrictive

 


 

Agreement to which the Optionee is a party, or (b) the Optionee materially breaches or violates the Optionee’s obligations relating to non-disparagement under any Restrictive Agreement to which the Optionee is a party, or (c) the Optionee engages in any activity prohibited by Section 7 of this Award Agreement, or (d) the Optionee materially breaches or violates any non-solicitation obligations under any Restrictive Agreement to which the Optionee is a party, or (e) the Optionee breaches or violates any non-competition obligations under any Restrictive Agreement to which the Optionee is a party, or (f) the Optionee is convicted of a felony against the Company or any of its Affiliates, then, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to the Company, the Company shall be entitled, at its option, exercisable by written notice, to terminate the Option (including the vested portion of the Option), or any unexercised portion thereof, which shall be of no further force and effect.  “ Restrictive Agreement ” shall mean any agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary and the Optionee (including any prior option agreement) that contains non-competition, non-solicitation, non-hire, non-disparagement, or confidentiality restrictions applicable to the Optionee.

 

(c)                                   Other Remedies . The Optionee specifically acknowledges and agrees that its remedies under this Section 7 shall not prevent the Company or any Subsidiary from seeking injunctive or other equitable relief in connection with the Optionee’s breach of any Restrictive Agreement.  In the event that the provisions of this Section 7 should ever be deemed to exceed the limitation provided by applicable law, then the Optionee and the Company agree that such provisions shall be reformed to set forth the maximum limitations permitted.

 

8.                                       No Rights as Stockholder

 

The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to the Shares covered by any exercise of this Option until the effective date of issuance of the Shares and the entry of the Optionee’s name as a shareholder of record on the books of the Company following exercise of this Option.

 

9.                                       Taxation Upon Exercise of Option; Tax Withholding[; Parachute Tax Provisions]

 

The Optionee understands that, upon exercise of this Option, the Optionee will recognize income, for Federal, state and local income tax purposes, as applicable, in an amount equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the Shares, determined as of the date of exercise, exceeds the Option Price. The acceptance of the Shares by the Optionee shall constitute an agreement by the Optionee to report such income in accordance with then applicable law and to cooperate with Company and its subsidiaries in establishing the amount of such income and corresponding deduction to the Company and/or its subsidiaries for its income tax purposes.

 

The Optionee is responsible for all tax obligations that arise as a result of the exercise of this Option. The Company may withhold from any amount payable to the Optionee an amount sufficient to cover any Federal, state or local withholding taxes which may become required with respect to such exercise or take any other action it deems necessary to satisfy any income or other tax withholding requirements as a result of the exercise this Option. The Company shall have the right to require the payment of any such taxes and require that the Optionee, or the Optionee’s beneficiary, to furnish information deemed necessary by the Company to meet any

 



 

tax reporting obligation as a condition to exercise or before the issuance of any Shares pursuant to this Option. The Optionee may pay his or her withholding tax obligation in connection with the exercise of the Option, by making (w) a cash payment to the Company, or (x) arrangements through a registered broker-dealer pursuant to cashless exercise procedures established by the Committee from time to time.  In addition, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may allow the Optionee, to pay his or her withholding tax obligation in connection with the exercise of the Option, by (y) having withheld a portion of the Shares then issuable to him or her upon exercise of the Option or (z) surrendering Shares that have been held by the Optionee for at least six (6) months (or such lesser period as may be permitted by the Committee) prior to the exercise of the Award, in each case having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the withholding taxes.

 

[NON-CEO] In connection with the grant of this Option, the parties wish to memorialize their agreement regarding the treatment of any potential golden parachute payments as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

10.                                Securities Laws; Tolling of Exercise Period Expiration

 

(a)                                  Upon the acquisition of any Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option, the Optionee will make such written representations, warranties, and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with securities laws or with this Award Agreement. Optionee hereby agrees not to offer, sell or otherwise attempt to dispose of any Shares issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option in any way which would: (x) require the Company to file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any similar filing under state law or the laws of any other county) or to amend or supplement any such filing or (y) violate or cause the Company to violate the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any other Federal, state or local law, or the laws of any other country. The Company reserves the right to place restrictions on any Shares the Optionee may receive as a result of the exercise of the Option.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Award Agreement or the Plan to the contrary,

 

(i)                                      if, following the Optionee’s Termination, all or a portion of the exercise period applicable to the Option occurs during a time when the Optionee cannot exercise the Option without violating (w) an applicable Federal, state or local law, (x) the rules related to a blackout period declared by the Company, (y) any agreed to lock-up arrangement, or (z) other similar circumstance, in each case, the exercise period applicable to the Option will be tolled for the number of days that such prohibitions or restrictions apply, such that the exercise period will be extended by the same number of days as were subject to the prohibitions or restrictions; provided , however , that the exercise period may not be extended due to such tolling past the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth above; and

 

(ii)                                   if the Expiration Date is set to occur during a time that the Optionee cannot exercise the Option without violating an applicable Federal, state or local law (and the Option has not previously been exercised or otherwise terminated), the exercise period

 



 

will be tolled until such time as the violation would no longer apply; provided , however , that the exercise period applicable to the Option in this event will be fifteen (15) days from the date such potential violation is longer applicable.

 

11.                                Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options

 

This Award Agreement may not be modified, amended, terminated and no provision hereof may be waived in whole or in part except by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Optionee and no modification shall, without the consent of the Optionee, alter to the Optionee’s material detriment or materially impair any rights of the Optionee under this Award Agreement except to the extent permitted under the Plan.

 

12.                                Notices

 

Unless otherwise provided herein, any notices or other communication given or made pursuant to the Notice, this Award Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) as of the date delivered, if personally delivered (including receipted courier service) or overnight delivery service, with confirmation of receipt; (ii) on the date the delivering party receives confirmation, if delivered by facsimile to the number indicated or by email to the address indicated or through an electronic administrative system designated by the Company; (iii) one (1) business day after being sent by reputable commercial overnight delivery service courier, with confirmation of receipt; or (iv) three (3) business days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

(a)                                  If to the Company at the address below:

 

At Home Group Inc.

1600 East Plano Parkway

Plano, Texas 75074

Attn: General Counsel

Phone: (972) 265-6227

 

(b)                                  If to the Optionee, at the most recent address, facsimile number or email contained in the Company’s records.

 

13.                                Award Agreement Subject to Plan and Applicable Law

 

This Option is made pursuant to the Plan and shall be interpreted to comply therewith. A copy of the Plan is attached hereto. Any provision of this Option inconsistent with the Plan shall be considered void and replaced with the applicable provision of the Plan. The Plan shall control in the event there shall be any conflict between the Plan, the Notice, and this Award Agreement, and it shall control as to any matters not contained in this Award Agreement. The Committee shall have authority to make constructions of this Award Agreement, and to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Award Agreement, and to prescribe

 



 

rules and regulations relating to the administration of this Award and other Awards granted under the Plan.

 

This Option shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof, and subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts therein. The Optionee hereby consents to personal jurisdiction in any action brought in any court, federal or state, within the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction in the matter.

 

14.                                Headings and Capitalized Terms

 

Unless otherwise provided herein, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Plan and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan. Headings are for convenience only and are not deemed to be part of this Award Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, any reference to a Section herein is a reference to a Section of this Award Agreement.

 

15.                                Severability and Reformation

 

If any provision of this Award Agreement shall be determined by a court of law of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable for any reason, such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of any of the remaining provisions hereof; and this Award Agreement, to the fullest extent lawful, shall be reformed and construed as if such unenforceable provision, or part thereof, had never been contained herein, and such provision or part thereof shall be reformed or construed so that it would be enforceable to the maximum extent legally possible.

 

16.                                Binding Effect

 

This Award Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto, together with their personal executors, administrator, successors, personal representatives, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

17.                                Entire Agreement

 

This Award Agreement, together with the Plan, supersedes all prior written and oral agreements and understandings among the parties as to its subject matter and constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.  If there is any conflict between the Notice, this Award Agreement and the Plan, then the applicable terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

18.                                Waiver

 

Waiver by any party of any breach of this Award Agreement or failure to exercise any right hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach or right whether or not of the same or a similar nature. The failure of any party to take action by reason of such breach or to exercise any such right shall not deprive the party of the right to take action at any time while or after such breach or condition giving rise to such rights continues.

 



 

Exhibit A

 

PARACHUTE TAX PROVISIONS

 

This Exhibit A sets forth the terms and provisions applicable to the Optionee pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 of the Award Agreement.  This Exhibit A shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement.

 

(a)                                  To the extent that the Optionee, would otherwise be eligible to receive a payment or benefit pursuant to the terms of this Award Agreement, any employment or other agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or otherwise in connection with, or arising out of, the Optionee’s employment with the Company or a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or of a substantial portion of its assets (any such payment or benefit, a “ Parachute Payment ”), that a nationally recognized United States public accounting firm selected by the Company (the “ Accountants ”) determines, but for this sentence would be subject to excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), subject to clause (c) below, then the Company shall pay to the Optionee whichever of the following two alternative forms of payment would result in the Optionee’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Parachute Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Parachute Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax: (1) payment in full of the entire amount of the Parachute Payment (a “ Full Payment ”), or (2) payment of only a part of the Parachute Payment so that the Optionee receives the largest payment possible without the imposition of the Excise Tax (a “ Reduced Payment ”).

 

(b)                                  If a reduction in the Parachute Payment is necessary pursuant to clause (a), then the reduction shall occur in the following order:  (1) cancellation of acceleration of vesting on any equity awards for which the exercise price exceeds the then fair market value of the underlying equity; (2) reduction of cash payments (with such reduction being applied to the payments in the reverse order in which they would otherwise be made, that is, later payments shall be reduced before earlier payments); and (3) cancellation of acceleration of vesting of equity awards not covered under (1) above; provided , however , that in the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be cancelled, acceleration of vesting of full value awards shall be cancelled before acceleration of options and stock appreciation rights and within each class such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of such equity awards, that is, later equity awards shall be canceled before earlier equity awards; and provided , further , that to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A and Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code, if a different reduction procedure would be permitted without violating Code Section 409A or losing the benefit of the reduction under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code, the Optionee may designate a different order of reduction.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of determining whether any of the Parachute Payments (collectively the “ Total Payments ”) will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (i) the Total Payments shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all “parachute payments” in excess of the “base amount” (as defined under Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless and except to the extent that, in the opinion of the Accountants, such Total Payments (in

 



 

whole or in part):  (1) do not constitute “parachute payments,” including giving effect to the recalculation of stock options in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 33, (2) represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code in excess of the “base amount” or (3) are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, and (ii) the value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by the Accountants in accordance with the principles of Section 280G of the Code.

 

(d)                                  All determinations hereunder shall be made by the Accountants, which determinations shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Optionee.

 

(e)                                   The federal tax returns filed by the Optionee (and any filing made by a consolidated tax group which includes the Company) shall be prepared and filed on a basis consistent with the determination of the Accountants with respect to the Excise Tax payable by the Optionee.  The Optionee shall make proper payment of the amount of any Excise Tax, and at the request of the Company, provide to the Company true and correct copies (with any amendments) of his or her federal income tax return as filed with the Internal Revenue Service, and such other documents reasonably requested by the Company, evidencing such payment ( provided that the Optionee may delete information unrelated to the Parachute Payment or Excise Tax and provided , further that the Company at all times shall treat such returns as confidential and use such return only for purpose contemplated by this paragraph).

 

(f)                                    In the event of any controversy with the Internal Revenue Service (or other taxing authority) with regard to the Excise Tax, the Optionee shall permit the Company to control issues related to the Excise Tax (at its expense), provided that such issues do not potentially materially adversely affect the Optionee but the Optionee shall control any other issues.  In the event that the issues are interrelated, the Optionee and the Company shall in good faith cooperate so as not to jeopardize resolution of either issue.  In the event of any conference with any taxing authority as to the Excise Tax or associated income taxes, the Optionee shall permit the representative of the Company to accompany the Optionee, and the Optionee and his representative shall cooperate with the Company and its representative.

 

(g)                                   The Company shall be responsible for all charges of the Accountants.

 

(h)                                  The Company and the Optionee shall promptly deliver to each other copies of any written communications, and summaries of any verbal communications, with any taxing authority regarding the Excise Tax covered by this Exhibit A .

 

(i)                                      Nothing in this Exhibit A is intended to violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and to the extent that any advance or repayment obligation hereunder would do so, such obligation shall be modified so as to make the advance a nonrefundable payment to the Optionee and the repayment obligation null and void.

 

(j)                                     Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or reimbursement made pursuant to this Exhibit A shall be paid to the Optionee promptly and in no event later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the related tax is paid by the Optionee or

 



 

where no taxes are required to be remitted, the end of the Optionee’s calendar year following the Optionee’s calendar year in which the audit is completed or there is a final and nonappealable settlement or other resolution of the litigation.

 

(k)                                  The provisions of this Exhibit A shall survive the termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company for any reason and the termination of the Award Agreement.

 




Exhibit 10.16

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [ · ], 2016, and is between At Home Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ · ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

 

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

 

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

 

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

 

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

The parties therefore agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions .

 

(a) “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon (i) the approval by stockholders (or, in the absence of such approval, the occurrence) of a complete liquidation of the Company or the sale, lease, license, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, in one transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or transfer of securities of one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries), to an unaffiliated third party of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, (ii) a transaction or series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or sale of securities by the holders of common stock of the Company), the result of which is that the holders of common stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions are (after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions) no longer, in the aggregate, the Beneficial Owners, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of more than 50% in voting power of the common stock of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of related transactions or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Company’s board of directors, together with any new

 



 

directors whose election by the Company’s board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Company’s board of directors.

 

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

 

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

 

(c) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(e) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, including as a deemed fiduciary thereto.

 

(f) “ Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, penalties or fines against Indemnitee.

 



 

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

 

(i) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 



 

3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened with being made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. If required by applicable law, no indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Chancery ”) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, indemnification may be made.

 

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . In addition to the indemnification provided pursuant to Sections 2 and 3, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, has prepared to serve or has served as a witness or is made to respond to discovery requests in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

6. Additional Indemnification .

 

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3, 4 or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s indemnification obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally

 



 

determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 10, 11, and 12 hereof) by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unlawful.

 

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

 

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

 

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

 

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy procured by the Company, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid [, subject to any subrogation rights set forth in Section 15]*;

 

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements to which the Indemnitee has consented);

 

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOX Act”) or Section 954 of the Dodd—Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the SOX Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements to which the Indemnitee has consented);

 

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees (not by way of defense), unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 


* Language in brackets to be included in indemnification agreements to be executed by sponsor designees.

 



 

(e) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law in a final judgment from which there is no further right of appeal.

 

8. Advances of Expenses .

 

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding through the final disposition of such Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 30 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances.

 

(b) Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined by final judgment from which there is no further right of appeal that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required of Indemnitee other than the execution of this Agreement.

 

(c) This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b), 7(c), or 7(e) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim .

 

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay actually and materially prejudices the Company.

 

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the

 



 

delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding other than at the Company’s expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

 

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

 

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not, without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in any manner that would attribute to Indemnitee any individual admission of liability or wrongdoing or that would impose any penalty, fine or other obligation or restriction on Indemnitee. Neither the Indemnitee nor the Company will unreasonably withhold his, her, or its consent to any proposed settlement.

 

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification .

 

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

 

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by

 


 

Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. The Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement unless a determination is made that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, applicable law or otherwise by one of the methods set forth in the preceding sentence. To the fullest extent permitted by DGCL or other applicable law, the Company’s assumption of the defense of a Proceeding in accordance with Section 9(c) will constitute an irrevocable acknowledgement by the Company that the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, pursuant to Sections 2, 3, 4, 5, and/or 6, as applicable, for any losses suffered by, or incurred by or on behalf of, Indemnitee in connection therewith (subject, however, to the Company’s right to bring an action in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such indemnification is not permitted by applicable law). If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by

 



 

the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof.

 

(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(e) If a determination pursuant to Section 10(b) is required by law, such determination shall be made as soon as practicable, and in no event later than 30 days following the Company’s receipt of a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a). If the determination of whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request is not made within such 30-day period, the determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, subject to Section 7, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that (1) such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination pursuant to Section 10(b) in good faith require such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto, (2) the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(e) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 10(b)(ii)(D) and if (A) within 15 days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Company’s board of directors or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within 75 days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within 15 days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within 60 days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat and (3) if either the Company or Indemnitee petitions a court of competent jurisdiction for a decision with respect to Independent Counsel in accordance with to Section 10(b) in good faith, the period of such court’s consideration of such petition shall not be counted as part of such 30-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the underlying Proceeding.

 

(f) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Company’s board of directors or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to

 



 

Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

 

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by such person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.

 

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee’s action is based on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 11(c) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome such presumption.

 

(d) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for

 



 

indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 



 

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee.

 

(e) The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm, and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he or she may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of a bond or undertaking.

 

13. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions. The relative fault of the Company and Indemnitee shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses.

 

14. Non-exclusivity . The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity

 



 

or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

15. Primary Responsibility . Reserved. [The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by [ insert name of fund ] [and certain affiliates thereof] ([collectively,] the “ Secondary Indemnitor[s] ”). The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitor[s], the Company is fully and primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery Indemnitee may have from Secondary Indemnitor[s]for the same amounts. The Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any right of contribution or subrogation or any other recovery of any kind against the Secondary Indemnitor[s] with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. The Company further agrees that no advancement or indemnification payment by any Secondary Indemnitor on behalf of Indemnitee shall affect the foregoing and, in the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitor[s] of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitor[s] shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable Indemnitee related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitor[s] [are][is an] express third-party [beneficiaries][beneficiary] of the terms of this Section 15.]*

 

16. No Duplication of Payments . [Except as set forth in Section 15,]* The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy procured by the Company, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

17. Insurance . To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position. Further, in the event of a Change in Control or the Company’s becoming insolvent—including being placed into receivership or entering the federal bankruptcy process—the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance (directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise) in respect of Indemnitee, for a fixed period of six years thereafter (otherwise known as a “tail policy”), and such coverage shall be placed by the incumbent broker using the policies that were in place at the time of the Change in Control, and shall be placed with an insurance carrier with an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies.

 


 

18. Subrogation . [Except as provided in Section 15,]* In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

19. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

 

20. Duration . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

 

21. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement and to indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

22. Severability . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or decision, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without

 



 

limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

23. Enforcement . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

 

24. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

 

25. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

26. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

 

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 1600 East Plano Parkway, Plano, Texas 75074, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Andrew B. Barkan, Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, One New York Plaza, New York, New York 10004.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if

 



 

sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon non-automated confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

 

27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Chancery, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

28. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

29. Captions . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

( signature page follows )

 



 

The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

 

 

AT HOME GROUP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name)

 

 

 

 

 

(Title)

 

 

 

 

 

[ INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME ]

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name)

 

 

 

 

 

(Street address)

 

 

 

 

 

(City, State and ZIP)

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 22, 2016 (except Note 16, as to which the date is July 25, 2016) in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-206772) and the related Prospectus of At Home Group Inc. for the registration of 9,967,050 shares of its common stock.

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

Dallas, Texas
July 25, 2016